GRT8120 OM CTRL702 02 Light

Grove GRT8120
Operator Manual
WARNING
California Proposition 65
Breathing diesel engine exhaust exposes you
to chemicals known to the State of California
to cause cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm.
• Always start and operate the engine in a
well-ventilated area.
• If in an enclosed area, vent the exhaust to
the outside.
• Do not modify or tamper with the exhaust
system.
• Do not idle the engine except as
necessary.
For more information, go to
www.P65warnings.ca.gov/diesel
Batteries, battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories can expose you to
chemicals, including lead and lead
compounds, which are known to the State of
California to cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm. Wash hands after
handling. F or more i n f o r m a t i o n , g o t o
www.P65warnings.ca.gov
California Spark Arrestor
Operation of this equipment may create
sparks that can start fires around dry
vegetation. A spark arrestor may be required.
The owner/operator should contact local fire
agencies for laws or regulations relating to fire
prevention requirements.
The original language of this publication is English.

1
OPERATOR MANUAL
This manual has been prepared for and is considered part of -
GRT8120
Crane Model Number 2
This Manual is divided into the following sections:
SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION
SECTION 2 SAFETY INFORMATION
SECTION 3 OPERATING CONTROLS AND FEATURES
SECTION 4 OPERATING PROCEDURES
SECTION 5 SET-UP AND INSTALLATION
SECTION 6 MAINTENANCE AND LUBRICATION
3
NOTICE
The crane serial number is the only method your distributor or the factory
has of providing you with correct parts and service information.
The crane serial number is identified on the builder’s decal attached to the
operator cab. Always furnish crane serial number when ordering parts
or communicating service problems with your distributor or the factory.
4
! DANGER
An untrained operator subjects himself and others to death or
serious injury. You must not operate this crane unless:
• You have been trained in the safe operation of this machine.
• You read, understand, and follow the safety and operating
recommendations contained in the manufacturer’s manuals, your
employer’s work rules, and applicable government regulations. 5
• You are sure the machine is operating properly and has been
inspected and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s
manuals
• You are sure all safety signs, guards, and other safety features are in
place and in proper condition.
Avoid Electrocution, tipping, two-blocking, and other operational
hazards
6
© 2020 Grove U.S. L.L.C.
Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02
THIS PAGE BLANK
GRT8120 TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Customer Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
New Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Noise/Vibration Test Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Noise Level Test Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Vibration Level Test Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Serial Number Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
GRT8120 Crane Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
List of Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 T
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
O
Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Torque Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 C
Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Cummins QSB 6.7L - Tier 4F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Cummins QSB 6.7L - Tier 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Boom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Swivel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Swing Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Hydraulic Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Pump #1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Pump #2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Pump #3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
SECTION 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety Information

Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Safety Alert Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Signal Words. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Accidents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Operator Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Operator Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Operational Aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Anti-Two-Blocking Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Working Area Limiter (If Equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Crane Stability/Structural Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Load Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Work Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Wind Forces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Wind Speeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Determination of 3-second wind gust speed at boom tip height: . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Size and Shape of the load: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Determining Wind Drag Coefficient (Cd) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Maximum Permissible Wind Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Grove A-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS GRT8120
Example and Sample Calculations (Non-metric) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

Lifting Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Multiple Crane Lifts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Lifting Multiple Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Tilt-Up Panel Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Outrigger Lift Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Pile Driving and Extracting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Crane Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Crane Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Electrocution Hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Set-Up and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Electrocution Hazard Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Electrical Contact. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Special Operating Conditions and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Grounding the Crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Personnel Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Environmental Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Service and Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Hydraulic Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Moving Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Before maintenance or repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
After maintenance or repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Synthetic Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Sheaves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Batteries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Super Capacitor (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
General Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Transporting the Crane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Travel Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Work Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Personal Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Crane Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Job Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Working . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Hand Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Parking and Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Shut-Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Cold Weather Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Temperature Effects on Hook Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Temperature Effects on Hydraulic Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Crane Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Hoist Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Overload Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Boom Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Superstructure Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Carrier Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
A-2
SECTION 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating Controls and Features

Operator Cab Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Steering Wheel and Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Turn Signal Lever and Horn Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Parking Brake Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Headlights Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Drive Axle Selector Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Hazard Lights Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Transmission Shift Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Ignition Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Steering Column Tilt and Telescope Lock Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Right Overhead Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
T
Heater/Air Conditioner Fan Speed Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Heater/Air Conditioner Temperature Control Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 O
Fresh Air/Recirculation Air Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Boom-Mounted Lights Motor Switch (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Boom-Mounted Lights Switch (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
C
Cab-Mounted Lights Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Front Window Wiper and Washer Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Skylight Wiper and Washer Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Increment/Decrement – Start/Stop Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Engine Wait-To-Start Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Remote Control Enable/Disable Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Crane Function Enable/Disable Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Momentary Limit Bypass Switch (Non-CE Certified Cranes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Limit Bypass Set-Up Switch (CE Certified Cranes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Boom Up Bypass Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Emergency Stop Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Cab Dome Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Left Overhead and Side Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Coat Hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
USB Charging Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Auxiliary Light and Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Mobile Phone Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Heater/Air Conditioner Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Right Lower Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Turntable Swing Lock Pin Control Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
12-Volt Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Engine On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module and Operator Display Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module (RDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Operator Display Module (ODM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Navigation Control Pad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
USB Diagnostic Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
RCL Shutdown Warning Indicator (Non-CE Certified Cranes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
RCL Shutdown Warning Indicator (CE Certified Cranes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
RCL Early Warning Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Anti-Two-Block (A2B) Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Swing Brake Engaged Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Brightness Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Internal Temperature Warning Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Operator Seat and Armrest Controls (Dual Axis). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Cup Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Boom Lift – Main Hoist – Telescope – Luffing Jib Controller (Dual Axis) . . . . . . . . 3-22
Deadman Switches (Optional) (Dual Axis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Grove A-3
Horn Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22

Hoist Speed Toggle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Jog Dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Heater/Air Conditioner Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Main Hoist Enable/Disable Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Luffing Jib Enable/Disable Switch (Optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Boom Telescope Enable/Disable Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Boom Lift Enable/Disable Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Seat Lumbar Support Adjustment Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Seat Slide Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Auxiliary Hoist Enable/Disable Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Cab Tilt Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Swing Enable/Disable Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Outrigger Extend/Retract Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Differential Lock Switch (Optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Rear Steer Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Swing Brake Release Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Swing/Telescope or Swing/Auxiliary Hoist Controller (Dual Axis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Seat Backrest Adjustment Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Seat Adjustment Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Armrest Adjustment Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Seat Heat Switch (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Seat Headrest (Not Shown). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Hoist Rotation Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Seat Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Optional Single Axis Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Swing Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Telescope or Auxiliary Hoist Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Boom Lift – Telescope – Luffing Boom Extension Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Main Hoist Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Hoist Rotation Indicators (Not Shown). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Foot Pedal Controls and Floor Mat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Swing Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Service Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Throttle Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Floor Mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Internal Rated Capacity Limiter Light Bar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Controls and Features at Front of Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Front Windshield/Emergency Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Sun Visor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Grab Handles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Foot Rests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Controls and Features at Rear of Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Radio (Optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Speakers (Optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Fan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Fire Extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
User Manual Holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Fuse and Relay Panel – Cab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Buzzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Maintained Limit Bypass Switch (Non-CE Certified Cranes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Right Window and Skylight Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Skylight Window Latch (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Skylight Sun Shade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Right Side Window Latch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Controls and Features External to the Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
A-4
Counterweight Removal Control Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40

Right Counterweight Cylinder Raise Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Left Counterweight Cylinder Raise Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Lock Cylinder Retract Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Function Enable Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Main Power LED Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Horn Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Lock Cylinder Extend Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Left Counterweight Cylinder Lower Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Right Counterweight Cylinder Lower Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Bridging Switch (CE Certified Cranes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
External RCL Light Tower (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Strobe Light or Beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
T
Backup Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
120V/240V Engine Block Heater and Outlet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44 O
Emergency Stop Buttons (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Battery Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Fuse Box – Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
C
Fuse and Relay Box – Carrier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Cab Mounted Work Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Boom Mounted Work Lights (Optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Side Mounted Carrier Work Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Ladders and Grab Handles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Remote Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
Storage and Charging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Controls and Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
Programming Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Power Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Color Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Left Side Motion Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Right Side Motion Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Enable Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Emergency Stop Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Outrigger Beam Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Outrigger Jack Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Hoist Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Boom Lift Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Swing Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Option Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Engine Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Horn Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Information Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Escape Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Battery Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Display Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
SECTION 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating Procedures

Pre-Starting Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Fuel Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Hydraulic Reservoir and Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Grove A-5
Hook Block and Overhaul Ball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Seats and Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Cameras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Seat Belt Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Cleaning Seat Belt Webbing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Floor Mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Signal and Running Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Service and Parking Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Axle Oscillation Lock Outs Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Safety Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Daily Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Air Intake Restriction Monitoring (AIRM) Communications System. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Cold Weather Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Coolant Heater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Radiator Shutters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Auxiliary Cab Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Battery Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Air Diverter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Super Capacitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Diesel Fuel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Engine Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Jump Starting Hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Charging the Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Start-Up Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Idling the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Engine High Idle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Racing the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Exhaust System Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Shutdown Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Crane Warm-up Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Hoist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Swing Drive and Turntable Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Hydraulic Oil System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Driving the Crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Traveling — General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Traveling — Towing/Pulling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Traveling — Being Towed/Pulled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Traveling on Slopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
General Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Slope Limitations – Fore/Aft Travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Slope Limitations – Side Slope Travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Traveling with Elevated Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Traveling with Boom Extension Erected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Extended Traveling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Traveling — Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Traveling — Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Front Wheel Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Rear Wheel Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
A-6
Four Wheel Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

Crab Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Four-Wheel Drive Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Differential Lock Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Craning Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Controller Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Proper Crane Leveling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Using the Outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Setting the Outriggers Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Setting the Outriggers Using the Auto-Level Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Outrigger Monitoring System (OMS) (Optional—Standard in North America
T
and European Union Countries) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Stowing the Outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 O
Swinging the Boom and Superstructure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Raising and Lowering the Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Raising the Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
C
Lowering the Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Telescoping the Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Extending the Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Retracting the Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Telescoping - Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Manual Telescoping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Semi-automatic Telescoping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Extending with the Main Boom Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Telescoping Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Assignment for Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Fixed Length and Intermediate Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Main Boom Fixed Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Main Boom Intermediate Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Telescope Picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Telescoping Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Inspections Prior to Starting Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Enabling the Telescoping Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Function of the Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Disabling the Telescoping Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Manual Telescoping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Telescoping with Semi-automation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Semi-automatic Telescope Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Semi-auto Mode Basic Operating Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Semi-auto Mode for Shifting Cylinder within Fully Retracted Boom . . . . . . . . 4-42
Semi-auto Mode Requiring Boom to be Retracted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
Semi-auto Mode Screen Refresh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
Semi-auto Mode Warning Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
Semi-auto Mode Telescoping Function Shut-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
Semi-auto Mode Lost Boom Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
Reset Telescoping Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
Semi-auto Mode vs. Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
Boom Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
Lowering and Raising the Main Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Lowering the Main Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Raising the Main Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
Lowering and Raising the Auxiliary Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
Lowering the Auxiliary Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
Grove A-7
Raising the Auxiliary Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49

Selecting the Hoist Speed Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Using the Remote Control Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Preparing for Remote Control Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Operating Remote Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Superstructure Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Emergency Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Engine Start/Stop/Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
Outrigger Beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
Outrigger Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
Hoist Control (Main and Aux) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
Boom Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
Swing and 360° Swing Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63
OPT (options) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66
Navigating the Operator Display Module and Rated Capacity Limiter
Display Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67
Using the Operator Display Module (ODM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68
Main Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
Alerts Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70
Active Screen Indicator Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76
Crane Information Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
Crane Status Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
Frequently Used Quick Select Menu Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Status Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
Permanent Quick Select Menu Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88
Menu Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
Camera Menu Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
Tele-automation Menu Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95
Semi-automation Telescope Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95
Boom Configurator Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97
Crane Function Menu Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
Outrigger Extend/Retract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
360° Swing Lock (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105
Boom Extension Deployment/Stowage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106
Working Range Limiter Menu Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
WRL Limitations Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
Accessing a WRL Limitation Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109
Boom Height Limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
Boom Angle Limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
Radius Limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
Swing Angle Limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121
Virtual Walls Limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
Emergency Program Menu Group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
Manual Telescope Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
Emergency Telescope Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
Faults Menu Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141
Crane Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141
Engine Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
Information Menu Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
Operating Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
Software Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146
User Settings Menu Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147
Controller Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147
Controller Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
ECO Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151
A-8
Boom Position Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153

Exhaust System Cleaning (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153
Service Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155
Display Settings Menu Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156
Units of Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156
Display Screen Brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156
Time Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157
Using the Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module (RDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-158
Enter Rigging Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-158
Entering Individual Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-158
Entering the RCL Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-163
Checks Before Operating the Crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-165
Displays During Crane Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-167
T
RCL Early Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-169
RCL Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-169 O
Limit Bypass Alert Indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-170
Load Chart and Miscellaneous Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-170
Hoist Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-174
C
Preload Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-176
Using the Load Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-176
Stowing and Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-178
Leaving Crane Unattended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-178
Long-term Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-178
SECTION 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set-Up and Installation

Setup of Crane Before and After Transporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Hoist Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Lowering the Hoist Camera for Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Raising the Hoist Camera for Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Hoist Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Lowering the Hoist Platform Railings for Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Raising the Hoist Access Railings for Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Beacon Lights (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Lowering the Beacon Light for Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Raising the Beacon Light for Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Cab Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
RCL Light Tower (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Retracting the RCL Light Tower for Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Extending the RCL Light Tower for Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Access Ladders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Raising the Access Ladder for Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Lowering the Access Ladder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Outrigger Floats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Stowing an Outrigger Float for Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Removing an Outrigger Float from Stowage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Hydraulic Hose Drum (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Boom Position Indicator Light and Anemometer (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Auxiliary Single-Sheave Boom Nose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Installing Cable On The Hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Anti-Two Block (A2B) Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Checking Before Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Cranes With Main Hoist Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Cranes with Main and Auxiliary Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Hoist Rope Reeving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Grove A-9
Possible Reeving Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

5-sheave hook block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Hook tackle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Auxiliary Boom Nose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Quick Reeving the Hook Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Reeving Hoist Rope Over the Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Reeving/Unreeving the Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Dead-End Rigging/Wedge Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Installing Wedge and Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
General Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Boom Extension Pin Interlock Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Front Boom Extension Mounting Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Boom Nose Installation Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Front Mounting Pin Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Boom Extension Mounting Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Boom Extension Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Lifting Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
About the Boom Extension Group in the ODM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Accessing the Boom Extension Deployment/Stowage Function
Screen in the ODM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Boom Extension Alert and Warning Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Installing the Folding Boom Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Removing the Folding Boom Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
Erecting the 17.6 m (57.6 ft) Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Erecting the Fly Section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Stowing the Fly Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Stowing the 17.6 m (57.6 ft) Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Erecting the 10.5 m (34.5 ft) Boom Extension Base Section Only . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Stowing the 10.5 m (34.5 ft) Boom Extension Base Section Only. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
Boom Extension Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
Connecting Electrical Connection at Boom Nose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
Disconnecting Electrical Connection at Boom Nose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
Hydraulic Boom Extension Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
Checking the Locking Device on the Hose Drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
Hydraulic Hose Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
Retracting Hydraulic Hoses for Main Boom Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
Establishing the Hydraulic Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
Disconnecting the Hydraulic Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
Reeving the Hoist Rope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
Reeving the Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
Unreeving Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
Offsetting the Mechanical Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
Mechanical Extension Angle Adjusting Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
Setting the Offset Angle with an Auxiliary Crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
Setting the Offset Angle without an Auxiliary Crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
Offsetting the (Optional) Hydraulic Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
Anti-Two Block Switch on the Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
10.5 m (34.5 ft) Extension Anti-Two Block Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
10.5 m (35 ft) Extension Anti-Two Block Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
17.6 m (57.6 ft) Extension Anti-Two Block Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
Folding Mast Sheave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
Auxiliary Single Sheave Boom Nose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
Identification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
Installing/Removing Auxiliary Single-Sheave Boom Nose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
A-10
Installing Auxiliary Single-Sheave Boom Nose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60

Removing the Auxiliary Single-Sheave Boom Nose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
Rigging the Auxiliary Single-Sheave Boom Nose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
Rigging in Transport Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
Rigging in Working Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
Attaching and Removing Hoist Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
Anemometer/Boom Position Light (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
Counterweight Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
Counterweight Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67
Removing the Counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
Installing the Counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69
SECTION 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance and Lubrication

T
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Environmental Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 O
Lubricants and Lubrication Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Standard Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Arctic Lubricants and Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
C
Arctic Conditions Below -9°C (+15°F). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Cold Weather Package and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Cylinder Rod Surface Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Wire Rope Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Lubrication Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
CraneLUBE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Cummins Oil Registration List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Drive Train . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Steering and Suspension – Meritor Axles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Steering and Suspension – Kessler Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Steering and Suspension – Fifth Wheel Pivots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Axle Lubrication – Meritor Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Axle Lubrication – Kessler Axles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
Turntable (Swing Drive) and Cab Tilt Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
Outrigger Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
Lift Cylinder Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
Boom Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
Boom Lubrication (Continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
Hoist Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44
Hydraulics Lubrication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Rust Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
Protecting Cranes From Rusting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
Cleaning Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
Inspection and Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
Areas of Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
APPENDIX 1 – DECALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-1
WORD INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W-1
Grove A-11
THIS PAGE BLANK
A-12
GRT8120 OPERATOR MANUAL INTRODUCTION
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION 1
SECTION CONTENTS
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Torque Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
Customer Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
Noise/Vibration Test Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
Noise Level Test Results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
Vibration Level Test Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
Serial Number Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
GRT8120 Crane Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
Outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
List of Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Swivel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Swing Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Hydraulic Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
GENERAL The Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module (RDM) and the
Operator Display Module (ODM) are full-color graphical
Throughout this Operator Manual, reference is made to left, displays on pivoting arms that provide maximum adjustability
right, front, and rear when describing locations. These for the crane operator.
reference locations are to be considered as those viewed
from the operator seat with the superstructure facing forward The RDM allows the operator to program the Rated Capacity
over the front of the carrier frame. Limiter (RCL) using the GRT8120 Load Chart Manual or the
RCL setup wizard. The RDM provides electronic display of
This Operator Manual provides important information for the boom angle, boom length, load radius, boom tip height,
operation of the Model GRT8120 Grove Crane. maximum permissible load, actual load, and warning of
The GRT8120 rough terrain crane incorporates an all welded impending two-block condition.
steel frame using planetary drive axles to provide four-wheel The Operator Display Module (ODM) allows the operator to:
drive. Axle steering is accomplished utilizing hydraulic steer
cylinders to provide four-wheel steering: • monitor performance of the crane systems
• 2-wheel front • select camera views displayed on the ODM screen
• 2-wheel rear • telescope the boom
• 4-wheel coordinated
• extend and retract the outriggers
• 4 wheel crab
• lock and unlock the superstructure
The GRT8120 Grove crane is driven with the boom centered
over the front single axle. All-wheel steer enables easy crane • operate the boom extension stowage actuators
positioning, and precise maneuvering on the job site.
• set the working range limits (WRL) operating indicators,
The GRT8120 introduces new carrier design including: levels, warnings and faults, prior to operating the crane,
aiding the operator to avoid obstructions
• flat aluminum decking for easy rigging and access
• view engine, transmission, and crane fault codes
• multiple, lockable storage compartments
• set controller curves and maximum speeds
• carrier electrical box, centrally located and accessible to
store batteries, modules, relays, and fuses • engage and disengage Economy (ECO) mode
• full LED-lighting package including side-mounted carrier • inhibit operation of the engine cleaning system
work lights for improved jobsite visibility
Grove Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02 1-1

INTRODUCTION GRT8120 OPERATOR MANUAL
The engine is mounted at the rear of the crane, and provides Customer Support
motive power through a transmission range-shift with six
forward and six reverse speeds. Hydraulic, double box, Grove and our distributor network want to ensure your
sliding beam outriggers are integral with the frame. An ECO satisfaction with our products and customer support. Your
mode system supports intelligent power management and local distributor is the best equipped and most
decreased fuel consumption. knowledgeable to assist you for parts, service, and warranty
issues. They have the facilities, parts, factory trained
The carrier frame incorporates an integral fifth wheel to personnel, and the information to assist you in a timely
which the rear axle is mounted. This integral fifth wheel manner. We request that you first contact them for
provides axle oscillation during travel, when the boom and assistance. If you feel you need factory assistance, please
superstructure are centered over the carrier. Axle oscillation ask the distributor’s service management to coordinate the
lockout occurs automatically when the superstructure rotates contact on your behalf.
from the travel position.
A compact disc or USB flash drive, which includes sections
The superstructure is capable of 360° continuous rotation in on Operation, Safety and Maintenance for crane operators
either direction. All crane functions are controlled from the and owners, is supplied when the crane is purchased new.
fully-enclosed cab mounted on the superstructure. The cab Additional copies are available from your Grove distributor.
seat incorporates armrest-mounted electronic program-
mable single-axis or dual-axis controllers and a jog dial for New Owners
easy data input. The crane is equipped with a seven-section
If you are the new owner of a Grove crane, please register it
MEGAFORM™ boom with TWIN-LOCK™ boom pinning
with Manitowoc Crane Care so we have the ability to contact
system. Additional reach is obtained by utilizing an optional
you if the need arises.
swingaway boom extension. Lifting is provided by a main
hoist and an optional auxiliary hoist. Go to: https://www.manitowoc.com/support/change-
ownership and complete the form.
1-2 Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02

NOISE/VIBRATION TEST RESULTS Assessment of Human Exposure to Hand Transmitted

Vibrations, and ISO/DIS 8041 – Human Response Vibration
Noise Level Test Results Measuring Instrumentation. 1
With closed cab operation, the guaranteed sound power
SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION
level at the operator’s station is Lwa 105 dB(A) as measured
by Directive 2006/42/EC. The guaranteed sound power level Refer to Figure 1-1.
at the crane operator position is 80 dB(A) as measured by
When contacting your local Grove distributor or Manitowoc
Annex G.1 of EN 13000:2010+A1:2014.
Crane Care, have the crane serial number available.
Vibration Level Test Results Serial numbers are located at these places on the crane:
With closed cab operation, vibration levels at the operator 1. Stamped on frame
station are less than 0.5 m/s/s for Whole Body Vibration
2. Data plate inside cab
exposure and are less than 2.5 m/s/s for Hand Arm Vibration
exposure when measured according to 89/392/EEC 3. Operator Manual cover
Community Legislation on Machinery per standard ISO
Additionally, the crane serial number is located on the
2631/1 – Evaluation of Human Exposure to Work Body
Service Manual, Parts Manual, and Load Chart Manual.
Vibration, ISO 5349 – Guidelines for the Measurement and
8848-5
SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS FIGURE 1-1

GRT8120 CRANE COMPONENTS
6 7
1 2 3 4 5
9
1
10
10
10086-1 11
11 11
12 17 16 15 14 13 12
18 19 18 20 21 20 19
22
10086-2
11
25 23 24
FIGURE 1-2

Item
1 Boom Nose Sheaves
Description Item
14
Description
Exhaust Aftertreatment
1
2 Boom 15 Battery and Control Module Compartment
3 Work Lights 16 Battery Disconnect Switch
4 Cab 17 Fuel Tank*
5 Air Conditioning Condenser 18 Superstructure Valve Covers
6 Main Hoist 19 Boom Extension Sheaves
7 Auxiliary Hoist 20 Boom Extension Fly Section
8 Counterweight 21 Boom Extension Base Section
9 Tailpipe 22 Lift Cylinder
10 Outrigger Pads 23 Hydraulic Tank
11 Crane Steps and Grab Handles 24 Axle #1 (Front Drive and Steer)
12 Outrigger Jack Cylinders 25 Axle #2 (Rear Drive and Steer)
13 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank*
*Stage IV/Tier 4F engines use Ultra Low Sulfur Fuel (Max 15 ppm) and Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)

LIST OF SPECIFICATIONS Transmission

Gear Ratios — Forward and Reverse
General Low Range
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GRT8120 1st . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.59:1
Full Vision Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20° cab tilt 2nd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.06:1
Rated Capacity . . . . See Load Chart Manual in cab 3rd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.22:1
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x 4 High Range
Gross Weight . . See Axle Weight Distribution Table 4th . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.33:1
5th . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.08:1
6th . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.76:1
Dimensions Maximum Drive Speed . . . . . . . 24.1 km/h (15 mph)
NOTE: Dimensions listed are for a crane with all with counterweight installed
components fully retracted in the travel mode.
Wheelbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4216 mm (166 in)
Torque Converter
Length (Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8632 mm (340 in) Stall Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.82:1
Length (Overall . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13919 mm (548 in) Charge Pump
Width. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3339 mm (131 in) Capacity . . . 106 L/min (28 gal/min) @ 2000 rpm
Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3748 mm (147 in)
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58920 kg (129896 lb) Engine
Outside Turning Radius
(with Boom Extension Installed) Cummins QSB 6.7L - Tier 4F
2 Wheel Steer . . . . . . . . . . . 17.5 m (57 ft 6 in) Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-cycle, Diesel
4 Wheel Steer . . . . . . . . . . . 11.9 m (39 ft 2 in) with Cummins Compact Catalyst (CCC)
Outside Turning Radius and Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)
(without Boom Extension Installed) 6-cylinder Turbocharged . . . After-Cooled Engine
2 Wheel Steer . . . . . . . . . . 16.7 m (54 ft 10 in) Horse Power Rating . 205kW (275 hp) @ 2500 rpm
4 Wheel Steer . . . . . . . . . . 11.2 m (36 ft 10 in) Maximum Speed, No Load . . . . . . . . . . . . 2700 rpm
Outside Curb Clearance Max. Torque . . . . .990 N·m (730 lbf-ft) at 1500 rpm
2 Wheel Steer . . . . . . . . . . . .14 m (45 ft 10 in) 24 Volt Electrical System . . . . two 12 Volt Batteries
4 Wheel Steer . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8 m (25 ft 7 in) Fuel. . . . . Maximum 15 ppm sulfur content (ULSD)
plus Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
Capacities
Cummins QSB 6.7L - Tier 3
Fuel Tank (Usable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 L (72 gal)
Engine Cooling System. . . . . . . . . 52.7 L (13.9 gal) Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-cycle, Diesel
Engine Cooling System (Liquid Coolant 6-cylinder Turbocharged . . . . After-Cooled Engine
Conditioner). . . . . . (test and add, as necessary) Horse Power Rating . 205kW (275 hp) @ 2500 rpm
Engine Crankcase with filter (Tier 4) . .20 L (5.3 gal) Maximum Speed, No Load . . . . . . . . . . . . 2750 rpm
Hydraulic Tank (Reservoir Capacity) Max. Torque . . . . .990 N·m (730 lbf-ft) at 1500 rpm
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1029.4 L (271.9 gal) 24 Volt Electrical System . . . . two 12 Volt Batteries
Full Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926.5 L (244.8 gal) Fuel. . . . . . . . . . Maximum 5000 ppm Sulfur Diesel
Hoist Drums (each) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9 L (1.3 gal)
Swing Drive Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 L (4.4 qt) Axles
Swing Drive Gearbox Total Axle Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.98:1
Brake Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3 L (0.6 pt) Carrier Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.33:1
Axle Planetary Hubs and Wheel Planetary Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6:1
Bearings (each wheel end) . . . . . . 9.8 L (10.4 qt)
Axle Differentials (each) . . . . . . . . . 35.2 L (9.3 gal) Steering
Transmission (includes
Torque Converter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41.6 L (44 qt) Type . . . . . .Independent Hydraulic Power Steering
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank . . .37.9 L (10 gal) Front axle . . . . . . . . . .controlled via steering wheel
Rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . .provides infinite variations
controlled via momentary switch in cab
Coordinated Turning Radius
Outside 4 Wheel Steer . . . . . 7.5 m (24 ft 7 in)
Inside 4 Wheel Steer . . . . . . 4.8 m (15 ft 10 in)
Brakes
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Wheel Hydraulic Dry Disc
Acting on all Wheels w/ Dual Calipers
Parking . . . . . . Front Axle Mounted, Spring Applied
Hydraulic Released

Wheels and Tires Swing Gearbox

Lugs per Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Torque . . . . . . . . 407 to 475 N·m (300 to 350 lbf-ft)
Tire Size . . . . . . . . . . . .29.5 x 25, 34 bias ply rating
Reduction Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.2:1
Continuous Torque. . . . . . . . 8191 N·m (6042 lbf-ft)
Max Pinion Torque . . . . . . 16382 N·m (12083 lbf-ft)
1
NOTE: For roading and lifting pressures, refer to the Hydraulic Pumps
Load Chart Manual in the cab.
NOTE: Pump flow rate (output) figures are theoretical.
Boom
Pump #1
Length . . . . . . . . . 11.3 m to 60 m (37.2 ft to 197 ft)
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Section, MEGAFORM™ Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piston
Pinning . . . . . . . . . . . TWIN-LOCK™ Boom Pinning Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Max Tip Height without Output - @ loaded engine speed
Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63.1 m (207 ft) Section 1 flow rate . . 204.4 L/min (54 gal/min)
Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -3° to +80°
Extensions (Optional) Pump #2
Manual Bi-Fold Lattice Swingaway Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piston
Jib . . . . . 10.5 m to 17.6 m (34.5 ft to 57.6 ft) Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Manual Offsets at . . . . . . . . 0°, 20° and 45° Output - @ loaded engine speed
Maximum Tip Height . . . . . . . 80.8 m (265 ft) Section 1 flow rate . . 204.4 L/min (54 gal/min)
Hydraulic Bi-Fold Lattice Swingaway
Jib . . . . . 10.5 m to 17.6 m (34.5 ft to 57.6 ft) Pump #3
Hydraulic Offsets from . . . . . . . . . . . 0°to 45° Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gear
Maximum Tip Height . . . . . . . 80.8 m (265 ft) Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Output - @ loaded engine speed
Outriggers Section 1 flow rate . . 86.7 L/min (22.9 gal/min)
Outrigger Spread
Retracted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3150 mm (124 in) Hoists
Mid Extend . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5233 mm (206 in) Drum Dimensions
Fully Extended . . . . . . . . . . 7316 mm (288 in) Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 mm (14.6 in)
Outrigger Pad Diameters Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549 mm (21.6 in)
Polymer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 mm (23.6 in) Cable, Main, 35x7 Steel
Aluminum (Optional) . . . . . . . 600 mm (23.6 in) Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 mm (0.75 in)
Max Individual Outrigger Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250 m (820 ft)
Pad Load . . . . . . . 556 kN (125,000 lbf or 125 kip) Max Permissible
Single Line Pull . . . . . . . 7784 kg (17,160 lb)
Swivel Assembly Cable, Aux., 35x7 Steel
Electrical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Slip Rings Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 mm (0.75 in)
Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ports Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185 m (607 ft)
Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ports Max. Permissible
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ports Single Line Pull . . . . . . . 7784 kg (17,160 lb)
Max. Single Line Speed . . . . 148 m/min (490 ft/min)
Motor Displacement
Minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 cc (2.9 in³)
Maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 cc (5.2 in³)

THIS PAGE BLANK

GRT8120 OPERATOR MANUAL SAFETY INFORMATION
SECTION 2
SAFETY INFORMATION
SECTION CONTENTS
Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Environmental Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28
Safety Alert Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Service and Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28
Signal Words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Lubrication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29
Accidents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30
Synthetic Hoist Rope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30
2
Operator Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30
Operator Qualifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-32
Operational Aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-32
Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Systems. . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Super Capacitor (If Equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-32
Anti-Two-Blocking Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
General Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33
Working Area Limiter (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Transporting the Crane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33
Crane Stability/Structural Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Load Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Travel Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33
Work Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Work Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35
Wind Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Personal Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35
Wind Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Crane Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35
Lifting Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Job Preparation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35
Multiple Crane Lifts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Working . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36
Lifting Multiple Loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Lifting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36
Tilt-Up Panel Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Hand Signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-37
Counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39
Outrigger Lift Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Parking and Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39
Pile Driving and Extracting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Shut-Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39
Crane Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Cold Weather Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39
Crane Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Temperature Effects on Hook Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40
Electrocution Hazard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Temperature Effects on Hydraulic Cylinders . . . . . .2-41
Set-Up and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Electrocution Hazard Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Crane Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43
Electrical Contact. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Hoist Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43
Special Operating Conditions and Equipment. . . . . 2-26 Overload Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43
Grounding the Crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 Boom Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44
Personnel Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 Superstructure Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46
Carrier Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48

SAFETY INFORMATION GRT8120 OPERATOR MANUAL
SAFETY MESSAGES
CAUTION
General
Without the safety alert symbol, identifies hazards that
The importance of safe operation and maintenance cannot could result in property damage if the message is ignored.
be overemphasized. Carelessness or neglect on the part of
operators, job supervisors and planners, rigging personnel, NOTE: Emphasizes operation or maintenance
and job site workers can result in their death or injury and procedures.
costly damage to the crane and property.
To alert personnel to hazardous operating practices and GENERAL
maintenance procedures, safety messages are used It is impossible to compile a list of safety precautions
throughout the manual. Each safety message contains a covering all situations. However, there are basic principles
safety alert symbol and a signal word to identify the hazard’s that must be followed during your daily routine. Safety is
degree of seriousness. your primary responsibility, since any piece of equipment
is only as safe as the person at the controls.
Safety Alert Symbol
Read and follow the information located in Model Specific
Information near the end of this section.
This information has been provided to assist in promoting a
This safety alert symbol means ATTENTION! safe working atmosphere for yourself and those around you.
Become alert - your safety is involved! Obey all safety It is not meant to cover every conceivable circumstance
messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible death which could arise. It is intended to present basic safety
or injury. precautions that should be followed in daily operation.
Signal Words Because you are the only part of the crane that can think and
reason, your responsibility is not lessened by the addition of
operational aids or warning devices. Indeed, you must guard
against acquiring a false sense of security when using them.
DANGER They are there to assist, not direct the operation. Operational
aids or warning devices can be mechanical, electrical,
Identifies hazards that will result in death or serious injury
electronic, or a combination thereof. They are subject to
if the message is ignored.
failure or misuse and should not be relied upon in place of
good operating practices.
You are the only one who can be relied upon to assure the
WARNING safety of yourself and those around you. Be a professional
Identifies hazards that may result in death or serious and follow the rules of safety.
injury if the message is ignored.
Remember, failure to follow just one safety precaution could
cause an accident that results in death or serious injury to
personnel or damage to equipment. You are responsible for
the safety of yourself and those around you.
CAUTION
Identifies hazards that could result in minor or moderate ACCIDENTS
injury if the message is ignored. Following any accident or damage to equipment, the Grove
distributor must be immediately advised of the incident and
consulted on necessary inspections and repairs. Should the
distributor not be immediately available, contact should be
made directly with Grove Product Safety at the address
below. The crane must not be returned to service until it is
thoroughly inspected for any evidence of damage. All
damaged parts must be repaired or replaced as authorized
by your Grove distributor and/or Manitowoc Crane Care.

If this crane becomes involved in a property damage and/or Do not remove the Load Chart, this Operator Manual, or
personal injury accident, immediately contact your Grove any decal from this crane.
distributor. If the distributor is unknown and/or cannot be
Inspect the crane every day (before the start of each shift).
reached, contact Product Safety at:
Make sure that routine maintenance and lubrication are
Grove U.S. L.L.C. being dutifully performed. Don’t operate a damaged or poorly
1565 East Buchanan Trail maintained crane. You risk lives when operating faulty
Shady Grove, PA 17256-0021 machinery—including your own.
Phone: 888-777-3378 (888-PSR.DEPT) If adjustments or repairs are necessary, the operator shall
717-597-8121 notify the next operator and personnel responsible for the
Fax: 717-593-5152 maintenance and repair of the crane.
E-mail: [email protected]
OPERATOR INFORMATION
OPERATOR QUALIFICATIONS
Qualified person is defined as one who by reason of
2
You must read and understand this Operator Manual and knowledge, training and experience is thoroughly familiar
the Load Chart before operating your new crane. You must with crane operations and the hazards involved. Such a
also view and understand the supplied safety video. This person shall meet the operator qualifications specified in
manual and Load Chart must be readily available to the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
operator at all times and must remain in the cab (if equipped) Regulations (United States Federal Law), in ASME B30.5
or operator’s station while the crane is in use. American National Standard, or in any other applicable
federal, state or local laws.
The Operator Manual supplied with and considered part of
your crane must be read and completely understood by each Make sure that all personnel working around the crane are
person responsible for assembly, disassembly, operation thoroughly familiar with safe operating practices. You must
and maintenance of the crane. be thoroughly familiar with the location and content of all
decals on the crane. Decals provide important instructions
No personnel shall be allowed to climb onto the crane or
and warnings and must be read prior to any operational or
enter the crane cab or operator’s station unless performance
maintenance function.
of their duties require them to do so, and then only with
knowledge of the operator or other qualified person. You must be familiar with the regulations and standards
governing this crane and its operation. Work practice
Allow No One other than the operator to be on the crane
requirements may vary slightly between government
while the crane is operating or moving, unless they are
regulations, industry standards, and employer policies so a
seated in a two-man cab.
thorough knowledge of all such relevant work rules is
necessary.

An untrained operator subjects himself and others to death assure that repair or recalibration is accomplished as soon
or serious injury. as is reasonably possible. If immediate repair or recalibration
of an operational aid is not possible and there are
You must not operate this crane unless:
exceptional circumstances which justify continued short-term
• You have been trained in the safe operation of use of the crane when operational aids are inoperative or
this crane. malfunctioning, the following requirements shall apply for
continued use or shutdown of the crane:
• You read, understand, and follow the safety and
operating recommendations contained in the • Steps shall be taken to schedule repairs and
manufacturer’s manuals, your employer’s work rules, recalibration immediately. The operational aids shall be
and applicable government regulations. put back into service as soon as replacement parts, if
required, are available and the repairs and recalibration
• You are sure the crane has been inspected and
can be carried out. Every reasonable effort must be
maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s
made to expedite repairs and recalibration.
manuals and is operating properly.
• When a Load Indicator, Rated Capacity Indicator, or
• You are sure that all safety decals, guards, and other
Rated Capacity Limiter is inoperative or malfunctioning,
safety features are in place and in proper condition.
the designated person responsible for supervising the
Do not attempt to operate the crane unless you are trained lifting operations shall establish procedures for
and thoroughly familiar with all operational functions. determining load weights and shall ascertain that the
Controls and design may vary from crane to crane; therefore, weight of the load does not exceed the crane ratings at
it is important that you have specific training on the particular the radius where the load is to be handled.
crane you will be operating.
• When a Boom Angle or Radius Indicator is inoperative
Training is ESSENTIAL for proper crane operation. Never or malfunctioning, the radius or boom angle shall be
jeopardize your own well-being or that of others by determined by measurement.
attempting to operate a crane on which you have not been
• When an Anti-Two-Blocking Device, Two-Blocking
trained.
Damage Prevention Device or Two-Block Warning
You must be mentally and physically fit to operate a crane. Device is inoperative or malfunctioning, the designated
Never attempt to operate a crane while under the influence person responsible for supervising the lifting operations
of medication, narcotics, or alcohol. Any type of drug could shall establish procedures, such as assigning an
impair physical, visual and mental reactions, and additional signal person to furnish equivalent protection.
capabilities. This does not apply when lifting personnel in load-line
supported personnel platforms. Personnel shall not be
As operator of this crane, you are granted the authority to lifted when anti-two-block devices are not functioning
stop and refuse to lift loads until safety is assured. properly.
OPERATIONAL AIDS • When a Boom Length Indicator is inoperative or

malfunctioning, the designated person responsible for
Operational aids are accessories that provide information to supervising the lifting operations shall establish the
facilitate operation of a crane or that take control of particular boom lengths at which the lift will be made by actual
functions without action of the operator when a limiting measurements or marking on the boom.
condition is sensed, as stated in the latest revision of the
ASME B30.5, and ASME B30.8 standards. Examples of • When a Level Indicator is inoperative or malfunctioning,
such devices include, but are not limited to, the following: other means shall be used to level the crane.
anti-two-block device, rated capacity indicator, rated capacity
limiter, boom angle or radius indicator, boom length indicator,
Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Systems
crane level indicator, hoist drum rotation indicator, load Your crane is equipped with an RCL system which is
indicator, and wind speed indicator. intended to aid the operator. An RCL is a device that
Grove remains committed to providing reliable products that automatically monitors radius, load weight, and load rating
enable users and operators to safely lift and position loads. and prevents movements of the crane, which would result in
Grove has been an industry leader in the incorporation of an overload condition.
operational aids into the design of its cranes. Federal law Test daily for proper operation. Never interfere with the
requires that cranes be properly maintained and kept in good proper functioning of operational aids or warning devices.
working condition. The manuals that Grove provides that are
specific for each crane and the manufacturer’s manuals for Under no condition should it be relied upon to replace the
the operational aids shall be followed. If an operational aid use of Load Charts and operating instructions. Sole reliance
should fail to work properly, the crane user or owner must

upon these electronic aids in place of good operating Two-blocking can be prevented. Operator awareness of the
practices can cause an accident. hazards of two-blocking is the most important factor in
preventing this condition. An Anti-Two-Block System is
Know the weight of all loads and always check the capacity
intended to assist the operator in preventing dangerous two-
of the crane as shown on the Load Chart before making
block conditions. It is not a replacement for operator
any lifts.
awareness and competence.
NEVER exceed the rated capacity shown on the Load Chart.
Never interfere with the proper functioning of operational
Always check the Load Chart to make sure that the load to
aids or warning devices.
be lifted at the desired radius is within the rated capacity of
the crane.
For detailed information concerning the operation and
maintenance of the RCL system installed on the crane, see
the appropriate section later in this manual or the RCL
manufacturer’s manual supplied with the crane.
2
Manufacturers of rated capacity limiters may refer to them in
their manuals as a load moment indicator (LMI), a hydraulic
capacity alert system (HCAS), a safe load indicator (SLI), or
an EKS5; Grove refers to these systems as a rated capacity
limiter (RCL) throughout its Operator and Service manuals.
Anti-Two-Blocking Device
This crane should have a functional Anti-Two-Block and
Control Lock-Out System. Test daily for proper operation.
Two-blocking occurs when the load block (hook block,
overhaul ball, rigging, etc.) comes into physical contact with
the boom (boom nose, sheaves, boom extension, etc.). Two-
blocking can cause hoist rope (wire rope or synthetic rope),
rigging, reeving, and other components to become highly
stressed and overloaded in which case the hoist rope may
fail allowing the load, block, etc. to fall.
Two-blocking is more likely to occur when both the main and
auxiliary hoist lines are reeved over the main boom nose and 9250 Example decal. For reference only.
b o o m e x t e n s i o n n o s e r e s p e c t i v e l y. A n o p e r a t o r,
concentrating on the specific line being used, may telescope Working Area Limiter (If Equipped)
or lower the boom allowing the other hoist line attachment to
contact the boom or boom extension nose, thus causing This crane may be equipped with a working area limiter as
damage to the sheaves, or causing the hoist rope to fail, part of the RCL system, designated as either Work Area
dropping the lifting device to the ground and possibly injuring Definition System (WADS) or Working Range Limiter (WRL).
personnel working below. You must read and understand the operator manual before
operating the working area limiter system. Become familiar
Caution must be used when lowering the boom, extending with all proper operating procedures and with the
the boom or hoisting up. Let out load line(s) simultaneously identification of symbol usage.
to prevent two-blocking the boom tip(s) and the hook block,
etc. The closer the load is carried to the boom nose the more The working area limiter is intended to be used as an aid to
important it becomes to simultaneously let out hoist rope as the operator. It is not a substitute for safe crane operating
the boom is lowered. Keep load handling devices a minimum practices, experience and good operator judgments.
of 107 cm (42 in) below the boom nose at all times.

CRANE STABILITY/STRUCTURAL Before swinging the superstructure over the side when the
STRENGTH outriggers are retracted, check for backwards stability under
the sub-section titled Model Specific Information later in this
To avoid death or serious injury, make sure that the crane is section.
on a firm surface with load and crane’s configuration within
Long cantilever booms can create a tipping condition when
capacity as shown on the crane’s Load Chart and notes.
in an extended and lowered position. Retract the boom
Make sure that all pins and floats are properly installed and proportionally with reference to the capacity of the applicable
outrigger beams are properly extended before lifting on Load Chart.
outriggers. On models equipped with outriggers that can be
Check crane stability before lifting loads. Make sure that the
pinned at the mid-extend position (vertical stripe, if
outriggers (or tires if lifting on rubber) are firmly positioned on
applicable), the outriggers must also be pinned when
solid surfaces. Make sure that the crane is level, brakes are
operating from the mid-extend position.
set, and the load is properly rigged and attached to the hook.
Use adequate cribbing under outrigger floats to distribute Check the Load Chart against the weight of the load. Lift the
weight over a greater area. Check frequently for settling. load slightly off the ground and recheck the stability before
proceeding with the lift. Determine the weight of the load
Carefully follow the procedures in this Operator Manual before you attempt the lift.
when extending or retracting the outriggers. Death or serious Unless lifting within On Rubber capacities, outrigger beams
injury could result from improper crane setup on outriggers. and jack cylinders (plus center front stabilizer, if equipped)
The operator must select the proper Load Chart and Rated must be properly extended and set to provide precise
Capacity Limiter (RCL) System program for the outrigger leveling of the crane. Tires must be clear of the ground
position selected. before lifting on outriggers.

Work Site
Prior to any operation, you must inspect the entire work site,
including ground conditions, where the crane will travel and
operate. Make sure that the surfaces will support a load
greater than the crane’s weight and maximum capacity.
Be aware of all conditions that could adversely effect the
stability of the crane.
Be aware of the danger for people entering the working area.
Do not allow unnecessary personnel in the vicinity of the
crane while operating.
WIND FORCES 2
There are basic principles that must be followed while
operating in windy conditions. This information has been
provided to assist in determining safe operation in windy
conditions.
Always use extreme caution when windy conditions exist.
NEVER exceed the rated capacity shown on the Load Chart.
KEEP THE BOOM SHORT. Swinging loads with a long line Always check the Load Chart to make sure that the load
can create an unstable condition and possible structural to be lifted is within the rated capacity of the crane.
failure of the boom.
Wind can have a significant effect on loads that may be lifted
Load Charts by a crane. Wind forces act differently on a crane depending
upon the direction from which the wind is blowing (e.g., wind
Load Charts represent the absolute maximum allowable on the rear of the boom can result in decreased forward
loads, which are based on either tipping or structural stability, wind on the underside of the boom can result in
limitations of the crane under specific conditions. Knowing decreased backward stability, wind on the side of the boom
the precise load radius, boom length, and boom angle can result in structural damages, etc.)
should be a part of your routine planning and operation.
Actual loads, including necessary allowances, should be Wind forces can exert extreme dynamic loads. Grove
kept below the capacity shown on the applicable Load Chart. recommends that a lift not be made if the wind can cause a
loss of control in handling the load.
Load Chart capacities are based on freely suspended loads.
Wind forces can be determined by typical visible effects on
You must use the appropriate Load Chart when determining the landscape.To assist you in determining prevailing wind
the capability of the crane in the configuration required to conditions, refer to Table 2-1.
perform the lift.
NOTE: The wind speed corresponding to the Beaufort
Maximum lifting capacity is available at the shortest radius, scale in the table is mean wind speed at 10 m
minimum boom length, and highest boom angle. (33 ft) elevation over a period of 10 minutes.
Do not remove the Load Charts from the crane.

Table 2-1 Beaufort Wind Scale
Maximum Wind Speed

Beaufort Visible Indicator
Description m/s km/h mph
Number Effects of wind as observed on land
Zero (0) Calm 0.3 1.1 0.7 Calm; smoke rises vertically
Smoke drift indicates wind direction. Leaves and wind vanes
1 Light Air 1.5 5.4 3.4
are stationary.
Wind felt on exposed skin. Leaves rustle. Wind vanes begin to
2 Light Breeze 3.3 11.9 7.4
move.
Gentle Leaves and small twigs constantly moving. Light flags
3 5.4 19.4 12.1
Breeze extended.
Moderate
4 7.9 28.4 17.7 Dust and loose paper raised. Small branches begin to move.
Breeze
Fresh Branches of a moderate size move. Small trees in leaf begin to
5 10.7 38.5 23.9
Breeze sway.
Strong Large branches in motion. Whistling heard in overhead wires.
6 13.8 49.7 30.9
Breeze Umbrella use becomes difficult. Empty plastic bins tip over.
7 High Wind 17.1 61.6 38.3 Whole trees in motion. Effort needed to walk against the wind.
Some twigs broken from trees. Cars veer on road. Progress on
8 Gale 20.7 74.5 46.3
foot is seriously impeded.
Some branches break off trees, and some small trees blow
9 Strong Gale 24.4 87.8 54.6
over. Construction/temporary signs and barricades blow over.
10 Storm 28.4 102.2 63.5 Trees are broken off or uprooted, structural damage likely.
Wind Speeds capacity multiplied by the Capacity Reduction Factor

from Table 2-4 (metric) or (non-metric).
The maximum permissible wind speed referred to in the load
charts is the 3-second wind gust speed measured at the NOTE: This condition is limited to operation with the main
boom tip height and is designated as V(z). This value is boom on fully extended outriggers only.
either recorded at boom tip or calculated based on mean c) If V(z) is > 20.1 m/s (45 mph), then lifting is NOT
wind speed recorded at crane operation site. For lift planning permitted. Cease lifting operations and lower and retract
purposes only, the 3-second wind gust speed, V(z), may be the boom.
calculated based on mean wind speed reported at http://
www.windfinder.com “Super Forecast”. In both cases a) and b) above, the lift may also be limited by
the projected wind area of the load Ap and by the wind drag
This 3-second wind gust is assumed to act on the entire coefficient Cd: This limit can be determined by comparing
crane and the load. The wind effect on the load can be the Actual wind resistance area with the Allowable wind
conservatively estimated as: resistance area.
a) If V(z) is ≤ 13.4 m/s (30 mph), then the allowable Refer to Figure 2-1 for a simplified calculation method to
load is the published rated capacity from the Load Chart. determine permissible wind speed.
b) If V(z) is > 13.4 m/s (30 mph) and is ≤ 20.1 m/s
(45 mph), the allowable load is the published rated

Simplified Method to Determine Maximum Permissible Wind Speed
Determine 3-Second Gust

V(z) = [(z/10)0.14 + 0.4]v [m/s]
Wind Speed at boom tip, V(z) = [(z/33)0.14 + 0.4]v [mph]
V(z)
13.4 m/s < V(z) < 20.1 m/s V(z) > 20.1 m/s (45 mph)
V(z) < 13.4 m/s (30 mph) (30 mph < V(z) < 45 mph)
Main Boom Use Main Boom on
Fully Extended Outriggers ONLY
Lifting is not permitted.

Cease Lifting Operations
2
Allowable load = Calculate Allowable Load
Published Rated Capacity
Allowable Load = Published Rated Capacity

X Capacity Reduction Factor
(from Load Chart Notes)
Ap = maximum height X maximum length
Determine Ap See Figure 2-2
Calculate
Determine Cd of Load Awr (load) = Ap X Cd
NO
2
Ap / Allowable Load < 0.5 m /t ?
(Ap / Allowable Load < 0.0025 ft2/lb)
From Table 2-2

Calculate
Awr (Allow) of allowable load
YES
Awr (Allow) = 1.2 m2/t
(Awr (Allow) = 0.0059 ft2/lb)
YES
Awr (Allow) >Awr (load) ?
NO
Calculate Ratio:
Awr (load) / Awr (Allow)
Determine Maximum Permissible Wind

From (Table 2-3) Speed
YES
Maximum Permissible
Wind Speed > V(z)?
NO
Lifting is not permitted.

It is permissible to lift Allowable load Cease Lifting Operations.
at this windspeed, V(z) Plan the lift when V(z) < calculated
Maximum Permissible Wind Speed.
V(z) = 3 second gust wind speed at boom tip, m/s (mph) Awr (load) = Actual Wind Resistance Area for the Load, m2(ft)
Ap = Projected Wind Area of Load, m2 (ft2) Awr (Allow) = Allowable Wind Resistance Area of the Load, m2 (ft2
Cd = air drag coefficient of load
FIGURE 2-1

Determination of 3-second wind gust speed at boom Size and Shape of the load:
tip height:
These rated capacities are also based on the assumption
The following example illustrates how to calculate 3-second that the Wind Resistance Area of load, Awr(load) is not more
wind gust speed at boom tip height based on mean wind than 0.0012 square meters per kilogram (0.0059 sq.ft per
speed recorded by the device located at the crane operation pound of load. (See below Formulas 2.4 and 2.5.)
site:
The load capacities shall be reduced to account for the larger
V(z) is the 3-second wind gust speed at boom tip wind resistance area of load and 3-second wind gust speed
height Z then: at boom tip height. Use tag lines when the wind gust speed is
above 13.4 m/s (30 mph) to help control the movement of the
Metric, with Z [m] and V [m/s]
load. Grove recommends that a lift not be made if the
V(z) = [(Z/10)0.14 + 0.4] x V (2.1) wind can cause a loss of control in handling the load.
Non-metric, with Z [ft] and V [mph] The lift may also be limited by the projected wind area of the
V(z) = [(Z/33)0.14 + 0.4] x V (2.2) load Ap and by the wind drag coefficient Cd. This limit can be
where: determined by comparing the actual wind resistance area of
the load with the allowable wind resistance area.
V [m/s] [mph] - Mean wind speed at 10 m (22 ft) Awr(load) = Ap x Cd (2.3)
elevation (upper limit of Beaufort scale)
where:
Example: Suppose you want to lift the load with the
maximum boom tip height of 30 m (100 ft) and the recorded Awr(load) [m2] [ft2] . - Wind resistant area of the load
mean wind speed by the device located at the crane
Ap [m2] [ft2] - projected wind area,
operation site is 5.5 m/s (13 mph). This mean wind speed of
5.5 m/s (13 mph) corresponds to Beaufort number 4 (see Cd - wind drag coefficient.
Table 2-1). The maximum wind velocity according to the
Beaufort scale of 4 is 7.9 m/s (17.7 mph). Ap is determined by using the calculation of maxi-
mum height x maximum length (see Figure 2-2).
The mean wind speed (upper limit of Beaufort number) at
10 m (33 ft) height, to be used for calculation is: For Cd, refer to Table 2-2. If the Cd cannot be cal-
V = 7.9 m/s (17.7 mph) culated or estimated, use a value of 2.4.
Boom tip height for this lift is Z = 30 m (100 ft) The allowable wind resistant area of the load Awr(allow) is
then: equal to 0.0012 square meters per kilogram (0.0059 sq.ft per
pound) of allowable load:
Metric, with Z [m] and V [m/s]
Metric, with m(load) [kg] - Mass of the allowable load
V(z) = [(30/10)0.14 + 0.4] x 7.9 = 12.4 m/s
Awr(allow) = 0.0012 × m(load) (2.4)
Non-metric, with Z [ft] and V [mph]
Non-metric, with m(load) [lb] - Mass of the allowable load
V(z) = [(100/33)0.14 + 0.4] x 17.7 = 27.8 mph
Awr(allow) = 0.0059 × m(load) (2.5)
Since V(z) is ≤ 13.4 m/s (30 mph), the allowable loads are
the published rated capacities from the Load Chart and can If Awr(load) is greater than Awr(allow), then lifting this load at
be lifted at this condition. this wind speed V(z) is NOT permitted.

Calculation of Projected Wind Area (Ap):
8m
8m
Wind Wind
1m 3m
Ap = 8 m2 Ap = 24 m2
3m 1m
2
25 ft 25 ft
Wind
Wind
3 ft 10 ft
Ap = 75 ft2 Ap = 250 ft2

8384-1 10 ft 3 ft
FIGURE 2-2
Determining Wind Drag Coefficient (Cd)

Table 2-2 shows the typical Shapes and corresponding Wind
Drag Coefficient (Cd) values.
If the exact Wind Drag Coefficient of a shape is not known,
use the maximum value of the shape’s range (Table 2-2).
If the wind drag coefficient of the load cannot be estimated or
determined, it shall be assumed that (Cd) = 2.4.

Table 2-2 Wind Drag Coefficient
Shape Cd
1.1 to 2.0
0.3 to 0.4
0.6 to 1.0
0.8 to 1.2
0.2 to 0.3
0.05 to 0.1
Turbine Blade or
Complete Rotor
Approximately 1.6
8384-2
Maximum Permissible Wind Speed

If the wind resistant area of the load Awr(load) is greater than
the allowable wind resistant area Awr(allow), the ratio can be
used to determine a permissible wind speed V(z) for the load
using Table 2-3.
Table 2-3 Awr Ratio and Permissible Wind Speed V(z) - Imperial units
Note: Permissible and rated wind speeds in this table are the 3-second gust wind speeds at boom tip height.
1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2
Ratio:
Maximum Permissible Wind Speed (mph)
For Rated Capacity at 30 mph 27.4 25.4 23.7 22.4 21.2
For Allowable Capacity at 45 mph 41.1 38.0 35.6 33.5 31.8

Rated Load Chart Example - Metric
8383-1
FIGURE 2-3

Table 2-4 Example-Capacity Reduction Factors for Wind Speed V(z) Greater than 13.4 m/s - Metric
(Only for lifting with main boom on fully extended outriggers, with or without stowed extension)
For wind speed V(z) (3-second gust speed at boom tip height) V(z) > 13.4 m/s ≤ 20.1 m/s, the Reduced Capacity
shall be calculated by multiplying the Published Rated Capacity by the following factors:
Main Boom Length in Meters
Wind Speed
V(z) > 13.4 m/s 10.9 12.2 15.2 18.4 21.3 24.4 27.4 30.5 33.5
< 20.1 m/s
Factor 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6
Wind resistance area of load, Awr(load) shall not exceed maximum allowable wind resistance area Awr(allow).
Maximum allowable wind resistance area, [m2] Awr(allow) = 0.0012 x calculated reduced capacity in kg.
Wind resistance area of load, Awr(load) = projected wind area Ap x wind drag coefficient Cd for the load.
For wind resistance Area of load, Awr (load) > maximum allowable wind resistance area, Awr(allow) refer to crane
Operator Manual.
Table 2-5 Awr Ratio and Permissible Wind Speed V(z) - Metric
1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2
Ratio:
Maximum Permissible Wind Speed (m/s)
For Rated Capacity at 13.4 m/s 12.2 11.4 10.6 10.0 9.5
For Allowable Capacity at 20.1 m/s 18.3 17.0 15.9 15.0 14.2
Example and Sample Calculations (metric) The maximum allowable wind resistance area of load is:
The following example illustrates how to calculate allowable Awr(allow) = 0.0012 x m(load) (2.4)
load while operating in wind speed (3-second wind gust Awr(allow) = 0.0012 x 15,050 = 18.06 m2
speed) above 13.4 m/s (30 mph) and maximum permissible
wind speeds with various combinations of lifted load and Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) ≤ 13.4 m/s at this
wind resistance area. configuration:
NOTE: Permissible and calculated wind speeds in this • Maximum load 15,050 kg
example are the 3-second wind gust speeds at
boom tip height V(z). • Maximum wind resistance area of load 18.06 m2
Example 1: Crane Configuration: For the allowable wind speed > 13.4 m/s and ≤ 20.1 m/s,
• boom length = 27.4 m, reduce the allowable load. Per Table 2-4, the Factor for main
boom length of 27.4 m is 0.8, the allowable load is:
• load radius = 9 m,
m(allow) = 0.8 x 15,050 = 12,040 kg
• wind speed is measured at V(z) ≤ 20.1 m/s.
This reduced capacity load has an allowable wind resistance
From the Rated Load Chart Example - Metric area of:
(Figure 2-3), at maximum permissible wind speed, V(z) =
13.4 m/s, the rated lifting capac ity m ( a l l o w ) for this Awr(allow) = 0.0012 x 12,040 = 14.45 m2
configuration is 15,050 kg.
Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) > 13.4 m/s and
≤ 20.1 m/s, at this configuration:
• Maximum load 12,040 kg
• Maximum wind resistance area of load 14.45 m2

At wind speeds greater than 13.4 m/s, it is not permissible to Load example 1.3a:
lift a load greater than 12,040 kg, even if the wind resistance
With large wind resistance area of the load Awr(load),
area of the load is less than 14.45 m2.
• Load to be lifted of 14,000 kg,
Refer to the information from the above crane configuration,
examine several load conditions. • Projected Wind Area Ap = 21.85 m2,
• Wind Drag Coefficient Cd = 1.2
Load example 1.1: the wind resistance area of load can be estimated as:
With known Wind Drag Coefficient of the load Cd, and Awr(load) = Ap X Cd = 21.85 x 1.2 = 26.22 m2
• load to be lifted of 11,200 kg, Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind
• Projected Wind Area Ap = 9.20 m2,

speed V(z) > 13.4 m/s and ≤ 20.1 m/s. Comparing the load
to the allowable: 2
• Wind Drag Coefficient Cd = 1.5 • Is the load to be lifted less than allowable load?
wind resistance area of load can be estimated as 14,000 kg ≤ 12,040 kg NO
Awr(load) = Ap x Cd = 9.2 x 1.5 = 13.8 m2 Conclusion: This load is NOT permissible to lift in wind
speed up to 20.1 m/s.
Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind
> 13.4 m/s and ≤ to 20.1 m/s. Comparing the load and wind speed V(z) < 3.4 m/s. Comparing the load to the allowable:
resistant area to the allowable:
• Is the load to be lifted less than allowable load?
• Is the load to be lifted less than allowable load? 14,000 kg ≤ 15,050 kg YES
11,200 kg ≤ 12,040 kg YES The maximum permissible wind speed for this load is
• Is Awr(load) less than Awr(allow) ? 13.4 m/s, depending on the wind resistance area of the load.
13.8 m2 ≤ 14.45 m2 YES • Is Awr(load) less than Awr(allow)?
Conclusion: This load is permissible to lift in wind speed up 26.22 m2 ≤ 18.06 m2 NO
to 20.1 m/s.
Conclusion: This load is NOT permissible to lift in wind
speed at 13.4 m/s, but is permitted to lift at a reduced wind
speed calculated as follows:
Load example 1.2:
With unknown Wind Drag Coefficient of the load Cd, Ratio = 1.45
• Load to be lifted of 10,000 kg,
From Table 2-5, the maximum permissible wind speed at
• Projected Wind Area Ap = 5.45 m2, ratio of 1.45 (rounded to next higher table value of 1.6) is
10.6 m/s.
• Wind Drag Coefficient Cd = unknown
Conclusion: This load is permissible to lift in wind speed up
NOTE: If exact Wind Drag Coefficient is not known, it shall
to 10.6 m/s only.
be assumed as 2.4.
• the wind resistance area of load can be estimated as
Awr(load) = Ap x Cd = 5.45 x 2.4 = 13.08 m2 Load example 1.3b:
Refer to the above Lifting Limits at V(z) > 13.4 m/s With large wind resistance area of the load Awr(load) ,
and ≤ 20.1 m/s. Comparing the load and wind resistant area • Load to be lifted of 8,000 kg,
to the allowable:
• Projected Wind Area Ap = 15.25 m2,
10,000 kg ≤ 12,040 kg YES • Wind Drag Coefficient Cd = 1.3
• Is Awr(load) less than Awr(allow) ? the wind resistance area of load can be estimated as
13.08 m2 ≤ 14.45 m2 YES Awr(load) = Ap x Cd = 15.25 x 1.3 = 19.83 m2
to 20.1 m/s.

Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z)

> 13.4 m/s and ≤ 20.1 m/s. Comparing the load and wind Ratio = 1.37
From Table 2-5, the maximum permissible wind speed at
• Is the load to be lifted less than allowable load? ratio of 1.37 (rounded to next higher table value of 1.4) is
8,000 kg ≤ 12,040 kg YES 17.0 m/s.
• Is Awr(load) less than Awr(allow)?
19.83 m2 ≤ 14.45 m2 NO to 17.0 m/s only.
speed up to 20.1 m/s, but permitted to lift at a reduced wind
speed calculated as follows:

Rated Load Chart Example - Non-metric
8382-1
FIGURE 2-4

Table 2-6 Example-Capacity Reduction Factors for Wind Speed V(z) Greater than 30 mph - Non-metric
(Only for lifting with main boom on fully extended outriggers, with or without stowed extension)
LE
For wind speed Vz (3-second gust speed at boom tip height) is greater > 30> mph ≤ 45 mph, the Reduced Capacity
shall be calculated by multiplying the Published Rated Capacity by the following factors:
Main Boom Length in Feet
Wind Speed
P
Vz> 30 mph 36 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
< 45 mph
M
Factor 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.5
Wind resistance area of load, Awr(load), shall not exceed maximum allowable wind resistance area Awr(allow).
Maximum allowable wind resistance area in [ft2],Awr (allow) = 0.0059 x calculated reduced capacity in lb.
A
Wind resistance area of load, Awr(load) = projected wind area Ap x wind drag coefficient Cd for the load.
S
For wind resistance area of load, Awr (load) > maximum allowable wind resistance, Awr (allow), refer to crane Operator
Manual.
Table 2-7 Awr Ratio and Permissible Wind Speed V(z) - Non-Metric
1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2
Ratio:
Maximum Permissible Wind Speed (mph)
For Rated Capacity@ 30 mph 27.4 25.4 23.7 22.4 21.2
For Allowable Capacity@ 45 mph 41.1 38.0 35.6 33.5 31.8
Example and Sample Calculations (Non-metric) The maximum allowable wind resistance area of load is:
The following example illustrates how to calculate allowable Awr(allow) = 0.0059 x m(load) (2.5)
load while operating in wind speed (3-second wind gust Awr(allow) = 0.0059 x 25,200 = 149 ft2
speed) above 13.4 m/s (30 mph) and maximum permissible
wind speeds with various combinations of lifted load and Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) < 30 mph at this
wind resistance area. configuration:
NOTE: Permissible and calculated wind speeds in this • Maximum load 25,200 lb
example are the 3-second wind gust speeds at
boom tip height V(z). • Maximum wind resistance area of load 149 ft2
For the allowable wind speed > 30 mph and ≤ 45 mph,

reduce the allowable load. , the Factor for a main boom
Example 2:
length of 90 ft is 0.8, thus the allowable load is:
A crane is configured with: m(allow) = 0.8 x 25,200 = 20,160 lb
• boom length = 90 ft, This reduced capacity load has an allowable wind resistance
• load radius = 40 ft, and area of:
Awr(allow) = 0.0059 x 20,160 = 119 ft2
• wind speed is measured at V(z) ≤ 45 mph.
The Rated Load Chart Example - Non-metric (Figure 2-4), Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) > 30 mph
at maximum permissible wind speed, V(z) = 30 mph, the and ≤ 45 mph at this configuration:
rated lifting capacity m (allow) for this configuration is
25,200 lb. • Maximum load 20,160 lb
• Maximum wind resistance area of load 119 ft2

Example, wind speeds greater than 13.4 m/s is NOT Load example 2.3a:
permissible to lift a load greater than 20,160 lb, even if the
With large wind resistance area of the load Awr(load),
wind resistance area of the load is less than 119 ft2.
• Load to be lifted of 22,000 lb,
Refer to the above crane configuration for the following load
conditions: • Projected Wind Area Ap = 180 ft2,
Load example 2.1: • Wind Drag Coefficient Cd = 1.2
With known Wind Drag Coefficient of the load Cd, the wind resistance area of load can be estimated as:
• load to be lifted of 19,500 lb, Awr(load) = Ap x Cd = 180 x 1.2 = 216 ft2
• Projected Wind Area Ap = 70 ft2, Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) >
• Wind Drag Coefficient Cd = 1.5

30 mph and ≤ 45 mph. Comparing the load to the allowable:
2
then the wind resistance area of load can be estimated as 22,000 lb ≤ 20,160 lb NO
Awr(load) = Ap x Cd = 70 x 1.5 = 105 ft2 Conclusion: This load is NOT permissible to lift in wind
Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) > 30 speed up to 45 mph.
mph and ≤ 45 mph. Comparing the load and wind resistant Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) up to
area to the allowable: 30 mph. Comparing the load to the allowable:
• Is the load to be lifted less than allowable load? Is the load to be lifted less than allowable load?
19,500 lb ≤ 20,160 lb YES 22,000 lb ≤ 25,200 lb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . YES
• Is Awr(load) less than Awr(allow)? The permissible wind speed for this load is 30 mph,
depending on the wind resistance area of the load.
105 ft2 ≤ 119 ft2 YES
• Is Awr(load) less than Awr(allow),?
to 45 mph. 216 ft2 ≤ 149 ft2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO
Load example 2.2: Conclusion: This load is NOT permissible to lift in wind
speed at 30 mph, but permitted to lift at a reduced wind
With unknown Wind Drag Coefficient of the load Cd, speed calculated as follows:
Ratio = 1.45
• Projected Wind Area Ap = 45 ft2,
• Wind Drag Coefficient Cd = unknown From Table 2-7, the maximum permissible wind speed at
NOTE: If exact Wind Drag Coefficient is not known, it shall ratio of 1.45 (rounded to next higher table value of 1.6) is
be assumed as 2.4. 23.7 mph.
the wind resistance area of load can be estimated as Conclusion: This load is permissible to lift in wind speed up
2 to 23.7 mph only.
Awr(load) = Ap x Cd = 45 x 2.4 = 108 ft
Load example 2.3b:
Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z)
> 30 mph and ≤ 45 mph. Comparing the load and wind With large wind resistance area of the load Awr(load),
18,000 lb ≤ 20,160 lb YES • Projected Wind Area Ap = 125 ft2,
• Is Awr(load) less than Awr(allow)? • Wind Drag Coefficient Cd = 1.3
108 ft2 ≤ 119 ft2 YES the wind resistance area of load can be estimated as:
Conclusion: This load is permissible to lift in wind speed up Awr(load) = Ap x Cd = 125 x 1.3 = 162 ft2
to 45 mph.

Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) Do not overload the crane by exceeding the capacities
> 30 mph and ≤ 45 mph. Comparing the load and wind shown on the appropriate Load Chart. Death or serious
resistant area to the allowable: injury could result from the crane tipping over or failing
structurally from overload.
12,000 lb ≤ 20,160 lb YES The crane can tip over or fail structurally if:
• Is Awr(load) less than Awr(allow),? • The load and crane’s configuration is not within the
162 ft2 ≤ 119 ft2 NO capacity as shown on the applicable Load Chart and
notes.
speed up to 45 mph, but permitted to lift at a reduced wind • The ground is soft and/or the surface conditions are
speed calculated as follows: poor.
• Outriggers are not properly extended and set. On
Ratio = 1.37
models equipped with outriggers that can be pinned at
the mid-extend position, the outriggers must also be
From Table 2-7, the maximum permissible wind speed at pinned when operating from the mid-extend position.
ratio of 1.37 (rounded to next higher table value of 1.4) is
38.0 mph. • Cribbing under the outrigger pads is inadequate.
Conclusion: This load is permissible to lift in wind speed up • The crane is improperly operated.
to 38.0 mph only. Do not rely on the crane’s tipping to determine your lifting
capacity.
Lifting Operations
Make sure that the hoist line is vertical before lifting. Do not
Before lifting, position the crane on a firm surface, properly subject the crane to side loading. A side load can tip the
extend and set the outriggers, and level the crane. crane or cause it to fail structurally.
Depending on the nature of the supporting surface,
adequate cribbing may be required to obtain a larger bearing Load Chart capacities are based on freely suspended loads.
surface. Do not pull posts, pilings, or submerged articles. Make sure
that the load is not frozen or otherwise attached to the
The crane is equipped with a bubble level that should be ground before lifting.
used to determine whether the crane is level. The load line
can also be used to estimate the levelness of the crane by If you should encounter a tipping condition, immediately
checking to make sure that it is in-line with the center of the lower the load with the hoist line and retract or elevate the
boom at all points on the swing circle. boom to decrease the load radius. Never lower or extend the
boom; this will aggravate the condition.
If the boom extension, or auxiliary boom nose is to be used,
make sure that the electrical cable and the weight for the Use tag lines whenever possible to help control the
Anti-Two-Block Switch are properly installed and the Rated movement of the load.
Capacity Limiter (RCL) is programmed for the crane When lifting loads, the crane will lean toward the boom and
configuration. Refer to the RCL operator manual supplied the load will swing out, increasing the load radius. Make sure
with the crane. that the crane’s capacity is not exceeded when this occurs.
Verify the crane’s capacity by checking the Load Chart Do not strike any obstruction with the boom. If the boom
against the weight of the load. Then, lift the load slightly at should accidentally contact an object, stop immediately.
first to ensure stability before proceeding with the lift. Inspect the boom. Remove the crane from service if the
Make sure that the load is properly rigged and attached. boom is damaged.
Always determine the weight of the load before you attempt Never push or pull with the crane boom.
to lift it and remember that all rigging (slings, etc.) and lifting
devices (hook block, boom extension, etc.) must be Avoid sudden starts and stops when moving the load. The
considered part of the load. inertia and an increased load radius could tip the crane over
or cause it to fail structurally.
Measure the load radius before making a lift and stay within
approved lifting areas based on the range diagrams and Using only one hoist at a time when lifting loads is
working area diagrams on the crane’s Load Chart. recommended. See “Tilt-Up Panel Lifting” on page 2-21 for
additional lifting instructions.
Always keep the load as near to the crane and as close to
the ground as possible. Always use enough parts-of-line to accommodate the load to
be lifted. Lifting with too few parts-of-line can result in failure
of the hoist rope.

Multiple Crane Lifts 1926.753(e)(2) Components of the multiple lift rigging

assembly shall be specifically designed and assembled with
Multiple crane lifts are not recommended. a maximum capacity for total assembly and for each
Any lift that requires more than one crane must be precisely individual attachment point. This capacity, certified by the
planned and coordinated by a qualified person. If it is manufacturer or a qualified rigger, shall be based on the
necessary to perform a multi-crane lift, the operator shall be manufacturer's specifications with a 5 to 1 safety factor for all
responsible for assuring that the following minimum safety components.
precautions are taken:
• Secure the services of a qualified person to direct the 1926.753(e)(3) The total load shall not exceed:
operation. • 1926.753(e)(3)(i) The rated capacity of the hoisting
• Make sure that all signals are coordinated through the lift equipment specified in the hoisting equipment load
•
director or person in charge of the lift.
Coordinate lifting plans with the operators, designated •
charts;
1926.753(e)(3)(ii) The rigging capacity specified in the
2
person, and signal person prior to beginning the lift. rigging rating chart.
• Maintain communication between all parties throughout

1926.753(e)(4) The multiple lift rigging assembly shall be
the entire operation. If possible, provide approved radio
rigged with members:
equipment for voice communication between all parties
engaged in the lift. • 1926.753(e)(4)(i) Attached at their center of gravity and
maintained reasonably level;
• Use outriggers on cranes so equipped.
• 1926.753(e)(4)(ii) Rigged from top down; and
• Calculate the amount of weight to be lifted by each crane
and attach slings at the correct points for proper weight • 1926.753(e)(4)(iii) Rigged at least 7 feet (2.1 m) apart.
distribution.
1926.753(e)(5) The members on the multiple lift rigging
• Make sure that the load lines are directly over the attach assembly shall be set from the bottom up.
points to avoid side loading and transfer of loading from
one crane to the other.
1926.753(e)(6) Controlled load lowering shall be used
• Do not travel. Lift only from a stationary position. whenever the load is over the connectors.
Lifting Multiple Loads Tilt-Up Panel Lifting

Grove recommends lifting only one load at a time. Requirements and recommendations regarding operation
and use of Grove cranes are stated on decals and in the
Lifting two or more separately rigged loads at one time is only
Operator Manual provided with each specific model
permitted during steel erection in accordance with
machine. Using the subject crane to perform tilt-up panel
29CFR1926.753 when the following criteria are met:
lifting with two hoist lines poses new and different hazards
than does normal lifting use.
1926.753(e)(1) A multiple lift shall only be performed if the
Therefore, the following additional precautions must be
following criteria are met:
taken if it is necessary for the crane to be used to perform tilt-
• 1926.753(e)(1)(i) A multiple lift rigging assembly is used; up panel lifting using a crane equipped with two hoists:
• 1926.753(e)(1)(ii) A maximum of five members are • The crane must be set up and operated in accordance
hoisted per lift; with Grove’s instructions in the Operator Manual, Load
Capacity Chart, and decals affixed to the crane.
• 1926.753(e)(1)(iii) Only beams and similar structural
members are lifted; and • The hoist rope from the main hoist shall be reeved over
the main boom nose reeved for two parts of line.
• 1926.753(e)(1)(iv) All employees engaged in the
multiple lift have been trained in these procedures in • The hoist rope from the auxiliary hoist shall be reeved
accordance with § 1926.761(c)(1). over the auxiliary boom nose reeved for one part of line
or up to two parts of line depending on the applicable
• 1926.753(e)(1)(v) No crane is permitted to be used for a
load chart ratings.
multiple lift where such use is contrary to the
manufacturer's specifications and limitations. • The load shall be connected with the main hoist line
connected to the end closest to crane and the auxiliary
hoist line connected to the end farthest from the crane.

• The anti-two-block system shall be installed and Outrigger Lift Off

inspected to confirm that it is active to monitor both hoist
lines. Regarding “lifting” of an outrigger pad during craning
activities, be advised that the rated loads for these cranes,
• The RCL hoist selection shall be set to main hoist and as indicated on the crane’s Load Chart, do not exceed 85%
two parts of line. of the tipping load on outriggers as determined by SAE J765
• The wire rope and sheaves shall be inspected prior to “Cranes Stability Test Code.” An outrigger pad may lift off the
and following the lifting operations for chaffing or ground during operation of the crane within the capacity
scrubbing. limits of the Load Chart, yet the crane will not have reached
instability. The “balance point” for stability testing according
• The total gross load shall not exceed 80% of the to SAE and Grove criteria is a condition of loading wherein
standard load chart. The operator shall be responsible to the load moment acting to overturn the crane is equal to the
control this as the RCL does not have a feature to set maximum moment of the crane available to resist
reduced lifting limits. overturning. This balance point or point of instability for a
• The auxiliary hoist line shall be considered part of the crane does not depend on “lifting” of an outrigger but rather
deducts to determine net allowable load. on comparison of the “opposing” load moments.
• The panel shall be lifted so that the hoist lines are in line The occurrence of an outrigger lifting from the ground is often
with the crane. attributed to the natural flex in the crane’s frame. This may
happen when lifting a load in certain configurations within the
• The load shall be controlled to prevent rotation of the capacity limits of the Load Chart and is not necessarily an
load and to make sure that the load stays in line with indication of an unstable condition.
the boom.
Provided the crane is properly set up, the crane is in good
• The load must be balanced with the auxiliary: load line working condition, that all operator’s aids are properly
not taking more than half the load at any time during the programmed, that the qualified crane operator adheres to
lift. The RCL will not be providing coverage for the line the instructions found in the applicable Load Chart, Operator
pull of the auxiliary hoist line. Manual and decals on the crane, the crane should not be
• The effect of wind loads on the crane and panel shall be unstable.
taken into consideration. Operations shall be halted if
the wind can cause a loss of control in handling the load. PILE DRIVING AND EXTRACTING
• The main hoist line shall be used to raise the panel into Pile driving and extracting are applications approved by
the vertical position. Grove, provided all equipment is operated within factory
guidelines. The following operating requirements must be
Make sure that all personnel working on and around the used during pile driving and extracting with a Grove mobile
crane are properly trained and thoroughly familiar with hydraulic crane:
operational functions of the crane and safe operating and
work practices. Personnel should be thoroughly familiar with Pile driving and pile extraction using a mobile crane
regulations and standards governing cranes and their introduces many variable and unknown factors that must be
operation. Work practices may vary slightly between considered when using a crane for this application. Because
government regulations, industry standards, local and job- of these factors, discretion must be exercised when pile
site rules and employer policies so a thorough knowledge of driving or pile extraction is being considered.
and compliance with all relevant work rules is necessary. It is not the intention of Grove to recommend specific types
or makes of pile driving and pile extraction equipment, but
Counterweight rather to advise of the operational requirements to help avoid
On cranes equipped with removable counterweights, make the detrimental effects that pile driving and pile extraction
sure that the appropriate counterweight sections are can have on the crane.
properly installed for the lift being considered. In addition to the operating requirements that are detailed in
Do not add material to the counterweight to increase the operating manuals and on the load capacity chart, pile
capacity. United States Federal law prohibits modification or driving and extracting operations are approved by Grove,
additions which affect the capacity or safe operation of the provided all guidelines outlined below are followed:
equipment without the manufacturer’s written approval. • All pile driving and extracting operations shall be
[29CFR 1926.1434] restricted to fully extended outriggers with all tires clear
of the ground.

• The combined weight of the driver or extractor, piling, showing inspections were performed on the crane
leads, attachments, etc., shall not exceed 80% of the during the time it was used for pile driving or extraction.
published load chart values for on-outriggers operation.
• All anti-two-block warning devices and RCL systems
• The pile driver or pile extractor and attachments shall be shall be inspected daily and verified to be functional.
kept clear of the boom nose at all times.
• All areas of the crane subject to fatigue shall be
• The pile driver and piling shall be suspended from a inspected monthly, and before the crane is to return to
hoist cable with sufficient line speed to meet or exceed lifting service.
the rate of descent of the driver and piling to preclude
impact loading or vibration from being induced into the • The boom shall be inspected daily to make sure that all
boom and crane structure. wear pads remain in place. Cranes which utilize pinned
boom sections shall be inspected daily to make sure that
• Pile driving or extracting shall be restricted to over the
the pinning mechanism operates properly and to check
main boom only and shall not be permitted over a boom
extension.
for undue wear at the pins and pinning plates. 2
• Pile extraction using only the crane’s hoist line is unsafe • The hoist cable shall be inspected daily to make sure
and not permitte d s inc e load values can not be that no chafing or wear is occurring.
accurately determined. Only pile extraction devices that
do not transmit vibration or shock loading into the crane ELECTROCUTION HAZARD
are permitted. All possible precautionary measures shall
Thoroughly read, understand, and abide by all applicable
be taken to prevent shock loads or vibration from being
federal, state, and local regulations regarding operation of
imposed on crane components, either directly through
cranes near electric power lines or equipment.
the hoist cable or indirectly from ground borne vibration.
United States federal law prohibits the use of
• The load lines shall be kept vertical at all times during cranes closer than 6 m (20 ft) to power sources
pile driving and pile extraction operations. up to 350 kV and greater distances for higher
voltages unless the line’s voltage is known
• The operator and other personnel associated with the [29CFR1910.180 and 29CFR1926, subpart CC].
pile driving and pile extraction operation shall have read
and understood all safety standards applicable to crane To avoid death or serious injury, Grove recom-
operations as well as being thoroughly trained in the mends that all parts of crane, boom, and load be
kept at least 6 m (20 ft) away from all electrical
safe operation of pile driving and extracting equipment. power lines and equipment less than 350 kV.
Crane Equipment
• Hoists shall be equipped with a cable follower to aid in
DANGER
proper spooling of cable.
Electrocution Hazard!
• All cable retainer pins and cable guides/retainers shall
Grove cranes are not equipped with all features required
be in place.
to operate within OSHA 29CFR1926.1408, Power Line
• All boom extensions must be removed from the machine Safety, Table A clearances when the power lines are
before pile driving or extraction begins. energized.
• All hoist hooks shall be equipped with a positive If operation within 3 m (10 ft) of any power lines cannot be
locking latch. avoided, the power utility must be notified and the power
l i n e s m us t b e d e - e n e r g i z e d a n d g r o u n d e d b ef o re
Crane Inspection performing any work.
• In addition to the crane's frequent and periodic Electrocution can occur even without direct contact with
inspections, dated daily records shall be maintained the crane.

Crane operation is dangerous when close to an energized The safest way to avoid electrocution is to stay away from
electrical power source. Exercise extreme caution and electrical power lines and electrical power sources.
prudent judgement. Operate slowly and cautiously when in
It is not always necessary to contact a power line or power
the vicinity of power lines.
source to become electrocuted. Electricity, depending on
Before operating this crane in the vicinity of electrical power magnitude, can arc or jump to any part of the load, load line,
lines or equipment, notify the power utility company. Obtain or crane boom if it comes too close to an electrical power
positive and absolute assurance that the power has been source. Low voltages can also be dangerous.
turned off.
Set-Up and Operation
This crane is not insulated. Always consider all parts of the
load and the crane, including the hoist rope, wire rope, During crane use, assume that every line is energized
pendant cables, and tag lines, as conductors. You, the (“hot” or “live”) and take the necessary precautions.
operator, are responsible for alerting all personnel of
Set up the crane in a position such that the load, boom, or
dangers associated with electrical power lines and
any part of the crane and its attachments cannot be moved to
equipment. Do not allow unnecessary personnel in the
within 6 m (20 ft) of electrical power lines or equipment. This
vicinity of the crane while operating. Permit no one to lean
includes the crane boom (fully extended to maximum height,
against or touch the crane. Permit no one, including riggers
radius, and length) and all attachments (boom extensions,
and load handlers, to hold the load, load lines, tag lines, or
rigging, loads, etc.). Overhead lines tend to blow in the wind
rigging gear.
so allow for lines’ movement when determining safe
If the load, hoist rope, boom, or any portion of the crane operating distance.
contacts or comes too close to an electrical power source,
A suitable barricade should be erected to physically restrain
everyone in, on, and around the crane can be seriously
the crane and all attachments (including the load) from
injured or killed.
entering into an unsafe distance from electrical power lines
Most overhead power lines are not insulated. Treat all or equipment.
overhead power lines as being energized unless you have
Plan ahead and always plan a safe route before traveling
reliable information to the contrary from the utility company
under power lines. Rider poles should be erected on each
or owner.
side of a crossing to assure sufficient clearance is
The rules in this Operator Manual must be followed at all maintained.
times, even if the electrical power lines or equipment have
been de-energized.

boom nose and a small portion of the boom. Performance of

boom cages and boom guards is limited by their physical
size, insulating characteristics, and operating environment
(e.g. dust, dirt, moisture, etc.). The insulating characteristics
of these devices can be compromised if not kept clean, free
of contamination, and undamaged.
Proximity sensing and warning devices are available in
different types. Some use boom nose (localized) sensors
and others use full boom length sensors. No warning may be
given for components, cables, loads, and other attachments
located outside of the sensing area. Much reliance is placed
upon you, the operator, in selecting and properly setting the
sensitivity of these devices.
2
Never rely solely on a device to protect you and your fellow
FIGURE 2-5 workers from danger.
United States OSHA regulations require a flagman when Some variables you must know and understand are:
operating in close proximity to energized power lines.
• Proximity devices are advertised to detect the existence
Appoint a reliable and qualified signal person, equipped with of electricity and not its quantity or magnitude.
a loud signal whistle or horn and voice communication
equipment, to warn the operator when any part of the crane • Some proximity devices may detect only alternating
or load moves near a power source. This person shall have current (AC) and not direct current (DC).
no other duties while the crane is working. • Some proximity devices detect radio frequency (RF)
Tag lines should always be made of non-conductive energy and others do not.
materials. Any tag line that is wet or dirty can conduct • Most proximity devices simply provide a signal (audible,
electricity. visual, or both) for the operator; this signal must not be
Do not store materials under power lines or close to ignored.
electrical power sources. • Sometimes the sensing portion of the proximity devices
becomes confused by complex or differing arrays of
Electrocution Hazard Devices power lines and power sources.
The use of insulated links, insulated boom cages/guards, or Do not depend on grounding. Grounding of a crane affords
proximity warning devices does not assure that electrical litt le or n o p rote ction fr om elect ric al haz ard s. The
contact will not occur. Even if codes or regulations require effectiveness of grounding is limited by the size of the
the use of such devices, failure to follow the rules listed here conductor (wire) used, the condition of the ground, the
may result in serious injury or death. You should be aware magnitude of the voltage and current present, and numerous
that such devices have limitations and you should follow the other factors.
rules and precautions outlined in this manual at all times
even if the crane is equipped with these devices. Electrical Contact
Insulating links installed into the load line afford limited If the crane should come in contact with an energized power
protection from electrocution hazards. Links are limited in source, you must:
their lifting abilities, insulating properties, and other
properties that affect their performance. Moisture, dust, dirt, 1. Stay in the crane cab. Don’t panic.
oils, and other contaminants can cause a link to conduct 2. Immediately warn personnel in the vicinity to stay away.
electricity. Due to their capacity ratings, some links are not
effective for large cranes and/or high voltages/currents. 3. Attempt to move the crane away from the contacted
power source using the crane’s controls which may have
The only protection that may be afforded by an insulated link remained functional.
is below the link (electrically downstream), provided the link
has been kept clean, free of contamination, has not been 4. Stay in the crane until the power company has been
scratched or damaged, and is periodically tested (just before contacted and the power source has been de-energized.
use) for its dielectric integrity. No one must attempt to come close to the crane or load
until the power has been turned off.
Boom cages and boom guards afford limited protection from
electrocution hazards. They are designed to cover only the

Only as a last resort should an operator attempt to leave the plastic or when the outrigger pads are cribbed with insulating
crane upon contacting a power source. If it is absolutely material (e.g., wooden planks).
necessary to leave the operator’s station, jump completely
clear of the crane. Do not step off. Hop away with both feet
together. Do not walk or run. WARNING
Following any contact with an energized electrical source, Risk of accidents due to electric shock!
the Grove distributor must be immediately advised of the
Ground the crane before you start to work with it
incident and consulted on necessary inspections and
repairs. Thoroughly inspect the hoist rope and all points of • Near strong transmitters (radio transmitters, radio
contact on the crane. Should the distributor not be stations, etc.)
immediately available, contact Manitowoc Crane Care. The • Near high-frequency switching stations
crane must not be returned to service until it is thoroughly
inspected for any evidence of damage and all damaged parts • If a thunder storm is forecast
are repaired or replaced as authorized by your Grove
distributor or Manitowoc Crane Care. Use electrically conducting material for grounding.
1. Hammer a metal rod (3, Figure 2-6) (length of
Special Operating Conditions and approximately 2.0 m (6.6 ft)) at least 1.5 m (5 ft) into the
Equipment ground.
Never operate the crane during an electrical thunderstorm. 2. Moisten the soil around the metal rod (3) for better
conductivity.
When operating near transmitter/communication towers
where an electrical charge can be induced into the crane 3. Clamp an insulated cable (2) to the metal rod (3), cross-
or load: section of at least 16 mm² (0.025 in²) (AWG 5).
• The transmitter shall be deenergized OR, 4. Connect the free end of the cable with a clamp (1) to a
good electrically conductive location on the frame.
• Tests shall be made to determine if an electrical charge
will be induced into the crane or load.
• The crane must be provided an electrical ground.
• If taglines are used, they must be non-conductive.
• Every precaution must be taken to dissipate induced
voltages. Consult a qualified RF (radio frequency)
Consultant. Also refer to local, state, and federal codes
and regulations.
When operating cranes equipped with electromagnets, you
must take additional precautions. Permit no one to touch the
magnet or load. Alert personnel by sounding a warning
signal when moving a load. Do not allow the cover of the
electromagnet power supply to be open during operation or
at any time the electrical system is activated. Shut down the
FIGURE 2-6
crane completely and open the magnet controls switch prior
to connecting or disconnecting magnet leads. Use only a
non-conductive device when positioning a load. Lower the
magnet to the stowing area and shut off power before
leaving the operator’s cab (if equipped) or operator’s station. WARNING
Risk of accidents due to electric shock!
Grounding the Crane Make sure that the connections between the cable and
The crane may become charged with static electricity. This the clamp are electrically conductive.
may occur especially when using outrigger pads made of Do not attach the clamp to parts that are screwed on, such
as valves, covers or similar parts.

PERSONNEL HANDLING • The crane operator and occupants have been instructed
in the recognized hazards of personnel platform lifts.
The American Society of Mechanical Engineers published
the American National Standard entitled, Personnel Lifting • The crane is in proper working order.
Systems, ASME B30.23: • The crane must be equipped with a boom angle
This Volume establishes the design criteria, equip- indicator that is visible to the crane operator.
ment characteristics, and operational procedures
that are required when hoisting equipment within • The crane's Load Chart is affixed at the operator’s
the scope of the ASME B30 Standard is used to lift station and readily accessible to the operator. The total
personnel. Hoisting equipment defined by the weight of the loaded personnel platform and related
ASME B30 Standard is intended for material han-
dling. It is not designed, manufactured, or intended rigging shall not exceed 50 percent of the rated capacity
to meet the standards for personnel handling equip- for the radius and configuration of the crane.
ment, such as ANSI/SIA A92 (Aerial Platforms).
The equipment and implementation requirements
listed in this Volume are not the same as that estab-
lished for using equipment specifically designed
• The crane is level within one percent of level grade and
located on a firm footing. Cranes with outriggers shall 2
have them all deployed following manufacturer's
and manufactured for lifting personnel. Hoisting specifications.
equipment complying with the applicable Volumes
of the ASME B30 Standard shall not be used to lift • The crane's Operator Manual and other operating
or lower personnel unless there are no less hazard- manuals are at the operator’s station and readily
ous alternatives to providing access to the, area
where work is to be performed. The lifting or lower- accessible to the operator.
ing of personnel using ASME B30-compliant hoist- • The platform meets the requirements as prescribed by
ing equipment is prohibited unless all applicable
requirements of this volume have been met. applicable standards and regulations.
This standard is consistent with the U.S. Department of • For hoist rope suspended platforms:
Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration - The crane is equipped with a hook that can be
(O SHA) r eg ulat i on s fo r Co ns t ruc t io n th at s t at e, in closed and locked, eliminating the throat opening.
29CFR1926.1431:
General requirements. The use of a crane or der- - The crane is equipped with a functional anti-two-
rick to hoist employees on a personnel platform is block device.
prohibited, except when the erection, use, and dis-
mantling of conventional means of reaching the - The platform is properly attached and secured to the
worksite, such as a personnel hoist, ladder, stair- load hook.
way, aerial lift, elevating work platform or scaffold,
would be more hazardous or is not possible • For boom mounted platforms:
because of structural design or worksite conditions.
- The platform is properly attached and secure.
Additional requirements for crane operations are stated in
ASME B30.5, Mobile and Locomotive Cranes, ASME B30.8,
Floating Cranes and Floating Derricks, and in OSHA To avoid death or serious injury:
regulations 29CFR1910.180 for General Industry and
29CFR1926.1431 for Construction. • NEVER use this crane for bungee jumping or any form
of amusement or sport.
Use of a Grove crane to handle personnel is acceptable,
provided: • NEVER handle personnel on the loadline unless the
requirements of applicable national, state and local
• The requirements of the applicable national, state and regulations and safety codes are met.
local regulations and safety codes are met.
• NEVER permit anyone to ride loads, hooks, slings or
• A determination has been made that use of a crane to other rigging for any reason.
handle personnel is the least hazardous means to
perform the work. • NEVER get on or off a moving crane.
• The crane operator shall be qualified to operate the • NEVER allow anyone other than the operator to be on
specific type of hoisting equipment used in the this crane while the machine is operating or traveling.
personnel lift. • NEVER allow anyone on the hoist access platform while
• The crane operator must remain at the crane controls at traveling.
all times when personnel are off the ground.

The following standards and regulations regarding personnel Always perform a function check after repairs have been
handling are available by mail at the following addresses: made to ensure proper operation. Load tests should be
performed when structural or lifting members are involved.
• ASME (formerly ANSI) B30 Series American National
Safety Standards For Cableways, Cranes, Derricks, Follow all applicable safety precautions in this manual when
Hoists, Hooks, Jacks, and Slings; ASME B30.5, Mobile performing crane maintenance as well as crane operations.
And Locomotive Cranes, and ASME B30.23, Personnel
Keep the crane free of mud, dirt, and grease at all times.
Lifting Systems, are available by mail from the ASME, 22
Dirty equipment introduces hazards, wears-out faster, and
Law Drive, Fairfield, New Jersey, 07007-2900.
makes proper maintenance difficult. Cleaning solutions used
- or - check online at: should be non-flammable, non-toxic and appropriate
for the job.
https://www.asme.org/codes-standards/find-codes-
standards Routine maintenance and inspection of this crane must be
performed by a qualified person(s) according to the
• US DOL/OSHA Rules and Regulations are available
recommendations in the Inspection and Lubrication Service
by mail from the Superintendent of Documents,
Log. Any questions regarding procedures and specifications
PO Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA, 15250-7954.
should be directed to your Grove distributor.
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Service and Repairs

Dispose of waste properly! Improperly disposing of waste
can threaten the environment.
Potentially harmful waste used in Grove cranes includes, but
WARNING
is not limited to, oil, fuel, grease, coolant, air conditioning Fall Hazard!
refrigerant, filters, batteries, and cloths which have come into Working at elevated heights without using proper fall
contact with these environmentally harmful substances. protection can result in severe injury or death.
Handle and dispose of waste according to local, state, and Always use proper fall protection as required by local,
federal environmental regulations. state or federal regulations.
When filling and draining crane components, observe Service and repairs to the crane must only be performed by a
the following: qualified person. All service and repairs must be performed
• Do not pour waste fluids onto the ground, down any in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, this
drain, or into any source of water. manual, and the service manual for this machine. If there is
any question regarding maintenance procedures or
• Always drain waste fluids into leak proof containers that specifications, contact your Grove distributor for assistance.
are clearly marked with what they contain.
Qualified person is defined as one who by reason of
• Always fill or add fluids with a funnel or a filling pump. knowledge, training and experience is thoroughly familiar
• Immediately clean up any spills. with the crane’s operation and required maintenance as well
as the hazards involved in performing these tasks.
MAINTENANCE Training and qualification of maintenance and repair
personnel are crane owner’s responsibility.
The crane must be inspected prior to use on each work shift.
The owner, user, and operator must make sure that routine All replacement parts must be Grove approved.
maintenance and lubrication are being dutifully performed.
Never operate a damaged or poorly maintained crane. Any modification, alteration, or change to a crane which
affects its original design and is not authorized and approved
Grove continues to recommend that cranes be properly by Grove is strictly prohibited. Such action invalidates all
maintained, regularly inspected and repaired as necessary. warranties and makes the owner/user liable for any
Grove reminds crane owners to make sure that all safety resultant accidents.
decals are in place and legible. Grove continues to urge
crane owners to upgrade their cranes with rated capacity Hydraulic Fluid
limiter and control lever lockout systems for all lifting • Do not use your hand or any part of your body to check
operations. for hydraulic fluid leaks when the engine is running or
Shut down the crane while making repairs or adjustments. the hydraulic system is under pressure. Fluid in the
hydraulic system can be under enough pressure that it
will penetrate the skin, causing serious injury or death.
Use a piece of cardboard, or piece of paper, to search

for leaks. Wear gloves to protect your hands from • Stop the engine and disconnect the battery.
spraying fluid.
• Controls should be properly tagged. Never operate the
• If any hydraulic fluid is injected into the skin, obtain crane if it is tagged-out nor attempt to do so until it is
medical attention immediately or gangrene may result. restored to proper operating condition and all tags have
been removed by the person(s) who installed them.
• Do not attempt to repair or tighten any hydraulic hose or
fitting while the engine is running, or when the hydraulic After maintenance or repairs
system is under pressure.
• Replace all guards and covers that have been removed.
• Never disconnect any hydraulic lines unless the boom is
fully lowered, the engine is shut off, and the hydraulic • Remove all tags, connect the battery, and perform a
pressure is relieved. To relieve hydraulic pressure, stop function check of all operating controls.
the engine, turn the ignition switch to RUN and move the
2
• Consult with Manitowoc Crane Care to determine if load
hydraulic controls in both directions several times. testing is required after a structural repair is performed.
Lubrication
WARNING The crane must be lubricated according to the
manufacturer’s recommendations for lubrication points, time
Pressurized Fluid Hazard!
intervals, and types. Lubricate at more frequent intervals
Hydraulic pressure may still be present in portions of the when working under severe conditions.
hydraulic system due to accumulators or trapped circuitry.
Exercise care when servicing the hydraulic system of the
• Hot hydraulic fluid will cause severe burns. Wait for the crane, as pressurized hydraulic oil can cause serious injury.
fluid to cool before disconnecting any hydraulic lines. The following precautions must be taken when servicing the
hydraulic system:
• Hydraulic fluid can cause permanent eye injury. Wear
appropriate eye protection. • Follow the manufacturer’s recommendations when
adding oil to the system. Mixing the wrong fluids could
Moving Parts destroy seals, causing component failure.
• Do not place limbs near moving parts. Amputation of a • Be certain all lines, components, and fittings are tight
body part may result. Turn off the engine and wait until before resuming operation.
the fan and belts stop moving before servicing crane.
Tires
• Pinch points, which result from relative motion between
mechanical parts, are areas of the machine that can
cause personal injury or death. Do not place limbs or
your body in contact with pinch points either on or WARNING
around the machine. Care must be taken to prevent Possible equipment damage and/or
motion between pinch points when performing personal injury!
maintenance and to avoid such areas when movement
Driving the crane with a tire and split-rim assembly under
is possible.
inflated at 80% or less of its recommended pressure can
• Do not allow persons to stand near extending or cause the wheel and/or tire to fail. Per OSHA Standard
lowering outriggers. Foot crushing could occur 1910.177(f)(2), when a tire has been driven under inflated
at 80% or less of its recommended pressure, it must first
Before maintenance or repairs b e c o m pl e t e l y d e f l at e d , r e m o v e d f r o m th e a xl e ,
Before performing any maintenance, service or repairs on disassembled, and inspected before re-inflation.
the crane:
Inspect the tires for nicks, cuts, embedded material, and
• The boom should be fully retracted and lowered and the abnormal wear.
load placed on the ground.
Make sure that all lug nuts are properly torqued.
• Do not get under a raised boom unless the boom is
blocked up safely. Always block up the boom before Make sure that pneumatic tires are inflated to the proper
doing any servicing that requires the boom to be raised. pressure (refer to the Load Chart). When inflating tires, use a
tire gauge, clip-on inflator, and extension hose which will
permit standing clear of the tire while inflating.

HOIST ROPE welding) may have wires that are fused or annealed and
must be removed from service.
Synthetic Hoist Rope
• In standing ropes, more than three (3) breaks in one
For detailed information concerning synthetic hoist rope, rope lay in sections beyond the end connection or more
refer to K100™ Synthetic Crane Hoist Line Manual P/ than two (2) broken wires at an end connection.
N 9828100734 available by contacting Manitowoc
Crane Care. • Core deterioration, usually observed as a rapid
reduction in rope diameter, is cause for immediate
During installation and setup, care must be taken to avoid removal of the rope.
overlap and crossing of wire rope and synthetic hoist ropes.
The following is a brief outline of the basic information
Always make daily inspections of the hoist rope, keeping in required to safely use wire rope.
mind that all hoist rope will eventually deteriorate to a point
where it is no longer usable. Refuse to work with worn or • Wire ropes wear out. The strength of a rope begins to
damaged hoist rope. decrease when the rope is put to use and continues to
decrease with each use. Rope will fail if worn-out,
During regular inspections, operator shall make sure that overloaded, misused, damaged or improperly
crane surfaces such as wear pads, sheaves, etc have not maintained.
been damaged in a manner that can then damage the
synthetic hoist rope. • The nominal strength, sometimes called catalog
s t r e n gt h , o f a w i r e r o p e a p pl i e s on l y to a n e w,
NOTE: Example; if usage of a wire rope has cut grooves unused rope.
with sharp edges in a wear pad, they need to be
addressed before the synthetic hoist rope is used • The nominal strength of a rope should be considered the
in that same position. straight line pull which will actually break a new unused
rope. The nominal strength of a rope should never be
Use only the hoist rope specified by Grove as indicated on used as its working load.
the crane’s Load Chart. Substitution of an alternate hoist
rope may require the use of a different permissible line pull • Each type of fitting attached to a rope has a specific
and, therefore, require different reeving. efficiency rating which can reduce the working load of
the rope assembly or rope system.
NOTE: Hoist rope may be purchased by contacting
Manitowoc Crane Care. • If an operator hoists the hook block up or down too fast
when reeved with multiple parts of line and no hook load,
Wire Rope the wire rope can bird cage and damage the rope.
Always make daily inspections of the rope, keeping in mind • Never overload a rope. This means never use the rope
that all wire rope will eventually deteriorate to a point where it where the load applied to it is greater than the working
is no longer usable. Refuse to work with worn or damaged load determined by the rope manufacturer.
wire rope. Rope shall be taken out of service when any of the • Never “shock load” a rope. A sudden application of force
following conditions exist: or load can cause both visible external and internal
• For rotation-resistant running ropes: more than two (2) damage. There is no practical way to estimate the force
broken wires in a length of rope equal to six (6) times the applied by shock loading a rope. The sudden release of
rope diameter, or more than four (4) broken wires in a a load can also damage a rope.
length of rope equal to thirty (30) times the rope • Lubricant is applied to the wires and strands of a wire
diameter. rope when it is manufactured. The lubricant is depleted
• For running ropes other than rotation resistant: six (6) when the rope is in service and should be replaced
broken wires in one rope lay or three (3) broken wires in periodically. Refer to the Service Manual for more
one strand. information.
• One valley break where the wire fractures between • In the U.S.A., regular inspections of the rope and
strands in a running rope is cause for removal. keeping of permanent records signed by a qualified
person are required by OSHA for almost every wire rope
• Abrasion of the rope resulting in a 5% reduction in the application. The purpose of the inspection is to
original wire diameter. determine whether or not a rope may continue to be
• Any kinking, bird caging, crushing, corrosion, or other safely used on the application. Inspection criteria,
damage resulting in distortion of the rope structure. including number and location of broken wires, wear and
elongation, have been established by OSHA, ANSI,
• Rope that has been in contact with a live power line or
has been used as a ground in an electric circuit (e.g.,

ASME and similar organizations. See the Service - Broken wires; number and location.
Manual for inspection procedures.
- Reduction in diameter.
When inspecting ropes and attachments, keep all parts
- Rope stretch (elongation).
of your body and clothing away from rotating hoist drums
and all rotating sheaves. Never handle the rope with - Integrity of end attachments.
bare hands.
- Evidence of abuse or contact with another object.
Some conditions that lead to problems in wire rope
- Heat damage.
systems include:
- Corrosion.
- Sheaves that are too small, worn or corrugated
cause damage to a wire rope. NOTE: A more detailed rope inspection procedure is given
in the Service Manual.
-
-
Broken wires mean a loss in strength.
Kinks permanently damage a rope and must be
• When a rope has been removed from service 2
because it is no longer suitable for use, it must not
avoided.
be reused on another application.
- Ropes are damaged by knots. Rope with knots must
Installing a new rope
never be used.
• Keep all parts of your body and clothing away from
- Environmental factors such as corrosive conditions
rotating hoist drums and all rotating sheaves.
and heat can damage a wire rope.
• Never handle the wire rope with bare hands.
- Lack of lubrication can significantly shorten the
useful life of a wire rope. • Follow proper instructions for removing rope from a reel.
- Contact with electrical wires and resulting arcing will • Apply back tension to the storage/payoff reel of the new
damage a wire rope. rope to ensure tight, even, spooling onto the hoist drum.
• An inspection should include verification that none of the • Operate the new rope—first through several cycles at
specified removal criteria for this usage are met by light load—then through several cycles at intermediate
checking for such things as: load, to allow the rope to adjust to operating conditions.
- Surface wear; nominal and unusual.

When using a wedge socket Batteries

• Always inspect socket, wedge, and pin for correct size Battery electrolyte must not be allowed to contact the skin or
and condition. eyes. If this occurs, flush the contacted area with water and
• Do not use parts that are damaged, cracked, or consult a doctor immediately.
modified. When checking and maintaining batteries, exercise the
• Assemble the wedge socket with live end of rope aligned following procedures and precautions:
with the centerline of pin. and assure proper length of tail • Wear safety glasses when servicing batteries.
(dead end) protrudes beyond the socket.
• If equipped, disconnect battery with the battery
Sheaves disconnect switch before disconnecting the ground
battery cable. For cranes with a Cummins engine using
an engine ECM:
a. Make sure that the key switch has been off for
2 minutes.
b. Turn the battery disconnect switch to the OFF
position.
c. Remove the ECM power fuse.
d. Remove negative battery cables.
• Do not break a live circuit at the battery terminal.
Disconnect the ground battery cable first when removing
a battery and connect it last when installing a battery.
FIGURE 2-7
• Do not short across the battery posts to check charge.
Inspect the boom nose and hook block sheaves for proper
Short circuit, spark, or flame could cause battery
operation, excessive wear, and damage every 50 hours or
explosion.
weekly. Inoperable, damaged and/or worn sheaves cause
rapid deterioration of rope. • If applicable, maintain battery electrolyte at the proper
level. Check the electrolyte with a flashlight.
Make sure that sheaves carrying ropes, that can be
momentarily unloaded, are equipped with close fitting guards • If applicable to your crane, check battery test indicator
or other devices to guide the rope back into the groove when on maintenance-free batteries.
the load is reapplied. Make sure that sheaves in the lower
• Check battery condition only with proper test equipment.
load block are equipped with close fitting guards that will
Batteries shall not be charged except in an open, well-
prevent the ropes from becoming fouled when the block is
ventilated area that is free of flame, smoking, sparks,
lying on the ground with loose ropes.
and fire.
To attain maximum hoist rope life and minimize hook block
rotation, it is recommended that even numbers of parts-of- Super Capacitor (If Equipped)
line be used in multiple-part reeving whenever possible.
Capacitor electrolyte must not be allowed to contact the skin
The use of nylon (polyamide) sheaves, as compared with or eyes. If this occurs, flush the contacted area with water
metallic sheaves, may change the replacement criteria of and consult a doctor immediately.
rotation-resistant hoist rope.
When checking and maintaining capacitor, exercise the
NOTE: The use of cast nylon (polyamide) sheaves will following procedures and precautions:
substantially increase the service life of rope.
• Wear safety glasses when servicing.
However, conventional rope retirement criteria
based only upon visible wire breaks may prove • If equipped, disconnect battery with the battery
inadequate in predicting rope failure. The user of disconnect switch before disconnecting the ground
cast nylon sheaves is therefore cautioned that a battery cable. For cranes with a Cummins engine using
retirement criteria should be established based an engine ECM:
upon the user’s experience and the demands of his
1. Make sure that the key switch has been off for
application.
2 minutes.
2. Turn the battery disconnect switch to the OFF position.

3. Remove the ECM power fuse.

4. Remove negative battery cables.
5. Remove positive capacitor cable.
• Do not short across the capacitor posts to check charge.
Short circuit will cause capacitor terminal damage.
Spark or flame could cause capacitor explosion.
• Check capacitor charge level with proper test
equipment. SAMPLE
General Maintenance
Fuel the crane only with the engine turned off. Do not smoke
while fueling the crane. Do not store flammable materials on
2
1
the crane.
Be familiar with the location and use of the nearest
fire extinguisher. 7116-1A FIGURE 2-8
Be careful when checking the engine coolant level. The fluid Before transporting the crane on a road or highway, first
may be hot and under pressure. Shut down the engine and check state and local restrictions and regulations.
allow the radiator time to cool before removing the
radiator cap. Either the hook block may be reeved over the main boom
nose or the overhaul ball may be reeved over the main boom
Shut down the engine and disconnect the battery before nose or auxiliary boom nose; the other must be removed. If
performing maintenance. If unable to do so for the task the hook block or overhaul ball remains reeved on the boom,
required, keep hands clear of the engine fan and other it must be secured at the tie down on the carrier to prevent
moving parts while performing maintenance. swinging.
Be careful of hot surfaces and hot fluids when performing When using hookblock tie downs, excessive loading can be
maintenance on or around the engine. applied by pulling the cable too tight, particularly when
Do not use ether to start the engine on cranes equipped with reeved with multiple part lines. When the cable is hooked
intake manifold grid heaters. into the hookblock tie down, the cable should be merely
“snugged-up” with adequate slack provided at the center line
The engine can enter into an engine exhaust cleaning mode of sheave to anchor point. Do not draw cable taut. Care must
where the exhaust temperature can be high, make sure that be exercised anytime any crane function is being performed
the exhaust is not pointed at materials that can melt, while the cable is hooked into the hookblock tie down.
burn, or explode.
TRAVEL OPERATION
TRANSPORTING THE CRANE
Only the crane operator shall occupy the crane
Before transporting the crane, check the suitability of the when traveling.
proposed route with regard to the crane height, width, length,
and weight. When traveling, the boom should be completely retracted
and lowered to the travel position and the turntable pin swing
Check load limits of bridges on the travel route, and make lock, if equipped, should be engaged. If equipped with boom
sure that they are greater than the combined weight of the rest, lower the boom into the boom rest and engage the
crane and transporting vehicle. turntable lock.
When loading or unloading the crane on a trailer or railroad Strictly adhere to the guidelines and restrictions in the Load
car, use a ramp capable of supporting the weight of Chart for pick and carry operations.
the crane.
GRT cranes are manufactured without an axle suspension
Make sure that the crane is adequately secured to the system. Traveling at high speeds, especially on rough
transporting vehicle. ground, may create a bouncing effect that can result in loss
Do not use the dead end lug (1, Figure 2-8) on the boom of control. If bouncing occurs, reduce travel speed.
nose for tying down the boom during transport. Damage to
the lug and boom can result from usage as a tie down point.

Never back up without the aid of a signal person to verify the

area behind the crane is clear of obstructions and/or
WARNING personnel.
Crushing Hazard! On cranes equipped with mirrors or camera systems, make
Death or serious injury could result from being crushed by sure these components are in working order and are
revolving tires. properly adjusted.
Keep clear of revolving tires. On cranes equipped with air-operated brakes or
hydraulically operated brakes, do not attempt to move the
Stunt driving and horse-play are strictly prohibited. Never crane until brake system air pressure or hydraulic pressure is
allow anyone to hitch a ride or get on or off a moving crane. at operating level.
Follow the instructions in this manual when preparing the Check load limit of bridges. Before traveling across bridges,
crane for travel. make sure that they will carry a load greater than the crane’s
weight.
If using a boom dolly/trailer, thoroughly read and understand
all the steps and safety precautions in this manual for setup If it is necessary to take an RT crane on a road or highway,
and travel. check state and local restrictions and regulations.
When driving the crane make sure that the cab is down, if Keep lights on, use traffic warning flags and signs, and use
equipped with a tilting cab. front and rear flag vehicles when necessary. Check state and
local restrictions and regulations.
Secure the hook block and other items before moving
the crane. Always drive the crane carefully, obeying speed limits and
highway regulations.
Watch clearances when traveling. Do not take a chance of
running into overhead or side obstructions. Stay alert at the wheel.
When moving in tight quarters, post a signal person to help If equipped, make sure that the hoist access platform hand
guard against collisions or bumping structures. rail and step are in the travel configuration.
Before traveling a crane, check suitability of proposed route
with regard to crane height, width, and length.

Slopes Do not walk on a surface if slip-resistant material is missing

or excessively worn.
- Pick and carry on level surfaces only.
Do not use the top of the boom as a walkway.
- Refer to the Operation Section for more detailed
information on traveling on slopes. Do not step on the outrigger beams or outrigger pads (floats)
to enter or exit the crane.
- Driving across a slope is dangerous, as unexpected
changes in slope can cause tip over. Ascend or Use the hoist access platform (if equipped) when working in
descend slopes slowly and with caution. the hoist area.
- When operating on a downhill slope, reduce travel Wear shoes with a highly slip-resistant sole material. Clean
speed and downshift to a low gear, to permit any mud or debris from shoes before entering the crane cab/
compression braking by the engine, and aid the operator’s station or climbing onto the crane superstructure.
application of the service brakes. Excessive dirt and debris on the handholds, access steps, or
walking/working surfaces could cause a slipping accident. A 2
WORK PRACTICES shoe that is not clean might slip off a control pedal during
operation.
Personal Considerations Do not allow ground personnel to store their personal
Always adjust the seat and lock it in position, and fasten the belongings (clothing, lunch boxes, water coolers, and the
seat belt securely before you start the engine. like) on the crane. This practice will prevent ground
personnel from being crushed or electrocuted when they
Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry that can get caught on attempt to access personal belongings stored on the crane.
controls or moving parts. Wear the protective clothing and
personal safety gear issued or called for by the job Job Preparation
conditions. Hard hat, safety shoes, ear protectors, reflective
clothing, safety goggles, and heavy gloves may be required. Before crane use
• Barricade the entire area where the crane is working and
Crane Access keep all unnecessary personnel out of the work area.
• Make sure that the crane is properly equipped, including
access steps, covers, doors, guards, and controls.
WARNING
Fall Hazard! • Conduct a visual inspection for cracked welds, damaged
components, loose pins/bolts, and wire connections.
Working at elevated heights without using proper fall Any item or component that is found to be loose or
protection can result in severe injury or death. damaged (broken, chipped, cracked, worn-through, etc.)
Always use proper fall protection as required by local, must be repaired or replaced. Inspect for evidence of
state or federal regulations. improper maintenance (consult your Service Manual).
You must take every precaution to make sure that you do not • Check for proper functioning of all controls and operator
slip and/or fall off the crane. Falling from any elevation could aids (for example, RCL).
result in serious injury or death. • Check all braking (for example, wheel, hoist, and swing
Never exit or enter the crane cab or deck by any other means brakes) and holding devices before operation.
than the access system(s) provided (i.e., steps and grab You must make sure that the outriggers and jack cylinders
handles). Use the recommended handholds and steps to are properly extended and set before performing any lifting
maintain a three-point contact when getting on or off operations. On models equipped with outriggers that can be
the crane. pinned at the mid-extend position, the outriggers must also
If necessary, use a ladder or aerial work platform to access be pinned when operating from the mid-extend position.
the boom nose. Clear all personnel from the outrigger area before extending
Do not make modifications or additions to the crane’s access or retracting the outriggers. Carefully follow the procedures
system that have not been evaluated and approved by in this Operator Manual when extending or retracting the
Grove Crane. outriggers. Death or serious injury could result from improper
crane set up on outriggers.
Do not step on surfaces on the crane that are not approved
or suitable for walking and working. All walking and working Be familiar with surface conditions and the presence of
surfaces on the crane should be clean, dry, slip-resistant, overhead obstructions and power lines.
and have adequate supporting capacity.

Working Operate the crane only from the operator’s seat. Do not
reach in a window or door to operate any controls.
Operator shall be responsible for all operations under his/her
direct control. When safety of an operation is in doubt, Operate the crane slowly and cautiously, looking carefully in
operator shall stop the crane’s functions in a controlled the direction of movement.
manner. Lift operations shall resume only after safety A good practice is to make a “dry run” without a load before
concerns have been addressed or the continuation of crane making the first lift. Become familiar with all factors peculiar
operations is directed by the lift supervisor. to the job site.
Know the location and function of all crane controls. Make sure that the hoist rope is properly routed on the hook
Make sure that all persons are away from the crane and the block and boom nose (Figure 2-9), and that all rope guards
Travel Select Lever is in the “N” (Neutral) position with the are in place.
Parking Brake engaged before starting the engine.
Sparks from the crane’s electrical system and/or engine
exhaust can cause an explosion. Do not operate this crane
in an area with flammable dust or vapors, unless good
ventilation has removed the hazard.
Carbon monoxide fumes from the engine exhaust can cause
suffocation in an enclosed area. Good ventilation is very
important when operating the crane.
Before actuating swing or any other crane function, sound
the horn and verify that all personnel are clear of rotating and
moving parts.
Never operate the crane when darkness, fog, or other
visibility restrictions make operation unsafe. Never operate a
crane in thunderstorms or high winds.
Always be aware of your working environment during
operation of the crane. Avoid contacting any part of the crane
with external objects.
Clear all personnel from the counterweight and
superstructure area before removing the counterweight.
FIGURE 2-9
Lifting
Grove Crane recommends lifting only one load at a time.
See “Lifting Operations” on page 2-20.
Use enough parts of line for all lifts and check all lines,
Keep unauthorized personnel clear of the working area slings, and chains for correct attachment. To obtain
during operation. maximum lifting capacities, the hook block must be set up
with enough parts of line. Too few parts of line can result in
Only the crane operator shall occupy the crane when failure of the hoist rope or hoist. No less than three wraps
in operation. of rope should remain on the hoist drum. When slings, ties,
You must always be aware of everything around the crane hooks, etc., are used, make sure that they are correctly
while lifting or traveling. If you are unable to clearly see in the positioned and secured before raising or lowering the loads.
direction of motion, you must post a look out or signal person Make sure that the rigging is adequate before lifting. Use tag
before moving the crane or making a lift. Sound the horn to lines when possible to position and restrain loads. Personnel
warn personnel using tag lines should be on the ground.

Make sure good rigging practices are being used. Refuse to Do not subject crane to side loading. A side load can tip the
use any poorly maintained or damaged equipment. Never crane or cause it to fail structurally.
wrap the hoist cable around a load.
If the boom should contact an object, stop immediately and
If using a clam bucket, do not exceed 80 percent of the inspect the boom. Remove the crane from service if the
crane’s capacity. boom is damaged.
Make certain the boom tip is centered directly over the load When lifting a load the boom may deflect causing the load
before lifting. radius to increase—this condition is made worse when the
boom is extended. Make sure that the weight of load is within
Make sure the load is well secured and attached to the hook
the crane’s capacity on Load Chart.
with rigging of proper size and in good condition.
Avoid sudden starts and stops when moving the load. The
Check the hoist brake by raising the load a few inches,
inertia and an increased load radius could tip the crane over
stopping the hoist and holding the load. Make sure that the
hoist brake is working correctly before continuing the lift.
or cause it to fail structurally. 2
Use tag lines (as appropriate) for positioning and restraining
When lowering a load always slow down the load’s descent
loads. Check the load slings before lifting.
before stopping the hoist. Do not attempt to change speeds
on multiple-speed hoists while the hoist is in motion. Make sure that everyone is clear of the crane and work area
before making any lifts.
Watch the path of the boom and load when swinging. Avoid
lowering or swinging the boom and load into ground Never swing over personnel, regardless of whether load is
personnel, equipment, or other objects. Never leave the suspended from or attached to the boom.
crane with a load suspended. Should it become necessary to
leave the crane, lower the load to the ground and stop the Hand Signals
engine before leaving the operator’s station.
A single qualified signal person shall be used at all
Remember, all rigging equipment must be considered as times when:
part of the load. Lifting capacities vary with working areas. If
• Working in the vicinity of power lines.
applicable, permissible working areas are listed in the Load
Chart. When swinging from one working area to another, • The crane operator cannot clearly see the load at
make sure that Load Chart capacities are not exceeded. all times.
Know your crane!
• Moving the crane in an area or direction in which the
Stop the hook block from swinging when unhooking a load. operator cannot clearly see the path of travel.
Swinging rapidly can cause the load to swing out and At all times use standardized hand signals (Figure 2-10) that
increase the load radius. Swing the load slowly. Swing with have been previously agreed upon and completely
caution and keep the load lines vertical. understood by the operator and signal person.
Look before swinging your crane. Even though the original If communication with the signal person is lost, crane
setup may have been checked, situations do change. movement must be stopped until communications
are restored.
Never swing or lower the boom into the carrier cab (if
applicable). Keep your attention focused on the crane’s operation. If for
some reason you must look in another direction, stop all
Never push or pull loads with the crane’s boom. Never drag
crane movement first.
a load.
Obey a signal to stop from anyone.

Reprinted from ASME B30.5-2014, by permission of The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. All Rights Reserved.
FIGURE 2-10

BOOM EXTENSION that it is not practical to lower the boom to the ground, we
recommend the following additional instructions be followed:
To avoid death or serious injury, follow the procedures in this
manual during erection, stowage, and use of the • The crane should be left in the smallest, most stable,
boom extension. valid operational configuration that the job site
practically allows.
Install and secure all pins properly.
• The crane can not be left running, with a load on the
Control movement of the boom extension at all times. hook, or with the jib deployed, or in wind conditions in
Do not remove right side boom nose pins unless boom excess of allowed values.
extension is properly pinned and secured on front and rear • The boom should be retracted as far as is practical, the
stowage brackets. crane configured in as stable a configuration as possible
(boom angle, superstructure orientation, boom
DANGER
extension angle, etc.) 2
• In high winds the boom and boom extension should be
Boom Extension Hazard! lowered, or secured. Changing weather conditions
To avoid death or serious injury, follow procedures in Load including, but not limited to, wind, ice accumulation,
Chart, safety, and operation manuals during erection, precipitation, flooding, lightning, etc., should be
stowage and use of boom extension. Install and secure all c on s id e r e d w he n d et e r m i n i ng t h e l oc a ti o n a nd
pins properly and control boom extension movement at all configuration of a crane when it is to be left unattended.
times.
SHUT-DOWN
Do not remove the pins from the front stowage bracket
unless the boom extension is pinned to the right side of the Use the following steps when shutting down the crane:
boom nose. • Engage the parking brake.
Properly inspect, maintain, and adjust boom extension • Fully retract and lower the boom.
and mounting.
• Engage the swing lock pin or 360 degree swing lock (if
When assembling and disassembling boom extension equipped).
sections, use blocking to adequately support each section
and to provide proper alignment. • Disable all crane functions using the crane function
Enable/Disable switch (if equipped).
Stay outside of boom extension sections and lattice work.
• Place controls in neutral position.
Watch for falling or flying pins when they are being removed.
• Shut down the engine and remove the ignition key.
PARKING AND SECURING • Wait a minimum of 2 minutes and then turn the battery
disconnect switch to the OFF position.
! DANGER • Chock the wheels, if not on outriggers.

• Lock the operator’s cab (if applicable) and install vandal
Tipping Hazard!
guards, if used.
When parking the crane and leaving it unattended follow
the instructions in Section 4 of this manual.
COLD WEATHER OPERATION
Failure to comply with these instructions may cause death
or serious injury. Cold weather operation requires additional caution on the
part of the operator.
When parking on a grade, apply the parking brake and chock Check operating procedures in this manual for cold weather
the wheels. starting.
Section 4 of this manual provides instructions for parking and Don’t touch metal surfaces that could freeze you to them.
securing a crane when it is to be left unattended. These
instructions are intended to allow the crane to be placed in Clean the crane of all ice and snow.
the most stable and secure position. However, Grove Allow at least 30 minutes of engine run time for hydraulic oil
recognizes that certain jobsite conditions may not permit the to warm up.
boom and boom extension of a crane to be fully lowered to
the ground. When a qualified person at a jobsite determines Plastic components (battery casings, heater controls, dash
controls, etc.) are extremely brittle in extreme cold. Use

caution handling and operating these components in sub- TEMPERATURE EFFECTS ON HOOK
zero temperatures, avoiding shock loading. BLOCKS
In freezing weather, park the crane in an area where it
The Hook Block Working Load Limit (WLL) is valid between
cannot become frozen to the ground. The drive line can be
60°C (140°F) and the low temperature limit given on the
damaged when attempting to free a frozen crane.
hook block identification plate with normal lifting precautions.
If applicable to your crane, frequently check all air tanks for
Lifting above 75% of the Working Load Limit, at
water in freezing weather.
temperatures between the service temperature given on the
If applicable to your crane, always handle propane tanks identification plate and -40°C (-40°F), must be done at a slow
according to the supplier’s instructions. and steady rate to avoid stress spikes.
Never store flammable materials on the crane. 75% of the Working Load Limit must not be exceeded when
lifting in temperatures below -40°C (-40°F).
If cold weather starting aids are provided on your crane, use
them. The use of aerosol spray or other types of starting
fluids containing ether/volatiles can cause explosions or fire.

TEMPERATURE EFFECTS ON HYDRAULIC movement of the boom may be undetected by the operator
CYLINDERS unless a load is suspended for a long period of time. To
minimize the effects of thermal contraction or “Stick-slip” it is
Hydraulic oil expands when heated and contracts when recommended that the telescope control lever is activated
cooled. This is a natural phenomena that happens to all periodically in the extend position to mitigate the effects of
liquids. The coefficient of expansion for API Group 1 cooling oil.
hydraulic oil is approximately 0.00077 cm³ per cm³ of volume
If a load and the boom is allowed to remain stationary for a
for 1°C of temperature change (0.00043 in³ per in³ of volume
period of time and the ambient temperature is cooler than the
for 1°F of temperature change). Thermal contraction will
trapped oil temperature, the trapped oil in the cylinders will
allow a cylinder to retract as the hydraulic fluid which is
cool. The load will lower as the telescope cylinder(s) retracts
trapped in the cylinder cools.
allowing the boom to come in. Also, the boom angle will
The change in the length of a cylinder is proportional to the decrease as the lift cylinder(s) retracts causing an increase
extended length of the cylinder and to the change in
temperature of the oil in the cylinder. For example, a cylinder
in radius and a decrease in load height.
2
This situation will also occur in reverse. If a crane is set up in
extended 7.6 m (25 ft) in which the oil cools 15.5°C (60°F)
the morning with cool oil and the daytime ambient
would retract approximately 196 mm (7 3/4 in) [see Table 2-9
temperature heats the oil, the cylinders will extend in similar
and Table 2-8]. The rate at which the oil cools depends on
proportions.
many factors and will be more noticeable with a larger
d i ff e r e n c e i n o i l t e m p e r a t u r e v e r s e s t h e a m b i e n t Table 2-8 and Table 2-9 have been prepared to assist you in
temperature. determining the approximate amount of retraction/extension
that may be expected from a hydraulic cylinder as a result of
Thermal contraction coupled with improper lubrication or
change in the temperature of the hydraulic oil inside the
improper wear pad adjustments may, under certain
cylinder. The chart is for dry rod cylinders. If the cylinder rod
conditions, cause a “stick-slip” condition in the boom. This
is filled with hydraulic oil, the contraction rate is somewhat
“stick-slip” condition could result in the load not moving
greater.
smoothly. Proper boom lubrication and wear pad adjustment
is important to permit the boom sections to slide freely. Slow

Table 2-8: Boom Drift Chart (Cylinder length change in inches)
3 3
Coeff. = 0.00043 (in /in / °F)
STROKE Temperature Change (°F)
(FT.) 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
5 0.26 0.52 0.77 1.03 1.29 1.55 1.81 2.06 2.32 2.58
10 0.52 1.03 1.55 2.06 2.58 3.10 3.61 4.13 4.64 5.16
15 0.77 1.55 2.32 3.10 3.87 4.64 5.42 6.19 6.97 7.74
20 1.03 2.06 3.10 4.13 5.16 6.19 7.22 8.26 9.29 10.32
25 1.29 2.58 3.87 5.16 6.45 7.74 9.03 10.32 11.61 12.90
30 1.55 3.10 4.64 6.19 7.74 9.29 10.84 12.38 13.93 15.48
35 1.81 3.61 5.42 7.22 9.03 10.84 12.64 14.45 16.25 18.06
40 2.06 4.13 6.19 8.26 10.32 12.38 14.45 16.51 18.58 20.64
45 2.32 4.64 6.97 9.29 11.61 13.93 16.25 18.58 20.90 23.22
50 2.58 5.16 7.74 10.32 12.90 15.48 18.06 20.64 23.22 25.80
55 2.84 5.68 8.51 11.35 14.19 17.03 19.87 22.70 25.54 28.38
60 3.10 6.19 9.29 12.38 15.48 18.58 21.67 24.77 27.86 30.96
3 3
Length change in inches = Stroke (Ft.) X Temperature Change ( °F) X Coeff. (in /in / °F) X 12 in/ft
Table 2-9Boom Drift Chart (Cylinder length change in millimeters)
(1/ °C)
Coef f . = 0.000774 M etri c
STROKE Temperature Change (°C)
(m) 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
1.5 6 12 17 23 29 35 41 46 52 58 64
3 12 23 35 46 58 70 81 93 104 116 128
4.5 17 35 52 70 87 104 122 139 157 174 192
6 23 46 70 93 116 139 163 186 209 232 255
7.5 29 58 87 116 145 174 203 232 261 290 319
9 35 70 104 139 174 209 244 279 313 348 383
10.5 41 81 122 163 203 244 284 325 366 406 447
12 46 93 139 186 232 279 325 372 418 464 511
13.5 52 104 157 209 261 313 366 418 470 522 575
15 58 116 174 232 290 348 406 464 522 581 639
16.5 64 128 192 255 319 383 447 511 575 639 702
18 70 139 209 279 348 418 488 557 627 697 766
Length change in mm = Stroke (m) X Temperature Change ( °C) X Coef f . (1/ °C) X 1000 mm/m

CRANE STABILITY These inspections apply only to overloads up to 50%. For

overloads of 50% or higher, crane operation must be
The GRT8120 on rubber 360° load chart shows the minimum stopped immediately and Crane Care must be contacted for
radius allowed with a load. Without a load, a radius of 1.0 m corrective action.
(3.3 ft) less than the minimum radius shown on the load chart
The following illustrations may not be an exact
is safe for 360° on rubber. A radius of less than this must be representation of your crane and are to be used for reference
avoided on rubber 360° because of backward stability only.
considerations.
WARNING
HOIST PLATFORM Overload Hazard!
To avoid an accident caused by overload damage to
DANGER
Do not use platform for hauling passengers. Death or
your crane:
• Perform the inspections outlined in this publication
2
serious injury could occur. for overloads up to 50%.
No storage of components are allowed on the platform. • Stop operating the crane and contact Manitowoc
Only one person at a time is allowed on the platform. Crane Care immediately for overloads of 50% and
higher.
OVERLOAD INSPECTION NOTE: If your crane is equipped with CraneSTAR, an
When the Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) system has overload warning will be posted to the web site for
acknowledged an overload on your crane, you must carry review by the crane owner.
out specified inspections on the crane. Overload warnings do NOT indicate real time
events! Warnings could be sent 24 hours (or more)
after the actual event.

Boom Inspection
1
1
2
9, 10
1 8
3, 4
5
1
9, 10
Illustration for reference only.

Your crane may be different.

NOTE: The following checklist includes all features that

can be found on Grove cranes. Your crane may not
have some features.
Overload less than 25%

1 Sheaves Inspect all for damage.
Boom
Extension
2 Offset Inspect for damage/leaks.
Mechanism/
Cylinder
2
Collar-wear
3 Inspect all for damage.
pads
Overload from 25% to 49%
1 Sheaves Inspect all for damage.
Luffing
2 Mechanism/ Inspect for damage/leaks.
Cylinder
Collar-wear
3 Inspect all for damage.
pads
4 Collar-welds Inspect all for cracks.
Telescopic Inspect for bent or twisted sections. Check the boom
5
Sections for straightness.
Lift Cylinder
6 Inspect for bends or cracked welds.
Head Area
7 Turntable Inspect for cracked welds.
Locking Area
8 Inspect for elongated holes.
(Pin Booms)
9 Welds Inspect for cracks.
Inspect for cracked paint which could indicate twisted,
10 Paint
stretched, or compressed members.

Superstructure Inspection
5 4
1
9, 10
7



have some features.

1 Lift Cylinder Inspect for leaking.
Turntable See topic in Swing section of
2 Check bolts for proper torque.
Bearing Service Manual.
See topic in Introduction section
3 Wire Rope Inspect all for damage.

of Service Manual.
2
1 Lift Cylinder Inspect for leaking.
Turntable See topic in Swing section of
2 Check bolts for proper torque.
Bearing Service Manual.
See topic in Introduction section
3 Wire Rope Inspect all for damage.
of Service Manual.
4 Hoist/Drums Inspect each for damage.
5 Hoist Brakes Brakes must hold rated line pull.
Bearing Main
6 Boom Pivot Inspect for deformation, cracked welds.
Pin
Lift Cylinder-
7 Inspect pin and welds.
lower mount
8 Turntable Inspect for deformation, cracked welds.
10 Paint

Carrier Inspection
1
4
1 2
3
3
2 5, 6
1
3
2


have some features.

1 Jack Cylinders Inspect for leaking.
Outrigger
2 Inspect for deformation and/or cracked welds.
Pads
1 Jack Cylinders Inspect for leaking.
2
Outrigger
Pads
Outrigger
Beams
Outrigger
Boxes
6 Paint

THIS PAGE BLANK

GRT8120 OPERATOR MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND FEATURES
SECTION 3
OPERATING CONTROLS AND FEATURES
SECTION CONTENTS
Operator Cab Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 USB Diagnostic Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
Steering Wheel and Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 RCL Shutdown Warning Indicator
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 (Non-CE Certified Cranes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
Turn Signal Lever and Horn Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 RCL Shutdown Warning Indicator
Parking Brake Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 (CE Certified Cranes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
Headlights Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 RCL Early Warning Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
Drive Axle Selector Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Anti-Two-Block (A2B) Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
Hazard Lights Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Swing Brake Engaged Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
Transmission Shift Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Brightness Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
Ignition Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Internal Temperature Warning Indicator . . . . . . . . . .3-19
Steering Column Tilt and Telescope Lock Lever. . . . 3-6 Operator Seat and Armrest Controls (Dual Axis). . .3-20
Right Overhead Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Cup Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
Heater/Air Conditioner Fan Speed Switch. . . . . . . . . 3-8 Boom Lift – Main Hoist – Telescope – Luffing
Heater/Air Conditioner Temperature Control Switch . 3-8 Jib Controller (Dual Axis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
Deadman Switches (Optional) (Dual Axis) . . . . . . . .3-22
Fresh Air/Recirculation Air Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Boom-Mounted Lights Motor Switch (Optional). . . . . 3-8 Horn Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
Hoist Speed Toggle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
3
Boom-Mounted Lights Switch (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Cab-Mounted Lights Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Jog Dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
Front Window Wiper and Washer Switch . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Heater/Air Conditioner Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
Skylight Wiper and Washer Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Main Hoist Enable/Disable Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
Increment/Decrement – Start/Stop Switch . . . . . . . . 3-8 Luffing Jib Enable/Disable Switch (Optional) . . . . . .3-23
Engine Wait-To-Start Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Boom Telescope Enable/Disable Switch . . . . . . . . .3-23
Remote Control Enable/Disable Switch. . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Boom Lift Enable/Disable Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
Crane Function Enable/Disable Switch . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Seat Lumbar Support Adjustment Lever . . . . . . . . . .3-23
Momentary Limit Bypass Switch (Non-CE Certified Seat Slide Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
Cranes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Auxiliary Hoist Enable/Disable Switch. . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
Limit Bypass Set-Up Switch (CE Certified Cranes) . 3-10 Cab Tilt Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
Boom Up Bypass Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Swing Enable/Disable Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
Emergency Stop Button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Outrigger Extend/Retract Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
Cab Dome Light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Differential Lock Switch (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
Rear Steer Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
Left Overhead and Side Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Coat Hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 Swing Brake Release Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
USB Charging Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 Swing/Telescope or Swing/Auxiliary Hoist
Controller (Dual Axis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
Auxiliary Light and Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Seat Backrest Adjustment Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
Mobile Phone Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Seat Adjustment Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
Heater/Air Conditioner Vents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Armrest Adjustment Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
Right Lower Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Seat Heat Switch (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
Turntable Swing Lock Pin Control Handle. . . . . . . . 3-16
Seat Headrest (Not Shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
12-Volt Outlet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Hoist Rotation Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
Engine On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) Connector . . . 3-16
Seat Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module and Operator
Optional Single Axis Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27
Display Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Swing Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28
Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module (RDM) . . . . 3-18
Telescope or Auxiliary Hoist Controller . . . . . . . . . . .3-28
Operator Display Module (ODM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Boom Lift – Telescope – Luffing Boom
Navigation Control Pad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Extension Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28

OPERATING CONTROLS AND FEATURES GRT8120 OPERATOR MANUAL
Main Hoist Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 Right Counterweight Cylinder Lower Button. . . . 3-41
Hoist Rotation Indicators (Not Shown) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 Bridging Switch (CE Certified Cranes) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Foot Pedal Controls and Floor Mat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29 External RCL Light Tower (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Swing Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 Strobe Light or Beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Service Brake Pedal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 Backup Alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Throttle Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 120V/240V Engine Block Heater and Outlet . . . . . . 3-44
Floor Mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 Emergency Stop Buttons (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Internal Rated Capacity Limiter Light Bar . . . . . . . . 3-31 Battery Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Fuse Box – Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Controls and Features at Front of Cab. . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Fuse and Relay Box – Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Front Windshield/Emergency Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Cab Mounted Work Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Sun Visor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Boom Mounted Work Lights (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Grab Handles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Side Mounted Carrier Work Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Foot Rests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Ladders and Grab Handles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Controls and Features at Rear of Cab . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Radio (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 Remote Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
Speakers (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Storage and Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Controls and Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Programming Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Fire Extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Power Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
User Manual Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Color Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Fuse and Relay Panel – Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36 Left Side Motion Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Buzzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37 Right Side Motion Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Maintained Limit Bypass Switch (Non-CE Certified Enable Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Cranes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37 Emergency Stop Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Right Window and Skylight Window . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38 Outrigger Beam Button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Skylight Window Latch (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39 Outrigger Jack Button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Skylight Sun Shade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39 Hoist Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Right Side Window Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39 Boom Lift Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Swing Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Controls and Features External to the Cab . . . . . . . 3-40
Option Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Counterweight Removal Control Pads . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Engine Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Right Counterweight Cylinder Raise Button . . . . 3-40
Horn Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Left Counterweight Cylinder Raise Button . . . . . 3-40
Information Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Lock Cylinder Retract Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Escape Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Function Enable Button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Status Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Main Power LED Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Battery Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Horn Button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Display Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
Lock Cylinder Extend Button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Left Counterweight Cylinder Lower Button . . . . . 3-41

OPERATOR CAB OVERVIEW

Most of the controls and indicators that are used to operate
and monitor crane functions are found inside the operator
cab (Figure 3-1).
2
9
10
1
6
12
5
3
4
8
3
11
7
9838-29
Item Description Page Item Description Page

1 Steering Wheel and Column 3-4 7 Operator Seat and Armrest Controls 3-20
2 Right Overhead Control Panel 3-7 8 Foot Pedal Controls 3-29
3 Left Overhead and Side Panel 3-13 9 Internal RCL Light Bar (Optional) 3-31
4 Right Lower Control Panel 3-15 10 Front Cab – Controls and Features 3-32
5 Operator Display Module 3-17 11 Rear Cab – Controls and Features 3-34
6 Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module 3-17 12 Right Window and Skylight Window 3-38
FIGURE 3-1

STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN

The steering wheel and column assembly is a pedestal style
tilt and telescoping steering column. It can tilt rearward 30° or
telescope 60 mm (2.3 in). The steering column includes the
ignition switch as well as levers and switches for operating
the crane (Figure 3-2).
1
2
3 4 5 6
9838-6
Item Description Page
1 Steering Wheel 3-5
2 Turn Signal Lever and Horn Controls 3-5
3 Parking Brake Switch 3-5
4 Headlights Switch 3-5
5 Drive Axle Selector Switch 3-5
6 Hazard Lights Switch 3-6
7 Transmission Shift Lever 3-6
8 Ignition Switch 3-6
9 Steering Column Tilt and Telescope Lock Lever 3-6
FIGURE 3-2

Steering Wheel NOTE: Parking brake must be applied before outriggers

can be operated.
The Steering Wheel (1, Figure 3-2) is used to turn the wheels
on the front axle. Headlights Switch
With the boom centered over the front axle, turning the The Headlights Switch (4, Figure 3-2) is located on the front
steering wheel counterclockwise turns the wheels on the of the steering column.
front axle to the left, which causes the crane to turn left.
This three-position rocker switch (OFF/Park/Headlight)
Turning the steering wheel clockwise turns the wheels on the controls the operation of the instrument lights and switch
front axle to the right, which causes the crane to turn right. LEDs as well as the headlights, marker lights, and taillights
on the front and rear of the crane.
Turn Signal Lever and Horn Controls
Push bottom of switch to cause the headlights, marker lights,
The Turn Signal Lever (2, Figure 3-2) is located on the left and taillights to go off. Set rocker switch to center position to
side of the steering column. The Horn Control is located on cause the marker and taillights to come on. Push top of
the end of the Turn Signal Lever. switch to cause the headlights on the front and back of the
Push the small button on the end of the turn signal lever to crane to come on.
operate the horn.
Drive Axle Selector Switch
Pushing the Turn Signal Lever down will cause the turn
signal lights on the carrier, to the left of the operator, to flash. The Drive Axle Selector Switch (5, Figure 3-2) is located on
Pushing the Turn Signal Lever up will cause the turn signal the front of the steering column.
lights on the carrier, to the right of the operator, to flash. This two-position rocker switch is used to select two-wheel
Parking Brake Switch

drive (high range) or four-wheel drive (low range).
3
CAUTION
CAUTION Transmission Damage!
Avoid Crane Damage! To p r ev e n t t r a n s m i s s i o n d am a ge , s hi f t b e t w ee n
Do not engage the parking brake while the vehicle is two-wheel and four-wheel drive only when crane is
moving. Damage to the crane can occur. stopped, transmission is in Neutral (center) position, and
Service Brake Pedal is pushed.
Disengage the parking brake before driving. Damage to
the crane can occur.
NOTE: The drive axle can only be changed when the
Transmission Shift Lever (7, Figure 3-2) is in the
The Parking Brake Switch (3, Figure 3-2) is located on the
Neutral (center) position and the Service Brake
front of the steering column.
Pedal (2, Figure 3-14) is pushed.
This two-position, locking rocker switch (ON/OFF) is used to
Push top of switch to engage four-wheel drive (low range).
apply and release the parking brake on the drive line.
Push bottom of switch to engage two-wheel drive (high
NOTE: The Transmission Shift Lever must be in Neutral range).
(center) position before applying the Parking
The Four-Wheel Drive Indicator in the Crane Status Area
Brake.
(Figure 4-71) of the Operator Display Module (ODM)) comes
To apply parking brake, first slide the red switch at bottom of on to indicate that the drive mode is set to four-wheel drive.
the rocker switch forward, then push top of rocker switch. The indicator changes back to the Two-Wheel Drive
Push bottom of switch to release the parking brake. Indicator when the drive mode is set to two-wheel drive.
The Parking Brake Indicator in the Alerts Area (Figure 4-68) The Transmission Not-In-Neutral Indicator in the Alerts Area
and Crane Status Area (Figure 4-71) of the Operator Display (Figure 4-68) of the ODM comes on when the operator
Module (ODM) comes on to indicate the parking brake is attempts to shift between drive modes without first shifting
applied. the Transmission Shift Lever to Neutral (center), and
pushing and holding the Service Brake Pedal.
The buzzer comes on if the parking brake is applied and the
Transmission Shift Lever (7, Figure 3-2) is in the Forward NOTE: Transmission must be shifted to four-wheel drive
(up) or Reverse (down) position. Always place Transmission (low range) before outriggers can be operated.
Shift Lever in Neutral (center) position before applying the
parking brake.

Hazard Lights Switch NOTE: The transmission will not shift into forward or
reverse gear without first pushing and holding the
The Hazard Lights Switch (6, Figure 3-2) is located on the Service Brake Pedal. Refer to Traveling —
front of the steering column. Forward, page 4-16 and Traveling — Reverse,
The switch is a two-position rocker switch (ON/OFF). page 4-17 for more detailed information on shifting
the transmission.
Push top of switch to cause the turn signal lights on the front
and back of the crane, and the turn signal indicator lights on The Direction/Gear Indicator in the Crane Information Area
the steering column, to flash at the same time. Push bottom (Figure 4-70) of the Operating Display Module (ODM) shows
of switch to cause these lights and indicators to go off. the direction of travel and the gear to which the transmission
is shifted.
Transmission Shift Lever
Ignition Switch
The Transmission Shift Lever (7, Figure 3-2) is located on
the right side of the steering column. The lever is used to The Ignition Switch (8, Figure 3-2) is located on the right side
shift the transmission between forward, neutral, and reverse. of the steering column, below the Transmission Shift Lever
(7, Figure 3-2).
Push Transmission Shift Lever up to shift transmission to
forward gear. Push Transmission Shift Lever down to shift The Ignition Switch is key-operated and has three positions:
transmission to reverse gear. 0 (OFF), I (RUN), and II (START).
The lever sits in a detent when in the Neutral (center) In the OFF(0) position, most electrical power is off. Electrical
position. Thus, operator must first lift up on lever before items that continue to operate include the horn, headlights,
pushing it up or down. turn signal/hazard/stop lights, dome light, and work lights.
A shift interlock system prevents the transmission from being Turn Ignition Switch to the RUN (I) position to energize all
shifted between forward, neutral, and reverse, without first electrical components except the starting circuit.
pushing and holding the Service Brake Pedal Turn Ignition Switch to the START (II) position to energize the
(2, Figure 3-14). Thus, crane must be stopped, and the start circuit and crank the engine for starting. Release
Service Brake Pedal pushed and held, before shifting ignition switch when the engine starts.
between forward and reverse gears.
The Ignition Switch is spring-returned from START (II) to
NOTE: Transmission Shift Lever must be in Neutral RUN (I). Turn Ignition Switch to the OFF (0) position to stop
(center) position before the following operations the engine.
can be performed:
The Ignition Switch has an anti-restart feature. After a failed
• Shifting transmission between two-wheel drive attempt to start the engine, the crane control system
(high range) and four-wheel drive (low range) prevents the engine from cranking again for approximately 6
• Operating the outriggers seconds.
To shift transmission to first, second, or third gear, rotate Steering Column Tilt and Telescope Lock
knob at end of the lever to I, II, or III. Lever
The transmission has six forward gears and six reverse
The steering control column can be rotated rearward
gears. The transmission must be in Neutral (center) position
approximately 30° and telescoped approximately 60 mm
in order to shift to four-wheel drive low-range. To use the
(2.3 in).
three low gears, set Drive Axle Selector Switch
(5, Figure 3-2) to four-wheel drive. To use the three high Rotate the Lock Lever (9, Figure 3-2) clockwise to lock the
gears, set Drive Axle Selector Switch to two-wheel drive. steering column in place. Rotate the lever counterclockwise
to release the steering column for adjustment.

RIGHT OVERHEAD CONTROL PANEL

The right overhead control panel (Figure 3-3) includes
controls for operating the heating and air conditioning
system, front and skylight window wipers, engine, and
craning functions.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
9838-30

1 Heater/Air Conditioner Fan Speed Switch 3-8 10 Engine Wait-To-Start Indicator 3-9
Heater/Air Conditioner Temperature
2 3-8 11 Remote Control Enable/Disable Switch 3-9
Control Switch
3 Fresh Air/Recirculation Air Switch 3-8 12 Crane Function Enable/Disable Switch 3-9
Boom-Mounted Lights Motor Switch Momentary Limit Bypass Switch (Non-CE
4 3-8 13 3-10
(Optional) Certified Cranes)
Limit Bypass Set-up Switch (CE Certified
5 Boom-Mounted Lights Switch (Optional) 3-8 13 3-10
Cranes)
6 Cab-Mounted Lights Switch (Optional) 3-8 14 Boom Up Bypass Switch 3-11
7 Front Window Wiper and Washer Switch 3-8 15 Emergency Stop Button (E-Stop) 3-12
8 Skylight Wiper and Washer Switch 3-8 16 Cab Dome Light 3-12
9 Increment/Decrement – Start/Stop Switch 3-8
FIGURE 3-3

Heater/Air Conditioner Fan Speed Switch Push top of the switch to cause the lights to come on. Push
bottom of switch to cause the lights to go off.
The Heater/Air Conditioner Fan Speed Switch (1, Figure 3-3)
is located on the right overhead control panel. Cab-Mounted Lights Switch
The rotary switch controls the cab fan speed and volume of The Cab-Mounted Lights Switch (6, Figure 3-3) is located on
heated or cooled air output. Settings are off, low speed, the right overhead control panel.
medium speed, and high speed.
The switch controls the work lights mounted on the bottom
Turn the rotary switch clockwise to increase fan air speed. front of the superstructure cab.
Turn rotary switch counterclockwise to reduce fan air speed.
Turn rotary switch to the fully counterclockwise position to Push top of switch to cause the lights to come on. Push
stop fan. bottom of switch to cause the lights to go off.
Heater/Air Conditioner Temperature Control Front Window Wiper and Washer Switch
Switch The Front Window Wiper and Washer Switch (7, Figure 3-3)
is located on the right overhead control panel.
The Heater/Air Conditioner Temperature Control Switch
(2, Figure 3-3) is located on the right overhead control panel. The switch is a six-position toggle switch with integral rocker
switch that controls the front window wiper and washer.
The rotary switch controls the temperature of the air coming
out of the heater/air conditioner vents. Push toggle switch up to operate the front window wiper at a
slow intermittent speed. Push toggle switch farther up to
Turn the rotary switch clockwise to increase the air
operate the wiper at a faster speed. Pull toggle switch down
temperature. Turn the rotary switch counterclockwise to
to stop operating the front window wiper.
decrease the air temperature.
Push and hold top of rocker switch to spray the windshield
Fresh Air/Recirculation Air Switch with windshield washer fluid for cleaning. Release switch
after the desired amount of windshield washer fluid has been
The Fresh Air/Recirculation Air Switch (3, Figure 3-3) is
sprayed onto the windshield.
located on the right overhead control panel.
The switch controls how outside air is drawn into the cab. Skylight Wiper and Washer Switch
Use Recirculation mode for maximum air conditioner
The Skylight Wiper and Washer Switch (8, Figure 3-3) is
performance in warm climates.
located on the right overhead control panel.
Push left side of the switch to draw outside air into the cab,
The switch is a six-position toggle switch with integral rocker
when operating the heater system or air conditioner system.
switch that controls the skylight wiper and washer on top of
Push right side of the switch to recirculate the air inside the
the cab.
cab, and bring a small amount of outside air into the cab.
Push toggle switch up to operate the skylight window wiper
Boom-Mounted Lights Motor Switch at a slow intermittent speed. Push toggle switch farther up to
(Optional) operate the wiper at a faster speed. Pull toggle switch down
to stop operating the skylight window wiper.
The Boom-Mounted Lights Motor Switch (4, Figure 3-3) is
located on the right overhead control panel. Push and hold top of rocker switch to spray the skylight
window with window washer fluid for cleaning. Release
The switch controls the direction to which the boom-mounted switch after the desired amount of window washer fluid has
lights point. The switch is a three-position momentary rocker been sprayed onto the skylight.
switch with center maintained position being OFF.
Push and hold top of the switch to point the lights up. Push Increment/Decrement – Start/Stop Switch
and hold bottom of the switch to point the lights down. The Increment/Decrement – Start/Stop Switch
Release the switch when the lights are pointing in the (9, Figure 3-3) is located on the right overhead control panel.
desired direction.
The switch is a three-position momentary rocker switch with
Boom-Mounted Lights Switch (Optional) center maintained position being OFF. Use this switch to
adjust engine speed, and to start and stop the engine.
The Boom-Mounted Lights Switch (5, Figure 3-3) is located
on the right overhead control panel. Quickly push and release top of switch to increase engine
speed to high idle. Quickly push and release bottom of
The switch controls the work lights mounted to the boom switch to decrease engine speed to low idle.
base section.

Push and hold top of switch to incrementally increase engine Unit, page 4-50 for information pertaining to the operation of
speed. Push and hold bottom of switch to incrementally the Remote Control Unit.
decrease engine speed. Release switch when desired
engine speed is reached. Crane Function Enable/Disable Switch
With engine speed at low idle, push and hold bottom of The Crane Function Enable/Disable Switch (12, Figure 3-3)
switch until engine stops. To restart engine, push and hold is located on the right overhead control panel.
top of switch until engine starts. Unlike the Ignition Switch,
The switch is a momentary switch that lets the operator
the Increment/Decrement – Start/Stop Switch can be used to
enable and disable the default crane functions that are
stop the engine without disconnecting power to the electrical
operated by the controllers on the armrests.
systems. Thus, using this switch to start and stop the engine
during short breaks in craning operation saves time, as the When the crane is not equipped with the optional auxiliary
ODM and RDM remain fully powered and programmed. hoist, the default crane functions include the following:
The Increment/Decrement – Start/Stop Switch is also used to Left Controller
set the engine speed when using the Economy (ECO) Mode
- Swing
feature. Refer to ECO Mode, page 4-151 for details of its
operation. - Telescope
Engine Wait-To-Start Indicator Right Controller
The Engine Wait-To-Start Indicator (10, Figure 3-3) is - Boom Lift

located on the right overhead control panel. - Main Hoist
When the Ignition Switch (8, Figure 3-2) is turned to the When the crane is equipped with the optional auxiliary hoist,
RUN (I) position, the Engine Wait-to-Start indicator comes on
if the outside ambient temperature is low and preheating of
the default crane functions include the following: 3
the air inside the air-intake manifold is required. Left Controller
Do not start the engine until the Wait-to-Start Indicator goes - Swing
off (refer to Start-Up Procedure, page 4-8). - Auxiliary Hoist
Remote Control Enable/Disable Switch Right Controller
The Remote Control Enable/Disable Switch (11, Figure 3-3) - Boom Lift
is located on the right overhead control panel. - Main Hoist
The switch is a two-position maintained switch that enables An individual Enable/Disable Switch is provided to enable
and disables the Remote Control Unit. a n d d i s a b l e e a c h o f t h e d i ff e r e n t c ra n e f u n c t i o n s .
Push top of switch to enable the Remote Control Unit. Push Alternatively, the Crane Function Enable/Disable Switch can
bottom of switch to disable the Remote Control Unit. be used to quickly enable the four default crane functions at
the same time.
When the Remote Control Unit is enabled, the Remote
Control Unit Enabled Indicator shows green in the Status Bar Push and release Crane Function Enable/Disable Switch
(Figure 4-73) of the Operator Display Module (ODM). one time to enable the four default crane functions. Push and
release the switch again to disable the crane functions that
Always position switch to the disabled position when Remote are currently enabled.
Control Unit is not in use.
Always disable all crane functions to prevent accidental
If Remote Control Unit is enabled and one of the crane operation, such as bumping the controllers while roading.
function enable/disable switches in the cab is pushed, the
Remote Control Unit will be disabled. Enabling craning functions with the Crane Function
Enable/Disable Switch will cause the engine speed to
Refer to Remote Control Unit, page 3-50 for an overview of increase to 950 rpm. Disabling craning functions with the
the Remote Control Unit. Refer to Using the Remote Control Crane Function Enable/Disable Switch will cause the engine
speed to decrease to 800 rpm.

Momentary Limit Bypass Switch (Non-CE • Carrier Avoidance System

Certified Cranes) • -29°C Temperature Limiter System (optional)
The following indicators come on to indicate the limiters are
bypassed:
WARNING • Bypass 1 Pressed Indicator is on (Figure 4-206)
Overload Hazard!
• RCL Bypass Active Indicator is on (Figure 4-206)
The Limit Bypass Switch is used to override the RCL
system during some rigging activities. • RCL Shutdown Warning Indicator is flashing
(5, Figure 3-6)
When the Limit Bypass Switch is activated, the operator
must make sure that the crane is not overloaded. • Anti-Two-Block Indicator is flashing (7, Figure 3-6)
Do not operate the crane with the RCL overridden during • 3rd Wrap Alert is flashing (Figure 4-68)
normal operations.
• Working Range Limiter (WRL) indicator is flashing
The Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) system, when (Figure 4-71)
programmed accurately, will lock out the following crane • Low Boom Angle Alert is flashing (Figure 4-68)
functions—boom up/down, telescope extend, and hoist up—
when a lift is attempted at or above crane capacity, or when a • -29°C Temperature Limiter Alert is flashing (Figure 4-68)
two-block condition exists. All crane function lockouts are bypassed while the Limit
Locking out these functions prevents the overload or Bypass Switch is held in the actuated position.
two-block condition from worsening.
Limit Bypass Set-Up Switch (CE Certified
These same crane functions are locked out initially after the
Cranes)
crane engine is started and before the RCL system has been
programmed.
The Limit Bypass Switch (13, Figure 3-3) is a three-position,
momentary type rocker switch located on the right overhead WARNING
control panel. Overload Hazard!
During certain rigging work or to recover the crane, push and The Limit Bypass Switch prevents the function lockouts
hold the top or bottom of the rocker switch to bypass the from activating.
following limiter systems on the crane. When the Lift Bypass Switch is activated, the operator
Push and hold bottom of rocker switch to bypass the must make sure that the crane is not overloaded.
following limiter systems and their crane function lockouts: Do not operate the crane with the RCL overridden during
normal operations.
• Anti-Two-Block System (boom up/down, telescope
extend, hoist up)
The Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) system, when
• 3rd Wrap Limiter System (hoist down) programmed accurately, will lock out the following crane
functions—boom up/down, telescope extend, and hoist up—
when a lift is attempted at or above crane capacity, or when a
bypassed:
two-block condition exists.
• Anti-Two-Block Indicator is flashing (7, Figure 3-6)
Locking out these functions prevents the overload or
• 3rd Wrap Alert is flashing (Figure 4-68) two-block condition from worsening.
Push and hold top of rocker switch to bypass the following These same craning functions are locked out initially after
limiter systems and their crane function lockouts: the crane engine is started, and before the RCL system has
been programmed.
• RCL System (boom up/down, telescope extend, hoist
up) The Limit Bypass Set-up Switch (13, Figure 3-3) is a
three-position, momentary type rocker switch located on the
• Anti-Two-Block System (boom up/down, telescope right overhead control panel.
extend, hoist up)
During certain rigging work or to recover the crane, push and
• 3rd Wrap Limiter System (hoist down) release top or bottom of rocker switch to bypass the following
• Working Range Limiter (WRL) System limiter systems on the crane.

Push and release bottom of rocker switch to bypass the • Bypass 1 Pressed Indicator (Figure 4-206) is on RCL
following limiter systems and their crane function lockouts: Bypass Active Indicator (Figure 4-206) is on
• Anti-Two-Block System (boom up/down, telescope out, • RCL Shutdown Warning Indicator (5, Figure 3-6) is
hoist up) flashing
• 3rd Wrap Limiter System (hoist down) • Working Range Limiter (WRL) Indicator (Figure 4-71) is
on
bypassed: • Low Boom Angle Alert (Figure 4-68) is flashing
• Anti-Two-Block Indicator (7, Figure 3-6) is flashing All craning functions locked out are bypassed until one of the
following occurs:
• 3rd Wrap Alert (Figure 4-68) is flashing
• Top of the Limit Bypass Switch is again pushed and
When the bottom of the rocker switch is pushed and
released while the controllers are in the neutral position
released, all crane functions—boom up/down, telescope
out/in, hoist up/down, and swing left/right—will operate at • Controllers are in the neutral position for 10 seconds
50% of normal speed when actuated.
Boom Up Bypass Switch
Push and release top of rocker switch to bypass the following
limiter systems and their crane function lockouts: Th e Bo om Up Byp as s Switc h (14 , Figu re 3- 3) is a
two-position momentary rocker switch that is located on the
• RCL System (boom up/down, telescope out, hoist up)
right overhead control panel.
• Working Range Limiter (WRL) system
While boom lift function is enabled and in an RCL lockout
• Carrier Avoidance System condition, push and release the Boom Up Bypass Switch to
If RCL is programmed and active and the top of the limit
enable boom lift up.
The following indicators come on to indicate the limiter is
3
bypass rocker switch is pushed and released, the swing
left/right function pressure is reduced to 25% and the boom bypassed:
up/down, hoist up/down, and telescope extend/retract • Bypass 2 Pressed Indicator (Figure 4-206) is on
function speeds are reduced to 15% when actuated. If the constant (only when switch is pushed)
load exceeds 110% of the indicated capacity, all craning
functions will lock out. • RCL Bypass Active Indicator (Figure 4-206) is on
constant
bypassed: • RCL Shutdown Warning Indicator (5, Figure 3-6) is on
constant when crane capacity is greater than 100%
• Bypass 1 Pressed Indicator (Figure 4-206) is on
For CE certified cranes only, the speed of the boom up
• RCL Bypass Active Indicator (Figure 4-206) is on function is reduced by 50% when actuated. For non-CE
• RCL Shutdown Warning Indicator (5, Figure 3-6) is Certified cranes, the boom up function operates at normal
flashing speed when actuated.
• Working Range Limiter (WRL) Indicator (Figure 4-71) is The boom up function lockout is bypassed until one of the
on following occurs:
• Low Boom Angle Alert (Figure 4-68) is flashing • Boom Up Bypass Switch is again pushed and released
while controllers are in neutral position
If RCL has not been programmed and the top of the limit
bypass rocker switch is pushed and released, the swing • Boom up controller is in neutral position for 10 seconds,
left/right, boom up/down, hoist up/down, and telescope and load is greater than 90% crane capacity and less
extend/retract functions operate at normal speeds when than or equal to 100% crane capacity
actuated. • Load is reduced to less than 90% of crane capacity
bypassed:

Emergency Stop Button Cab Dome Light

The Emergency Stop Button (15, Figure 3-3) is located on The Cab Dome Light (16, Figure 3-3) is located on the right
the right overhead control panel. overhead control panel.
Push red button in to stop the engine and all crane functions. The dome light has a touch control feature. Touch the light
When Emergency Stop Button is pushed in, the Emergency one time to cause it to come on. Touch the light again to
Stop Active Alert in the Alerts Area (Figure 4-68) of the cause it to go off.
Operator Display Module (ODM) comes on (red).
Rotate and pull out Emergency Stop Button to allow engine
to be re-started and resume normal operation.

LEFT OVERHEAD AND SIDE PANEL

The left overhead and side panel (Figure 3-4) includes a coat
hook, USB charging ports, auxiliary light, cell phone holder,
and heater/air conditioner vents.
1 2 3
9838-8

1 Coat Hook 3-14
2 USB Charging Ports 3-14
3 Auxiliary Light and Switch 3-14
4 Mobile Phone Holder 3-14
5 Heater/Air Conditioner Vents 3-14
FIGURE 3-4

Coat Hook The auxiliary light switch is a two-position switch.
A Coat Hook (1, Figure 3-4) is located on the left overhead Push top of switch to cause the light to come on. Push
and side panel, near the rear of the cab. bottom of switch to cause the light to go off.
The auxiliary light can be adjusted by hand if necessary.
USB Charging Ports
Two USB Charging Ports (2, Figure 3-4) are located on the Mobile Phone Holder
left overhead and side panel. A Mobile Phone Holder (4, Figure 3-4) is located on the left
The ports can be used to charge small electronic devices, overhead and side panel.
such as a mobile phone.
Heater/Air Conditioner Vents
Auxiliary Light and Switch Two Heater/Air Conditioner Vents (5, Figure 3-4) are located
An Auxiliary Light and Switch (3, Figure 3-4) is located on on the left overhead and side panel.
the left overhead and side panel. The vents can be adjusted to control the amount and
direction of air passing through them.

RIGHT LOWER CONTROL PANEL

The right lower control panel (Figure 3-5) includes the
turntable swing lock pin control handle, 12-volt outlet, and
on-board diagnostic (OBD) connector.
9838-9

1 Turntable Swing Lock Pin Control Handle 3-16
2 12-Volt Outlet 3-16
3 Engine On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) Connector 3-16
FIGURE 3-5

Turntable Swing Lock Pin Control Handle NOTE: Before driving the crane, always make sure that the
boom is centered over the front or rear of the
The Turntable Swing Lock Pin Control Handle (1, Figure 3-5) carrier, and that the turntable swing lock pin is
is located on the right lower control panel. engaged.
To lock the superstructure in position, perform the following
steps: 12-Volt Outlet
1. Center the superstructure over the front or rear of the The 12-Volt Outlet (2, Figure 3-5) is located on the right
carrier. lower control panel.
2. Turn Swing Lock Pin Control Handle counterclockwise The 12-volt Outlet can power and charge electronic devices
to unlock it. having a maximum current of 15 amps or less.
3. Push forward on the control handle to cause the swing Engine On-Board Diagnostic (OBD)
lock pin to drop into the socket on the carrier frame. Connector
4. Turn control handle clockwise to lock the swing lock in
The Engine On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) Connector
position.
(3, Figure 3-5) is located on the right lower control panel.
To unlock the superstructure, perform the following steps:
The connector allows the Cummins service software tool to
1. Turn control handle counterclockwise to unlock the be connected to the engine electronic control unit (ECU) for
swing lock. diagnosing issues that may occur.
2. Pull rearward on the control handle to cause the swing A second Engine OBD Connector is located in the battery
lock pin to pull out of the socket. box.
3. Turn control handle clockwise to lock it in position.

RATED CAPACITY LIMITER DISPLAY Each module consists of a display screen, navigation control
MODULE AND OPERATOR DISPLAY pad, warning indicators, screen brightness sensor, and USB
diagnostic connector.
MODULE
The Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module (RDM) and the
Operator Display Module (ODM) (Figure 3-6) are located to
the right of the steering column.
5
9
10
6
3
7
2 9
4
10
3 8
9838-10

1 Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module (RDM) 3-18 6 RCL Early Warning Indicator 3-19
2 Operator Display Module (ODM) 3-18 7 Anti-Two-Block (A2B) Indicator 3-19
3 Navigation Control Pad 3-18 8 Swing Brake Engaged Indicator 3-19
4 USB Diagnostic Connector 3-19 9 Brightness Sensor 3-19
RCL Shutdown Warning Indicator (Non-CE
5 3-19 10 Internal Temperature Warning Indicator 3-19
Certified Cranes)
RCL Shutdown Warning Indicator (CE Certified
5 3-19
Cranes)
FIGURE 3-6

Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module

1 2
(RDM) 5
The Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module (RDM) 4
(1, Figure 3-6) allows the operator to easily program the RCL
by entering a code number from the Load Chart Manual or by
using the RCL setup screen.
3 4
Refer to Using the Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module
(RDM), page 4-158 for more information regarding the use of
the module in the operation of the crane.
9221-1
Operator Display Module (ODM) Item Description
The Operator Display Module (ODM) (2, Figure 3-6) allows 1 Escape Button
the operator to do the following actions:
2 Tab Button
• Monitor performance of crane systems 3 Menu Button
• Select the camera views displayed on the ODM 4 Left/Right/Up/Down Arrow Buttons
• Telescope the boom (semi-automatic and manual 5 OK Button
modes)
FIGURE 3-7
• Extend/retract the outriggers
The Jog Dial (Figure 3-8), mounted on the right armrest (see
• Operate the 360° superstructure lock mechanism Jog Dial, page 3-22), can be used to navigate the two
• Operate the boom extension stowage pins modules in a similar manner as the Navigation Control Pads.
• Set the working range limits (WRL)
• View engine, transmission, and crane fault codes
• View software versions and hours of operation for each 1 2
crane function
• Set controller curves and maximum speeds,
engage/disengage ECO mode, and inhibit operation of
the engine cleaning system 4 3
• Set units of measure (metric/imperial), screen display

brightness, and time (24 hour or AM/PM)
5 6
Refer to Using the Operator Display Module (ODM), page
4-68 for more information regarding the use of the module in 9221-2
the operation of the crane. Item Description
Navigation Control Pad 1 Escape Button

2 Tab Button
The Navigation Control Pads (3, Figure 3-6) on the RDM and
ODM allow the operator to navigate through the function 3 Screen Toggle Button
screens of the related module. The control buttons on the 4 Menu Button
two Navigation Control Pads are identical in configuration
and perform the same navigation functions. 5 Jog Dial (Rotate dial to move cursor)
The Tab Button (2, Figure 3-7) on the Navigation Control 6 OK Button (Push Jog Dial to select)
Pad of the ODM and RDM can be pushed to temporarily
FIGURE 3-8
silence active audible alarms.
Refer to Navigating the Operator Display Module and Rated
Capacity Limiter Display Module, page 4-67 for information
on how the Navigational Controls Pads and Jog Dial are
used in the operation of the crane.

USB Diagnostic Connector Anti-Two-Block (A2B) Indicator

The RDM and ODM each have a USB Diagnostic Connector The Anti-Two-Block Indicator (7, Figure 3-6) is located
(4, Figure 3-6) located immediately below and to the left of its immediately below and to the right of the ODM screen.
related display module screen.
The A2B Indicator comes on (red) when a two-block
The USB Diagnostic Connectors allow a service technician condition occurs.
to connect to the display modules and update its software or
When a two-block condition occurs, the crane control system
download the data logger from the RDM, which records
will lock out the hoist up, boom down, and telescope out
certain events that can occur when operating the crane.
crane functions, which would worsen the two-block condition
NOTE: These USB Diagnostic Connectors are not if operated.
powered and will not charge a phone or tablet.
Swing Brake Engaged Indicator
RCL Shutdown Warning Indicator (Non-CE
The Swing Brake Engaged Indicator (8, Figure 3-6) is
Certified Cranes) located immediately below and to the right of the ODM
The RCL Shutdown Warning Indicator (5, Figure 3-6) is screen.
located immediately below and to the right of the RDM The swing brake engaged indicator comes on (amber) when
screen. the swing brake is applied. The indicator goes off when the
The RCL Shutdown Warning Indicator comes on (red) when swing brake is released.
the RCL senses a lift that is greater than 100% of crane The swing brake is automatically released when the swing
capacity for the programmed configuration. controller is actuated. The swing brake is automatically
applied when the superstructure stops rotating.
When the RCL senses a lift that is greater than 100% of
crane capacity, the crane control system will lock out the
boom up/down, telescope extend, and hoist up crane Brightness Sensor
3
functions, which would worsen the overload condition. A Brightness Sensor (9, Figure 3-6) is located immediately
below and to the right of the RDM screen and ODM screen.
RCL Shutdown Warning Indicator (CE
Certified Cranes) The Brightness Sensors sense the amount of light in the
operator cab. As the amount of light inside the cab changes,
The RCL Shutdown Warning Indicator (5, Figure 3-6) is the RDM screen and the ODM screen will brighten and
located immediately below and to the right of the RDM darken automatically, making the screens easier for the
screen. operator to see.
The RCL Shutdown Warning Indicator comes on (red) when
the RCL senses a lift that is between 100% to 110% of crane
Internal Temperature Warning Indicator
capacity for the programmed configuration. An Internal Temperature Warning Indicator (10, Figure 3-6)
is located immediately below and to the right of the RDM
When the RCL senses a lift between 100% to 110% of crane
screen and ODM screen.
capacity, the crane control system will lock out the boom
up/down, telescope extend, and hoist up crane functions, When the Ignition Switch is turned to the RUN (I) position
which would worsen the overload condition. and the internal temperature of either the RDM or the ODM is
below -30°C (-22°F), the related module Internal
RCL Early Warning Indicator Temperature Warning Indicator will come on (blue) and the
module screen will remain blank.
The RCL Early Warning Indicator (6, Figure 3-6) is located
immediately below and to the right of the RDM screen. When the Ignition Switch is turned to the RUN (I) position
and the internal temperature of either the RDM or the ODM is
The RCL Early Warning Indicator comes on (amber) and the
above 70°C (158°F), the related module Internal
buzzer will repeatedly come and go off when the RCL senses
Temperature Warning Indicator will come on (red) and the
a lift that is between 90% to 100% of crane capacity for the
module screen will remain blank.
programmed configuration.
For the RDM and ODM screens to come on, their internal
temperatures must be between -30°C (-22°F) and 70°C
(158°F).

OPERATOR SEAT AND ARMREST

CONTROLS (DUAL AXIS)
The operator seat and armrest controls (Figure 3-9) include
most of the controls for performing craning operations.
12
5 8
9
27 10
11
6 22
24
4 24
3
14
2 28 15
16
5
27
18
17
20
3
1 19
13 21
23
7 25
26 Not shown
9838-11a
FIGURE 3-9


1 Cup Holder 3-22 15 Cab Tilt Switch 3-23
Boom Lift - Main Hoist - Telescope -
2 3-22 16 Swing Enable/Disable Switch 3-24
Luffing Jib Controller (Dual Axis)
3 Deadman Switches (Optional) (Dual Axis) 3-22 17 Outrigger Extend/Retract Switch 3-24
4 Horn Button 3-22 18 Differential Lock Switch (Optional) 3-24
5 Hoist Speed Toggle Switches 3-22 19 Rear Steer Switch 3-24
6 Jog Dial 3-22 20 Swing Brake Release Button 3-25
Swing/Telescope or Swing/Auxiliary Hoist
7 Heater/Air Conditioner Vents 3-22 21 3-25
Controller (Dual Axis)
8 Main Hoist Enable/Disable Switch 3-22 22 Seat Backrest Adjustment Lever 3-25
Luffing Jib Enable/Disable Switch
9 3-23 23 Seat Adjustment Control Panel 3-25
(Optional)
10 Boom Telescope Enable/Disable Switch 3-23 24 Armrest Adjustment Button 3-26
11 Boom Lift Enable/Disable Switch 3-23 25 Seat Heat Switch (Optional) 3-26
12 Seat Lumbar Support Adjustment Lever 3-23 26 Seat Headrest (Not shown) 3-26
3
13 Seat Slide Lever 3-23 27 Hoist Rotation Indicators 3-26
14 Auxiliary Hoist Enable/Disable Switch 3-23 28 Seat Switch 3-26

Cup Holder Hoist Speed Toggle Switches

The adjustable Cup Holder (1, Figure 3-9) is attached to the The Hoist Speed Toggle Switches (5, Figure 3-9) are thumb
front of the right armrest. operated three-position center spring return switches located
on top of each controller.
Turn knob counterclockwise to loosen cup holder for
adjustment. After adjusting, turn knob clockwise to lock cup Push and release switch closest to the operator to change
holder in position. hoist speed to high – push and release switch again to return
hoist speed to normal.
Boom Lift – Main Hoist – Telescope – Luffing
Push and hold switch farthest from the operator to change
Jib Controller (Dual Axis) hoist speed to high – release switch to return hoist speed to
Th e Boo m Lif t - Main Ho is t - Telesc ope Controller normal.
(2, Figure 3-9) is located on the right armrest. NOTE: Hoist speed cannot be changed while hoist is
Push controller to the right to lower the boom. Push operating. Before changing hoist speed, the
controller to the left to raise the boom. controller must be in the Neutral (center) position.
When used for the main hoist, push controller forward to Jog Dial
lower the hoist rope. Pull controller rearward to raise the
hoist rope. The Jog Dial (6, Figure 3-9) is located on the right armrest.
Move controller in a diagonal direction to operate the two The Jog Dial is used to select and perform functions through
functions at the same time. the Operator Display Module (ODM) and the Rated Capacity
Limiter Display Module (RDM). (Refer to Navigating the
When crane is equipped with an optional auxiliary hoist, the Operator Display Module and Rated Capacity Limiter Display
boom lift and telescope functions are operated by the same Module, page 4-67 for more information on jog dial
left and right controller motion. Operator must enable the operation).
boom lift or telescope function using the related
Enable/Disable Switch for the function to operate. Only one Heater/Air Conditioner Vents
of these functions can be enabled at a time.
Two Heater/Air Conditioner Vents (7, Figure 3-9) are located
When used for the telescope function, push controller to the on the right side of the cab, and one vent is located under the
right to extend the boom. Push controller to the left to retract seat assembly.
the boom.
The vents can be adjusted to control the amount and
When crane is equipped with an optional luffing jib, the luffing direction of air passing through them.
jib function is also operated by this controller. Operator must
enable the boom lift or luffing jib function using the related Main Hoist Enable/Disable Switch
Enable/Disable Switch for the function to operate. Only one
of these functions can be enabled at a time. The Main Hoist Enable/Disable Switch (8, Figure 3-9) is a
two-position momentary switch that is located on the right
When used for the luffing jib function, push controller to the armrest.
right to lower the jib. Push controller to the left to raise the jib.
Push switch one time to enable the main hoist function. Push
Deadman Switches (Optional) (Dual Axis) switch again to disable the main hoist function.
Deadman Switches (3, Figure 3-9) (Optional) (Dual Axis) are Quickly push the switch two times to enable the main hoist
located on the front of both controllers. function at high speed. The high speed function can also be
enabled by pushing and holding the switch for approximately
Either Deadman Switch can be used to keep the crane 2 seconds.
functions active when the operator stands up out of the seat
(causing the seat switch to open and stop craning functions). The Main Hoist Enable/Disable Indicator shows green in the
Refer to Seat Switch, page 3-26. Status Bar (Figure 4-73) of the Operator Display Module
(ODM) when the main hoist function is enabled. The
Horn Button indicator goes off when the main hoist function is disabled.
The Horn Button (4, Figure 3-9) is located on the upper front The Main Hoist High Speed Indicator in the Status Bar
of the right controller. (Figure 4-73) comes on when the high speed function is
enabled.
Push button to operate the horn.
Enabling one craning function (hoist, lift, telescope, or swing)
using its related Enable/Disable Switch will cause the engine

speed to increase to 950 rpm. Disabling all craning functions Rotate lever clockwise to increase the lumbar support.
will cause the engine speed to decrease to 800 rpm. Rotate lever counterclockwise to reduce the lumbar support.
Luffing Jib Enable/Disable Switch (Optional) Seat Slide Lever

The Luffing Jib Enable/Disable Switch (9, Figure 3-9) The Seat Slide Lever (13, Figure 3-9) is located at the lower
(Optional) is a two-position momentary switch that is located front of the seat.
on the right armrest.
Push Seat Slide Lever to the left and hold to allow the seat to
Push switch one time to enable the luffing jib function. Push be moved forward or backward relative to the armrests.
switch again to disable the luffing jib function. Release lever when the seat is in the desired position. Make
sure that seat has reached a locked position.
The Luffing Jib Enable/Disable Indicator shows green in the
Status Bar (Figure 4-73) of the Operator Display Module Auxiliary Hoist Enable/Disable Switch
(ODM) when the luffing jib function is enabled. The indicator
goes off when the luffing jib function is disabled. The Auxiliary Hoist Enable/Disable Switch (14, Figure 3-9) is
a two-position momentary switch located on the left armrest.
Boom Telescope Enable/Disable Switch
Push switch one time to enable the auxiliary hoist function.
The Boom Telescope Enable/Disable Switch (10, Figure 3-9) Push switch again to disable the auxiliary hoist function.
is a two-position momentary switch that is located on the left
Quickly push the switch two times to enable the auxiliary
armrest.
hoist function at high speed. Pushing and holding the switch
Push switch one time to enable the boom telescope function. for approximately 2 seconds will also enable the auxiliary
Push switch again to disable the boom telescope function. hoist function at high speed.
The Telescope Enable/Disable Indicator shows green in the
Status Bar (Figure 4-73) of the Operator Display Module
The Auxiliary Hoist Enable/Disable Indicator shows green in
the Status Bar (Figure 4-73) of the Operator Display Module
3
(ODM) when the telescope function is enabled. The indicator (ODM) when the auxiliary hoist function is enabled. The
goes off when the telescope function is disabled. Indicator goes off when the auxiliary hoist function is
disabled.
Enabling one craning function (hoist, lift, telescope, or swing)
using its related Enable/Disable Switch will cause the engine The Auxiliary Hoist High Speed Indicator in the Status Bar
speed to increase to 950 rpm. Disabling all craning functions (Figure 4-73) comes on when the high speed function is
will cause the engine speed to decrease to 800 rpm. enabled.
Boom Lift Enable/Disable Switch Enabling one craning function (hoist, lift, telescope, or swing)
using its related Enable/Disable Switch will cause the engine
The Boom Lift Enable/Disable Switch (11, Figure 3-9) is a speed to increase to 950 rpm. Disabling all craning functions
momentary switch that is located on the right armrest. will cause the engine speed to decrease to 800 rpm.
Push switch one time to enable the boom lift function (boom Cab Tilt Switch
up and boom down). Push switch again to disable the boom
lift function. The Cab Tilt Switch (15, Figure 3-9) is located on the left
armrest.
The Boom Lift Enable/Disable Indicator shows green in the
Status Bar (Figure 4-73) of the Operator Display Module The switch is a three-position, momentary rocker switch that
(ODM) when the boom lift function is enabled. The indicator is used to tilt the cab up for easy viewing of an elevated
goes off when the boom lift function is disabled. boom and load.
Enabling one craning function (hoist, lift, telescope, or swing) Push and hold rear of switch to tilt the cab up. Push and hold
using its related Enable/Disable Switch will cause the engine front of switch to tilt the cab down. Release switch when cab
speed to increase to 950 rpm. Disabling all craning functions is tilted to the desired position.
will cause the engine speed to decrease to 800 rpm.
When cab is tilted up, the Cab Not Fully Lowered Alert in the
Seat Lumbar Support Adjustment Lever Alerts Area (Figure 4-68) of the Operating Display Module
(ODM) comes on (amber).
The Seat Lumbar Support Adjustment Lever (12, Figure 3-9)
NOTE: Cab must be in the fully lowered position for the
is located at the right side of the seat backrest.
drive functions to be enabled.
The lever can be set to three lumbar support positions.

Swing Enable/Disable Switch The Differential Lock Alert in the Alerts Area (Figure 4-68) of
the Operating Display Module (ODM) comes on (amber)
The Swing Enable/Disable Switch (16, Figure 3-9) is a when the differential lock is engaged.
momentary switch that is located on the left armrest.
Push switch one time to enable the swing function. Push Rear Steer Switch
switch another time to disable the swing function. The Rear Steer Switch (19, Figure 3-9) is a three-position,
The Swing Enable/Disable Indicator shows green in the spring centered to off, rocker switch located on the left
Status Bar (Figure 4-73) of the Operator Display Module armrest.
(ODM) when the swing function is enabled. The indicator Use the Rear Steer Switch to turn the wheels on the rear
goes off when the swing function is disabled. axle.
Enabling one craning function (hoist, lift, telescope, or swing) NOTE: The rear steer function will only operate when the
using its related Enable/Disable Switch will cause the engine crane speed is less than 8 km/h (5 mph) as shown
speed to increase to 950 rpm. Disabling all craning functions on the Speedometer (7, Figure 4-70) on the
will cause the engine speed to decrease to 800 rpm. Operator Display Module (ODM).
Outrigger Extend/Retract Switch If crane speed is greater than 8 km/h (5 mph) and
the rear steer switch is operated, the rear steer
The Outrigger Extend/Retract Switch (17, Figure 3-9) is a function will not operate and the Speedometer will
three-position momentary switch that is located on the left flash.
armrest.
Push and hold the right side of the Rear Steer Switch to
Use Outrigger Extend/Retract Switch in combination with the cause the wheels on the rear axle to turn left, causing the
buttons on the Jog Dial or Navigation Control Pad, and the crane to turn right as shown in Figure 3-10. Release the
Outrigger Extend/Retract Function Screen on the Operator switch when the rear wheels are pointed in the desired
Display Module (ODM) to extend and retract the outrigger direction.
beams and jacks.
Refer to Outrigger Extend/Retract, page 4-99 for complete
procedures on extending and retracting the outriggers.
NOTE: Push and hold the Outrigger Extend/Retract Switch
to change the ODM screen display to the Outrigger
Extend/Retract Function Screen. Direction
of Travel
Differential Lock Switch (Optional)
The optional Differential Lock Switch (18, Figure 3-9) is a
two-position momentary switch that is located on the left
armrest.
Use Differential Lock Switch to engage the differential lock
for additional traction. The Differential Lock can be activated
for a maximum of 30 seconds at a time.
NOTE: Crane must be in Four-Wheel-Drive to engage the
Differential Lock (refer to Drive Axle Selector
Switch, page 3-5).
Push and hold the Differential Lock Switch to engage the
Differential Lock. Release the switch to disengage the 9898-8
Differential Lock. Refer to Differential Lock Operation, page FIGURE 3-10
4-18 for more information on how and when to engage the
differential lock. Push and hold the left side of the Rear Steer Switch to cause
the wheels on the rear axle to turn right, causing the crane to
turn left as shown in Figure 3-11. Release the switch when
the rear wheels are pointed in the desired direction.

Swing/Telescope or Swing/Auxiliary Hoist

Controller (Dual Axis)
The Swing/Telescope or Swing/Auxiliary Hoist Controller
(21, Figure 3-9) is located on the left armrest.
Direction The controller operates the swing and telescope functions

of Travel when crane is not equipped with an auxiliary hoist.
When equipped with an auxiliary hoist, the controller
operates the swing and auxiliary hoist functions. Telescope
function moves to the right controller.
If not equipped with an auxiliary hoist, push controller left or
right for 360 degree continuous rotation of the superstructure
in the desired direction. Push controller forward to extend the
boom. Pull controller rearward to retract the boom.
If equipped with an auxiliary hoist, push controller forward to
lower the hoist rope. Pull controller rearward to raise the
hoist rope.
Move controller in a diagonal direction to operate the two
9898-7 functions at the same time.
FIGURE 3-11
Seat Backrest Adjustment Lever
When rear wheels are not centered, the Rear Wheels Not The Seat Backrest Adjustment Lever (22, Figure 3-9) is
3
Centered Alert in the Alerts Area (Figure 4-68) of the located at the left rear of the seat.
Operating Display Module (ODM) comes on (amber).
Lift up the lever to allow the seat backrest angle to be pivoted
If rear wheels are turned to the left, straighten the rear fore and aft. Once seat backrest is in the desired position,
wheels by pushing and holding the left side of the switch release the lever to lock the backrest in position.
(turns the wheels right) until the Rear Wheels Not Centered
Alert goes off. Seat Adjustment Control Panel
If rear wheels are turned to the right, straighten the rear The Seat Adjustment Control Panel (23, Figure 3-9) is
wheels by pushing and holding the right side of the switch located at the bottom, left side of the seat.
(turns the wheels left) until the Rear Wheels Not Centered
Alert goes off. The panel has three electric switches which are used to
adjust the position of the seat and armrest assembly.
Swing Brake Release Button The Seat Front Adjustment Switch (1, Figure 3-12) controls
The Swing Brake Release Button (20, Figure 3-9) is located the height of the front of the seat. Pull switch up to raise front
on the upper front of the left controller. of seat. Push switch down to lower front of seat.
The swing brake release function is used to align the boom The Seat Rear Adjustment Switch (2, Figure 3-12) controls
over the center of the load. the height of the rear of the seat. Pull switch up to raise rear
of seat. Push switch down to lower rear of seat.
Push and hold Swing Brake Release Button to release the
swing brake. While swing brake is released, slowly reel in The Seat 4-Way Adjustment Switch (3, Figure 3-12) controls
hoist until boom centers itself over the load. Release button the height of the seat and the seat fore-to-aft position. Pull
to re-apply the swing brake. switch up to raise the seat and armrests. Push switch down
to lower the seat and armrests. Push switch forward to move
the seat and armrests forward. Push switch rearward to
move the seat and armrests rearward.
To adjust the seat relative to the armrests, use the Seat Slide
Lever (refer to Seat Slide Lever, page 3-23).

Seat Heat Switch (Optional)

The Seat Heat Switch (25, Figure 3-9) is a three-position,
2 rocker type switch located at the front of the seat cushion.
3
1
Push bottom of switch to cause seat heater to operate at a
low temperature. Push top of switch to cause seat heater to
operate at a high temperature. Set switch to center position
to cause seat heater to go off.
Seat Headrest (Not Shown)

The Seat Headrest (26, Figure 3-9) is located at the top of
the seat backrest.
Pull up to raise the head rest. Push down to lower the head
rest.
Hoist Rotation Indicators

9838-12 Hoist Rotation Indicators (27, Figure 3-9) for auxiliary and
main hoists are located at mid-stick, facing the operator on
Item Description
each dual-axis hoist controller (2, 21, Figure 3-9).
1 Seat Front Adjustment Switch
The Hoist Rotation Indicator pulses on the auxiliary or main
2 Seat Rear Adjustment Switch hoist controller (2, 21) when its related hoist is operating.
3 Seat 4-Way Adjustment Switch The pulsing, felt by the operator’s hand, indicates to the
operator that the hoist is operating.
FIGURE 3-12
The Hoist Rotation Indicator also makes an audible click
Armrest Adjustment Buttons when it pulses.
The Armrest Adjustment Buttons (24, Figure 3-9) are located The frequency of the pulses and clicks increases and
under the rear of the armrest. decreases as the hoist speed increases and decreases.
The buttons allow the left and right armrest to be rotated. Seat Switch
Push and hold button to allow the entire armrest to be The Seat Switch (28, Figure 3-9) is located within the seat.
rotated. Release button to lock the armrest in the desired
position. The operator must be sitting in the seat, enabling the switch,
before any crane functions can be operated.

OPTIONAL SINGLE AXIS CONTROLLERS

The following single axis controllers (Figure 3-13) are
available as an option on the GRT8120 crane.
5 5
2 3 4
1
9838-28

1 Swing Controller 3-28
2 Telescope or Auxiliary Hoist Controller 3-28
Boom Lift – Telescope – Luffing Boom
3 3-28
Extension Controller
4 Main Hoist Controller 3-28
5 Hoist Rotation Indicators (Not Shown) 3-28
FIGURE 3-13

Swing Controller When Telescope function is enabled, push controller forward

to extend the boom. Pull controller rearward to retract the
The Swing Controller (1, Figure 3-13) is located on the left boom.
armrest.
When crane is equipped with an optional luffing boom
Push controller forward to cause the superstructure to rotate extension, the luffing boom extension function is also
clockwise. Pull controller rearward to cause the operated by the Boom Lift – Telescope – Controller.
superstructure to rotate counterclockwise.
Operator must enable the luffing boom extension function
The superstructure can be continuously rotated 360° in the using the related Enable/Disable Switch for the function to
desired direction. operate.
Telescope or Auxiliary Hoist Controller Again, only one function can be enabled at a time.
The Telescope Controller (2, Figure 3-13) is located on the When used for the luffing boom extension function, push
left armrest. controller forward to lower the boom extension. Pull
controller rearward to raise the boom extension.
Push controller forward to extend the boom. Pull controller
rearward to retract the boom. Main Hoist Controller
When the The Auxiliary Hoist Controller (2, Figure 3-13) is The Main Hoist Controller (4, Figure 3-13) is located on the
located on the left armrest. right armrest.
Push controller forward to extend the boom. Pull controller Push controller forward to lower the hoist rope. Pull controller
rearward to retract the boom. rearward to raise the hoist rope.
Boom Lift – Telescope – Luffing Boom Hoist Rotation Indicators (Not Shown)
Extension Controller
Hoist Rotation Indicators (5, Figure 3-13) for auxiliary and
The Boom Lift – Telescope – Luffing Boom Extension main hoists are located on top of each single-axis hoist
Controller (3, Figure 3-13) is located on the right armrest. controller (1, 3, Figure 3-13).
Operator must enable the boom lift or telescope function The Hoist Rotation Indicator pulses on the auxiliary or main
using the related Enable/Disable Switch for the function to hoist controller (1, 3) when its related hoist is operating.
operate.
The pulsing, felt by the operator’s hand, indicates to the
Only one function can be enabled at a time. operator that the hoist is operating.
When the Boom Lift function is enabled, push controller The Hoist Rotation Indicator also makes an audible click
forward to lower the boom. Pull controller rearward to raise when it pulses.
the boom.
The frequency of the pulses and clicks increases and
decreases as the hoist speed increases and decreases.

FOOT PEDAL CONTROLS AND FLOOR MAT

The foot pedal controls (Figure 3-14) include the swing brake
pedal, service brake pedal, and throttle pedal.
3
1 2 3
9838-13

1 Swing Brake Pedal 3-30
2 Service Brake Pedal 3-30
3 Throttle Pedal 3-30
4 Floor Mat 3-30
FIGURE 3-14

Swing Brake Pedal Throttle Pedal

The Swing Brake Pedal (1, Figure 3-14) is located on the left The Throttle Pedal (3, Figure 3-14) is located on the right
side of the cab floor. side of the floor.
Push Swing Brake Pedal to slow and stop the swing motion. Push Throttle Pedal to increase engine speed.
Braking increases or decreases proportionately with the Engine speed increases or decreases proportionately with
amount of foot pressure applied to the pedal. the amount of foot pressure applied to the pedal.
Service Brake Pedal Floor Mat

The Service Brake Pedal (2, Figure 3-14) is the second A Floor Mat (4, Figure 3-14) is provided to make cleaning the
pedal from the right on the cab floor. cab floor easier.
Push Service Brake Pedal to apply the service brakes. When dirty, remove floor mat from cab. Clean using water
and a soft bristle brush.
Braking increases or decreases proportionately with the
amount of foot pressure applied to the pedal. Before operating the crane, make sure that the floor mat is in
the correct position, and does not interfere with the operation
of the foot pedals.

INTERNAL RATED CAPACITY LIMITER

LIGHT BAR
The Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Internal Light Bar
(Figure 3-15) is located at the upper left corner of the crane
cab.
The RCL Internal Light Bar is an operational aid that works
with the RCL system to warn the operator of an approaching
overload condition that could cause equipment damage,
personal injury, or death.
The lights in the light bar come on in the following manner:
• Green LEDs – when the eight green LEDs are on, the
load being lifted is less than 90% of crane RCL
programmed capacity.
• Yellow LEDs – when the yellow LEDs are on, the load
being lifted is between 90% to 100% of crane RCL 9838-18a
programmed capacity. FIGURE 3-15
• Red LEDs -– when red LEDs are on, the load being lifted
is greater than 100% of crane RCL programmed
capacity.

CONTROLS AND FEATURES AT FRONT OF

CAB
Controls and features located at the front of the cab
(Figure 3-16) include the front windshield/emergency exit,
sun visor, grab handles, and foot rests.
9838-31

1 Front Windshield/Emergency Exit 3-33
2 Sun Visor 3-33
3 Grab Handles 3-33
4 Foot Rests 3-33
FIGURE 3-16

Front Windshield/Emergency Exit Grab Handles

The Front Windshield is the Emergency Exit (1, Figure 3-16). Grab Handles (3, Figure 3-16) are located around the
entrance to the cab to help with entering and exiting the cab.
In an emergency, if the door is blocked or cannot be opened,
push out windshield and escape through opening. Always maintain a three-point contact with the crane when
entering and exiting.
Sun Visor
Foot Rests
The Sun Visor (2, Figure 3-16) is located at the front of the
cab toward the top of the windshield. Foot Rests (4, Figure 3-16) are located above the foot
pedals, to the left and right of the steering column.
The sun visor can be folded down to reduce sunlight coming
into the cab through the front windshield. The foot rests can be used by the operator to get a more
comfortable position when performing craning functions.
The sun visor can be rotated 90° to reduce sunlight coming
into the cab through the door.

CONTROLS AND FEATURES AT REAR OF

CAB
Controls and features located at rear of the cab (Figure 3-17)
include the radio, fan, fire extinguisher, user manual holder,
fuse and relay panel, and limit bypass switch for non-CE
certified cranes.
2
2
3
9
8 Not shown
9838-16a

1 Radio (Optional) 3-35 6 User Manual Holder 3-35
2 Speakers (Optional) 3-35 7 Fuse and Relay Panel 3-36
3 Rear Window 3-35 8 Buzzer (Not Shown) 3-37
Maintained Limit Bypass Switch
4 Fan 3-35 9 3-37
(Non-CE Certified Cranes)
5 Fire Extinguisher 3-35
FIGURE 3-17

Radio (Optional) Fan

An AM/FM Radio (1, Figure 3-17), optional equipment, is The Cab Circulating Fan (4, Figure 3-17) is located at the
located at the upper left rear (as seated in the operator seat) right rear side of the cab.
corner of the cab.
The fan is situated on a swivel that allows it to be adjusted.
Speakers (Optional) The switch on the fan base controls the fan. It has high, low
and off positions.
Two Speakers (2, Figure 3-17), optional equipment, are
located at the upper rear corners of the cab.
Fire Extinguisher
Rear Window A Fire Extinguisher (5, Figure 3-17) is located at the left rear
(as seated in the operator seat) corner of the cab.
The Rear Window (3, Figure 3-17) can be opened for
ventilation.
User Manual Holder
To open, push outward on the handle located at the bottom
A User Manual Holder (6, Figure 3-17) is located at the lower
of the window.
left (as seated in the operator seat) corner of the cab for
storing manuals such as this Operator Manual and the crane
Load Chart Manual.

Fuse and Relay Panel – Cab

The Fuse and Relay Panel (7, Figure 3-17) is located behind
the operator seat in the right side upper compartment.
The cab fuse and relay panel contains the fuses and relays
listed in Figure 3-18.
9904
FIGURE 3-18

Buzzer The Rear Maintained Limit Bypass Switch (9, Figure 3-17) is
a two-position, maintained type key switch located behind
The buzzer (8, Figure 3-17) comes on when one or more of the operator seat.
the following conditions exist:
During maintenance or troubleshooting work, or to recover
• Park brake not released when transmission is in F or R the crane, turn switch clockwise to bypass the following
• Engine alarms limiter systems and their crane function lockouts:
• Emergency Stop Switch activated • RCL System (boom up/down, telescope extend, hoist
up)
• Low brake pressure
• High hydraulic oil temperature extend, hoist up)
• High transmission oil temperature • 3rd Wrap Limiter System (hoist down)
• Low steer pressure condition (CE Certified cranes) • Working Range Limiter (WRL) System
• Hoist 3rd wrap condition • Carrier Avoidance System
• Anti-two-Block condition • -29°C Temperature Limiter System (optional)
• Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) lockout condition The following indicators come on to indicate the limiters are
bypassed:
Maintained Limit Bypass Switch (Non-CE
Certified Cranes) • Bypass 3 Pressed Indicator is on (Figure 4-206)
• RCL Bypass Active Indicator is on (Figure 4-206)
• RCL Shutdown Warning Indicator is flashing 3
WARNING (5, Figure 3-6)
Overload Hazard! • Anti-two-block Indicator is flashing (7, Figure 3-6)
The Limit Bypass Switch prevents the function lockouts • 3rd Wrap Alert is flashing (Figure 4-68)
from activating.
• Working Range Limiter (WRL) Indicator is flashing
When the Limit Bypass Switch is activated, the operator (Figure 4-71)
must make sure that the crane is not overloaded.
Do not operate the crane with the RCL overridden during • Low Boom Angle Alert is flashing (Figure 4-68)
normal operations. • -29°C Temperature Limiter Alert is flashing (Figure 4-68)
The Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) system, when All craning functions locked out are bypassed while key
programmed accurately, will lock out the following crane switch is in the clockwise position.
functions—boom up/down, telescope extend, and hoist up— Overriding the RCL with this switch should only be done by a
when a lift is attempted at or above crane capacity, or when a qualified operator or technician.
two-block condition exists.
NOTE: Before powering up the crane, make sure the RCL
Locking out these functions prevents the overload or Override Switch is in the Normal (not Override)
two-block condition from worsening. position to prevent an error code from being
generated.

RIGHT WINDOW AND SKYLIGHT WINDOW

The right window and skylight window (Figure 3-19) can be
opened for ventilation. The skylight sun shade can be
adjusted to multiple positions to allow varying amounts of
light into the cab.
9838-17

1 Skylight Window Latch (If Equipped) 3-39
2 Skylight Sun Shade 3-39
3 Right Side Window Latch 3-39
FIGURE 3-19

Skylight Window Latch (If Equipped) The sun shade is self-retracting, and can be set to screen all
sunlight coming into the cab. The sun shade can also be
The Skylight Window Latch (1, Figure 3-19) is located at the adjusted to reduce sunlight in the cab by moving it rearward
front of the window. and securing it into the notches provided.
Squeeze latch and slide window to the rear to open. To
close, slide window forward until the latch engages. Right Side Window Latch
The window on the right side of the cab can be opened for
Skylight Sun Shade ventilation.
The Skylight Sun Shade (2, Figure 3-19) reduces direct Squeeze latch (3, Figure 3-19) to release and slide the
sunlight coming into the cab. window forward. To close, slide window rearward until the
latch engages.

CONTROLS AND FEATURES EXTERNAL TO • Red LED (right position) indicates the requested
THE CAB function is not available or the counterweight removal
system is not enabled
Counterweight Removal Control Pads
1 2 3 4
The Counterweight (2, Figure 3-20) is removed and installed
using hydraulic cylinders controlled by a counterweight
control panel located on each side of the superstructure. The
counterweight assembly is held in place by a hydraulic
cylinder and locking pins with pin clips.
There are two identical Counterweight Removal Control
P a d s ( 1 , F i g u r e 3 -2 0 ) l o c a t e d o n e a c h s i d e o f t h e
superstructure near the counterweight. Only one control pad 5
can be used at a time.
8658-2
1 9 8 7 6
FIGURE 3-21
Item Description
2 1 Right Counterweight Cylinder Raise Button
2 Left Counterweight Cylinder Raise Button
3 Lock Cylinder Retract Button
4 Function Enable Button
5 Main Power LED Indicator
6 Horn Button
7 Lock Cylinder Extend Button
8 Left Counterweight Cylinder Lower Button
9 Right Counterweight Cylinder Lower Button
8658-1
The crane engine must be running with the parking brake in
the ON position, and no other crane functions enabled, for
FIGURE 3-20 the system to be fully operational.
The following section provides a description of the LEDs and Use the function buttons on the control pads to operate the
buttons which makeup the Counterweight Removal Control hydraulic cylinders of the counterweight removal system.
Pad. For complete procedures and precautions for how to
remove and install the counterweight, refer to Counterweight Right Counterweight Cylinder Raise Button
Removal and Installation, page 5-66.
The Right Counterweight Cylinder Raise Button
The Counterweight Removal Control Pads contain function (1, Figure 3-21) must be pushed and held to raise the right
buttons and LED indicators. cylinder holding the right side of the counterweight. The
operator must release the button when right side of the
Use the LED indicators to monitor power of the control panel cylinder is at desired position.
and performance of the counterweight removal system.
The Main Power LED (5, Figure 3-21) flashes green when Left Counterweight Cylinder Raise Button
Main Power is on. Three other LED indicators, located above The Left Counterweight Cylinder Raise Button
each function button, indicate the status of the buttons. (2, Figure 3-21) must be pushed and held to raise the left
• Green LED (left position) indicates function is enabled cylinder holding the left side of the counterweight. The
operator must release the button when left side of the
• Yellow LED (middle position) indicates an error condition cylinder is at desired position.

Lock Cylinder Retract Button Horn Button

The Lock Cylinder Retract Button (3, Figure 3-21) must be The Horn Button (6, Figure 3-21) is always active and can be
pushed and held to retract the lock cylinder holding the pushed at any time without first pushing the Keypad Enable
counterweight. The operator must release the button when button (4).
lock cylinder is at desired position.
Lock Cylinder Extend Button
Function Enable Button
The Lock Cylinder Extend Button (7, Figure 3-21) must be
The Function Enable Button (4, Figure 3-21) is used to pushed and held to extend the cylinder holding the
enable the other function buttons on the keypad. Thus, to counterweight. The operator must release the button when
operate the counterweight removal system, the enable lock cylinder is at desired position.
button must first be pushed and released to activate all
function buttons. Left Counterweight Cylinder Lower Button
If a function button is not pushed within 5 seconds of pushing The Left Counterweight Cylinder Lower Button
the Enable button, a system time-out will occur. (8, Figure 3-21) must be pushed and held to lower the left
cylinder holding the left side of the counterweight. The
If the red LED comes on indicating a system time-out, the operator must release the button when left side of the
operator must again quickly push and release the Enable cylinder is at desired position.
button, to re-activate the function buttons.
Right Counterweight Cylinder Lower Button
If the Enable button is pushed and held for more than
2 seconds without releasing, then the red LED will come on The Right Counterweight Cylinder Lower Button
and no functions can be operated. The operator must first (9, Figure 3-21) must be pushed and held to lower the right
release the Enable button, and then quickly push and cylinder holding the right side of the counterweight. The
release it again to re-activate the function buttons. operator must release the button when right side of the
cylinder is at desired position.
3
Main Power LED Indicator
The Main Power LED Indicator (5, Figure 3-21) flashes
green to indicate that Main Power is on.

Bridging Switch (CE Certified Cranes) • RCL Bypass Active Indicator is on (Figure 4-206)
• Working Range Limiter (WRL) Indicator is on
(Figure 4-71)
WARNING • Low Boom Angle Indicator is flashing (Figure 4-68)
Overload Hazard! Upon pushing the Bridging Switch, the swing left/right
The Bridging Switch prevents the function lockouts from function pressure is reduced to 25%. The boom down, hoist
activating. up, and telescope extend function speeds are reduced to
When the Bridging Switch is activated, the operator must 15% when actuated. Boom up, hoist down, and telescope
make sure that the crane is not overloaded. retract function speeds are not reduced.
Do not operate crane with RCL overridden during normal Overriding the RCL with the Bridging Switch should only be
operations. done in an emergency.
All crane function lockouts are bypassed until one of the
The Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) system, when following occurs:
programmed accurately, will lock out the following crane
functions—boom up/down, telescope extend, and hoist up— • Bridging Switch is again pushed and released.
when a lift is attempted at or above crane capacity, or when a • 30 minutes have passed since the Bridging Switch was
two-block condition exists. initially pushed, and controllers are in the neutral
Locking out these functions prevents the overload or position.
two-block condition from worsening. • Engine is stopped.
The Bridging Switch is located inside a key-locked
single-door enclosure (Figure 3-22) attached to the outside
rear of the operator cab.
The switch is a two-position momentary rocker switch.
During maintenance or troubleshooting work, or to recover 1
the crane, push and release the switch to bypass the
following limiter systems and their crane function lockouts:
up)
• Working Range Limiter (WRL) System
• Carrier Avoidance System
bypassed:
• Bypass 3 Pressed Indicator is on (only when pushed 7649-36
and held) (Figure 4-206) FIGURE 3-22

External RCL Light Tower (Optional) Strobe Light or Beacon

The optional External Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Light The standard Strobe Light or Beacon (1, Figure 3-24) is
Tower (1, Figure 3-23) is located on the outside upper right located at the right side of the superstructure.
corner of the crane cab.
The Beacon is on when the Ignition Switch is in the RUN (I)
The External RCL Light Tower is an operational aid. position.
The external light tower works with the RCL system to warn
Two Beacons are available as an option.
the operator and external personnel of an approaching
overload condition that could cause equipment damage,
personal injury, or death.
The lights in the light tower come on in the following manner: 1
• Green LED – when the green LED is on, the load being
lifted is less than 90% of crane RCL programmed
capacity.
• Yellow LED – when the yellow LED is on, the load being
lifted is between 90% to 100% of crane RCL
programmed capacity.
• Red LED – when the red LED is on, the load being lifted
is greater than 100% of crane RCL programed capacity.
1
3
9838-25
FIGURE 3-24
Backup Alarm
The Backup Alarm is an audio system used to warn
personnel in the area that the crane is backing up.
The Backup Alarm is activated when the transmission is
placed in reverse.
The Backup Alarm is installed on the rear of the carrier.
9838-26
FIGURE 3-23

120V/240V Engine Block Heater and Outlet Emergency Stop Buttons (Optional)
The crane is equipped with a 120V engine block heater for The optional Emergency Stop Buttons (1, Figure 3-26) are
cold weather operation. located on the left and right sides of the carrier.
The electrical outlet (1, Figure 3-25) for connecting power to Push in the red button to stop the engine and all crane
the engine block heater is located on the left side of the functions.
crane near the battery disconnect switch.
When the Emergency Stop Button is pushed in, the
An optional 240V engine block heater and outlet is available Emergency Stop Active Alert in the Alerts Area (Figure 4-68)
in place of the 120V version. of the Operator Display Module (ODM) comes on (red).
Rotate and pull out button to allow the engine to be re-started
and resume normal operation.
9838-36
FIGURE 3-25
9838-36
FIGURE 3-26

Battery Disconnect Switch OFF (0) position for 2 minutes before discon-
necting the batteries to the crane.
The Battery Disconnect Switch (1, Figure 3-27) is located on
the left side of the carrier.
The switch is a two-position ON/OFF rotary switch used to
disconnect power from the batteries to the crane.
Turn switch clockwise to the ON position and connect the
batteries. Turn switch counterclockwise to the OFF position 1
and disconnect the batteries.
Always disconnect batteries using the Battery Disconnect
Switch if crane is scheduled to be inactive for over 24 hours.
The Battery Disconnect Switch has an integral lock feature
that allows the switch to be held in the ON position (battery
connected) or OFF position (battery disconnected) when
used with a padlock (useful for lockout/tagout programs).
NOTE: To avoid possible engine fault codes and undesir-
able operation, make sure that the Ignition Switch,
located on the right side of the steering column
(refer to Ignition Switch, page 3-6), has been in the
9838-36
FIGURE 3-27

Fuse Box – Carrier

The Fuse Box is located on the left side of the carrier in the
battery box and includes fuses listed in Figure 3-28.
10251
FIGURE 3-28

Fuse and Relay Box – Carrier

The Fuse and Relay Box is located on the left side of the
carrier in the battery box and includes fuses and relays listed
in Figure 3-29.
10250
FIGURE 3-29

Cab Mounted Work Lights

Adjustable Cab Mounted Work Lights (1, Figure 3-30) are
located on the front of the cab. 1
The lights are controlled by the Cab-Mounted Lights Switch,
page 3-8.
9838-23
FIGURE 3-31
1
Side Mounted Carrier Work Lights
Two carrier work lights (1, Figure 3-32) are located on each
side of the carrier. These four lights can be adjusted by hand
to illuminate the desired area around the crane during low
light or nighttime ground work. The four lights are toggled on
and off in the Outrigger Extend/Retract function screen of the
Operator Display Module (ODM) (refer to Operating the Side
Mounted Carrier Work Lights, page 4-105).
9838-19
FIGURE 3-30 1 1
Boom Mounted Work Lights (Optional)

Boom-Mounted Work Lights (1, Figure 3-31) are optional
crane equipment and mounted to the bottom of the boom.
The Boom-Mounted Work Lights are controlled by the
Boom-Mounted Lights Switch (Optional), page 3-8.
Optional motorized Boom-Mounted Work Lights are adjusted
by the Boom-Mounted Lights Motor Switch (Optional), page 10270
3-8. FIGURE 3-32

Ladders and Grab Handles

Ladders (1, Figure 3-33 to Figure 3-36) and grab handles (2)
are located at the left and right sides of the crane as well as
at the front and rear of the crane.
Use these ladders and grab handles to climb and access the
carrier deck or the cab.
Always maintain a three-point contact to the crane when 2
using the ladders and grab handles. 2
2
1
2
2 9838-34
FRONT
FIGURE 3-35
3
1
9838-32
LEFT SIDE 2
FIGURE 3-33 2
2
1
2 9838-35
REAR
FIGURE 3-36
1
9838-33
RIGHT SIDE
FIGURE 3-34

REMOTE CONTROL UNIT The Remote Control Unit operates the following crane
functions:
For operating information regarding the Remote Control
Unit, refer to Using the Remote Control Unit, page 4-50. • Outrigger Beams
• Outrigger Jacks
Overview
• Hoist (Main)
• Hoist (Auxiliary)
• Boom Lift
• Swing
• 360° Swing Lock
• Horn
• Engine Start/Stop
• Engine Throttle Control
• Hydraulic Luffing Boom Extension (optional)
• Boom Extension Stowage Actuators
When using the Remote Control Unit, all limiters and their
crane function lockouts are inoperable, to include the
following:
up)
9864-1
extend, hoist up)
FIGURE 3-37 • 3rd Wrap Limiter System (hoist down)
The Remote Control Unit (Figure 3-37) is a rechargeable, • Working Range Limiter (WRL) System
hand-held device.
Use the Remote Control Unit only during crane set up.
• -29°C Temperature Limiter System (optional)
The Remote Control Unit is not intended to operate the crane
during normal crane operations. The Remote Control Unit has the following operating
conditions:
Working Range Approximately 30 m (100 ft)

Operating Temperature -20°C to 70°C (-7°F to 158°F)
Storage Temperature -40°C to 75°C (-40°F to 167°F)
Rechargeable Battery Life Approximately 10 hours

Storage and Charging Keep the spare battery pack in the charger, which is located
behind the seat (1, Figure 3-39).
The Remote Control Unit is powered by a 3.2 Ah lithium
rechargeable battery pack, which provides approximately
10 hours of operation.
Two battery packs are provided – one battery pack is to be
installed in the Remote Control Unit, while the other is to be
kept in the charger.
For short-term storage, store the Remote Control Unit in the
dashboard, in front of the steering column (1, Figure 3-38).
For long-term storage, store the Remote Control Unit behind
the seat or in the netting to the right of the seat.
1
9838-21
FIGURE 3-39
The charger is always on and will charge the battery pack

whether the engine is operating or not.
The charger is equipped with the following indicator lights to
3
show the battery pack state of charge:
Status Description
Four red lights Battery pack is charging
Three green lights Battery pack is fully charged
9838-20
FIGURE 3-38

Controls and Features
1 2
18
4 8 9 5
10 11
12 13
6 6
14 15
16 17
9864-1
19 Not Shown
FIGURE 3-40


1 Programming Port 3-53 11 Boom Lift Button 3-54
2 Power Button 3-53 12 Swing Button 3-54
3 Color Display 3-53 13 Option Button 3-54
4 Left Side Motion Button 3-53 14 Engine Button 3-54
5 Right Side Motion Button 3-53 15 Horn Button 3-54
6 Enable Buttons (left and right) 3-53 16 Information Button 3-54
7 Emergency Stop (E-Stop) Button 3-53 17 Escape Button 3-55
8 Outrigger Beam Button 3-54 18 Status Indicator 3-55
9 Outrigger Jack Button 3-54 19 Battery Pack (Not Shown) 3-55
10 Hoist Button 3-54
Programming Port Right Side Motion Button

The Programming Port (1, Figure 3-40) is for Grove factory The Right Motion Button (5, Figure 3-40) is a proportional
authorized use only. pushbutton switch.
Power Button Push the button to cause the selected crane function to
move in the direction indicated on the display screen.
The Power Button (2, Figure 3-40) is a pushbutton switch
that switches the Remote Control Unit on and off. The speed of the crane function operation is controlled by 3
how far down the pushbutton switch is pushed.
Push the button one time to cause remote to come on. Push
the button again to cause remote to go off. For the crane function to operate, the left or right side Enable
Button (6, Figure 3-40) must also be pushed at the same
Color Display time that the Right Motion Button is pushed.
The Color Display (3, Figure 3-40) shows the function Enable Buttons
screen for the selected crane function being operated.
The Enable Buttons (6, Figure 3-40) are two-position
Refer to Display Components, page 3-56 for an example of a pushbutton switches.
function screen and its related indicators.
Either the left or right side Enable Button must be pushed at
Left Side Motion Button the same time that the Left or Right Motion Button is pushed
for the selected crane function to operate in the desired
The Left Motion Button (4, Figure 3-40) is a proportional
direction.
pushbutton switch.
Push the button to cause the selected crane function to Emergency Stop Button
move in the direction indicated on the display screen. The Emergency Stop Button (7, Figure 3-40) is located at the
The speed of the crane function operation is controlled by bottom of the Remote Control Unit.
how far down the pushbutton switch is pushed. Push the red button to stop the engine and all crane
For the crane function to operate, the left or right side Enable functions.
Button (6, Figure 3-40) must also be pushed at the same When the Emergency Stop Button is pushed, the Emergency
time that the Left Motion Button is pushed. Stop Indicator (Figure 3-41) in the Remote Control Unit
display comes on (red).
Pull out the red button to allow engine to be re-started and
normal operation resumed.

From this function screen the boom can be raised and

lowered.
Swing Button
The Swing Button (12, Figure 3-40) is a momentary
pushbutton switch. Push the button to cause the swing
function screen to appear in the Remote Control Unit display.
From this function screen the boom and superstructure can
be swung left and right.
Option Button
The Option Button (13, Figure 3-40) is a momentary
pushbutton switch.
Push the Option Button several times to cause the luffing jib
offset and jib stowage function screens to cycle through the
FIGURE 3-41 Remote Control Unit display.
When the Remote Control Unit is enabled, the Emergency From these function screens the following functions can be
Stop Button in the cab and the optional Emergency Stop performed:
Buttons on the left and right sides of the carrier continue to
operate normally. • Set jib offset
• Deploy and stow jib
Outrigger Beam Button
The Outrigger Beam Button (8, Figure 3-40) is a momentary
Engine Button
pushbutton switch. The Engine Button (14, Figure 3-40) is a momentary
Push the button to cause the outrigger beam function screen pushbutton switch.
to appear in the Remote Control Unit display. Push the button once to cause the engine start/stop function
From this function screen the outrigger beams can be screen to appear in the Remote Control Unit display.
extended and retracted. From this function screen the engine can be started or
stopped.
Outrigger Jack Button
Quickly push the button two times to cause the engine
The Outrigger Jack Button (9, Figure 3-40) is a momentary throttle function screen to appear.
pushbutton switch.
From the engine throttle function screen the engine speed
Push the button to cause the outrigger jack function screen can be increased and decreased.
to appear in the Remote Control Unit display.
The throttle pedal and the Increment/Decrement – Start/Stop
From this function screen the outrigger jacks can be Switch in the cab will not operate when the Remote Control
extended and retracted. Unit is enabled.
Hoist Button Horn Button
The Hoist Button (10, Figure 3-40) is a momentary The Horn Button (15, Figure 3-40) is a momentary
pushbutton switch. pushbutton switch.
Push the button to cause the hoist function screen to appear Push button to operate the horn.
in the Remote Control Unit display.
The horn button in the cab will continue to operate when the
From this function screen the hoist rope can be reeled in or Remote Control Unit is enabled.
out on the main and auxiliary hoists.
Information Button
Boom Lift Button
The Information Button (16, Figure 3-40) is a momentary
The Boom Lift Button (11, Figure 3-40) is a momentary pushbutton switch.
pushbutton switch.
Push button to cause the information screen to appear in the
Push the button to cause the boom lift function screen to Remote Control Unit display.
appear in the Remote Control Unit display.

The information screen shows the Remote Control Unit Status Indicator
software version and the crane serial number.
The Status Indicator (18, Figure 3-40) is a bi-colored LED
The serial number shown on the Remote Control Unit must that indicates the status of the Remote Control Unit.
match the serial number of the crane, as the two are paired
The following statuses are possible:
with one another.
Escape Button Radio frequency communication

Green (slow flash)
is Okay
The Escape Button (17, Figure 3-40) is a momentary
E-Stop Button is pushed in or
pushbutton switch. Red (slow flash)
wireless communication stopped
Push button to cause the crane function screen, that Red (fast flash) Battery pack has low charge
currently appears in the display, to change back to the main
screen. Red (Constant) Remote controlling system error
Battery Pack
The Battery Pack (19, Figure 3-40) is installed into the back
of the Remote Control Unit.

Display Components
Example – Swing Functional Screen

FIGURE 3-42
Item Component Description

1 Left Motion Command Indicator Depicts the operation that is controlled by the left side motion button
2 Transmission Strength Indicator More bars = greater strength, and vice versa
3 Function Screen Indicator Depicts the function that is being operated (swing in this example)
Green = fully charged
4 Battery Pack Power Indicator
Amber = discharging
5 Right Motion Command Indicator Depicts the operation that is controlled by the right side motion button
6 Left Enable Indicator White = enable button is not pushed (function cannot be operated)
7 Right Enable Indicator Green = enable button is pushed (function can be operated)
When applicable, shows the position of the superstructure in degrees or the
8 DEG or RPM Indicator
rotational speed of the selected motion
White = E-Stop button pulled out (operation is allowed)
9 E-Stop Indicator
Red = E-Stop button pushed in (operation is not allowed)
White = no active crane fault exists (operation is allowed)
10 Crane Fault Indicator
Red = active crane fault exists (operation is not allowed))
White = parking brake is applied (operation is allowed)
11 Parking Brake Indicator
Red = parking brake is released (operation is not allowed)
White = transmission is in neutral (operation is allowed)
12 Transmission Indicator
Red = transmission is in gear (operation is not allowed)
360° Swing Lock Indicator White = swing lock is engaged
13
(Optional) Red = swing lock is disengaged

GRT8120 OPERATOR MANUAL OPERATING PROCEDURES
SECTION 4
OPERATING PROCEDURES
SECTION CONTENTS
Pre-Starting Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Swing Drive and Turntable Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11
Fuel Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Hydraulic Oil System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Driving the Crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
Hydraulic Reservoir and Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Traveling — General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
Hoist Rope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Traveling — Towing/Pulling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13
Hook Block and Overhaul Ball. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Traveling — Being Towed/Pulled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13
Seats and Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Traveling on Slopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-14
Cameras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 General Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-14
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Slope Limitations – Fore/Aft Travel . . . . . . . . . . .4-14
Seat Belt Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Slope Limitations – Side Slope Travel . . . . . . . . .4-15
Cleaning Seat Belt Webbing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Traveling with Elevated Boom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-15
Floor Mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Traveling with Boom Extension Erected . . . . . . . . . .4-15
Signal and Running Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Extended Traveling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16
Service and Parking Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Traveling — Forward. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16
Tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Traveling — Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-17
Wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-17
Axle Oscillation Lock Outs Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Front Wheel Steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-17
Safety Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Rear Wheel Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-17
Daily Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Four Wheel Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-17
Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Crab Steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-17
Air Intake Restriction Monitoring (AIRM) Four-Wheel Drive Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18
Communications System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Differential Lock Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18
Cold Weather Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coolant Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-5
4-6
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18 4
Radiator Shutters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Craning Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19
Auxiliary Cab Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Controller Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19
Battery Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Proper Crane Leveling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19
Air Diverter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Using the Outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19
Super Capacitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Setting the Outriggers Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19
Diesel Fuel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Setting the Outriggers Using the
Engine Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Auto-Level Feature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-20
Jump Starting Hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Outrigger Monitoring System (OMS)
Charging the Batteries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 (Optional—Standard in North America and
Start-Up Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 European Union Countries) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-21
Idling the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Stowing the Outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-21
Engine High Idle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Swinging the Boom and Superstructure . . . . . . . . . .4-22
Racing the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Raising and Lowering the Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-22
Exhaust System Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Raising the Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-22
Shutdown Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Lowering the Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-23
Crane Warm-up Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Telescoping the Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-23
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Extending the Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-24
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Retracting the Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25
Hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Telescoping - Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26
Manual Telescoping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26

OPERATING PROCEDURES GRT8120 OPERATOR MANUAL
Semi-automatic Telescoping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26 Capacity Limiter Display Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67

Extending with the Main Boom Configuration . . . 4-27 Using the Operator Display Module (ODM) . . . . . . . 4-68
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27 Main Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
Telescoping Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 Alerts Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70
Assignment for Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 Active Screen Indicator Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76
Fixed Length and Intermediate Length . . . . . . . . 4-31 Crane Information Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
Main Boom Fixed Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31 Crane Status Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
Main Boom Intermediate Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31 Frequently Used Quick Select Menu Area . . . . . 4-85
Telescope Picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31 Status Bar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
Telescoping Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31 Permanent Quick Select Menu Area . . . . . . . . . 4-88
Inspections Prior to Starting Operations . . . . . . . 4-31 Menu Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
Enabling the Telescoping Mechanism . . . . . . . . 4-31 Camera Menu Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
Function of the Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31 Tele-automation Menu Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95
Disabling the Telescoping Mechanism . . . . . . . . 4-32 Semi-automation Telescope Mode. . . . . . . . . . . 4-95
Manual Telescoping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32 Boom Configurator Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97
Telescoping with Semi-automation . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38 Crane Function Menu Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
Semi-automatic Telescope Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38 Outrigger Extend/Retract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38 360° Swing Lock (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105
Semi-auto Mode Basic Operating Procedures . . 4-40 Boom Extension Deployment/Stowage . . . . . . 4-106
Semi-auto Mode for Shifting Cylinder Working Range Limiter Menu Group . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
within Fully Retracted Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
Semi-auto Mode Requiring Boom to WRL Limitations Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
be Retracted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42 Accessing a WRL Limitation Screen . . . . . . . . 4-109
Semi-auto Mode Screen Refresh . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42 Boom Height Limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
Semi-auto Mode Warning Indications . . . . . . . . . 4-43 Boom Angle Limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
Semi-auto Mode Telescoping Function Radius Limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
Shut-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43 Swing Angle Limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121
Semi-auto Mode Lost Boom Configuration . . . . . 4-44 Virtual Walls Limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
Reset Telescoping Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44 Emergency Program Menu Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
Semi-auto Mode vs. Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45 Manual Telescope Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
Boom Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45 Emergency Telescope Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
Lowering and Raising the Main Hoist Rope . . . . . . . 4-47 Faults Menu Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141
Lowering the Main Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47 Crane Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141
Raising the Main Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48 Engine Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
Lowering and Raising the Auxiliary Hoist Rope . . . 4-48 Information Menu Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
Lowering the Auxiliary Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48 Operating Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
Raising the Auxiliary Hoist Rope. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49 Software Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146
Selecting the Hoist Speed Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49 User Settings Menu Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147
Using the Remote Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50 Controller Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147
Preparing for Remote Control Operation . . . . . . . . . 4-50 Controller Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
Operating Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51 ECO Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151
Superstructure Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51 Boom Position Indicator Light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153
Emergency Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51 Exhaust System Cleaning (If Equipped). . . . . . 4-153
Engine Start/Stop/Throttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53 Service Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155
Outrigger Beams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55 Display Settings Menu Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156
Outrigger Jacks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57 Units of Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156
Hoist Control (Main and Aux) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59 Display Screen Brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156
Boom Lift. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61 Time Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157
Swing and 360° Swing Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63
Using the Rated Capacity Limiter Display
OPT (options) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65 Module (RDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-158
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66 Enter Rigging Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-158
Navigating the Operator Display Module and Rated Entering Individual Components. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-158

Entering the RCL Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-163 Hoist Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-174

Checks Before Operating the Crane . . . . . . . . 4-165 Preload Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-176
Displays During Crane Operation . . . . . . . . . . 4-167 Using the Load Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-176
RCL Early Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-169 Stowing and Parking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-178
RCL Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-169
Leaving Crane Unattended. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-178
Limit Bypass Alert Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-170
Long-term Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-178
Load Chart and Miscellaneous Alerts . . . . . . . . . . 4-170

PRE-STARTING CHECKS of excessive deformation of the hook opening (including

twist). Be sure safety latch is free and aligned.
A complete walk-around visual inspection of the crane
should always be made with special attention to structural Seats and Mirrors
damage, loose equipment, leaks, or other conditions that
would require immediate correction for safe operation. Adjust seat and mirrors for clear vision and safe driving.
The following items are suggested to be checked to make Cameras

sure the crane is prepared for starting the day’s work.
Make sure hoist, rear view, and side view cameras function
Fuel Supply properly and are properly adjusted. Make sure cameras are
kept clean.
Fill fuel tank and make sure cap is on tight.
Seat Belts
Engine Oil
Seat Belt Maintenance
CAUTION Seat belt assemblies are maintenance-free, however, they
Do not overfill. should be periodically inspected to make sure they are not
damaged and are in proper operating condition, especially if
Check oil level in the crankcase and make sure it is within the they have been subjected to severe stress.
ADD and FULL marks on the dipstick. Do not overfill.
Cleaning Seat Belt Webbing
Engine Coolant
Wash seat belt webbing with mild soap or detergent. Do not
use commercial solvents. Bleaching or re-dyeing the
webbing is not recommended because of possible loss of
DANGER webbing strength.
Do not loosen radiator cap while engine and radiator are
hot. Steam or hot coolant will cause severe burns. Floor Mat
Make sure floor mat is correctly in place and does not
Check surge tank coolant level sight gauge and fill to the interfere with the operation of the foot pedals.
proper level. Do not overfill. Make sure surge tank cap is
secure. Signal and Running Lights
Batteries Check all signal and running lights for proper operation.
Replace lights that are not working with those of the same
Check battery cables and clamps are tight and not corroded. number, or equivalent.
Hydraulic Reservoir and Filter Service and Parking Brakes
Check hydraulic level sight gauge and filter condition Check for proper operation.
indicator on the hydraulic tank. Hydraulic fluid should be at
normal operating temperature, with boom and outriggers in a Tires
retracted position, and boom level.
Check for severe cuts, foreign objects embedded in treads,
Check breather for cleanliness and make sure it is secure. and for correct inflation pressures. A tire inflation chart,
providing the correct air pressures, is located in the Load
Hoist Rope Chart Manual in the crane cab.
Inspect hoist rope in accordance with applicable Federal
Regulations. Sheaves, guards, guides, drums, flanges, and Wheels
any other surfaces that come in contact with the rope should Maintain proper torque on wheel lugs and check for proper
be inspected for any condition that could cause possible wheel mounting. If equipped with steel or aluminum wheels,
damage to the rope. re-torque wheels 300 hours after initial installation or any
time tires and wheels are removed. Doing this re-seats the
Hook Block and Overhaul Ball lug nuts. Check lug nuts for proper torque every 500 hours
Inspect for nicks, gouges, cracks, and evidence of any other thereafter.
damage. Replace a hook that has cracks or shows evidence

Axle Oscillation Lock Outs Operation Boom

The following procedure should be used to periodically Before extending boom, make sure access covers on top of
check the axle oscillation system and make sure it is in boom base section and on face of boom nose are installed.
proper working condition.
Air Intake Restriction Monitoring (AIRM)
1. Make sure tires are inflated to recommended pressure. Communications System
Refer to Load Chart Manual in the crane cab for proper
inflation pressures. The engine includes the Cummins AIRM Communications
System. This system calculates real-time air filter restriction
2. Program the RCL with a travel rigging code based on the
at operational flow rate using the temperature and pressure
configuration of the crane.
input from the TBAP sensor, which is included on the Direct
3. Center the rear wheels. Flow air cleaner.
4. With hook unloaded, boom fully retracted and centered When the air filter becomes dirty and should be replaced, a
over the front at no more than a 10° to 15° boom angle, maintenance fault is generated and the Engine Warning
position the left or right side rear tire on blocks so that Indicator in the Alerts Area (1, Figure 4-67) of the Operator
the rear tires approximately 15 to 30 cm (6 to 12 in) Display Module (ODM) flashes for a period of time at every
above the level of the opposite tire. key on. Replace the air filter at the next maintenance
interval.
5. Slowly swing the superstructure at least 2° to left or right
of center to activate the axle oscillation lock out valve. If the air filter becomes more dirty, a severe warning fault is
Refer to the Suspension Control Indicator generated and the Engine Warning Indicator comes on
(3, Figure 4-71) to confirm the suspension is locked. Do (constant). A progressive engine derate will occur to protect
not swing beyond tire track. the engine from damage.
6. Slowly drive off of blocks and stop. Rear tire should be The generated fault codes can be viewed on the Operator
touching the road surface and the opposite front tire Display Module (ODM) (refer to About the Manitowoc
should be light or slightly off road surface. Diagnostic Code Mobile Application, page 4-141).
7. Swing superstructure until it is centered over the crane
again. If axle oscillation lock out valve is functioning
COLD WEATHER OPERATION
properly, crane will re-level itself; if valve is not working The following recommendations are for operating Grove
properly, crane will not re-level itself. cranes in regions with ambient temperatures below -9°C
(15°F) which are considered arctic.
NOTE: Additional information regarding engine cold
DANGER weather operation is available through your
Cummins dealer/service center under Service
4
Tipping Hazard! Bulletin 3379009.
Do not operate crane if axle oscillation lock out system is
Use particular care to make sure cranes operated in very
not functioning properly.
cold temperatures are operated and maintained in
Failure to comply with this warning may result in death or accordance with procedures provided by Grove. Always
serious injury. make sure there is adequate lubrication during system
warm-up. Regardless of crane lubricant viscosity, always
If rear axles do not lock or unlock properly, do not follow cold weather warm-up procedures described in the
operate the crane until the lock out system has been section Crane Warm-up Procedures, page 4-11. For proper
evaluated and repaired as necessary. cold weather lubricants, refer to the section Arctic Lubricants
and Conditions, page 6-5.
Safety Equipment
If in doubt of suitability for a specific fluid or lubricant, check
Check all lights, windshield wipers, washers, washer liquid with an authorized Grove distributor or Manitowoc Crane
supply, horn, instruments, signaling devices, etc. Care. Cranes should have appropriate hydraulic oil,
lubricants, and other auxiliary items required for operation in
Daily Lubrication arctic temperatures.
Make sure all components requiring daily lubrication have Grove recommends the crane be equipped with the following
been serviced. Refer to Maintenance and Lubrication, page cold weather accessories:
6-1.
Down to -29°C (-20°F) Package

• Battery heater during arctic temperatures. The coolant heater should be

activated 2 hours before starting the crane to allow sufficient
• Transmission heater
time to preheat fluids and assist with easy start-up
• In-line fuel heater conditions.
• Engine hood insulation
• Fan clutch WARNING
• Radiator shutters Explosion Hazard!
• Air diverter Before switching on, check if heater can be operated at
current site of the crane. There is a danger of explosion
• Diesel fired cab heater when using heater around combustible objects! Do not
• Fluids suitable to -29°C (-20°F) park vehicle near objects that are flammable.
Use caution near heater exhaust tailpipe as it will also
- Arctic windshield washer fluid
become very hot.
- Arctic fuel
Down to -40°C (-40°F) Package NOTE: Operation of heater is NOT allowed:
• Coolant heater (to circulate warm coolant through • At locations where flammable gas or vapors
heaters and engine) are found or can be formed (example: at fuel
stations and chemical factories)
• Transmission heater
• At locations where explosive dust is found or
• Hydraulic swivel heater can be formed (example: coal, wood or grain
dust).
• Battery heater
• There is a risk of suffocation when using the
• In-line Fuel heater
heater!
• Engine hood insulation
• Do not operate heater in enclosed spaces
• Fan clutch (example: garages).
• Radiator shutters To activate heater, make sure fuel supply valve from heater
fuel reservoir is turned to the ON position. Make sure battery
• Air diverter
disconnect switch is turned to the ON position and push the
• Diesel fired cab heater activation button at the heater control panel. A green light will
come on indicating system is activated. The start-up and
• Super-capacitor starting system
shutdown cycles may take approximately 2 minutes for
• Fluids suitable to -40°C (-40°F): initialization. Make sure coolant, transmission heater, swivel,
battery heater, in-line fuel pump, in-line fuel heater, and
- Arctic windshield washer fluid
hydraulic reservoir heater are heating properly.
- Arctic fuel
To deactivate heater, push button at heater control panel.
Individual crane components must be sufficiently warmed The green light will go off indicating system is deactivated.
prior to performing a lift. Follow the warm-up procedures Shutdown cycle takes approximately 2 minutes.
found in section Crane Warm-up Procedures, page 4-11.
NOTE: Accelerated discharging of battery will occur when
For crane operation below -40°C (-40°F), derate load chart crane engine is switched off. If heater is operated
capacities by 6.60% for each degree Celsius or by 3.67% for with crane engine stopped, batteries will need to be
each degree Fahrenheit below -40°C (-40°F). recharged after a short period of time.
Operation of cranes at full rated capacities in ambient Radiator Shutters
temperatures below -9°C (15°F) should be accomplished
only by competent operators who possess the skill, When starting engine, radiator shutters close and then
experience, and dexterity to ensure smooth operation. reopen when coolant temperature reaches 71°C (160°F).
Shock loading shall be avoided.
Auxiliary Cab Heater
Coolant Heater The crane cab is heated with an auxiliary air heating system
A diesel fueled coolant heater circulates warm coolant that runs independently of the engine. Heat is generated by
through engine and crane components when operating burning fuel taken from the heater fuel reservoir.

To heat the operator’s cab, activate the auxiliary diesel Air Diverter
heater and adjust temperature control switch mounted in the
overhead panel. The heating system fan delivers warm air An air diverter directs warmed air collected from under the
into an air distribution box. Air is circulated according to engine hood when temperature is below -9°C (15°F) to
control settings and then delivered into the cab by a fan preheat the air intake going to the engine.
through various air extraction and air delivery vents. Make sure air diverter is switched to outside air intake in
Do not cover vents with bags, articles of clothing or any other ambient temperatures above -9°C (15°F).
objects. Keep hot air inlet and hot air outlet free of dirt and
foreign material. Soiled or blocked hot air lines may cause Super Capacitor
overheating, and result in damage. The super capacitor provides additional cranking during cold
The crane auxiliary cab heater can be operated when engine weather startup. The super capacitor is connected to the
is running or stopped as part of the programmable auxiliary standard batteries with an isolation relay. The positive relay
heating system. Maximum cab temperature is achieved by feed is activated when the key is in the crank and run
running only the auxiliary heater and using the standard cab positions.The super capacitor allows the starter to be
heater fan when engine is sufficiently warmed up. The cranked for 30 seconds then cycled off for 60 seconds before
standard hot water crane cab heater can also be turned on cranking again until the engine starts.
after engine has started and is warmed to operating If crane has been left with battery disconnected for an
temperature. extended period of time, super capacitor will need up to 30
NOTE: When using heater at high altitudes, factory heater minutes to charge before having full cranking capacity.
setting must be re-calibrated for proper heater Capacitor charge can be measured by the following:
operation.
• Set battery disconnect to ON position.
• Heating at altitudes up to 1,500 m (4,900 ft)
• Press black button located on top of capacitor:
Unlimited heating is possible
• If light flashes green, capacitor is charging and may not
• Heating at altitudes over 1,500 m - 3,000 m (4,900 ft - successfully start machine.
9,900 ft):
• If light is solid green, capacitor is charged and ready for
Heating is possible for short periods at this altitude starting.
(example: driving over a mountain pass or taking a
break while traveling between job sites). Any other color or flash pattern may indicate an error. Refer
to decal located on capacitor.
During longer stays, (example: construction job project), the
Diesel Fuel
4
fuel supply must be adjusted to the altitude or the heater will
malfunction. This can be done by installing an air pressure
sensor kit (Grove part number 90037674). Contact an Diesel fuel with low temperature characteristics is required to
authorized Grove distributor or Manitowoc Crane Care for operate the engine when ambient temperatures get near or
additional assistance. below 0°C (32°F). Refer to the applicable engine manual for
proper specifications.
NOTE: Accelerated discharging of battery will occur when
crane engine is switched off. If heater is operated Use correct grade of fuel for prevailing temperature. Diesel
with crane engine stopped, batteries will need to be fuel should have a cloud point of 6°C (10°F) less than the
recharged after a short period of time. lowest expected temperature. In case of emergency,
kerosene may be added to the fuel to bring the cloud point
Battery Heater down to the required temperature.This will minimize clogging
of filters and small passages by wax crystals. Addition of
An in-line battery coolant heater circulates warm coolant kerosene is NOT recommended for general use. Refer to
under the battery when temperature is below -9°C (15°F). Arctic Lubricants and Conditions, page 6-5 of this operator
The battery coolant heater should be activated 2 hours manual.
before starting the crane to allow sufficient time to preheat
batteries and provide easy start-up conditions.
CAUTION
Make sure battery heater coolant valve is turned OFF in Engine Damage Hazard!
ambient temperatures above -9°C (15°F).
If Ultra Low Sulfur fuel is not used in engines that require
it, engine performance will quickly deteriorate and the
engine may stop running. The engine warranty will also
be voided.

ENGINE OPERATION
Start-up and shutdown procedures for most diesel engines CAUTION
are generally the same. Therefore, the following procedures Never crank engine for more than 30 seconds during an
can be applied, except where specific differences are noted. attempted start. If engine does not start after 30 seconds,
(Refer to applicable engine manufacturer’s manual for allow starter motor to cool for two minutes before
detailed procedures). attempting another start.
Jump Starting Hazard If engine does not start after four attempts, correct
malfunction before attempting another start.
Do not attempt to jump start the crane.
1. Make an under-the-hood inspection for fuel, oil, and
coolant leaks, worn drive belts, and trash build-up.
CAUTION
2. Use the correct grade of oil in the crankcase for the
Do not jump start the crane with a different vehicle,
prevailing temperature to prevent hard cranking.
portable power pack, or other power source. The surge
of power from these sources can damage the crane 3. Make sure diesel fuel has a cloud point of 6°C (10°F)
electronic controls and computer systems. Jump less than the lowest expected temperature. In case of an
starting the crane batteries with a different vehicle emergency, white kerosene can be added to the fuel to
while the engine is running can also damage the donor bring the pour point down to the required temperature.
vehicle electronics. This will prevent clogging of filters and small passages
by wax crystals. The addition of kerosene is NOT
This crane has multiple computer systems (crane control, recommended for general use.
RCL, engine & transmission control) that are highly 4. Make sure battery disconnect switch handle is in the ON
susceptible to voltage/amperage surges in the electrical position.
system.
5. Make sure emergency stop switch is not pressed.
The batteries should be completely disconnected from the
crane electrical system and charged using a battery charger 6. Make sure parking brake is set to On position and the
of appropriate voltage level or replace the batteries with fully transmission shift lever is positioned to Neutral.
charged batteries. Refer to Charging the Batteries, page 4-8. NOTE: Engine will not crank unless transmission shift
lever is in neutral.
Charging the Batteries
NOTE: An engine block heater and grid heater are
When charging the batteries, do not turn on the battery provided to aid in cold-starting.
charger until the charging leads have been connected to the
battery(s). Also, if the battery(s) are frozen, do not attempt to 7. Turn ignition switch clockwise to position I (RUN).
charge them. Remove the battery(s) from the crane, allow
The Engine Warning Indicator and the Engine Stop
them to thaw, and then charge the battery(s) to full capacity.
Indicator in the Alerts Area (1, Figure 4-67) of the
“Slow charging” is preferred to “fast charging”. Fast charging Operator Display Module (ODM) will come on and go off
saves time but risks overheating the battery(s). Slow in sequence after approximately two seconds (as a
charging at six (6) amps or less develops less heat inside the check).
battery and breaks up the sulfate on the battery plates more
If the Engine Wait-to-Start Indicator in the Alerts Area
efficiently to bring the battery up to full charge. The use of a
(1, Figure 4-67) is on, do not crank engine until the
“smart charger” that automatically adjusts the charging
indicator goes off.
amperage rate is recommended.
If the Engine Warning Indicator or the Engine Stop
Start-Up Procedure Indicator remains on, correct the malfunction before
cranking the engine.
8. Operate the horn by pressing the button on the right
controller or by pressing the button on the end of the turn
DANGER signal lever on the steering column.
Diesel engine exhaust can be harmful to your health. Only
operate engine in a well ventilated area or vent exhaust
outside.

9. Turn the ignition switch clockwise to position II (START) The crane control system will automatically return the engine
and release immediately when the engine starts. idle speed to its usual setting when one of the following
conditions occur:
Do not push or hold the throttle pedal down. The ECM
automatically provides the proper amount of fuel to start • Transmission is shifted to forward or reverse
the engine.
• Parking brake is disengaged
• Brake pedal is pressed
CAUTION
• Controller is actuated
If the Engine Warning Indicator or the Engine Stop
Indicator is on, immediately stop the engine and correct • Engine coolant temperature rises above 79°C (175°F)
the malfunction.
• Exhaust System Cleaning Switch is set to the Manual
Cleaning position
NOTE: The Ignition Switch has an anti-restart feature.
After a failed attempt to start the engine, the crane • Exhaust system cleaning process is active
control system prevents the engine from cranking
again for approximately six seconds. Racing the Engine
10. Warm up engine and all crane components following the DO NOT race engine during warm-up period or operate
procedures under Crane Warm-up Procedures, page beyond governed speed (as might occur in downhill
4-11. operation or down-shifting). Engine bearings, pistons, and
valves may be damaged if these precautions are not taken.
Idling the Engine
Exhaust System Cleaning
Idling the engine unnecessarily for long periods of time
wastes fuel and fouls injector nozzles. Unburned fuel causes
carbon formation; oil dilution; formation of lacquer or gummy
deposits on valves, pistons and rings; and rapid WARNING
accumulation of sludge in the engine. These conditions
become worse in colder climates. Burn/Fire Hazard!
During the cleaning process, the exhaust and tailpipe
NOTE: When prolonged engine idling is necessary, become very hot. Keep personnel and flammable objects
maintain at least 800 rpm. away from the exhaust. Do not park vehicle near
flammable objects.
Engine High Idle
Idling the engine for long periods of time results in the
degradation of engine oil and damage to engine
The exhaust system cleaning process can take place in
three different modes: 4
components, as described under Idling the Engine, page 4-9. • Passive: Exhaust is hot enough during normal working
To reduce these adverse effects, the crane control system operation to burn off the hydrocarbon (soot)
will automatically increase the engine idle speed to accumulation
approximately 1200 rpm when the following conditions are • Active: Active cleaning occurs when there is insufficient
met for a period of 5 minutes: heat in the exhaust system to convert all the
• Transmission is in neutral hydrocarbon being collected in the exhaust system.
Exhaust temperatures are raised by injecting a small
• Parking brake is engaged amount of fuel. The resulting chemical reaction raises
• Brake pedal is not pressed exhaust gas temperatures high enough to oxidize the
hydrocarbon system. This is done without operator
• Engine speed is less than 1125 rpm input.
• Controllers are not actuated • Manual: Manual, or stationary, cleaning is the same as
• Engine coolant temperature is below 71°C (160°F) active cleaning but takes place when crane is not being
operated. It allows the operator to perform cleaning
• Manual exhaust system cleaning process has not been outside of the normal duty cycle.
initiated
If the exhaust system begins to clog and needs cleaned, the
• Automatic exhaust system cleaning process is not active Engine Exhaust Cleaning Required Indicator comes on in
the Alerts Area of the ODM Main Screen (refer to Alerts Area,
page 4-70).

The indicator comes on (constant) during the early stages of Shutdown Procedure
required cleaning. If this condition continues, the indicator
will begin to flash and a slight engine derate will occur. 1. Allow engine to run at fast idle speed for about five
minutes to avoid high internal heat rise and allow for
If the exhaust system continues to clog, the Engine Warning heat dissipation.
Indicator in the Alerts Area comes on in addition to the
Exhaust Cleaning Required Indicator and a severe engine 2. Turn ignition switch counter-clockwise to the 0 (OFF)
derate will occur. position.
These above conditions can only occur if cleaning has been 3. Drain fuel filter-water separator.
inhibited or a manual cleaning was interrupted. 4. If crane is to be inactive for more than 24 hours,
When the Engine Exhaust Cleaning Required Indicator is on disconnect the batteries using the battery disconnect
constant or flashing, start the manual cleaning process at the switch
next opportune time. Refer to section titled Exhaust System To avoid possible engine fault codes and undesirable
Cleaning (If Equipped), page 4-153 for procedures to operation, make sure the keyswitch has been off for 2
manually clean the exhaust. minutes before disconnecting the batteries.
As a warning, the High Exhaust System Temperature
(HEST) strobe light (1, Figure 4-1) near the exhaust pipe (2,
Figure 4-1) will flash during exhaust system cleaning.
10252
FIGURE 4-1

CRANE WARM-UP PROCEDURES NOTE: Warm-up operation of four-wheel drive

transmission engaged in two-wheel drive only
The following procedures must be followed to properly warm could cause transmission damage.
different crane components before operating the crane.
Alternate Warm-up Procedures for Rough Terrain (GRT)
NOTE: For temperatures below -9°C (15°F), refer to arctic Cranes:
lubricants and conditions in the Operator and
Service Manuals. 1. Engage parking brake and apply service brake.
Before starting crane, make sure appropriate lubricants are 2. Shift transmission into the highest gear and increase
used for ambient temperatures in which the crane will engine speed to 1500 for 15 seconds, then allow engine
operate (a list of lubricants and temperature ranges can be speed to return to idle.
found in section titled Maintenance and Lubrication, page 3. Repeat Step 2 until the temperature of the transmission
6-1, by contacting your local Grove distributor, or by sump reaches 20°C (68°F).
contacting Manitowoc Crane Care directly).
Hoist
CAUTION
Warm-up procedures are recommended at every startup and
Crane Damage Hazard! required at ambient temperatures below 4°C (40°F).
Operating crane with incorrect lubricants and fluids for the
prevailing ambient temper ature and/or failing to Warm-up Procedures - Standard Hydraulic Oil:
adequately warm crane before cold weather operation 1. Without operating the hoist function, warm the hydraulic
can lead to a failure of a crane component or system. oil (see Hydraulic Oil System, page 4-12).
Always use Grove recommended lubricants and fluids for 2. Once hydraulic system is warm, operate the unloaded
prevailing ambient temperature. Properly start and warm hoist, in both directions, at low speeds several times to
crane using cold weather procedures found in this prime all hydraulic lines with warm hydraulic oil and to
Operator Manual and supplement before operating crane circulate gear lubricant through the planetary gear sets.
at full load.
Warm-up Procedures - Cold Weather Hydraulic Oil:
Engine Operate the unloaded hoist, in both directions, at low speeds
several times to circulate gear lubricant through the
Warm-up Procedures for All Temperature Ranges:
planetary gear sets.
1. After starting, allow engine to idle for 3 to 5 minutes
before operating with a load. Swing Drive and Turntable Bearing
2. Cold Engine Startup: After allowing engine to warm by
idling it for 3 to 5 minutes, slowly increase engine speed
Warm-up Procedures for Temperatures Above -7°C
(20°F):
4
to provide adequate lubrication to bearings and to allow
1. Setup crane on fully extended outriggers, with boom
oil pressure to stabilize.
fully retracted and near maximum boom angle with no
Transmission load applied.
2. Rotate superstructure at a speed of less than one RPM
For full-load functionality, a minimum sump temperature of
for at least one complete revolution in one direction, then
20°C (68°F) is required. Operating the transmission with a
rotate superstructure at a speed of less than one RPM
sump temperature less than 20°C (68°F) is limited to:
for at least one complete revolution in opposite direction.
• operating in the neutral gear or
Warm-up Procedures for Temperatures Below -7°C
• driving with an unloaded crane while not exceeding (20°F):
1500 engine RPM and not exceeding half throttle.
1. Setup crane on fully extended outriggers, with boom
Warm-up Procedures for Rough Terrain (GRT) Cranes: fully retracted and near maximum boom angle with no
load applied.
1. Setup crane on outriggers.
2. Rotate superstructure at a speed of less than one-half
2. Engage transmission with four-wheel drive selected and
RPM for at least two complete revolutions in one
allow crane to run at idle until the temperature of the
direction, then rotate superstructure at a speed of less
transmission sump reaches 20°C (68°F).
than one-half RPM for at least two complete revolutions
in the opposite direction.

Axles DRIVING THE CRANE

Warm-up Procedures for Temperatures Below -35°C Seat Belts
(-30°F):
1. Setup crane on outriggers.
2. Engage transmission with four-wheel drive selected and
allow crane to run at idle until transmission sump 3
temperature reaches normal operating temperature.
NOTE: Warm-up operation of four-wheel drive
transmission engaged in two-wheel drive only
could cause transmission damage.
Hydraulic Oil System 2

10084
1
Operating Limits and Warm-up Procedures: FIGURE 4-2
NOTE: Ambient temperatures between -10°C and -40°C
(15°F and -40°F) require the use of a cold weather 1. Before fastening the seat belt, always adjust driver’s
hydraulic oil (refer to cold weather lubricants in the seat to position in which you will drive.
section Maintenance and Lubrication, page 6-1). 2. Pull belt across your lap and push latch plate (2) into
With cold weather hydraulic oil installed, warming buckle (1) until it clicks (Figure 4-2).
the hydraulic oil before operating the crane is not
required. 3. To reduce risk of sliding under belt during a collision,
position belt across your lap as low on your hips as
• Hydraulic Oil Temperatures from 4°C to -10°C (40°F possible and pull it toward door to a snug fit.
to 15°F): Crane operation, less hoist, without a load is
allowed with medium engine speed and medium 4. To release seat belt, push the push button (3) at the
function speed (controller position) until fluid reaches at buckle (1).
least 10°C (50°F). It is then recommended that all crane
functions be cycled to remove cold fluid from all Traveling — General
components and cylinders of the hydraulic system. If
any unusual sound comes from the crane’s hydraulic
pumps or motors, stop operation and engine WARNING
immediately and contact a Grove distributor.
Accidental Operation Hazard!
• Hydraulic Oil Temperatures from 10°C to 4°C (50°F Before traveling, make sure all crane functions are fully
to 40°F): Crane operation, less hoist, with a load is disabled by pressing the Crane Function Enable/Disable
allowed with medium engine speed and medium Switch. Disabling the crane functions will prevent
function speed (controller position) until fluid reaches at accidental operation of the craning functions due to hitting
least 10°C (50°F). the controllers while traveling.
• Hydraulic Oil Temperatures from 95°C to 10°C (200°F
to 50°F): Crane operation with a load is allowed with no Owner/lessee must take appropriate measures to make sure
restrictions. all persons operating or working with affected models are in
compliance with Grove U.S. L.L.C. recommendations.
Hydraulic oil temperature above 95°C (200°F): No crane
Operator of the crane assumes responsibility for determining
operation is allowed. Let hydraulic oil cool by running engine
suitability of traveling conditions. Traveling under controlled
at idle with no functions actuated.
conditions, specified in these guidelines, must be conducted
with the utmost diligence and care to make sure safety of all
personnel performing the operation and/or working around
the crane.
When driving on roadways, the operator must follow all
applicable regulations and/or restrictions.
Although Rough Terrain cranes are specifically designed for
rough terrain, the operator should be extremely cautious and
aware of terrain operating conditions.

Traveling — Towing/Pulling
WARNING CAUTION
Tipping Hazard! Machine Damage Hazard!
Avoid holes, rocks, extremely soft surfaces, and any other Grove recommends towing or pulling another vehicle with
obstacles which might subject crane to undue stresses or the optional pintle hook (if equipped) or by attaching at a
possible overturn. point no higher than the pintle hook height, or severe
damage may occur to the drivetrain.
Do not drive crane with boom off center because Do not tow or pull by attaching to the tie-down lugs unless
automatic oscillation lock out will occur, making crane the attaching point is no higher than the pintle hook
subject to tipping on uneven surfaces. Center boom over height.
front or rear, disable swing functions, and engage
Turntable Swing Lock Pin. Always use four-wheel drive (low range) to avoid severe
damage to the drivetrain.
Fully ret rac t boom. Mak e sure swingawa y boom Should the crane become mired down, use a tow truck or
extension is properly stowed and secured. tractor to free the vehicle. Severe damage to the
drivetrain may occur if the operator attempts to free the
crane unassisted.
CAUTION
Machine Damage Hazard! To avoid severe damage to the drivetrain while using the
crane to tow or pull another vehicle, follow these
Do not travel with an empty hook in a position where it can recommendations:
swing freely (except where noted). Remove hook block
and/or overhaul ball from hoist rope and stow securely or • Make sure boom is in a horizontal position and not
make sure hook block or overhaul ball is properly secured elevated above 0°.
to tie down provided for that purpose.
• Make sure outrigger beams and jacks are fully retracted
Do not drive crane with lift cylinder fully retracted. At a with the pads properly stowed.
minimum, position boom to horizontal.
• Tow or pull on open ground when possible.
Fully retract outrigger beams and jacks and properly stow
pads. • Connect to the optional pintle hook (if equipped) or
Disengage pumps (if applicable) for extended traveling. attach cables/straps to the crane at a point no higher
than the pintle hook height.
Traveling is permitted with the boom over the front, with or
without counterweight installed, and with boom over the rear
with counterweight installed. Traveling is not permitted with
• Select four-wheel drive (low range) (Refer to
Four-Wheel Drive Operation, page 4-18 for operating 4
instructions.)
boom over the rear with no counterweight installed.
• Should the crane become mired down, use a tow truck
• Use four-wheel drive only when greater traction is or tractor to free the vehicle. Severe damage to the
necessary or as instructed in the following sections. drivetrain may occur if the operator attempts to free the
(Refer to Four-Wheel Drive Operation, page 4-18 for crane unassisted.
operating instructions.)
• Conduct all travel with the assistance of a ground person
• Make sure outrigger beams and jacks are fully retracted to warn the operator of any changing conditions in the
with pads properly stowed. terrain being traversed.
• Conduct all travel with assistance of a ground person to
warn operator of any change in terrain conditions. Traveling — Being Towed/Pulled
Grove recommends connecting to a pintle hook (if equipped)
or evenly attaching to the tie-down lugs when being towed by
another vehicle.

• Limit travel to a forward direction only.

CAUTION • All boom sections must be fully retracted.
Machine Damage Hazard! • Boom extension must be in stowed position or removed
It is recommended to attach cables/straps to the optional from the crane (if traveling with an erected boom
pintle hook (if equipped) or by attaching at a point no extension, follow the requirements under the section
higher than the pintle hook height if being towed by Traveling with Boom Extension Erected, page 4-15).
another vehicle.
• Lower boom to horizontal and position over front of
Do not attach to the tie-down lugs unless the attaching crane.Swing brake must be applied and turntable lock
point is no higher than the pintle hook height. pin engaged.
Should the crane become mired down, use a tow truck or
• Either the hook block may be reeved over the main
tractor to free the vehicle. Severe damage to the
boom nose, or the overhaul ball may be reeved over the
drivetrain may occur if the operator attempts to free the
main boom nose or auxiliary boom nose; the other must
crane unassisted.
be removed. If hook block or overhaul ball remains
reeved on the boom, it must be secured at the tie down
• Make sure boom is in a horizontal position and not
on the carrier to prevent swinging.
elevated above 0°.
• Tires must be inflated to the recommended pressure
• Make sure outrigger beams and jacks are fully retracted
indicated in the Load Chart Manual.
with pads properly stowed.
To avoid severe damage to drivetrain while crane engine is • Hydraulic tank must be filled to specified level. Fuel tank
disabled: must be over half full.
• Disconnect drivelines if towing crane for more than 75 m • Engine and transmission fluids must be filled to the
(250 ft). specified levels.
• Disengage parking brake by manually turning parking • Axle differentials and planetary hub fluids must be filled
brake adjustment until axle turns free. to the specified levels.
• No loads may be supported by the boom (i.e., no pick
and carry loads) while traversing a slope.
DANGER • All cribbing or other non-standard accessories must be
Run-away Crane Hazard! removed from the crane.
Disabling parking brake may result in crane rolling away • Avoid holes, rocks, extremely soft surfaces, and any
freely without the ability of the operator to stop the crane. other obstacles that might subject crane to undue
Make sure that the crane is attached to an adequately stresses and possible overturn.
sized tow vehicle before disabling the parking brake. • Operator is to check for changing road conditions and
Death or serious injury and damage to machinery could utilize a ground person if deemed necessary.
result from moving machinery.
Slope Limitations – Fore/Aft Travel
• Secure steering to prevent turning while towing.
• When traversing a fore/aft slope that is less than or
• Conduct all travel with assistance of a ground person to equal to 15% (8.5°), follow the normal crane travel
warn operator of any changing conditions in terrain procedures outlined in this manual.
being traversed.
• When traversing a fore/aft slope that is greater than 15%
Traveling on Slopes (8.5°) and less than 25% (14°), shift transmission to
four-wheel drive and limit travel speed to 1.6 km/h
Crane operators must exercise caution whenever operating (1 mph). If crane must be parked, make sure the
the crane on uneven surfaces. Travel on slopes is permitted transmission is in 4-wheel drive and the wheels are
if the following conditions are met. chocked.
General Conditions • When traversing a fore/aft slope that is equal to or
greater than 25% (14°), use an assist vehicle and shift
• Travel must be on an improved surface or hard-packed the crane’s transmission to four-wheel drive. Do not park
dry earth. Crane operators are required to inspect the crane on a slope equal to or greater than 25% (14°).
surface for good tire adhesion.
• Travel on a fore/aft slope up to 30% (16°), such as
• Do not exceed a speed of 1.6 km/h (1 mph). ramps, is permitted for short distances at low speed.

Consideration must be given for the terrain at the end of • Do not exceed a speed of 16 kph (15 mph) with boom
the slope (for example, does the terrain level out so that over front with counterweight installed
the crane can stop).
• Inflate tires to recommended pressure for travel
• For mine applications and similar, where the slopes and operations.
the travel distance can be significant, brake fade must
• When using towing attachments, boom must remain
be taken into consideration. Also, refer to Extended
horizontal.
Traveling, page 4-16 for precautions when driving the
crane for long distances. • Fully retract all boom sections.
• For slope limitations when traveling with an elevated • Refer to Traveling with Boom Extension Erected, page
boom or an erected boom extension and inserts, refer to 4-15 if boom extension is in the erected position.
the specific traveling instructions in this section.
• Position boom over front or rear of crane.
Slope Limitations – Side Slope Travel • Engage swing brake and turntable lock pin.
• On a side slope, do not exceed 15% (8.5°) and 1.6 km/h • Hook block may be reeved over the main boom nose.
(1 mph). Overhaul ball may be reeved over the main boom nose
Owner/lessee must take appropriate measures to make sure or auxiliary boom nos e. Block an d ba ll may be
all persons operating or working with affected models are in suspended below the boom nose. It is also acceptable to
compliance with Grove U.S. L.L.C. recommendations. Crane secure the block or ball to carrier tie down point to
operator assumes responsibility for determining suitability of prevent swinging if necessary.
traveling on a slope. • Limit boom angle to a maximum of 20°.
Traveling on a slope should only be attempted under • Do not support any load from the boom (see Pick and
controlled conditions specified in these guidelines, and must Carry Load chart for limitations for this application).
be conducted with the utmost diligence and care to make
sure safety of all personnel performing the operation and/or • Remove all cribbing or other non-standard accessories
working around the crane. from crane.
Should operator need to traverse slopes outside the criteria • Avoid holes, rocks, extremely soft surfaces and any
defined in the above guidelines, contact Grove U.S. L.L.C. other obstacles that might subject crane to undue
for further guidance. stresses and possible overturn.
• Make sure adequate clearance to any overhead
Traveling with Elevated Boom obstructions crane may be required to travel beneath.
• Make sure all personnel involved in the operation and
those working around crane are aware of any hazards
4
that may be encountered and are trained how to avoid
WARNING them.
Overhead Objects Hazard
Contacting overhead objects while driving crane may Traveling with Boom Extension Erected
result in death, severe injury, and/or equipment damage.
• Main Boom shall be fully retracted.
Traveling with boom elevated should only be attempted
under controlled conditions specified in this section. • 34.5 ft/57.6 ft boom extension shall be erected at
minimum (0°) offset.
Exercise caution whenever driving crane with boom
NOTE: While traveling with 34.5 ft extension, fly section
elevated. Travel with the boom elevated is permitted as long
must remain stowed on main boom base section.
as the following steps are followed.
• Jobsite travel shall be only on firm, level surface (if
• Limit travel to firm, level surfaces (if traveling on slopes,
traveling on slopes, follow the requirements under the
follow the requirements under the section Traveling on
section Traveling on Slopes, page 4-14).
Slopes, page 4-14).
• Maximum travel speed: 2.5 .
• Inspect route of travel before moving crane. Pay
particular attention to any changing conditions of terrain • Main boom angle shall be between 0 degree and 20
being traversed. Avoid any overhead obstructions. degrees.
• Travel must be performed in a controlled fashion. • Counterweight shall be installed.

• Boom shall be directly over front. Swing lock shall be 1. With Transmission Shift Lever in neutral (N) position and
engaged. the parking brake set, start engine and allow it to
adequately warm up.
• Tires shall be properly inflated (refer to Load Chart
Manual). 2. Press Service Brake Foot Pedal.
• Hook block must be removed from main boom nose.
• Overhaul ball may be reeved over boom extension, WARNING
hanging 0.9 m (3 ft) below sheave.
Run-away Crane Hazard!
Extended Traveling Releasing the parking brake while the low service brake
pressure indicator is on and the buzzer is sounding,
Depending upon the tire manufacturer, the higher inflation indicating service brakes are inoperable, may result in the
pressures normally specified for lifting on rubber are not crane rolling away freely without the ability of operator to
recommended for site to site traveling over extended stop crane.
distances. The higher static/creep 8 kph (5 mph) inflation
pressures may remain in the tire while operating the crane Never release parking brake while low service brake
on site within a distance of less than 6.4 km (4 mi). pressure indicator and buzzer are on.
3. Disengage parking brake.

CAUTION 4. Position Drive Axle Switch to two-wheel high or
Tire Damage Hazard! four-wheel low.
For extended travel, check cold tire pressure before start
(refer to tire inflation chart in Load Chart Manual). After CAUTION
every one hour of travel time, regardless of ambient Use four-wheel drive only when more traction is required.
temperature, stop and allow tires to cool for at least 30
minutes. At destination, tires must be allowed to cool to 5. Lift Transmission Shift Lever up out of detent and push
ambient temperature before crane lifting on rubber. lever to the forward (F) position. Rotate the
Transmission Shift Lever Knob to the first (1) gear
Traveling — Forward position. Gear selection “F1” appears in the Operator
Display Module (ODM) to indicate forward propulsion
CAUTION and first (1) gear are selected.
Machine Damage Hazard! NOTE: If Service Brake Foot Pedal is not pressed before
Engage turntable lock pin for travel. Failure to engage shifting to a gear, the gear selection will flash in the
lock pin may allow superstructure to swing uncontrolled, Operator Display Module (ODM) until the
damaging machine and/or property. Transmission Shift Lever is returned to the neutral
(N) position. Transmission will not shift.
NOTE: Cab must be in the fully lowered position for the 6. Release Service Brake Foot Pedal and press Foot
drive functions to operate. If cab is not in the fully Throttle Pedal until maximum first gear speed is
lowered position, the Cab Not Fully Lowered reached. Rotate Transmission Shift Lever Knob to the
Indicator in the Alerts Area (1, Figure 4-67) of the second (II) gear position to continue to increase speed.
Operator Display Module (ODM) is on. For additional speed, continue shifting to a higher gear.
CAUTION
Possible Machine Damage!
Do not down-shift to a lower gear if road speed is greater
than maximum speed of the lower gear.

Traveling — Reverse The Rear Steer Switch can only be operated when the speed
of the crane is less than 8 km/h (5 mph).
CAUTION If operator attempts to use the rear steer switch while driving
the crane at a speed greater that 8 km/h (5 mph), the rear
Machine Damage Hazard! steer function will not operate and the Speedometer
Engage turntable lock pin for travel. Failure to engage (7, Figure 4-70) on the Operator Display Module (ODM) will
lock pin may allow superstructure to swing uncontrolled, flash.
damaging machine and/or property.
Front Wheel Steering
Conventional front wheel steering is accomplished with the
CAUTION Steering Wheel. This method of steering should always be
Possible Machine Damage! used when traveling at higher speeds.
Apply service brakes and bring crane to a complete stop Rear Wheel Steering
before shifting transmission into reverse.
NOTE: Cab must be in the fully lowered position for the

drive functions to operate. If cab is not in the fully
lowered position, the Cab Not Fully Lowered
WARNING
Indicator is on. Rollover Hazard!
Operate rear steer ONLY at slow speeds. Operation of
Traveling in reverse is similar to traveling forward, except for
shifting Transmission Shift Lever to reverse (R). Refer to
rear steer at high speed may result in loss of steering
Traveling — Forward, page 4-16 control and/or rollover of the crane. Death or serious
injury could occur.
Steering
Rear wheel steering is controlled by the Rear Steer Switch.
Steering is accomplished by the Steering Wheel Pushing the left or right side of the switch activates the rear
(1, Figure 3-2) and the Rear Steer Switch (19, Figure 3-9). steer cylinders, steering crane in the selected direction.
These two controls, used individually or together, provide Four Wheel Steering
front wheel steering, rear wheel steering, four wheel
steering, and crab steering (Figure 4-3). Four wheel steering is accomplished with the steering wheel
and Rear Steer Switch. With the boom over the front of the
crane, turn steering wheel to the left and push Rear Steer
Switch to the left to turn crane to the left. Turn steering wheel
to the right and push Rear Steer Switch to the right to turn
4
crane to the right.
This allows crane to turn or maneuver in close, restricted
6402-1 areas.
Front-Wheel Rear Wheel
Crab Steering
Crab steering is accomplished with the steering wheel and
Rear Steer Switch. With the boom over the front of the crane,
turn steering wheel to the left and push Rear Steer Switch to
the right to crab steer the crane to the left. Turn steering
wheel to the right and push Rear Steer Switch to the left to
6402-2
crab steer the crane to the right.
Four-Wheel Crab This permits driving crane forward or backward in a crab-like

FIGURE 4-3 manner.

Four-Wheel Drive Operation General

The purpose of the differential lock is to provide maximum
CAUTION traction and control on poor road or highway surfaces. When
Machine Damage Hazard! differential locks are actuated, the clutch collar completely
Do not tow or pull in 1st gear with Drive Axle Selector locks the differential case, gearing, and axle shafts together,
Switch in two-wheel drive position. Severe damage to maximizing traction to both wheels of each axle. The lock
drivetrain will result. Always engage four-wheel drive. position will also protect against spinout.
When normal driving conditions exist (during periods of good
If more traction is required due to slipping or spinning traction), differential locks should not be actuated. Axles
wheels, engage the rear axle drive as follows: should be allowed to operate with differential action between
both wheels.
CAUTION
Obey the following precautions when engaging/disengaging
Possible Machine Damage! the differential lock function.
Before shifting from two-wheel drive to four-wheel drive
(or from four back to two), crane travel must be stopped. 1. Lock/unlock differentials only when vehicle is standing
still or moving at a constant low speed with wheels not
1. Stop crane by pressing Service Brake Foot Pedal. slipping.
2. Position Transmission Shift Lever to neutral (N) position. CAUTION

3. Position Drive Axle Selector Switch to four-wheel drive. Possible Machine Damage!
NOTE: If Drive Axle Selector Switch is positioned to When driving on hard, dry surfaces with differentials
four-wheel drive, Service Brake Foot Pedal is not locked, do not turn the wheels. Damage to drive line
pressed, and Transmission Shift Lever is not in components can result.
neutral (N) position Four-Wheel Drive Indicator will Do not lock differentials when wheels are slipping.
flash and four-wheel drive function will not engage. Damage to differentials can result.
4. Select gear speed and direction of travel with Transmission
Shift Lever and Knob. 2. When traveling with differentials locked, do not deviate
from a straight path more than absolutely necessary.
5. Drive crane following Traveling — Forward, page 4-16.
3. Locked differentials cause crane’s turning radius to
6. Return Drive Axle Selector Switch to two-wheel drive increase, creating an understeer condition. Use caution,
position as soon as two-wheel traction will suffice and good judgment, and drive at low speeds when operating
crane motion has stopped. Service Brake Foot Pedal vehicle with locked differentials.
must be pressed and Transmission Shift Lever must be
in Neutral (N) position to shift from four-wheel drive to 4. Lock differentials only when maximum traction is
two-wheel drive. needed on poor road or highway surfaces.
Differential Lock Operation

CAUTION
CAUTION Possible Loss of Vehicle Stability!
Unexpected Operation!
Do not lock differentials when vehicle is traveling down
When using differential lock, steering characteristics may steep grades and traction is minimal.
be affected.
Try to use four-wheel drive to gain adequate traction 5. Always unlock differentials when the need for maximum
before using differential lock. traction has passed or when traveling on good road or
Do not operate differential lock when traveling downhill; at highway surfaces.
speeds above 16.1 km/h (10 mph); on hard, dry surfaces;
and/or during axle spin-out. Operation
The differential lock function should preferably be engaged
NOTE: Differential lock will not operate unless Drive when crane is stationary but may be engaged when moving,
Selector Switch is in four-wheel drive position. if the following conditions are met:
• Crane is moving very slowly (creep speed).
• Wheels are not slipping at time of engagement.

Engage differential locks by doing the following: A working crane may settle during lifting operations.
Frequently check the crane for level. When rechecking the
NOTE: The crane control system only allows the
crane for level, the boom must be positioned over the front of
differential lock to be engaged for a maximum of 60
the crane, fully lowered to horizontal and fully retracted, and
seconds at a time, regardless of whether the
the cab must be in its fully lowered position. If necessary,
Differential Lock Switch is pushed and held for a
level the crane again following instructions in the section
longer time period.
Using the Outriggers, page 4-19.
1. Press and hold the Differential Lock Switch (located on
the left armrest) in the locked position with crane Using the Outriggers
stationary or moving at a slow speed.
Outriggers are extended and retracted from the Operator
If moving at a slow speed, let up momentarily on the Display Module (ODM) in the cab [refer to Using the
Foot Throttle Pedal to relieve torque on the differential Operator Display Module (ODM), page 4-68].
gearing. This will fully engage differential locks.
NOTE: When differentials are locked, the Axle Differential
Locked Indicator in the Alerts Area (1 Figure 4-67)
of the Operator Display Module (ODM) is on. DANGER
To prevent serious injury or death, keep clear of moving
2. Proceed over poor road condition cautiously.
outrigger beams/jacks.
When adverse condition has passed, disengage differential
locks by doing the following:
1. Release the Differential Lock Switch, allowing it to return
to the unlocked position while maintaining a slow speed.
DANGER
2. Let up momentarily on the Foot Throttle Pedal to relieve Death or serious injury could result from improper crane
torque on the differential gearing, allowing differential to setup on outriggers.
fully unlock.
NOTE: When differentials are unlocked, Axle Differential
Locked Indicator will go off.
3. Resume driving at a normal speed using good driving
WARNING
judgment.
Be sure the outriggers are properly extended and set, and
the crane is level for operation on outriggers.
CRANING FUNCTIONS
All four outrigger beams must be equally set to the fully
retracted, mid-extend, or fully extended position before
4
Controller Operation
beginning operation.
The controller operation for crane functions is proportional –
that is, the closer the lever is to neutral (center), the slower
the system responds.
NOTE: Always operate controllers with slow, even WARNING
pressure.
When operating the crane on outriggers, the outriggers
should always be extended and set in the proper position
Proper Crane Leveling
corresponding to the load capacity chart to be used.
If a crane is not level within 1% of grade, allowable capacities
must be reduced. Therefore, whether lifting on rubber or Setting the Outriggers Manually
outriggers, it is essential the crane is level to within 1% of
grade. The digital Inclination indicator provided in the NOTE: ECO mode does not work when operating the
Operator Display Module (ODM) is calibrated to be accurate outriggers.
within 0.1% of grade. 1. Enable the outrigger functions by doing the following:
To properly level the crane, the boom must be positioned - Shift transmission to neutral
over front of the crane, fully lowered to horizontal and fully
retracted, and the cab must be in its fully lowered position. - Engage the parking brake
Raise and level crane following instructions for Using the - Engage four-wheel drive
Outriggers, page 4-19.

- Disable all crane functions

- Fully lower cab
2. Position the outrigger pads directly out from each DANGER
outrigger to where the outriggers will be properly Tipping Hazard!
extended. Operator must select the proper rigging code from the
load chart and RCL program for the outrigger position
3. If required, extend the outrigger beams to the
selected. The Outrigger Monitoring System (OMS) will
mid-extend (50%) or fully extended (100%) position
NOT change the rigging code to match the existing
using the Outrigger Extend/Retract Switch and the
outrigger position.
Operator Display Module (ODM) (Refer to
Extending/Retracting the Outriggers Beams, page
Setting the Outriggers Using the Auto-Level
4-101).
Feature
Each outrigger beam is equipped with a length sensor
that shows the extended length of an outrigger beam as Start with outrigger beams and jacks retracted.
a percentage on the Outrigger Extend/Retract function NOTE: ECO mode does not work when operating the
screen (Figure 4-94) in the ODM. outriggers.
If ou triggers are to be ex tended and s et at the 1. Enable the outrigger functions by doing the following:
mid-extend (50%) position, operator shall do a visual
check to ensure that all four outrigger beams are - Shift transmission to neutral
extended to the mid-extend stripe (decal) shown on the - Engage the parking brake.
side of each beam.
- Engage four-wheel drive
- Disable all crane functions
DANGER - Fully lower cab
Tipping Hazard! 2. Position the outrigger pads directly out from each
All four outrigger beams must be equally deployed to one outrigger to where the outriggers will be properly
of three positions before beginning operation, which extended.
include fully retracted, mid-extend, or fully extended. Do
3. If required, extend the outrigger beams to the
not operate the crane with the outriggers in any other
mid-extend or fully extended position using the
position.
Outrigger Extend/Retract Switch and the Operator
Display Module (refer Outrigger Extend/Retract, page
NOTE: More than one outrigger beam can be extended at
4-99).
a time.
4. Extend the outrigger jacks using the Outrigger
Extend/Retract Switch and the Operator Display Module
(ODM). DANGER
Tipping Hazard!
Refer to Extending/Retracting Individual Outrigger
Jacks, page 4-102 to operate individual outrigger jacks. All four outrigger beams must be equally deployed to one
of three positions before beginning operation, which
Refer to Extending/Retracting the Outrigger Jacks - x4, include fully retracted, mid-extend, or fully extended. Do
page 4-103 to operate the four jacks at the same time. not operate the crane with the outriggers in any other
Extend each outrigger jack until the locking levers of the position.
pad engage the jack cylinder barrel.
NOTE: More than one outrigger beam can be extended at
5. Extend the jacks as necessary until all tires are clear of a time.
the ground and crane is level as indicated by the
Inclination indicator located on the ODM screen 4. Extend the outrigger jacks using the Outrigger
(7, Figure 4-94). Extend/Retract Switch and the Operator Display Module
(refer to Extending/Retracting Individual Outrigger
Jacks, page 4-102 or Extending/Retracting the
Outrigger Jacks - x4, page 4-103).
Extend each outrigger jack until the locking levers of the
pad engage the jack cylinder barrel.

5. Fully extend the four outrigger jacks. 2. Retract the four outrigger jacks using the Outrigger
Extend/Retract Switch and the Operator Display
6. Begin the automatic level process using the Outrigger
Module.
Extend/Retract Switch and the Operator Display Module
(refer to Leveling the Crane Using Auto-level, page Refer to Extending/Retracting Individual Outrigger
4-104). Jacks, page 4-102 to operate individual outrigger jacks.
The crane will react in the following manner: Refer to Extending/Retracting the Outrigger Jacks - x4,
page 4-103 to operate the four jacks at the same time.
a. Briefly extend all four jacks
Retract the four outrigger jacks until they have adequate
b. Briefly retract all four jacks
clearance to remove the outrigger pads.
c. Begin adjusting by lowering two jacks at once until
level position is reached.
d. There may be several long pauses after lowering for
the inclination sensor to stabilize – keep holding the DANGER
buttons through these. Keep feet and hands clear of outrigger pads when
unlocking the pads from the jacks.
7. Auto-level process is complete when crane is
out-of-level by less than 0.1 degrees and the Auto-level 3. Release locking levers and allow outrigger pads to drop
Indicator (1, Figure 4-101) flashes. to the ground.
Outrigger Monitoring System (OMS) (Optional— 4. Continue to retract jacks until all four jacks are fully
Standard in North America and European Union retracted.
Countries) 5. If required, fully retract the outrigger beams using the
The Outrigger Monitoring System (OMS) aids the operator in Outrigger Extend/Retract Switch and the Operator
accurately programming the Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Display Module.
by automatically identifying the horizontal position of each NOTE: More than one outrigger beam may be retracted at
outrigger beam. The OMS uses four sensors, one per a time.
outrigger beam, to indicate when an outrigger beam is
positioned to one of three pre-defined locations, including 6. Stow outrigger pads (Figure 4-4).
fully retracted, mid-extend, and fully extended.
Outrigger setup is the same for cranes equipped with OMS;
refer to Setting the Outriggers Manually, page 4-19.
If crane is setup on outriggers and “On Outriggers” is
2
4
selected when programming the RCL, then the OMS
indicates to the RCL the horizontal position of each of the
four outrigger beams. If the outrigger beam configuration
programmed by the operator does not match that which is
detected by the Outrigger Monitoring System, an outrigger
beam over-ride warning screen will appear (refer to
Outrigger Span, page 4-161). The RCL does not lock-out the
crane or select a different load chart based on the outrigger
beam position that is identified by the OMS.
1
Stowing the Outriggers
1. Enable the outrigger functions by doing the following: 9230 FIGURE 4-4
- Shift transmission to neutral
- Engage the Parking Brake. Item Description
- Engage four-wheel drive 1 Outrigger Pad Assembly
- Disable all crane functions 2 Quick Pin with Lanyard
- Fully lower cab

Swinging the Boom and Superstructure Single Axis Controller (Optional)

1. Push the Swing Enable/Disable Switch on left armrest to
enable the swing function.
The Swing Enable Indicator will come on (green).
DANGER
Crushing Hazard! 2. Push outer controller on left armrest forward and hold to
Death or serious injury could result from being crushed by swing right (rotates turntable clockwise) or pull controller
moving machinery. Before activating swing, sound the rearward and hold to swing left (rotates turntable
horn and verify all personnel are clear of rotating and counterclockwise).
moving parts. 3. To stop swinging, let swing controller return to the center
Make sure the area around the boom, turntable and (neutral) position and apply the swing brake using the
counterweights are clear of all obstructions and personnel Swing Brake Pedal.
before swinging.
Raising and Lowering the Boom
NOTE: The swing brake automatically disengages when
the swing controller is moved from the center Raising the Boom
(neutral) position and it re-engages when the
controller is returned to the center position.
The Swing Brake Engaged Indicator (8, Figure 3-6)
on the Operator Display Module (ODM) comes on
DANGER
(amber) when the swing brake is engaged and Crushing Hazard!
goes off when the swing brake is disengaged. Keep area above and below boom clear of all obstructions
and personnel when elevating the boom.
NOTE: The Crane Control System (CCS) automatically
applies counter pressure to the swing motor to slow
swing speed if the superstructure is rotating faster
than the controller is commanding. The operator
may increase the counter pressure by pushing the
controller toward the opposite direction of swing
motion.
NOTE: Always operate controller with a slow, even
pressure.
NOTE: Swing Controller can be pushed through neutral
and toward opposite direction of swing to help slow
and stop the swing motion.
Dual Axis Controllers Dual Axis Controllers
1. Push the Swing Enable/Disable Switch on left armrest to 1. Push the Boom Lift Enable/Disable Switch on right
enable the swing function. armrest to enable the boom lift function.
The Swing Enable Indicator in the Status Bar area The Boom Lift Enable Indicator in the Status Bar area
(Figure 4-73) of the Operator Display Module (ODM) will (Figure 4-73) of the Operator Display Module (ODM) will
come on (green). come on (green).
2. Push controller on left armrest to the right and hold to 2. Push controller on right armrest to the left and hold to
swing right (rotates turntable clockwise) or push raise the boom.
controller to the left and hold to swing left (rotates
turntable counterclockwise). 3. When boom angle gets to the desired elevation, let
controller return to the center (neutral) position to stop
3. To stop swinging, let swing controller return to the center boom lift function.
(neutral) position and apply the swing brake using the
Swing Brake Pedal (refer to Swing Brake Pedal, page Single Axis Controller (Optional)
3-30). 1. Push the Boom Lift Enable/Disable Switch on right
armrest to enable the boom lift function.
The Boom Lift Enable Indicator will come on (green).

2. Pull inner controller on right armrest rearward and hold 3. When boom angle gets to the desired elevation, let
to raise the boom. controller return to the center (neutral) position to stop
boom lower function.
3. When boom angle gets to the desired elevation, let
controller return to the center (neutral) position to stop Telescoping the Boom
boom lift function.
The GRT8120 is equipped with a 7-section Twin-Lock boom.
Lowering the Boom It has six telescoping sections that can be extended or
retracted independently from one another. Each telescoping
section has locking positions at 0%, 50%, 92% and 100% of
DANGER extension.
Crushing and/or Tipping Hazard! Within the boom there is a single-stage hydraulic cylinder. It
Keep area beneath boom clear of all obstructions and can be extended or retracted by enabling the telescoping
personnel when lowering boom. function and commanding motion using the controller. See
Long cantilever booms can create a tipping condition, sections on Extending the Boom or Retracting the Boom for
even when unloaded in an extended, lowered position. Do operational information.
not lower the boom below the minimum boom angle Three interfaces are provided for telescoping the GRT8120.
shown on load chart. In normal operation the operator can select from
Semi-automatic Mode or Manual Mode. If necessary, the
Emergency Mode can be used to perform maintenance on
DANGER the boom or correct issues with the telescoping operation.
Two-Block Hazard!
Descriptions of the telescoping modes
To avoid death or serious injury, keep load handling
devices away from tip of boom or boom extension when • Semi-automatic Mode is the preferred method for
extending or lowering the boom and when hoisting up. telescoping because it requires the least effort from the
When lowering boom, simultaneously let out hoist rope to operator. The operator inputs the telescoping sequence,
prevent two-blocking the boom nose and the hook block. or “tele picture” into the Operator Display Module (ODM)
by entering the locking position for each of the six
telescoping sections. The Crane Control System (CCS)
CAUTION determines the order of operations required to achieve
The closer the load is carried to the boom nose, the more the entered telescoping sequence. To increase the
important it becomes to simultaneously let out hoist rope boom length, the user moves the controller in the extend
as boom is lowered. direction. To decrease the boom length the user moves
Dual Axis Controllers

the controller in the retract direction. When the boom
sections are moving their speed is controlled 4
proportionally to the command given by the user. The
1. Push the Boom Lift Enable/Disable Switch on right CCS slows telescoping motion when the boom section is
armrest to enable the boom lift function. nearing the target locking position.
The Boom Lift Enable Indicator in the Status Bar area NOTE: Some movements of the telescoping cylinder are
(Figure 4-73) of the Operator Display Module (ODM) will automated by the CCS. When CCS is controlling
come on (green). the movement of the telescoping cylinder a moving
series of dots is displayed on the ODM.
2. Push controller on right armrest to the right and hold to
lower the boom. • Manual Mode is a method of telescoping preferred by
some operators because it gives them more control over
3. When boom angle gets to the desired elevation, let
the telescoping process. In this mode it is not necessary
controller return to the center (neutral) position to stop
to enter the target telescoping sequence prior to starting
boom lower function.
the process. Rather, the operator can unlock the
Single Axis Controller (Optional) telescoping cylinder and position the telescoping
cylinder within the boom using the controller. When the
1. Push the Boom Lift Enable/Disable Switch on right
telescope cylinder is within range to engage a boom
armrest to enable the boom lift function.
section the symbol for locking the cylinder appears. The
The Boom Lift Enable Indicator will come on (green). operator moves the telescoping cylinder to the desired
boom section and then selects the symbol for locking the
2. Push inner controller on right armrest forward and hold
telescope cylinder. The CCS locks the telescoping
to lower the boom.
mechanism to the boom section and then automatically

unlocks the boom section from the supporting boom Extending the Boom
section so it can be moved. The operator can then
extend the boom section by moving the controller in the
extend direction or retract it by moving the controller in
the retract direction. As the boom section nears the 0%,
DANGER
50%, 92% or 100% locking positions it automatically Crushing Hazard!
slows down. When the boom section is at a locking Check Load Chart Manual for maximum load at a given
position the icon to lock appears. If the operator selects radius, boom angle, and length before extending boom
Lock the CCS will lock and “set down” the boom section. with a load.
After the boom section has been locked the symbol to
unlock the cylinder appears. If the operator selects the
symbol to unlock the telescoping cylinder it will DANGER
disengage the boom section and move to the next boom Two-Block Hazard
section. When it arrives at the next boom section it will To avoid death or serious injury, keep load handling
lock the cylinder to the section and then automatically devices away from the tip of the boom or boom extension
unlock the boom section from the supporting boom when extending or lowering the boom and when hoisting
section. up.
• Emergency Mode is used to move the telescoping When extending boom, simultaneously let out hoist rope
system for maintenance and service work, as well as to prevent two-blocking the boom nose and the hook
when an issue occurs that affects the other telescoping block.
modes. The Emergency Mode has two levels of access.
The first level is the basic emergency mode, which is to Dual Axis Controller (Crane not Equipped with Auxiliary
be used to service or repair the telescoping system. The Hoist)
basic emergency mode can only be used when the
1. Push the Telescope Enable/Disable Switch on right
boom is fully retracted to extend the Tele 1 section to the
arrest to enable the boom telescope function.
50% pinning position. The telescoping cylinder may then
b e u n l o c k e d f r o m Te l e 1 a n d r e t r a c t e d t o t h e The Telescope Enable Indicator in the Status Bar area
maintenance hole in the Base section. (Figure 4-73) of the Operator Display Module (ODM) will
come on (green).
Moving the boom for all other reasons must be done in
the extended emergency mode, which requires a special 2. Push controller on left armrest forward and hold to
access code. In the Emergency Mode the operator has extend the boom.
control over the locking and unlocking functions of the
telescoping cylinder. The operator can also retract or 3. When boom gets to the desired length, let controller
extend the telescoping cylinder. The operator or return to the center (neutral) position to stop extending
technician may also see the sensor information for the the boom.
complete telescoping system. Dual Axis Controller (Crane Equipped with Auxiliary Hoist)
The operator must use the telescope controller with the 1. Push the Telescope Enable/Disable Switch on right
automatic and manual telescope modes in the ODM to armrest to enable the boom telescope function.
telescope the boom.
The Telescope Enable Indicator in the Status Bar area
(Figure 4-73) of the Operator Display Module (ODM) will
come on (green).
2. Push controller on right armrest to the right and hold to
extend the boom.
3. When boom gets to the desired length, let controller
return to the center (neutral) position to stop extending
the boom.

Single Axis Controller (Optional) (Crane not Equipped with 2. Push controller on left armrest rearward and hold to
Auxiliary Hoist) retract the boom.
1. Push the Telescope Enable/Disable Switch on right 3. When boom gets to the desired length, let controller
armrest to enable the boom telescope function. return to the center (neutral) position to stop retracting
the boom.
(Figure 4-73) of the Operator Display Module (ODM) will Dual Axis Controller (Crane Equipped with Auxiliary Hoist)
come on (green).
2. Push inner controller on left armrest forward and hold to armrest to enable the telescope function.
extend the boom.
3. When boom gets to the desired length, let controller (Figure 4-73) of the Operator Display Module (ODM) will
return to the center (neutral) position to stop extending come on (green).
the boom.
2. Push controller on right armrest to the left and hold to
Single Axis Controller (Optional) (Crane Equipped with retract the boom.
Auxiliary Hoist)
1. Push the Telescope Enable/Disable Switch on right return to the center (neutral) position to stop retracting
armrest to enable the boom telescope function. the boom.
The Telescope Enable Indicator in the Status Bar area Single Axis Controller (Optional) (Crane not Equipped with
(Figure 4-73) of the Operator Display Module (ODM) will Auxiliary Hoist)
come on (green).
2. Push inner controller on right armrest forward and hold armrest to enable the telescope function.
to extend the boom.
3. When boom gets to the desired length, let controller (Figure 4-73) of the Operator Display Module (ODM) will
return to the center (neutral) position to stop extending come on (green).
the boom.
2. Push inner controller on left armrest rearward and hold
Retracting the Boom to retract the boom.
return to the center (neutral) position to stop retracting
DANGER the boom.
Crushing Hazard!
When retracting the boom, the load will lower unless the
Single Axis Controller (Optional) (Crane Equipped with
Auxiliary Hoist)
4
hoist rope is taken in at the same time
armrest to enable the telescope function.
Dual Axis Controller (Crane not Equipped with Auxiliary
Hoist) The Telescope Enable Indicator in the Status Bar area
come on (green).
2. Push inner controller on right armrest rearward and hold
to retract the boom.
come on (green). 3. When boom gets to the desired length, let controller
return to the center (neutral) position to stop retracting
the boom.

Telescoping - Theory of Operation Semi-automatic Telescoping

The following section describes the internal operation of a When telescoping with semi-automation, the operator enters
pinning boom. a telescoping sequence or “tele picture” and the Crane
Control System (CCS) controls all of the locking and
The telescoping process requires locking and unlocking unlocking processes automatically. This mode can also be
processes in the main boom. The main boom can be used for intermediate lengths.
telescoped in different ways.
NOTE: For more information on telescoping with
Manual Telescoping semi-automation refer to Telescoping with
Semi-automation, page 4-38.
For manual telescoping, the operator must initiate some
locking and unlocking processes at the right time.

Extending with the Main Boom Configuration The section locking pins (7) are pushed into the cutouts (4) of
the telescopic section at the locking points – the telescopic
The CCS display shows various sectional views of the main section is locked.
boom. To make you familiar with these representations more
quickly, the following section begins with an overview of the The telescoping cylinder is attached to the base section (9)
telescoping mechanism and a telescoping process. with the piston rod (8). The telescoping cylinder has two
cylinder locking pins (5) at the bottom and a mechanism at
Overview the top (10).
This illustration (Figure 4-5) shows the completely retracted When the telescoping cylinder is positioned at a locking
main boom with the base section (9) and the first three point:
telescopic sections I to III (1) to (3).Each telescopic section is
The locking pins (5) can be extended into the cutouts (6) –
equipped with two section locking pins (7) which are
the telescoping cylinder is locked.
extended by spring force.
The mechanism (10) engages into the locking pins (7) and
can retract them – the telescopic section is unlocked.
8849-116
FIGURE 4-5

Telescoping Process
The state shown in Figure 4-6 should be the starting point for
a telescoping process. The telescoping processes consist of
4 steps:
1. Unlocking the telescoping cylinder
The locking pins (5, Figure 4-6) retract – the telescoping
cylinder is unlocked.
8849-118
FIGURE 4-7
3. Unlocking the telescopic section
(A, Figure 4-8) – When a telescope section is locked at
the 50%, 92%, or 100% position, the telescoping
cylinder extends until the locking pins (7) for that section
are clear. When a section is fully retracted and locked at
the 0% position, there is no liftoff process. The boom
8849-117
section is supported at the front of the section by the
FIGURE 4-6 stop blocks instead of by the locking pins. Because of
this, the 0% locking holes are oversized, and the locking
2. Moving and locking the telescoping cylinder
pin never touches the bottom of the hole.
The telescoping cylinder moves into the section to be
(B) – The mechanism (10) retracts the locking pins (7) –
telescoped, e.g. telescopic section T3 (3, Figure 4-7).
the telescopic section is unlocked.
The cylinder locking pins (5) extend – the telescoping
cylinder is locked.
8849-119
FIGURE 4-8

4. Telescoping, locking and setting down a telescopic The telescopic section is automatically set down.
section
The telescoping cylinder retracts until the locking pins
The telescoping cylinder pushes the telescopic section (7, Figure 4-10) are positioned on the above telescopic
to a locking point. section (1).
The locking pins (7, Figure 4-9) of the mechanism (10) The weight of the load is now on the telescopic sections
extend into the cutouts (4). and not on the telescoping cylinder.
8849-121
8849-120
FIGURE 4-9 FIGURE 4-10

Assignment for Display

The CCS display shows a sectional view of the main boom in
the menus.
The following elements are displayed Figure 4-11:
9093
FIGURE 4-11
0 Base section
1 Telescopic section 1
4 Section locking pin on the telescopic section
5 Cylinder locking pins on the telescoping cylinder
6 Section pin cutouts (holes)
7 Cylinder pin engagement cutouts (holes)

Fixed Length and Intermediate Length If a malfunction results in saved values being deleted, CCS
can no longer calculate the current telescoping and may not
There are lifting capacity tables for main boom fixed lengths issue an error message.
and main boom intermediate lengths.
The lengths are automatically detected by the Rated
Capacity Limiter (RCL), and the corresponding lifting CAUTION
capacities according to the Lifting Capacity table are enabled Telescope mechanism damage!
and displayed automatically.
If the telescope system position is different from the
Main Boom Fixed Length current telescoping shown on the display, damage could
occur during operation of the telescope system.
Main boom fixed lengths have the greatest lifting capacities.
Ensure that the actual indicated telescope status matches
A main boom fixed length is reached if:
the current telescope position.
• All telescopic sections are locked to a fixed length
Before the first telescoping, compare the telescoping
• All telescopic sections are set down.
indicated on the ODM with the current telescoping.
Main Boom Intermediate Length Enabling the Telescoping Mechanism
A main boom intermediate length is reached if not all
Push the Boom Telescope Enable/Disable Switch on the left
telescopic sections are locked to fixed lengths.
Extend the main boom to the required length before hoisting
The Boom Telescope Enable Indicator in the Status Bar area
the load.
Telescope Picture come on (green).
The position of the telescopic sections, i.e. which telescopic Function of the Controller
section is extended to what extent, is referred to as the
This section only describes the function of the control lever.
telescoping sequence or the telescope picture.
Before telescoping, a number of prerequisites need to be
This section only deals with the displays on the RCL. The fulfilled as well.
telescoping is also shown on the Operator Display Module
(ODM), refer to Telescoping the Tele Section, page 4-36.
The RCL displays main boom fixed lengths and main boom WARNING
intermediate lengths in different ways.
Telescoping Sequence
Risk of accidents due to unexpected crane
movements! 4
In the case of multiple configuration, check whether the
The telescopic sections can only be telescoped individually,
control lever function Telescoping is switched on before
one after the other.
you move the control lever.
When extending, the operator must always extend the This prevents accidents caused by unexpected
telescopic section with the highest numbering first, then the lifting/lowering.
telescopic section with the second highest numbering, etc.
(e.g. T6, T5, T4, T3, T2, T1). The distance between the hook block and the boom nose
The telescopic sections are always retracted in the reverse changes during telescoping. Ensure that the hook block
order of extending. does not trigger the anti-two block switch or touch the
ground.
Inspections Prior to Starting Operations To prevent two-blocking or slack rope conditions, perform the
When the ignition is turned on, CCS registers the displayed following functions as required:
telescoping status from the current status of the telescoping
• Lower hoist when extending
mechanism and the previously saved locking and unlocking
procedures. • Raise hoist when retracting.
Normally, CCS detects differences between the current and The controller movements for telescoping vary depending on
the displayed telescoping and displays the corresponding the crane configuration. Refer to Extending the Boom, page
error message. 4-24 and Retracting the Boom, page 4-25.

Telescoping will only start if left arrow for retracting • Unlocking the tele section (page 4-36)
(1, Figure 4-12) or right arrow for extending (2) is shown in
• Telescoping the tele section (page 4-36)
the indicated location of the operating display screen (either
the semi-automation or manual telescoping screen). • Locking the tele section, refer to (page 4-37)
NOTE: The operating order depends on the current initial
position. For an overview of a telescoping process
1 2 (example), refer to Telescoping Process, page
4-28.
NOTE: The lengths given in the following illustrations are
sample values, and may differ from the current
display.
Checking the Initial Position
Before telescoping, the operator must check the following:
• Current telescope status
10254-6a
FIGURE 4-12 • Position of the telescoping cylinder
You can regulate the telescoping speed by moving the • Position of the locking pins
controller or changing the engine speed.
To do so, open the ODM main menu by pressing the button
NOTE: With certain telescoping states, the RCL will switch (1, Figure 4-13) or (2) once.
telescoping off, e.g. when you leave the
telescoping lengths or when the working range limit
has been reached, refer to RCL Shutdown, page
4-169.
Disabling the Telescoping Mechanism

If the telescoping function is not required, it should be
disabled to avoid accidental use.
Push the Boom Telescope Enable/Disable Switch on left
8849-45
armrest to disable the boom lift function. FIGURE 4-13
The Boom Telescope Enable Indicator in the Status Bar area Open the Manual telescoping menu (1, Figure 4-14).
change from green to blue.
Manual Telescoping
1
To telescope manually, the operator must initiate some
locking and unlocking processes. The locking and unlocking
processes are carried out automatically.
The following sections describe the operating procedures:
• Checking the initial position (page 4-32)
• Unlocking the telescoping cylinder (page 4-33)
• Extending/retracting the telescoping cylinder (without
tele section) (page 4-34)
• Locking the telescoping cylinder (page 4-35) 10254-4
FIGURE 4-14

Current Telescoping
The display (1, Figure 4-15) shows how far the telescoping
cylinder is extended, e.g. 1293 mm. 1
The display (2) shows the current main boom length, e.g.
37.0 ft.
The display (3) shows the corresponding telescopic section, 3
e.g. telescopic section 6. 1
2
2
3
5
10254-5
4 FIGURE 4-16
Unlocking the Telescoping Cylinder
Unlocking the telescoping cylinder is required for the
1 telescoping cylinder to be moved separately (without
telescopic section).
The telescoping cylinder and the telescopic section cannot
be unlocked simultaneously.
10254-5 2
FIGURE 4-15 Prerequisites
Position of the Telescoping Cylinder Telescoping function enabled – symbol (3, Figure 4-17)
If the telescoping cylinder is near a locking point: green
• The display (3, Figure 4-15) shows the corresponding Telescoping cylinder locked – symbol (2) green
telescopic section, e.g. telescopic section 6. Telescopic section locked – symbol (1) green
• The display (4) shows one or two arrows, depending on
the distance to the locking point. The display (4) will
show two arrows and the display (5) lock symbol will
show orange when the telescope cylinder is at the
locking point.
3
4
Position of the Locking Pins
The current positions of the locking pins are (Figure 4-16): 1
1 on the telescopic section

2 on the telescoping cylinder
2
The area (3) shows an enlarged cut-out.
The current settings are shown in different colors.
10254-7
FIGURE 4-17
Red: Unlocked
Green: Locked
Yellow: Intermediate position

Unlock • Telescopic section locked – symbol (1) green

1. Select the symbol (1, Figure 4-18). • Telescoping cylinder unlocked – symbol (2) red
2. Confirm the selection – the locking pins (2, Figure 4-19)
will retract.
Yellow: Intermediate position 3

Red: Unlocked
10254-5
FIGURE 4-20
Extending/Retracting
Move the controller in the corresponding telescoping
direction
10254-8
FIGURE 4-18 The telescoping cylinder extends/retracts.
The display (1, Figure 4-21) shows the length, as a
percentage, that a telescope section is extended to as well
as the length, in millimeters, that the telescope cylinder is
extended to.
Near a locking point, the symbols (3, Figure 4-22) show:
10254-5
FIGURE 4-19
Extending/Retracting the Telescoping Cylinder 1
Prerequisites
• Telescoping function enabled – symbol (3, Figure 4-20)
green 10254-5
FIGURE 4-21

The direction of travel to the locking point (Figure 4-22): Lock
1 Extending 1. Move the telescoping cylinder to the desired locking

point, e.g. to telescopic section 1 (Figure 4-24).
2 Retracting
Wait until the display:
3 At the locking point
- shows the desired telescopic section (1)
and
- the symbols (2) are shown.
1 2 3
2. Select the symbol (3).
3. Confirm the selection – the locking pins will extend –
symbol (4) green.
FIGURE 4-22
CAUTION 1
Boom System Damage! 3
If extending and retracting several times does not lead to

2
the lock being released, you must not telescope any
further against the stop.
If removing the load does not cause the lock to release, the
operator must lock the telescoping cylinder and then restart
unlocking.
Locking the Telescoping Cylinder
10254-5
The telescoping cylinder must be locked to a telescopic
section so that the telescopic section can be telescoped.
Prerequisites
Telescoping function enabled – symbol (3, Figure 4-23)
green
Telescopic section locked – symbol (1) green
4
NOTE: Lock command available – symbol (4) orange
Telescoping cylinder unlocked – symbol (2) red
4
3 10254-7
4 FIGURE 4-24
10254-5
FIGURE 4-23

Unlocking the Telescopic Section

Unlocking a telescopic section is required for the telescopic
section to be telescoped.
The telescoping cylinder and the telescopic section cannot
be unlocked simultaneously.
1
Prerequisites
Telescoping function enabled – symbol (3, Figure 4-25)
green
Telescopic section locked – symbol (1) green
Telescoping cylinder locked – symbol (2) green
10254-9
FIGURE 4-26
4
3
CAUTION
Boom System Damage!
1 If extending and retracting several times does not lead to
the lock being released, you must not telescope any
further against the stop.
If removing the load does not cause unlocking, you must lock
2
the telescopic section (Locking the Tele Section, page 4-37)
and restart unlocking.
10254-7 Telescoping the Tele Section
FIGURE 4-25
The tele section can be telescoped once it is unlocked.
Unlock
Prerequisites
1. Select the symbol (4, Figure 4-25).
• Telescoping mechanism enabled – symbol
2. Confirm the selection – the locking pins will retract. (3, Figure 4-27) green
Symbol (1, Figure 4-26) red.
• Telescoping cylinder locked – symbol (2) green
If symbol (1) is not red after approx. 10 seconds, this means
that the locking pins are under load. • Telescopic section unlocked – symbol (1) red
To relieve the load, carefully retract and extend a little.
10254-9
FIGURE 4-27

Telescoping Lock
If the requirements for telescoping are met, the symbol 1. Telescope to the desired fixed length, e. g. telescopic
(2, Figure 4-28) is shown. section 6 to 100% (1, Figure 4-30).
Move the control lever in the desired telescoping direction. If the symbol (3) is displayed, the telescopic section can be
locked.
The display (1, Figure 4-28) shows the current extended
length of the boom. 2. Select the symbol (3).
The current telescope diagram on the display will change 3. Confirm the selection – the locking pins will extend –
continually. symbol (2) green.
10254-10 1 10254-11
FIGURE 4-28
Locking the Tele Section
Every telescopic section can be locked at the fixed lengths,
refer to Main Boom Fixed Length, page 4-31.
Prerequisites 2
Telescoping mechanism on – symbol (3, Figure 4-29) green
1
4
Telescopic section unlocked – symbol (1) red
Telescoping cylinder locked – symbol (2) green.
10254-12
3 FIGURE 4-30
10254-11
FIGURE 4-29

Telescoping with Semi-automation

When telescoping with semi-automation (or the semi-auto 1
mode), the operator enters, on the Operator Display Module
(ODM), the pinning location for each of the boom sections (a
target or requested “tele picture”). If this pinning
configuration is accepted by CCS, then the controller is used
to move the boom sections to the pre-determined
configuration. The telescoping cylinder moves between the
boom sections automatically as needed.
NOTE: The entered boom configuration (“tele picture”)
d o es n o t h a v e t o b e c o m p l e t e d f or n o r m a l
operation of the boom. For instance, if the
requested boom configuration is 100-100-0-0-0-0,
and just the T2 section is locked at 100% (T1
section still at 0%), then the boom can be operated 10254-3
as if the configuration 0-100-0-0-0-0 was entered. FIGURE 4-31
The operator can just stop the telescoping function
with the boom at 0-100-0-0-0. Semi-automatic Telescope Mode
If the boom is desired to be fully or partially Introduction
retracted after just reaching 0-100-0-0-0-0 (and
The Semi-auto Mode is typically the standard method for
when 100-100-0-0-0 had originally been entered),
telescoping the pinned boom.
the operator can just reverse the direction of the
controller and the boom will retract. That is, it is not It is important to understand that a pinned boom has a
necessary to enter a boom configuration of telescoping cylinder that can disconnect and reconnect
0-0-0-0-0 to retract the boom. The entered boom (unlock/lock) to boom sections, as well as disconnect and
configuration (target or requested “tele picture”) is connect (unlock/lock) boom sections to each other. This is
ALWAYS only a final destination or configuration. accomplished by a pinning mechanism or pinning “head” at
the near end of the barrel of the telescoping cylinder (the rod
The controller is ALWAYS used to indicate
is fixed to the base section and the barrel extends within the
extending or retracting the boom itself, NEVER to
boom). This pinning mechanism has a set of sensors and an
indicate the extending or retracting of the
electronic module to communicate with the crane control
telescoping cylinder. The allowed motion for the
system. Using these sensors, as well as a precision length
boom with the controller is indicated by arrows
sensor for the location of the telescoping cylinder within the
shown on the display. The telescoping direction
boom, the crane control system commands the pinning
arrow to the right is always extending the boom.
mechanism to perform the locking operations. The
The telescoping arrow to the left is always
Semi-auto Mode is the simplest approach to operating the
retracting the boom.
pinned boom, since it automatically handles the most
complicated aspects of the pinning.
CAUTION It is important to realize that the control system is performing
Boom Damage! automated motions within the boom at some points in the
When a boom section is first unlocked, the boom section telescoping process. At other times the operator is able to
may automatically extend 50 mm (2 inches). The operator move the boom components. Then the automated motions
must be aware of this motion and have the crane in a can occur once again after the operator has indicated the
position to anticipate this motion and prevent contact with appropriate next action for telescoping the boom.
nearby objects. The Semi-auto screen of the operating display (refer to
Figure 4-32) shows a graphic schematic near the bottom of
NOTE: the screen that indicates the current status of the boom
• Switch on the telescoping mechanism, refer to Enabling computed by the crane control system (however the operator
the Telescoping Mechanism, page 4-31. must continue to monitor the status of the physical boom to
compare with this schematic). In Figure 4-32, there is a
• Open the Telescoping semi-automation menu 100% (1) shown for the position of the telescoping cylinder
(1, Figure 4-31). (above the 9046 mm distance value). The graphical
representation of the telescoping cylinder rod protrudes
horizontally from the left end of the schematic (near item 1).

The end of the graphical representation of the rod at the T5

boom section which is at the 100% pinning location. The 5 2
slightly larger rectangular entity at the right end of the
telescoping cylinder rod represents the pinning mechanism. 3
1
1
10254-14
2 FIGURE 4-33
The arrows (1, Figure 4-33), at some point in the telescoping
10254-13 process, will flash. The flashing is an indication that an
FIGURE 4-32 unlocking or locking event will occur if the operator holds the
The example in Figure 4-32 shows the value of 9046 mm for controller in the direction of that arrow for at least 1 second. If
the extension of the telescoping cylinder within the boom. this event begins, then the screen will change to the dots (as
This is the value from the precision length sensor. The described for Figure 4-32) so that the operator knows that an
example also shows a value of 88.2 ft as the overall boom automated motion or action is again occurring.
length. The example shows the T6 boom section had been The RCL must be configured and activated in order to have
previously extended and locked at its 100% pinning location automated motions or to have operator control of the
and the T5 boom section is being pinned at the 100% pinning telescoping function. If the Enter Rigging Mode screen on
location. The remaining boom sections are locked at their the RCL display is used (accessed with the '?' icon on the
0% pinning location. RCL display), then the telescoping action is paused. When
As mentioned earlier, there are times when the crane control the check-mark is used on the RCL display to re-activate the
system is performing automated motions. The example in RCL, then the telescoping action resumes (whether
Figure 4-32 shows some moving dots (2) at the end of the automated motion or operator control).
schematic graphic. These dots, as well as the one dark dot As seen in Figure 4-33, there are sets of numerical values at
cycling back and forth to the left and right, indicate that
automated motions are occurring.
the top portion of the screen above the graphical schematic
of the boom.
4
Figure 4-33 shows the same screen when the operator is First, there is a set of values in a top row with values of 1 to 6
able to control motions of the boom sections. In this case, in circles (2, Figure 4-33). The 1 to 6 in the circles indicate
there is a left and/or right pointing arrow (1) (instead of the the telescoping boom sections (or “tele sections”). The 1 is
dots shown in Figure 4-32). As is consistent with the for the boom section that is the largest and closest to the
schematic's orientation, the left arrow indicates retracting the base section. This is referred to as T1. This then proceeds
boom, the right arrow indicates extending the boom. The from T2 to T6 for the 2 to 6 values.
control device (typically the controller in the standard
controller option) would be moved to the left to retract the The values under these boom section indication numbers
boom, and it would be moved to the right to extend the boom represent the requested final boom configuration (or “target
(while keeping in mind that only one boom section - the tele picture”). Figure 4-33 shows this set of values as
boom section the telescoping cylinder is locked to - would be 0-0-0-0-100-100 (3). This means that T5and T6 are to be
moving). extended to its 100% pinning location, T2 is to be extended
to the 100% pinning location, and T1, T2, T3, and T4 are to
remain at the 0% pinning locations. It is vital that the operator
understand that this requested final boom configuration is
the first step in operating the pinned boom in the Semi-auto
Mode. Everything the control system performs with the
Semi-auto Mode is dependent on this requested final boom
configuration.

Second, there is a set of percentage values shown under the • Verify that the telescoping function is enabled. This is
requested final boom configuration values. In Figure 4-33, confirmed by the green background for the icon for the
these are shown as 0%-0%-0%-0%-0%-0% (4). This telescoping function in the right margin area of the
represents the crane control system's currently computed operating display. Refer to Figure 4-35.
actual boom configuration (or “actual tele picture”). This can
be understood as what the boom looks likes “now” (but as
mentioned above the operator must be aware of the physical
boom to compare to these values). As the boom is operated
this computed boom configuration will change (just as the
schematic graphic for the boom system will change on the
display). But the operator should realize that the requested 9116
final boom configuration will not be changing as the boom is FIGURE 4-35
operated (it is the final destination for the boom motion). • Using the ODM, enter the values for the requested final
Third, there is a list of percentages on the left (0%, 50%, boom configuration (such as 0-0-0-0-100-100).
92%, 100%) (5). These percentages are the available • Using the ODM, the Enter button is used for the OK
pinning locations for the boom sections. They represent an shown on the screen. This sends the requested data to
extent of the distance along the next larger boom section the crane control system. If this configuration is
where the boom section can be pinned - i.e. locked to the considered acceptable, a check-mark will be shown
next larger and encompassing boom section. The 100% is b e l o w t h e O K a s i s s e e n i n F i g u r e 4 -3 3 . I f t h e
not the extreme end of the next larger boom section, but the configuration is not considered acceptable, a red X will
farthest available pinning location (there will always be some be shown instead of the check-mark (Figure 4-36). As
overlap between boom sections). The list of percentages are an example, a requested final boom configuration of
command buttons in the crane control system interface; a 0-100-0-100-0-100 is not allowed.
value can be highlighted, and then an Enter button used to
actually select the value in the list. When an Enter button is
used in this manner, it sets all the values for the boom
sections for the requested final boom configuration to that
value. For example, if Enter is used on the 50% button, then
all the values in the top row of the display will be set to 50
(thus requesting the final boom configuration of
50-50-50-50-50-50).
Semi-auto Mode Basic Operating Procedures

The following steps would be expected for extending the
boom in Semi-auto Mode:
• Enter the Semi-auto screen on the Operating Display
Module. The icon for this screen is (1) Figure 4-34.
10254-15
FIGURE 4-36
1 • Depending on the current location of the telescoping
cylinder, the cylinder may need to move to a different
boom section. If this is needed, the automated motions
will immediately occur.
• Once the telescoping cylinder is considered locked to
the boom section that is to be first moved (T6 in the
current example Figure 4-33) by the crane control
system, the boom section will be unlocked (this is an
automated action).
• Once the boom section is unlocked, the telescoping
direction arrows, as shown in Figure 4-33, will appear.
• With the arrows present, the operator can telescope the
10254-3 first boom section to be moved (T6 in this example).
FIGURE 4-34

• The operator uses the controller to extend the boom • When the T5 boom section is unlocked, the left and right
section. The boom motion will slow down near the 100% telescoping direction arrows will appear again (as is
pinning location (for this example). It can continue to be shown in Figure 4-33).
extended by the operator until it arrives at its 100%
• The operator can telescope the next boom section (T5).
pinning location. At this point, the motion will be stopped
and the right arrow will be flashing. If the controller is • The T5 boom section operating process is the same as
used in the extend direction for at least 1 second after for the T6 boom section described above. When the T5
the arrow is flashing, then the boom section will be boom section is at its 100% pinning location, then it can
locked at this pinning location. If the controller is not be locked in the same manner (using the extend
used, then the boom section can remain at that location direction of the joystick for at least 1 second when the
and not locked (note that the boom section could also right arrow is flashing).
now be retracted and the boom fully retracted, if desired,
• With the T5 boom section at its requested final location,
without changing the target tele picture / requested final
only the left arrow would be blinking. This is indicating
boom configuration).
that it is impossible to telescope the boom any further
• Assuming that the boom section is requested to be (the boom has arrived at its final configuration as
locked, it is important to know that there are a few requested).
phases to the automated motion to lock the boom
The following steps would be expected for fully retracting the
section. In particular, Figure 4-37 shows that there is a
boom in Semi-auto Mode:
“lip” on the boom section pins (pointed to by the arrow in
figure). The first phase for boom section locking is to • It is not necessary to enter a new boom configuration or
release/extend the pins into the hole/cutout in the “target tele picture” (such as 0-0-0-0-0-0) just to be able
encompassing boom section. If this is successful, then to fully retract the boom.
there is a second phase of automated motion to set
down the boom section on the proper flat surface of the • At any point in the boom extending procedure
pins that is next to the lip. In a final phase, the pin is (described above), when the left arrow is shown, the
confirmed to be engaged and the boom section locked controller can be used in the retract direction to retract
by the crane control system commanding the the boom (partially or fully).
telescoping cylinder to retract and then checking for no • Using the previous example for extending the boom, the
boom motion. If there is no motion, then it is confirmed boom motion would end at the boom configuration of
as locked. 100-100-0-0-0-0. And, the left arrow would be blinking.
• The operator can use the controller in the retract
direction for at least 1 second, and then the automated
4
motion to unlock the boom section (T5 in the example)
will start. It is important to know that there are two
phases for unlocking a boom section. As mentioned
previously, and shown in Figure 4-37, there is a lip on
the boom section pins. Therefore, the first phase of the
automated motion is to lift up the boom section to have
9117 clearance from this lip. After the lift up is completed, then
FIGURE 4-37 the pins are retracted. The boom section is now able to
• After the boom section is locked, the left AND right be retracted.
arrows are shown flashing. This indicates to the operator • The operator can retract the first boom section to move
that the boom can be retracted or extended, and that in (T5). But note that the retract and extend arrows are
either case, there will be automated motions and to be again shown. It is possible for the operator to change
aware that it will take some time (the flashing is an direction once again and return to extending the boom, if
indication to the operator that this time will be needed). desired.
• Assuming the boom is to continue to be extended, the • Assuming the boom is to be fully retracted, the operator
operator would use the controller in the extend direction would retract the first section. The boom section will
for at least 1 second. This is interpreted as the indication slow down near the 0% pinning location. If the operator
to change to extending the next boom section (T5 in this continues to retract the boom section to the 0% pinning
example). Therefore, the telescoping cylinder will location, the boom motion stops. The left arrow is shown
automatically unlock from the T6 boom section, retract flashing.
to the T5 boom section, lock to the T5 boom section, and
then unlock the T5 boom section.

• The operator can command the retract direction for at will be in the position desired (such as locked to T1
least 1 second, and then the boom section will lock at boom section).
0%.
Semi-auto Mode Requiring Boom to be
• The left and right arrows would be shown flashing. Retracted
• The operator can continue to command the retract
It is important to understand that a new requested final boom
direction for at least 1 second, and then the telescoping
configuration (“target tele picture”) may require the boom to
cylinder will automatically unlock from the boom section,
be retracted first. For example, if the requested final boom
extend to the next boom section to be retracted, and lock
configuration is currently 0-0-0-0-100-100, and the boom is
to that boom section. Then the automated motion to
extended to this configuration, and then a new requested
unlock the boom section will be used (now for boom
final boom configuration (such as 100-100-0-0-0-0) is
section T6 in this example). When unlocked, the left and
entered, it is impossible to use the new configuration unless
right arrows will appear again.
the existing boom sections are retracted first. When this
• The operator can continue to command the retract condition arises, only the left telescoping direction arrow will
direction and the second boom section to move will be be shown on the display (as seen in 1, Figure 4-38). When
retracted. And, as before, it can be locked at its 0% the boom is fully retracted, then the automated motions
pinning location. should proceed to the new configuration. That is, for the
example, when T6 is locked at 0% (after using the joystick to
• Note that when the boom is fully retracted, the retract everything), then telescoping cylinder can move to
telescoping cylinder does not automatically move to the T2 boom section to be unlocked (since it is the first boom
another boom section (such as automatically moving to section to move for the new final boom configuration of
the T1 boom section). The telescoping cylinder will 100-100-0-0-0-0).
remain at the boom section that was the last to be
retracted. However, this cylinder can be moved to
another boom section with the Semi-auto Mode. Refer to
Semi-auto Mode for Shifting Cylinder within Fully
Retracted Boom, page 4-42 for shifting cylinder within a
fully retracted boom.
Semi-auto Mode for Shifting Cylinder within

Fully Retracted Boom
It may be desirable to have the telescoping cylinder locked to 1
a particular boom section while the boom is fully retracted.
The following procedure can be used:
• Enter the Semi-auto screen of the ODM.
10254-16
FIGURE 4-38
• Verify that the telescoping function is enabled.
• Enter a requested final boom configuration with 0% for Semi-auto Mode Screen Refresh
each of the boom sections, EXCEPT for the boom When the Semi-auto screen of the ODM is entered, the final
section where the tele cylinder is desired to be locked to. boom configuration (“target tele picture”) that is shown is the
For this one boom section, enter 50%. For example, if one most recently ACCEPTED and is actually being used to
the telescoping cylinder is desired to be locked to the T1 control/operate the boom. If the screen is exited and
boom section (and it is not located there currently), then re-entered, what is shown may not be the most recently
50-0-0-0-0-0 would be entered. REQUESTED final boom configuration.
• If the telescoping cylinder is not at the boom section As noted in the section of the document 'Semi-auto Mode
desired, it will shift to that boom section. Requiring Boom to be Retracted', there are cases where a
• When the telescoping cylinder is locked to the desired newly requested final boom configuration can not be
boom section, that boom section will be automatically accepted until the current boom configuration is completed
unlocked (as if it is to be operated). to have the boom fully retracted. If the Semi-auto Mode is
currently requiring the boom to be retracted, and the ESC is
• Use the controller to retract for at least 1 second. The used to leave the Semi-auto screen, and then Semi-auto
boom section will re-lock, and the boom should still be screen is entered again, the values shown for boom sections
fully retracted and locked, and the telescoping cylinder will revert to the original boom configuration, the ACCEPTED
boom configuration (until the boom is fully retracted and the

control system can then “shift” to the new REQUESTED final will be shown in the left Alerts Area (Figure 4-68) of the
boom configuration). ODM.
Semi-auto Mode Warning Indications

The control system manages a fault indication system. This
is characterized by a set of error codes or fault codes. When
a fault condition is noted by the control system, the icon in
Figure 4-39 is seen in the Alerts Area (Figure 4-68) of the
ODM. There is also a screen of the operating display that FIGURE 4-40
uses this icon, and that screen will show the fault codes. Semi-auto Mode Telescoping Function
Shut-down
If the control system detects a fault that is not momentary
and not a warning indication, then the telescoping function
will be shut-down. In this case, the error icon (as seen in
Figure 4-41) will appear in the graphical schematic for the
9118
FIGURE 4-39 boom (instead of the dots or the direction arrows described
previously).
For the pinned boom control (such as in Semi-auto Mode), a
fault may be noted that is momentary. For instance, there is a
calculation of the difference between the calculated boom
length (based on the calculated boom section positions in
the control system) and the measured boom length (from the
boom outer cable reel sensor). If this difference is too large,
there is a fault condition. However, if the cable on the outer
cable reel sensor is just moved momentarily by something
near the boom, the cable may suddenly move and then
return to the proper tension. In this case, the fault condition
can appear momentarily. The icon in Figure 4-39 will appear,
and this fault code could be viewed on the operating display,
but it does not cause the telescoping function to shut-down,
and the fault code can be cleared.
10254-17
For the proximity switches that sense the position of the FIGURE 4-41
telescoping cylinder components and pinning mechanism,
similar momentary conditions may appear. There may also
Typically shut-down condition indicates a failure in the
components of the control system (such as sensors or
4
be fault codes that appear when automated motions take
modules or communications). If the only indication of faults is
longer than expected, but the control system automatically
for the telescoping function, then the following steps can be
recovers from the condition.
used:
F o r t h e s e m om e n ta r y a n d w a r ni n g c on d i t io n s , t h e
Cycle the power for the control system. When the power is
telescoping function will continue to be available. If the left
restored, the control system will attempt to repeat the same
and/or right arrows appear, then the boom can be moved in
procedure or automated motion that was interrupted by the
the directions indicated by the arrows. The momentary or
fault condition. If the fault condition was not permanent, this
warning conditions might also be helpful in diagnosing faults
may correct the condition, and if the error icon does not
that eventually cause the telescoping function to shut-down
appear again, then the telescoping function can continue to
(refer to the section in the document 'Semi-auto Mode
be used.
telescoping function shut-down'.
If cycling the power for the control system is not effective,
There are sensors in the telescoping cylinder that detect
and there is a load on the hook while the control system is
elevated pressure conditions for extending the boom
attempting an automated action or motion (such as
(particularly for telescoping with significant hook loads). If the
unlocking the telescoping cylinder or a boom section), then
pressure is beyond a threshold (depending on the distance
lower the load, if possible. Without the load on the hook,
the telescoping cylinder has been extended), then the
cycle the power again to attempt the automated action or
extend motion is slowed down. If the pressure approaches
motion.
another threshold, then the extend motion is stopped. When
these conditions are apparent, the icon shown in Figure 4-40 If the telescoping function is still not operable, then the
manual telescoping mode can be attempted. In this mode, it

is possible to command slight telescoping cylinder motions the OK shown on the screen. If this is the correct code, then
to assist with locking or unlocking. th e res et t eles co ping sc re en ap pe ars a s sh own in
Figure 4-45.
If telescoping function is still not operable, then the fault can
be assumed to be in the control system components, and
control system diagnostic procedures should be utilized.
Semi-auto Mode Lost Boom Configuration

The Semi-auto Mode is expected to continuously monitor
and record the positions of the telescoping boom sections. If
this process is interrupted, perhaps by communication
interruption or repairing a component in the control system,
then this recorded boom configuration (or “tele picture”) may
be lost. The control system will not find components in the
expected position. When this occurs, a question mark icon
will appear in the screen as shown in Figure 4-42.
The operator can attempt to correct this condition by the 10085-11
procedure in section Reset Telescoping Configuration, page FIGURE 4-44
4-44.
10254-19
FIGURE 4-45
10254-18
FIGURE 4-42 • In the reset telescoping screen, as shown in
Reset Telescoping Configuration Figure 4-45, the operator can indicate the current boom
configuration (“actual tele picture”). It is seen that there
If the actual boom configuration (or “actual tele picture”) is no are 6 available boxes (for the 6 telescoping boom
longer considered valid by the control system (the question sections). Each of these spin boxes can be used to
mark icon appears in the Semi-auto screen), then the change to one of the following:
following procedure can be used to reset (or “teach”) the
telescoping configuration: - 0%
• Enter the request reset telescoping screen on the - 50%

Operating Display Module (ODM). Figure 4-43 shows - 92%
the icon for this screen.
- 100%
- Unlock icon (appears when the 0% value is shown
and then the jog dial or operating display arrow
button is used to get a value below 0%).
• Each of the spin boxes needs to be set to a value or
9119 indication of the current actual configuration of the
FIGURE 4-43 boom. If a boom section is locked at a 50% location,
The request reset telescoping screen appears as shown in then that boom section spin box is to be set to the 50%.
Figure 4-44. This screen is for entering a confirmation code. If a boom section is unlocked (and able to be operated
The confirmation code is L-O-S-T. When these letters are by the telescoping cylinder), then that boom section spin
entered on the screen, then an Enter button can be used on box is to be set to the Unlock icon).

• When each of the spin boxes is set to the correct value telescoping cylinder unlocking, and again at the proper
or indication, then an Enter button can be used on the time the lock icon would be used to again lock the
OK in the screen. If the control system confirms this telescoping cylinder (again the lock icon will become
boom configuration, then a check-mark appears below available as a command when the control system allows
the OK. Otherwise, the question mark shown under the it). There is only one lock icon since the pinning
OK (as in Figure 4-45) will remain; in this case, the mechanism is designed to either unlock the boom
operator should exit the screen and repeat an attempt to section or the telescoping cylinder (but not both at the
enter the actual boom configuration. same time). In this manner, the boom configuration and
pinning locations are “built up” by the operator as the
Semi-auto Mode vs. Manual Mode boom is operated.
The pinned boom can also be controlled with a Manual
Mode. Although the Manual Mode allows some additional
capabilities, the Manual Mode still requires some automated
motions. The Manual Mode screen includes the same
schematic graphical representation of the boom, and it uses
the same dots indication for automated motions (as shown in
Figure 4-31), as well as the telescoping direction arrows for
operator control (as shown in Figure 4-32).
The following outlines differences between the Semi-auto
Mode and the Manual Mode:
• The Manual Mode screen does not show the final boom
configuration values (“target tele picture” or “actual tele
picture”). In Manual Mode, the operator requests lock
10254-8
and unlock procedures and telescopes boom sections to FIGURE 4-46
desired pinning locations without an initial indication of • In the Semi-auto Mode, the unlocking of the telescoping
the final destination. However, the control system cylinder and boom sections is entirely automated. And
internally still creates such a final boom configuration for when locking is completed in the Semi-auto Mode, the
the instance where the operator changes to the joystick (or other control device) does not affect the
Semi-auto Mode after using the Manual Mode. The position of the telescoping cylinder (the joystick is used
control system sets the final destination for all boom to confirm the next command when there is a blinking
sections not yet moved to 100%. Thus, when changing arrow). In the Manual Mode, the command buttons
from Semi-auto Mode (where the operator may have indicate the unlocking and locking, and the joystick can
entered 50-50-50-0-0-0) to Manual Mode (where only
boom sections T1, T2, and T3 were operated), and then
affect the position of the telescoping cylinder; however,
with the components already in a locked condition, the
4
changing back to Semi-Auto Mode, the Semi-auto position of the cylinder can only be slightly affected. But,
screen can show 100-50-50-0-0-0 (thus the control making slight adjustments to the position of the cylinder
system automatically changed the destination of T1 from can assist with the unlocking process.
50% to 100%). This is expected behavior. The operator
can use the Semi-auto screen to change the 100% back Boom Configurator
to 50%, and in some cases, the boom can continue to be
operated (but in other cases, the boom may have to be There are many boom or pinning configurations available.
fully retracted first). The Boom Configurator can assist with previewing these
boom configurations and making an appropriate selection.
• The Manual Mode shows an expanded view of the This screen is used when the boom is fully retracted. Switch
telescoping cylinder pinning mechanism with the same on the telescoping mechanism, refer to Enabling the
unlock icons and a lock icon, as seen in Figure 4-46 Telescoping Mechanism, page 4-31.
(instead of the requested final boom configuration
values for the Semi-auto Mode). When one of the unlock The Boom Configurator is selected from the menu system on
or lock icons becomes available to be selected (changes the ODM as shown in Figure 4-47. Once selected, the Boom
from the basic gray color to the focus color), then the Configurator screen is shown (refer to Figure 4-48). This
operator can request the unlock command or the lock screen allows lift plan information such as hook radius, hook
command. The top unlock icon is for the boom section load, and boom length to be entered. The screen will then
unlocking, and at the proper time the lock icon would be present a table of possible boom configurations to select
used to again lock the boom section (the lock icon will from. The table will show the load chart based information for
become available as a command when the control the configurations, as well as an approximate time (in
system allows it). The bottom unlock icon is for the second s) to complete the telescoping to the boom

configuration. Note that the boom configurations shown are As an example, the RCL rigging information can be set as
dependent on the rigging information already entered on the follows (including using the check-mark to activate this
RCL display, so be certain to set this rigging information selection):
correctly. If the rigging information is changed, all the
• Outriggers at 100% extension.
selections on the Boom Configurator and data on the Boom
Configurator may change. When the Boom Configurator • Counterweight of 13,245 kg (29,200 lb).
data is updating (a waiting circle is shown on the screen), do
• 4 parts of line on main hoist (no aux nose).
not interact with the screen/display; wait until the data is
completely updated before selecting the next action • Boom extension stowed.
(although ESC can be used at any time to cancel the
operation). 1. Enter the Boom Configurator screen (should appear
similar to Figure 4-48).
1 2. Highlight the first selection box at the top of the screen
(for radius), and select Enter.
The value in the box can now be changed. Increase the
value until 60.0 ft is shown.
3. Select Enter.
After a few moments, the boom configurations are
searched and sorted and then shown in the table similar
to Figure 4-49.
10254-3
FIGURE 4-47
10254-21
Example Only
FIGURE 4-49
4. Highlight the second selection box (for hook load), and
select Enter.
10254-20
FIGURE 4-48 The value in the box can now be changed. Increase the
After a table of boom configurations is displayed, the arrow value until 20.0 klbs is shown.
icons on the right side of the screen can be used to highlight 5. Select Enter.
a particular row in the table. For this highlighted row, the
details of the boom configuration (“tele picture”) is shown The boom configurations are now a shorter list (since
below the table. If the OK button is pressed with a particular now matching for both radius and load).
row highlighted, then the boom configuration is sent directly 6. Highlight the third selection box (for boom length), and
to the Semi-auto screen and the control system begins to select Enter.
work that selection and can begin unlocking the boom.
The value in the box can now be changed. Increase the
value until 150.0 (ft) is shown.
7. Select Enter.
The boom configurations are now an even shorter list.

Figure 4-50 shows the expected typical boom configurations Thus, enter the value of 13.5 klbs for the Boom Configurator.
for the three criteria that have been entered. Note that the
first row has the radius and load highlighted in green. These Lowering and Raising the Main Hoist Rope
green values indicate the maximum values in the table; the
172.8 ft boom length pinning combination has the highest
p os s i b l e r ad i u s a n d l o a d . F o r t h e c ol u m n w i t h t h e DANGER
approximate time to extend the boom, the green highlighted
value in the fourth row is actually the minimum value (since a
Crushing Hazard!
shorter time is expected to be the most desirable). Also, note Keep area beneath load clear of all obstructions and
that the orange color for highlighting/selecting a row can personnel when lowering or raising rope (load).
“hide” the green color, but the italics is also used to try to
distinguish these items. Use the up and down arrow icons at
the right side of the screen to change the highlighted row and
then see all the green colored items. DANGER
Crushing Hazard!
Do not jerk controller when starting or stopping hoist.
Jerking controller causes load to bounce, which could
result in possible damage to the crane.
NOTE: When load is stopped at desired height, the

automatic brake will engage and hold the load as
long as the controller remains in neutral.
Lowering the Main Hoist Rope

1. Push the Main Hoist Enable/Disable Switch on right
armrest to enable the main hoist function.
10254-22
Example Only The Main Hoist Enable Indicator in the Status Bar area
FIGURE 4-50
(Figure 4-73) of the ODM will come on (green).
Once a selection is made, the OK button can be used (if the
telescoping function has been activated) to proceed to use 2. Push controller on right armrest forward and hold to
the boom configuration in the Semi-auto mode. Another lower the main hoist rope.
option is to change the rigging information as explained next.
The rigging information on the Rated Capacity Display
3. When hook block/overhaul ball gets to the desired
height, let controller return to the center (neutral) 4
Module (RDM) can be changed as follows: position to stop lowering the main hoist rope.
• Outriggers at 50% extension. NOTE: When the main hoist controller is pushed forward to
lower the rope, the Hoist Rotation Indicator (27,
• Use the check-mark to activate new rigging. Figure 3-9) pulses and the Main Hoist Lower
If the Boom Configurator screen is still shown, the table of Indicator (Figure 4-73) comes on to indicate to the
values should update. operator that the main hoist is operating.
Finally, if it is desired to keep lifts within a criterion such as Single Axis Controller (Optional)
75% of the maximum values for the load chart data, then the 1. Push the Main Hoist Enable/Disable Switch on right
search can be based on a modified hook load. The modified armrest to enable the main hoist function.
hook load value would be the hook load divided by the
decimal value for the desired limitation such as the following: The Main Hoist Enable Indicator in the Status Bar area
(Figure 4-73) of the ODM will come on (green).
Pmodified = P / 0.75
2. Push outer controller on right armrest forward and hold
For example, if hook load is 10,000 lbs, and 0.75 is the to lower the main hoist rope.
modification desired, then the value to enter on the Boom
Configurator screen would be the following: 3. When hook block/overhaul ball gets to the desired
height, let controller return to the center (neutral)
Pmodified = 10,000 / 0.75 position to stop lowering the main hoist rope.
Pmodified = 13,333 NOTE: When the main hoist controller is pushed forward to
lower the rope, the Hoist Rotation Indicator

(5, Figure 3-13) pulses and the Main Hoist Lower Lowering and Raising the Auxiliary Hoist
Indicator (Figure 4-73) comes on to indicate to the Rope
operator that the main hoist is operating.
Raising the Main Hoist Rope

DANGER
Crushing Hazard!
Keep area beneath load clear of all obstructions and
DANGER personnel when lowering or raising rope (load).
Two-Block Hazard!
devices away from the tip of the boom or boom extension
when extending or lowering the boom and when hoisting DANGER
up. Crushing Hazard!
Do not jerk controller when starting or stopping hoist.
Dual Axis Controllers Jerking controller causes load to bounce, which could
result in possible damage to the crane.
1. Push the Main Hoist Enable/Disable Switch on right
NOTE: When load is stopped at desired height, the
The Main Hoist Enable Indicator in the Status Bar area automatic brake will engage and hold the load as
(Figure 4-73) of the ODM will come on (green). long as the controller remains in neutral.
2. Pull controller on right armrest rearward and hold to Lowering the Auxiliary Hoist Rope
raise the main hoist rope.
height, let controller return to the center (neutral) 1. Push the Auxiliary Hoist Enable/Disable Switch on left
position to stop raising the main hoist rope. armrest to enable the auxiliary hoist function.
NOTE: When the main hoist controller is pulled rearward to The Auxiliary Hoist Enable Indicator in the Status Bar
raise the rope, the Hoist Rotation Indicator area (Figure 4-73) of the ODM will come on (green).
(27, Figure 3-9) pulses and the Main Hoist Raise
2. Push controller on left armrest forward and hold to lower
Indicator (Figure 4-73) comes on to indicate to the
the auxiliary hoist rope.
Single Axis Controller (Optional)
1. Push the Main Hoist Enable/Disable Switch on right position to stop lowering the auxiliary hoist rope.
NOTE: When the auxiliary hoist controller is pushed
The Main Hoist Enable Indicator in the Status Bar area forward to lower the rope, the Hoist Rotation
(Figure 4-73) of the ODM will come on (green). Indicator (27, Figure 3-9) pulses and the Auxiliary
Hoist Lower Indicator (Figure 4-73) in the Status
2. Pull outer controller on right armrest rearward and hold Bar area of the ODM comes on to indicate to the
to raise the main hoist rope. operator that the auxiliary hoist is operating.
3. When hook block/overhaul ball gets to the desired Single Axis Controller (Optional)
position to stop raising the main hoist rope. 1. Push the Auxiliary Hoist Enable/Disable Switch on the
left armrest to enable the auxiliary hoist function.
NOTE: When the main hoist controller is pulled rearward to
raise the rope, the Hoist Rotation Indicator The Auxiliary Hoist Enable Indicator in the Status Bar
(5, Figure 3-13) pulses and the Main Hoist Raise area (6, Figure 4-67) of the ODM will come on (green).
Indicator (Figure 4-73) comes on to indicate to the
2. Push inner controller on left armrest forward and hold to
lower the auxiliary hoist rope.
position to stop lowering the auxiliary hoist rope.

NOTE: When the auxiliary hoist controller is pushed 3. When hook block/overhaul ball gets to the desired
forward to lower the rope, the Hoist Rotation height, let controller return to the center (neutral)
Indicator (5, Figure 3-13) pulses and the Auxiliary position to stop raising the auxiliary hoist rope.
Hoist Lower Indicator (Figure 4-73) in the Status
NOTE: When the auxiliary hoist controller is pulled
Bar area of the ODM comes on to indicate to the
rearward to raise the rope, the Hoist Rotation
operator that the auxiliary hoist is operating.
Indicator (5, Figure 3-13) pulses and the Auxiliary
Raising the Auxiliary Hoist Rope Hoist Raise Indicator (Figure 4-73) in the Status
Selecting the Hoist Speed Range

DANGER
Two-Block Hazard!
To avoid death or serious injury, keep load handling CAUTION
Do not change speeds while hoist is operating.
when extending or lowering the boom and when hoisting
up.
On dual axis controllers and single axis controllers (optional),
the high speed hoist function can be enabled by doing one of
the following:
1. Push the Auxiliary Hoist Enable/Disable Switch on left
• With the main hoist function disabled, hold the Main
armrest to enable the auxiliary hoist function.
Hoist Enable/Disable Switch on right armrest for 1.5
The Auxiliary Hoist Enable Indicator in the Status Bar seconds to enable the main hoist function at high speed.
area (Figure 4-73) of the ODM will come on (green).
• With the auxiliary hoist function disabled, hold the
2. Pull controller on left armrest rearward and hold to raise Auxiliary Hoist Enable/Disable Switch on left armrest for
the auxiliary hoist rope. 1.5 seconds to enable the auxiliary hoist function at high
speed.
height, let controller return to the center (neutral) - or -
position to stop raising the auxiliary hoist rope.
• With the main hoist function disabled, double-click the
NOTE: When the auxiliary hoist controller is pulled Main Hoist Enable/Disable Switch to enable the main
rearward to raise the rope, the Hoist Rotation hoist function at high speed.
Indicator (27, Figure 3-9) pulses and the Auxiliary
Hoist Raise Indicator (Figure 4-73) in the Status
• With the auxiliary hoist function disabled, double-click
the Auxiliary Hoist Enable/Disable Switch to enable the 4
auxiliary hoist function at high speed.
NOTE: When the main or auxiliary hoist function is
Single Axis Controller (Optional)
enabled at high speed, the respective Main Hoist
1. Push the Auxiliary Hoist Enable/Disable Switch on left High Speed Indicator or Auxiliary Hoist High Speed
armrest to enable the auxiliary hoist function. Indicator in the Status Bar area (Figure 4-73) of the
ODM will come on.
The Auxiliary Hoist Enable Indicator in the Status Bar
area (Figure 4-73) of the ODM will come on (green). On dual axis controllers only (2, 21, Figure 3-9), press and
hold the inside (closest to operator) of the respective Hoist
2. Pull inner controller on left armrest rearward and hold to Speed Toggle Switch (5, Figure 3-9) to temporarily enable
raise the auxiliary hoist rope. high speed (momentary state) and release the switch to
disable the high speed. Press and release the outside
(farthest from operator) of the switch to enable high speed
(maintained state).

USING THE REMOTE CONTROL UNIT 6. Enable the Remote Control Unit by pressing the top of
the Remote Control Enable/Disable Switch
For an overview of the remote control unit’s controls and (12, Figure 3-3) on the Right Overhead Control Panel in
features, and storage and charging information, refer to the cab.
Remote Control Unit, page 3-50.
When enabled, power is supplied to the remote module
The hand-held Remote Control Unit is provided to operate and the E-Stop relay (in remote module) is added in
the needed crane functions during crane set up only. The series to the E-Stop electrical circuit.
Remote Control Unit is not intended to operate crane
functions during normal crane operation. 7. Make sure the E-Stop Button on the Remote Control
Unit is pulled out.
When operating the crane using the Remote Control Unit, all
limiters and their crane function lockouts are inoperable, to 8. Set the Remote Control Unit to ON by pressing the
include the following: Power Button.
• RCL System (boom up/down, telescope extend, hoist 9. The SPLASH screen will appear for a few seconds,
up) followed by the WARNING screen (Figure 4-51).
• Anti Two-Block System (boom up/down, telescope

extend, hoist up)
• 3rd Wrap Limiter System (hoist down)
• Working Range Limiter (WRL) System
• -29°C Temperature Limiter System (optional)
Preparing for Remote Control Operation

1. Position the crane in the desired location.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Shift the transmission to neutral.
4. Stop the engine with the ignition switch (the engine will
be re-started with the remote control).
5. Set the ignition switch to RUN position. FIGURE 4-51

10. Press the ESC Button on the Remote Control Unit to c. Disable the Remote Control Unit by pressing the
confirm that you have read the warning and to bring up bottom of the Remote Control Enable/Disable
the MAIN Screen (Figure 4-52). Switch in the cab.
Operating Remote Control

Superstructure Horn
Press and hold the horn button on the remote control

unit to sound the horn. The cab horn buttons can also be
used to sound the horn.
Emergency Stop
FIGURE 4-52
Pushing in the E-stop button causes the following to occur:
11. Press the Engine Button on the Remote Control Unit.
The Engine Screen appears in the display. • Engine stops
The operator must start the engine from the Remote • All crane functions operating are stopped
Control Unit. Refer to Engine Start/Stop/Throttle, page • STOP screen appears.(Figure 4-53)
4-53.
Once the engine is started, the operator can operate the
crane functions from the Remote Control Unit.
The Remote Control Unit remains ON until one of the
following occurs:
• Operator presses the Power Button on the Remote
Control Unit
• Battery power is too low
12. Set the Remote Control to OFF by doing the following:
a. If desired, stop the engine with the Remote Control
Unit. See Engine Start/Stop/Throttle, page 4-53.
b. Set the Remote Control Unit to OFF by pressing the
Power Button on the Remote Control Unit.
4
FIGURE 4-53
To restart the engine, the E-stop button must be pulled out.

FIGURE 4-54

Table 4-1 – Engine Start/Stop/Throttle Function Screen
Item Indicator Name Description

Engine (start/stop)
1 1 - Green = engine can be started or stopped
Function
2a - Blue = engine cannot be stopped until either enable button is held down
2 Stop Engine
2b - Green = engine can be stopped with left motion button
3a - Blue = engine cannot be started until either enable button is held down
3 Start Engine
3b - Green = engine can be started with right motion button
Engine Throttle
4 4 - Green = engine RPM can be changed
Function
5a - White = engine RPM cannot be decreased until either enable button is held down
5 Decrease RPM
5b - Green = engine RPM can be decreased with left motion button
6a - White = engine RPM cannot be increased until either enable button is held down
6 Increase RPM
6b - Green = engine RPM can be increased with right motion button
Enable Button 7a - White = both enable buttons released (operation disabled)
7
Status 7b - Green = either enable button held down (operation enabled)
8 RPM Screen Shows the engine speed
Engine Start/Stop/Throttle Changing Engine Speed

See Figure 4-54
Starting/Stopping Engine 1. Press the engine button on the remote control unit
ONCE if already at the engine screen, or TWICE if at the
main screen. The throttle screen (4) appears.
1. Press the engine button on the remote control unit
2. To INCREASE engine speed, hold down either enable
ONCE. The engine start/stop screen (1) appears.
button and the right motion button at the same time.
2. To START the engine, hold down either enable button
and the right motion button at the same time. Release
both buttons as soon as the engine starts.
3. To DECREASE engine speed, hold down either enable
button and the left motion button at the same time.
4
The engine’s speed is shown in the RPM screen (8).
If a condition exists that prevents the engine from being
started, information will be provided in the display. When the remote control unit is on, engine speed cannot be
Common conditions that prevent the engine from being controlled from the throttle pedal and increment/decrement
started are: the carrier transmission is in gear or the switch in the crane cab.
parking brake is released.
Exiting Start/Stop/Throttle Screen
3. To STOP the engine, hold down either enable button
and the left motion button at the same time. Release
both buttons once the engine stops. To exit this screen, press the ESC button on the remote
control unit. The main screen appears.

1a
1b
1c
1d
1e
1f
FIGURE 4-55

Table 4-2 – Outrigger Beams Function Screen

1a - Both left side beams will be operated
1b - Both right side beams will be operated
Outrigger Beams 1c - Left front beam will be operated
1
Function 1d - Left rear beam will be operated
1e - Right front beam will be operated
1f - Right rear beam will be operated
2a - Green = beams can be retracted with left motion button
2 Retract Beams
2b - Blue = beams cannot be retracted until either enable button is held down
3a - Green = beams can be extended with right motion button
3 Extend Beams
3b - Blue = beams cannot be extended until either enable button is held down
4a - Green = either enable button held down (operation enabled)
4 Enable Button Status
4b - White = both enable buttons released (operation disabled)
NOTE: The outriggers are to be deployed with the boom

centered over the single front axle. In this 1. Press the outrigger beams button on the remote
configuration, the direction the operator is facing is control unit as many times as needed until the desired
considered the front of the crane. beam screen (1) appears.
The top of the remote control unit corresponds to 2. To RETRACT the selected beams, hold down either
the front of the crane. The terms left and right enable button and the left motion button at the same
correspond to the operator’s left and right sides time. Release both buttons to stop the beams at the
when looking forward over the front (single axle) of desired position.
the crane.
3. To EXTEND the selected beams, hold down either
Outrigger Beams enable button and the right motion button at the same
time. Release both buttons to stop the beams at the
NOTE: Outrigger controls are only active when the engine
desired position.
is on and the parking brake is engaged.
See Figure 4-55
4
4. To exit this screen, press the ESC button on the
remote control. The main screen appears.

1a
1b
1c
1d
1e
1f
1g
FIGURE 4-56

Table 4-3 – Outrigger Jacks Function Screen

1a - All four jacks will be operated at same time
1b - Both left side jacks will be operated
1c - Both right side jacks will be operated
Outrigger Jacks
1 1d - Left front jack will be operated
Function
1e - Left rear jack will be operated
1f - Right front jack will be operated
1g - Right rear jack will be operated
2a - Green = jacks can be retracted with left motion button
2 Retract Jack
2b - Blue = jacks cannot be retracted until either enable button is held down
3a - Green = jacks can be extended with right motion button
3 Extend Jack
3b - Blue = jacks cannot be extended until either enable button is held down
4a - Green = either enable button held down (operation enabled)
4b - White = both enable buttons released (operation disabled)

centered over the single front axle. In this 1. Press the outrigger jacks button on the remote
configuration, the direction the operator is facing is control unit as many times as needed until the desired
considered the front of the crane. jack screen (1) appears.
The top of the remote control unit corresponds to 2. To RETRACT the selected jacks, hold down either
the front of the crane. The terms left and right enable button and the left motion button at the same
correspond to the operator’s left and right sides time. Release both buttons to stop the jacks at the
when looking forward over the front (single axle) of desired position.
the crane.
3. To EXTEND the selected jacks, hold down either enable
Outrigger Jacks button and the right motion button at the same time.
NOTE: Outrigger controls are only active when the engine
is on and the parking brake is engaged.
Release both buttons to stop the jacks at the desired
position. 4
See Figure 4-56
remote control. The main screen appears.

FIGURE 4-57

Table 4-4 – Main/Auxiliary Hoist Function Screen

1 Main Hoist Function 1 - Green = main hoist can be operated
2a - Blue = main hoist cannot be operated until either enable button is held down
2 Reel Out (lower)
2b - Green = hoist rope can be reeled out from main hoist with left motion button
3a - Blue = main hoist cannot be operated until either enable button is held down
3 Reel In (raise)
3b - Green = hoist rope can be reeled in on main hoist with right motion button
Auxiliary Hoist
4 4 - Green = auxiliary hoist can be operated
Function
5a - Blue = auxiliary hoist cannot be operated until either enable button is held down
5 Reel Out (lower)
5b - Green = hoist rope can be reeled out from auxiliary hoist with right motion button
6a - Blue = auxiliary hoist cannot be operated until either enable button is held down
6 Reel In (raise)
6b - Green = hoist rope can be reeled in on auxiliary hoist with right motion button
7a - White = both enable buttons released (operation disabled)
7b - Green = either enable button held down (operation enabled)
Hoist Control (Main and Aux) 3. To REEL OUT hoist rope from the selected hoist, hold
down either enable button and the left motion button at
See Figure 4-57 the same time. Release both buttons to stop the hoist.
4. To REEL IN hoist rope on the selected hoist, hold down
1. Press the hoist button on the remote control unit either enable button and the right motion button at the
ONCE. The main hoist screen appears. same time. Release both buttons to stop the hoist.
2. Press the hoist button on the remote control unit TWICE.
The aux hoist screen appears. 5. To exit this screen, press the ESC button on the
NOTE: The main hoist screen is the default. remote control unit. The main screen appears.
Speed in either direction is proportional to how far

the motion button is pressed. 4

FIGURE 4-58

Table 4-5 – Boom Lift Function Screen

1 Boom Lift Function 1 - Green = boom can be operated
2a - White = boom cannot be operated until either enable button is held down
2 Boom Down
2b - Green = boom can be lowered with left motion button
3a - White = boom cannot be operated until either enable button is held down
3 Boom Up
3b - Green = boom can be raised with right motion button
5 DEG Screen Shows the boom angle in degrees
Boom Lift 2. To LOWER the boom, hold down either enable button
and the left motion button at the same time. Release
See Figure 4-58 both buttons to stop the boom.
3. To RAISE the boom, hold down either enable button and
1. Press the boom lift button on the remote control the right motion button at the same time. Release both
unit. The boom lift screen (1) appears. buttons to stop the boom.
NOTE: Speed in either direction is proportional to how far 4. The boom angle is shown in the DEG screen (5).
the motion button is pressed.

remote control unit. The main screen appears.

FRONT
0°
-90° 90°
100
-179.9° |180°
FIGURE 4-59

Table 4-6 – Swing Function Screen

1 Swing Function 1 - Green = swing can be operated
2a - Blue = cannot swing left until either enable button is held down
2 Swing Left
2b - Green = can swing left with left motion button
3a - Blue = cannot swing right until either enable button is held down
3 Swing Right
3b - Green = can swing right with right motion button
360° Swing Lock
4 4 - Green = swing lock can be operated
Function
5a - White = cannot engage swing lock until either enable button is held down
5 Lock
5b - Green = can engage swing lock with left motion button
6a - White = cannot disengage swing lock until either enable button is held down
6 Unlock
6b - Green = can disengage swing lock with right motion button
8 DEG Screen Shows the swing angle in degrees
Swing and 360° Swing Lock Operating 360° Swing Lock (Optional)
See Figure 4-59
Swinging 1. Press the swing button on the remote control
ONCE if already at the swing screen or TWICE if at the
main screen. The 360° swing lock screen (4) appears.
1. Press the swing button on the remote control
2. To LOCK the 360° swing lock, hold down either enable
ONCE. The swing screen (1) appears.
NOTE: Speed in either direction is proportional to how far
3. To UNLOCK the 360° swing lock, hold down either
2.
the motion button is pressed.
To swing LEFT, hold down either enable button and the
enable button and the right motion button at the same
time.
4
left motion button at the same time. Exiting Swing/360° Swing Lock Screen
3. To swing RIGHT, hold down either enable button and the
right motion button at the same time.
To exit this screen, press the ESC button on the remote
4. The swing angle is shown in the DEG screen (8). control. The main screen appears.

4 5
6
50.0
7
4a 4b
5a 5b
6a 6b
5a 5b
6a 6b
FIGURE 4-60

Table 4-7 – Option Function Screen

Luffing Boom Extension
1
Offset Function
Rear Boom Extension
2 Stowage Actuator
Green = function can be operated
Function
Front Boom Extension
3 Stowage Actuator
Function
Retract Actuator 4a - White = operation cannot be performed until either enable button is held down
4
Lower Boom Extension 4b - Green = operation can be performed with left motion button
Extend Actuator 5a - White = operation cannot be performed until either enable button is held down
5
Raise Boom Extension 5b - Green = operation can be performed with right motion button
7 DEG Screen Shows the boom extension angle in degrees
OPT (options) Boom Extension Stowage Actuators

See Figure 4-60 The boom extension stowage feature has two actuators to
assist the operator in deploying and stowing the boom
The options function screen controls the following crane extension option.
functions:
• Luffing Boom Extension Offset Cylinder (Optional)
1. Press the option button on the remote control unit
• Boom Extension Stowage Actuators as many times as needed to access the rear boom
Luffing Boom Extension Offset extension stowage actuator screen (2) See Figure 4-60.
2. To RETRACT the rear actuator, hold down either enable
1. Press the option button on the remote control unit
as many times as needed to access the luffing boom 3.
To EXTEND the rear actuator, hold down either enable
4
extension offset screen (1). button and the right motion button at the same time.
2. To LOWER the luffing boom extension, hold down either NOTE: Speed in either direction is proportional to how far
enable button and the left motion button at the same the motion button is depressed.
time.
4. Repeat the above steps for the front boom extension
3. To RAISE the luffing boom extension, hold down either stowage actuator screen (3).
enable button and the right motion button at the same
Exiting OPT Screen
time.
NOTE: Speed in either direction is proportional to how far
the motion button is pressed. To exit this screen, press the ESC button on the remote
control unit. The main screen appears.
4. The boom extension angle is shown in the DEG screen
(8).

• Remote control unit’s software version (1)

You will need to know the software version when
communicating with your Grove dealer or Manitowoc
Crane Care.
• Crane Serial Number (2)
The remote control must remain with the crane it was
supplied with. The serial number in the information
screen must match the serial number on the crane.
FIGURE 4-61
Information
To access the information screen, press the info button

on the remote control unit.
See Figure 4-61
The information screen shows the following:

NAVIGATING THE OPERATOR DISPLAY

MODULE AND RATED CAPACITY LIMITER
DISPLAY MODULE
1 2
For a description the Operator Display Module and Rated
Capacity Limiter Display Module (ODM and RDM), refer to
Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module and Operator Display
Module, page 3-17 4 3
The ODM and RDM each have an integral Navigation
Control Pad (Figure 4-62) which allows the operator to
navigate through the function screens for that module. The 5 6
buttons on the two Navigation Control Pads are identical in
9221-2
configuration and perform the same navigational functions.
Item Description
1 2 1 Escape Button
5
2 Tab Button
4
3 Active Screen Toggle Button
4 Menu Button
3 4 6 5 Jog Dial (Rotate dial to move cursor)
6 OK Button (Press Jog Dial to select)
FIGURE 4-63
9221-1
Item Description The Jog Dial can control one display module at a time. A Jog
Dial Status Indicator (2, Figure 4-67) appears in the lower left
1 Escape Button corner of either the ODM or RDM to indicate to the operator
2 Tab Button which display module is being controlled by the Jog Dial at
that time. The Active Screen Toggle Button (3, Figure 4-63)
3 Menu Button
is used to switch between controlling the ODM or RDM.
4 Left/Right/Up/Down Arrow Buttons
The ODM has a Main Screen and a Menu Screen. The
5 OK Button
6 Additional Information Button
operator can return to the Main Screen by pressing the
Escape Button (1, Figure 4-62 and Figure 4-63) or return to
the Menu Screen by pressing the Menu Button
4
FIGURE 4-62 (3, Figure 4-62 and 4, Figure 4-63).
The Jog Dial (Figure 4-63), mounted on the right armrest, The RDM has a Setup Screen and a Menu Screen. The
can also be used to navigate the ODM and the RDM in a operator can return to the Setup Screen by pressing the
similar manner: Escape Button (1, Figure 4-62 and Figure 4-63) or return to
the Menu Screen by pressing the Menu Button
• Rotating the Jog Dial performs the same function as (3, Figure 4-62 and 4, Figure 4-63).
pressing the Left/Right/Up/Down Arrow Buttons on the
Navigational Control Pads. NOTE: When setting the outriggers using the Outrigger
Extend/Retract function screen, the Escape Button
• Pressing the Jog Dial performs the same function as and Menu Button are used to perform outrigger
pressing the OK Button on the Navigation Control Pads. functions (refer to Outrigger Extend/Retract, page
4-99).
• Pressing one of the four buttons surrounding the Jog
Dial performs the same function as pressing the Rotating the Jog Dial or pressing the Arrow Buttons allow the
respective button surrounding the Arrow and OK operator to select the different function icons that are found
Buttons on the Navigational Control Pads. on the Main Screens and Menu Screens of the ODM and
RDM. When a function icon is selected, the icon will turn
orange in color.
To enter a number or letter, press the jog dial button and then
spin the jog dial until the desired number or letter is shown.
Simultaneously pressing down on the dial and rotating will

increase the speed at which the numbers change. Once the For detailed information on the Main Screen of the ODM,
desired number or letter is shown, press the jog dial again to refer to the section titled Main Screen, page 4-69.
confirm the selection.
2. Menu Screen
The Tab Button (2, Figure 4-62) on the ODM and RDM
Navigation Control Pads can be pressed to temporarily
silence active audible alarms.
The Additional Information Button (6, Figure 4-62) on the
ODM Navigation Control Pad is used to get more information
about a crane control system (CCS) fault code.
USING THE OPERATOR DISPLAY MODULE

(ODM)
NOTE: Refer to Operator Display Module (ODM), page
3-18 for additional information.
The Operator Display Module (ODM) has two primary
10254-3
screens:
1. Main Screen
10254-4
FIGURE 4-65
10254-39b FIGURE 4-64 For detailed information on the Menu Screen of the ODM,
refer to the section titled Menu Screen, page 4-90.

Main Screen • Press the Escape Button (3, Figure 4-66) on the
Navigation Control Pad at the ODM.
The Main Screen (Figure 4-67) appears on the ODM (lower
screen) when the key switch is initially set to the ON position.
3
Navigating back to the Main Screen can be accomplished by 2
doing one of the following procedures:
1
• Press the Screen Toggle Button (1, Figure 4-66) at the
Jog Dial to select the ODM screen control, then press
the Escape Button (2). FIGURE 4-66
- or - The Main Screen is separated into seven areas as shown in

Figure 4-67.
9 8
7
1
4
2
10254-39a
3 4 5

1 Alerts Area 4-70
2 Active Screen Indicator Area 4-76
3 Crane Information Area 4-77
4 Crane Status Area 4-80
5 Frequently Used Quick Select Menu Area 4-85
6 Status Bar 4-86
7 Permanent Quick Select Menu Area 4-88
8 Camera 2 - Right Side View
9 Camera 1 - Rear View
FIGURE 4-67

Alerts Area • Blue - Limit/Status
The Alerts Area of the ODM Main Screen shows caution and • Yellow - Non Critical
warning alerts when a crane system is not operating • Red - Critical
normally. The following list identifies all possible alerts that
can appear in the Alerts Area (1, Figure 4-68). At the same time the alert can show constant on or flashing
to indicate an additional level of importance.
An alert can show with one of three outline colors to
emphasize it importance:
10254-39a
FIGURE 4-68
Name Symbol Description
Crane Fault Active Alert Indicates there is at least one active crane fault that has been viewed.
New Crane Fault Active

Indicates there is at least one active crane fault that has not been viewed.
Alert
Low Fuel Level Alert Indicates the fuel level is low.
Hydraulic Oil Indicates the hydraulic oil temperature is too high.

Temperature Warning Safely stop crane operation and let hydraulic oil cool by running the engine at
Alert idle with no functions actuated.


Hydraulic Oil
Indicates the hydraulic oil temperature input to the crane control system is
Temperature Invalid
invalid.
Alert
Transmission Oil Indicates the transmission oil temperature is too high.

Temperature Warning When safe to do so, move the crane to a location where it can be parked and
Alert secured, then let the transmission cool by running the engine at idle.
Transmission Oil
Indicates the transmission oil temperature input to the crane control system is
Temperature Invalid
invalid.
Alert
Engine Coolant Indicates the engine coolant temperature is too high.

Temperature Warning Safely stop the lifting operations, land and secure any load being lifted. If
Alert possible retract and lower boom. Shut down and secure crane.
Engine Coolant
Indicates the engine coolant temperature input from the engine ECM is
Temperature Invalid
invalid.
Alert
Indicates the engine oil pressure is too low.
Engine Oil Pressure
Warning Alert Safely stop the lifting operations, land and secure any load being lifted. If
possible retract and lower boom. Shut down and secure crane.
Engine Fault Active

Indicates there is at least one active engine fault that has been viewed.
Alert
New Engine Fault

Indicates there is at least one active engine fault that has not been viewed.
Active Alert
Engine Speed Warning

Indicates the engine speed is too fast, or the operator is attempting to raise or
lower the suspension while the engine is off. 4
Alert Apply the service brake to reduce travel speed and RPM, or shift to a higher
gear.
Engine Data Not Valid Indicates the crane control system is not receiving the expected data from the
Alert engine ECM.
Alternator Charge Error

Indicates there is an alternator charge error.
Alert
Alternator Charge Low

Indicates the system voltage is too low, or alternator is not charging.
Alert


Constant On – Indicates the cab is not in the fully lowered position.
Flashing – Indicates one of the following has occurred:
- Operator is trying to tilt the cab while the parking brake is not
applied, the transmission is not in neutral, or the seat switch is not
Cab Not Fully Lowered active (operator is not sitting in the seat).
Alert - Engine is started while the parking brake is not applied and the cab
is not fully lowered.
- Operator is trying to operate the outriggers while the cab is not fully
lowered.
Drive functions are disabled when this indicator is on.
-29°C (-20°F) Indicates the ambient temperature is below -29°C (-20°F). All crane functions
Temperature Alert are locked out.
Indicates the minimum number of wraps of rope required has been reached
Third Wrap Alert - Main on the main hoist.
Hoist When the indicator comes on (red), the warning buzzer will sound. The crane
system will lock-out the hoist down and telescope out crane functions.
Indicates the minimum number of wraps of rope required has been reached
Third Wrap Alert - on the auxiliary hoist.
Auxiliary Hoist When the indicator comes on (red), the warning buzzer will sound. The crane
system will lock-out the hoist down and telescope out crane functions.
Indicates the outside ambient temperature is low and preheating of the air
Engine Wait-To-Start inside the air-intake manifold is required.
Alert
Do not start engine until indicator goes off.
Indicates the operator is trying to perform an operation that requires the
transmission to be in neutral, to include the following operations:
- Shifting the transmission between two-wheel drive (high range) and
four-wheel drive (low range).
- Starting the engine.
Transmission - Tilting the cab.
Not-In-Neutral Alert
- Shifting the transmission to forward or reverse gear while the cab is
not fully lowered, the brake pedal is not pressed, or the RCL is
programmed with a non-travel rigging code.
- Switching the steering direction using the Steering Reversal Switch.
Operator must first shift the transmission to neutral, then try the operation
again.
...
Indicates the Emergency Stop Switch is pushed in. When the

Emergency Stop Active indicator comes on, the warning buzzer will sound
Alert


Constant On – Indicates the boom has reached the carrier avoidance area.
...
When the indicator comes on, the warning buzzer will sound. The crane
system will lock out the boom down and swing left or right crane functions.
Low Boom Angle Alert
Flashing – Indicates the carrier avoidance area system and its lock outs
(boom down and swing left and right) are actively bypassed by one of the
Limit Bypass Switches.
Indicates there is one or more active engine faults. When the indicator comes
...
on, the warning buzzer will sound.

Engine Stop Alert Safely stop the lifting operations, land and secure any load being lifted. If
possible, retract and lower the boom. Shut down and secure the crane.
Access the fault codes through the Menu Screen of the ODM
...
Indicates there is one or more active engine faults.

Engine Warning Alert Access the fault codes through the Menu Screen of the ODM. Correct
malfunction as soon as possible.
Indicates the operator is trying to do one of the following operations:

...
- Tilting the cab while the parking brake is released.

- Starting the engine while the parking brake is released.
Parking Brake Alert - Shifting the transmission to forward or reverse while the parking
brake is engaged.
- Operating the outrigger function while the parking brake is released.
- Releasing the parking brake while rigging code 9810 (Stationary On
Rubber) is active in the RCL.
...
Auto-level Sensor Indicates the operator is trying to auto-level the crane and there is a
Warning Alert malfunction with sensor.
...
4
Tele Cylinder At Boom Indicates the telescoping cylinder has extended too far and reached the
Nose Alert boom nose. Tele extension is locked out.
Controller Speed/Curve
Indicates one or more of the controller functions are not set to the factory
Not Set To Factory
default setting.
Default Alert
Free Swing Active Alert Indicates the swing brake is released and the boom is free to swing.
Indicates the pressure in the telescope extend circuit is too high for the given
boom length. The crane control system will reduce the system pressure and
Tele Extend Pressure eventually stop the telescope extend function to protect boom components.
Too High Alert
If the boom is not fully extended, the load must be relieved from the crane
before continuing to extend the boom.

Rear Wheels Not

Indicates the rear wheels are not centered.
Centered Alert
Indicates the service brake pedal is not pushed while doing one of the
following operations:
Service Brake Pedal - Shifting the transmission between two-wheel drive (high range) and
Not Pushed Alert four-wheel drive (low range).
- Shifting the transmission from neutral to forward or reverse.
-
Indicates one of the following conditions has occurred:
- There is a malfunction in the four-wheel drive system.
Four-Wheel Drive Alert - Operator is trying to operate the outrigger function while the
transmission is not in four-wheel drive (low range).
- Operator is trying to engage the differential lock function while the
transmission is not in four-wheel drive.
Constant On – Indicates the differential lock is engaged.
Flashing – Indicates one of the following conditions has occurred:
- Operator is trying to engage the differential lock while the
Differential Lock Alert transmission is not in four-wheel drive (low range).
- Differential lock is engaged for more than 60 seconds.
- There is a malfunction in the differential lock system.
Indicates the exhaust temperature is above 640°C (1184°F) during the active
exhaust system cleaning process. Indicator remains on until the
High Exhaust System temperatures falls below 625°C (1157°F).
Temperature Alert
Indicator also is on constant during the manual exhaust system cleaning
process.
Constant On – Indicates the exhaust system requires cleaning. When
possible, stop and perform a manual exhaust system cleaning.
Constant On while Engine Warning Indicator is on constant – Indicates the
Exhaust System
exhaust system requires cleaning or the engine will begin to derate.
Clogged Alert
Immediately stop and perform a manual exhaust system cleaning.
Flashing – Indicates the manual exhaust system cleaning is active or there is
a communication loss with the engine ECM.
Constant On – Indicates the Exhaust System Cleaning Switch is set to the
Inhibit Exhaust System Inhibit Cleaning position, which prevents the exhaust cleaning process from
Cleaning Alert automatically occurring.
Flashing – Indicates there is a communication loss with the engine ECM.


Indicates the hydraulic pressure in the service brake system is below normal
Low Service Brake operating requirements. When the indicator comes on (red), the warning
Pressure Alert buzzer will sound.
Do not drive crane until brake pressure malfunction is corrected.
Indicates the hydraulic pressure in the steering system is below normal
Low Steering System operating requirements. When the indicator comes on (red), the warning
Pressure Alert buzzer will sound.
Do not drive crane until steering pressure malfunction is corrected.

Active Screen Indicator Area

The following indicator can appear in the Active Screen
Indicator Area (1, Figure 4-69) of the ODM Main Screen:
10254-39a
FIGURE 4-69

Indicates the ODM screen is being controlled by the Jog Dial.
Active Screen Indicator Refer to Navigating the Operator Display Module and Rated Capacity Limiter
Display Module, page 4-67.

Crane Information Area

The following indicators make up the Crane Information Area
(Figure 4-70) of the ODM Main Screen.
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9
10254-39a
Item Description Item Description

1 Direction/Gear Indicator 6 Transmission Oil Temperature Indicator
2 Engine Speed Indicator 7 Speedometer
4
3 Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator 8 Battery/Charging Voltage Indicator
4 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Level Indicator 9 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Indicator
5 Diesel Fuel Level Indicator
FIGURE 4-70

Item Name Symbol Description
Indicates if the transmission is in neutral (N), forward (F), or reverse

Direction/Gear
1 (R) and what gear is selected [first gear (1), second gear (2), or third
Indicator
gear (3)].
2 Engine Speed Indicator Shows engine speed in revolutions per minute (RPM).
Shows engine coolant temperature in the selected unit of measure

(°C / °F).
Engine Coolant
3 If indicator is yellow or red, safely stop the lifting operation, land and
Temperature Indicator
secure the load being lifted. If possible, retract and lower the boom.
Shut down and secure the crane.
Shows the DEF level as a percentage.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid
4 Yellow Indicator - Indicates the DEF tank is between 5% to 10% full.
Level Indicator
Red Indicator - Indicates the DEF tank is 5% or less full.
Shows the fuel level as a percentage.

Yellow Bar - Indicates the fuel tank is between 11% to 21% full.
Diesel Fuel Level Red Bar - Indicates the fuel tank is 10% or less full.
5
Indicator
Do not overfill the fuel tank. The tank may not always read 100%
when full.
Shows the transmission oil temperature in the selected unit of

measure (°C / °F).
Transmission Oil
6 If indicator is yellow or red, then when safe to do so, move the crane
Temperature Indicator
to a location where it can be parked and secured. Let the
transmission cool by running the engine at idle.

Shows the cranes travel speed in the selected unit of measure (km/h
7 Speedometer
- mph).
Shows the battery voltage when the engine is off and the charging
Battery/Charging voltage when the engine is running.
8
Voltage Indicator Red Indicator - Indicates the battery voltage is less than 20V or
greater than 30V.
Shows the hydraulic oil temperature in the selected unit of measure

(°C / °F).
Hydraulic Oil
9 If indicator is yellow or red, safely stop crane operation and let
Temperature indicator
hydraulic oil cool by running engine at idle with no functions
actuated.

Crane Status Area

The following indicators make up the Crane Status Area
(Figure 4-71) of the ODM Main Screen.
1 2
3 4
5 6
10254-39a
Item Description
1 Parking Brake Indicator
2 Marker Light/Headlight Indicator
3 Suspension Control Indicator
4 Economy (ECO) Mode Indicator
5 Two-Wheel Drive/Four-Wheel Drive Indicator
6 Working Range Limiter (WRL) Indicator
FIGURE 4-71

Parking Brake Indicator Indicates the parking brake is not applied.
1
Parking Brake Applied Indicates the parking brake is applied (refer to Parking Brake Switch,
Indicator (Red) page 3-5).
Marker Light/Headlight
Indicates the marker lights and headlights are off.
Off Indicator
2
Marker Light/Headlight Indicates that either the marker lights or headlights are on (refer to
On Indicator (Green) Headlights Switch, page 3-5).
Indicates the suspension is unlocked and the rear axle is free to

oscillate from side to side.
Suspension Control
3
Indicator
Indicates the suspension is locked and axle oscillation is prevented.
Indicates ECO mode is disabled.
Indicates ECO mode is enabled (refer to ECO Mode, page 4-151)
Economy (ECO) Mode

but is not active.
4
4
Indicator
Indicates ECO mode is enabled and actively lowered the engine
speed to 1200 rpm.
Indicates ECO mode is enabled and actively lowered the engine

speed to idle (800 rpm).
Indicates the transmission is shifted to two-wheel high range.

Two-Wheel
5 Drive/Four-Wheel Drive
Indicator
Indicates the transmission is shifted to four-wheel low range

WRL Indicator Indicates all working range limiters are off.
Indicates one or more working range limiters are defined and

WRL Indicator (Green)
6 enabled.
WRL Bypassed
Indicates a WRL lock out function is bypassed by a Limit Bypass
Indicator (Amber -
Switch.
Flashing)
WRL Boom Angle Indicates that the minimum boom angle limit, the maximum boom
Enabled Indicator angle limit, or both the minimum and maximum boom angle limits
(Green) are defined.
Indicates the boom angle is within 10° of a boom angle limit setpoint.
WRL Boom Angle
Warning Indicator The warning buzzer slowly beeps when the boom angle is within 10°
6 (Amber) of the boom angle limit setpoint and changes to a fast beep when the
boom tip is within 5° of the boom height limit setpoint.
Indicates the boom angle is at a boom angle limit setpoint. The
warning buzzer is on (constant).
WRL Boom Angle Stop
Indicator (Red) For cranes that are equipped with the WRL Lock Out Function, the
boom up or boom down crane function is locked out, depending
upon which limit is reached.
WRL Boom Height

Enabled Indicator Indicates the boom height limit is defined.
(Green)
Indicates the boom tip height is within 3 m (10 ft) of the boom height
limit setpoint.
WRL Boom Height
Warning Indicator The warning buzzer slowly beeps when the boom tip is within 3 m
6 (10 ft) of the boom height limit setpoint and changes to a fast beep
(Amber)
when the boom tip is within 1.5 m (5 ft) of the boom height limit
setpoint.
Indicates the boom tip height is at the boom height limit setpoint. The
WRL Boom Height Stop warning buzzer is on (constant).
telescope out and boom up crane functions are locked out.

Indicates that the minimum boom angle limit, the maximum boom
WRL Radius Enabled
angle limit, or both the minimum and maximum boom angle limits
Indicator (Green)
are defined.
Indicates the boom radius is within 3 m (10 ft) of a radius limit

setpoint.
WRL Radius Warning
Indicator (Amber) The warning buzzer slowly beeps when the boom radius is within
6
3 m (10 ft) of the radius limit setpoint and changes to a fast beep
when the radius is within 1.5 m (5 ft) of the radius limit setpoint.
Indicates the boom radius is at a radius limit setpoint. The warning
buzzer is on (constant).
WRL Radius Stop
boom up and telescope in, or boom down and telescope out, crane
functions are locked out, depending upon which limit is reached.
WRL Swing Enabled

Indicates the left and right swing angle limits are defined.
Indicator (Green)
Indicates the swing angle is within 10° of a swing angle limit setpoint.
The warning buzzer slowly beeps when the swing angle is within 10°
of the swing angle limit setpoint and changes to a fast beep when
the swing angle is within 5° of the swing angle limit setpoint.
For cranes that are equipped with the WRL Lock Out Function, when
the swing angle is within 10° of the swing angle lock out setpoint, the
swing function commanded by the controller may be reduced or
WRL Swing Warning suspended depending upon the weight of the load and the swing
6 Indicator (Amber) speed.
Warning
Due to the free-swing characteristic of the superstructure, the
boom and load can potentially swing past the swing angle 4
setpoint, even if the swing function commanded by the
controller is reduced or suspended (locked out) by the WRL.
This can happen for several reasons, including how level the
crane is and environmental conditions, such as wind speed.
Indicates the swing angle is at a swing angle limit setpoint. The
WRL Swing Stop
swing left or swing right crane function is locked out, depending

WRL Virtual Walls

Indicates that one or more virtual walls are defined.
Enable Indicator
Indicates the boom tip is within 6 m (20 ft) of a virtual wall that has
been set.
WRL Virtual Walls
Warning Indicator The warning buzzer slowly beeps when the boom tip is within 6 m
6
(20 ft) of a virtual wall and changes to a fast beep when the boom tip
is within 1.5 m (5 ft) of a virtual wall.
Indicates the boom tip is at a virtual wall that has been set. The
WRL Virtual Walls Stop
Indicator For cranes that are equipped with the WRL Lock Out Function, the
telescope out, boom down, and swing left or swing right crane
functions are locked out.

Frequently Used Quick Select Menu Area During the operation of the crane, the function icons that
appear in this area will change as their usage changes.
The Frequently Used Quick Select Menu Area
(1, Figure 4-72) of the ODM Main Screen shows the six most Use the Navigation Control Pad or Jog Dial to select one of
often selected function icons from the Menu Screen. the function icons in this area.
These icons appear in descending order of usage, starting at These six function icons can also be found in the Menu
the top left corner and descending to the bottom right corner, Screen of the ODM. Selecting one of the six icons in the
as shown by the red arrows in Figure 4-72. Frequently Used Quick Select Menu Area or in the Menu
Screen will open the same function screen.
4
10254-39a
1
FIGURE 4-72

Status Bar Each crane function indicator can have the following status:
The indicators in the Status Bar (Figure 4-73) represent the • Blue Indicator – Indicates the crane function is disabled.
crane functions that are operated by the controllers on the • Yellow Indicator (Constant On) – Indicates the crane
armrests. function is enabled, but is in a standby mode due to the
Crane functions are enabled and disabled by Enable/Disable operator not being seated (causing seat switch to open –
Switches. As the status of a crane function changes (from refer to Seat Switch, page 3-26).
disabled to enabled, or back), its related indicator on the The crane function is re-enabled by either sitting in the
Status Bar will change color. operator seat or by actuating a dead-man switch on the
The crane function indicators that show in the Status Bar left or right dual axis controllers [refer to Deadman
(Figure 4-73) include the following: Switches (Optional) (Dual Axis), page 3-22].
1. Swing (1) • Yellow Indicator (Flashing) – Indicates the crane function

is being commanded [controller is moved out of neutral
2. Telescope (2) (center) position] when the crane function is changed
3. Boom Lift (3) from disabled to enabled.
4. Luffing Boom Extension (Optional) (4) Allow controller to return to its neutral position, then
re-enable the crane function.
5. Remote Control Unit (5)
• Green Indicator – Indicates the crane function is
6. Main Hoist (6) enabled.
7. Auxiliary Hoist (7)
10254-39c
FIGURE 4-73

Additionally, the main and auxiliary hoist indicators can have

the following status:
Main Hoist Raise

Indicates the main hoist rope is being reeled in.
Indicator (Green)
Main Hoist Lower

Indicates the main hoist rope is being let out.
Indicator (Green)
Main Hoist High Speed

Indicates the main hoist function and the high speed function are enabled.
Indicator (Green)
Auxiliary Hoist Raise

Indicates the auxiliary hoist rope is being reeled in.
Indicator (Green)
Auxiliary Hoist Lower

Indicates the auxiliary hoist rope is being let out.
Indicator (Green)
Auxiliary Hoist High

Indicates the auxiliary hoist function and the high speed function are enabled.
Speed Indicator (Green)

Permanent Quick Select Menu Area

The Permanent Quick Select Menu Area (Figure 4-74) of the
ODM Main Screen shows six function icons that are
frequently used in the operation of the crane. These six
function icons are constantly shown and cannot be changed.
Use the Navigation Control Pad or Jog Dial to select one of
the function icons.
These six function icons can also be found in the Menu
Screen of the ODM. Selecting one of the six icons in the
Permanent Quick Select Menu Area or in the Menu Screen
will open the same function screen.
1 2 3
4 5 6
10254-39a
FIGURE 4-74

1 Menu Screen Icon Opens the Menu Screen (page 4-90)
Outrigger Function
2 Opens the Outrigger Extend/Retract function screen (page 4-99)
Icon
3 Camera 1 Function Icon Opens the Right Side Camera View function screen (page 4-94)
Semi-automatic
Opens the Semi-automatic Telescope Mode function screen
4 Telescope Mode
(page 4-95)
Function Icon
Manual Telescope
5 Opens the Manual Telescope Mode function screen (page 4-128)
Mode Function Icon
Emergency Telescope Opens the Emergency Telescope Mode function screen

6
Mode Function Icon (page 4-130)

Menu Screen • Working Range Limiter Menu Group (12)
The Menu Screen (Figure 4-76) of the ODM is accessed by - Swing Angle Limitation (13)
doing one of the following: - Boom Angle Limitation (14)
• Press the Screen Toggle Button (1, Figure 4-75) at the - Boom Height Limitation (15)
Jog Dial to select the ODM screen control, then press
the Menu Button (2). - Radius Limitation (16)
- or - - Virtual Walls (17)
• Press the Menu Button (3, Figure 4-75) on the • Emergency Program Menu Group (18)
Navigation Control Pad at the ODM. - Manual Telescope Mode (19)
- Emergency Telescope Mode (20)
- Telescope Recovery Mode (21)
2 1 3 • Faults Menu Group (22)

- Crane Faults (23)
FIGURE 4-75
- Engine Faults (24)
The ODM Menu Screen (Figure 4-76) has the following
• Information Menu Group (25)
menu items for operating the crane:
- Operating Hours (26)
• Camera Menu Group (1)
- Software Versions (27)
- Camera 1 - Right Side View (2)
• User Settings Menu Group (28)
- Camera 2 - Rear View (3)
- Controller Curve (29)
- Camera 1/2 - Right Side View / Rear View (4)
- Controller Speed (30)
• Tele-automation Menu Group (5)
- ECO Mode (31)
- Semi-Automatic Mode (6)
- Boom Position Indicator Light (32)
- Boom Configurator Mode (7)
- Exhaust System Cleaning (33)
• Crane Function Menu Group (8)
- Service Menu (34)
- Outrigger Extend/Retract (9)
• Screen Settings Menu Group (35)
- 360° Superstructure Lock/Unlock (10)
- Units of Measure (Metric/Imperial) (36)
- Boom Extension Deployment/Stowage (11)
- Display Screen Brightness (37)
- Time Set (38)

THIS PAGE BLANK

1 2 3 4
5 6 7
8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17
10254-1
18 19 20 21
22 23 24
25 26 27
28 29 30 31 32 33 34
35 36 37 38
10254-2
FIGURE 4-76


1 Camera Menu Group Icon 4-94 20 Emergency Telescope Mode Icon 4-130
Telescope Recovery Mode Icon -
2 Camera View 1 Icon 4-94 21 4-44
Resetting Telescope Configuration
3 Camera View 2 Icon 4-94 22 Faults Menu Group Icon 4-141
4 Camera View 1/2 Icon 4-94 23 Crane Faults Icon 4-141
5 Tele-automation Menu Group Icon 4-95 24 Engine Faults Icon 4-141
6 Semi-automatic Telescope Mode Icon 4-95 25 Information Menu Group Icon 4-144
7 Boom Configurator Mode Icon 4-97 26 Operating Hours Icon 4-144
8 Crane Function Menu Group Icon 4-99 27 Software Versions Icon 4-146
9 Outrigger Extend/Retract Icon 4-99 28 User Settings Menu Group Icon 4-147
10 360° Superstructure Lock/Unlock Icon 4-105 29 Controller Curve Icon 4-147
11 Boom Extension Deployment/Stowage Icon 4-106 30 Controller Speed Icon 4-149
12 WRL Menu Group Icon 4-107 31 ECO Mode Icon 4-151
13 Swing Angle Limitation Icon 4-121 32 Boom Position Indicator Light Icon 4-153
14 Boom Angle Limitation Icon 4-116 33 Exhaust System Cleaning Icon 4-153
15 Boom Height Limitation Icon 4-114 34 Service Menu Icon 4-155
16 Radius Limitation Icon 4-119 35 Screen Settings Menu Group Icon 4-156
17 Virtual Walls Icon 4-124 36 Units of Measure (Metric/Imperial) Icon 4-156
18 Emergency Program Menu Group Icon 4-128 37 Display Screen Brightness Icon 4-156
19 Manual Telescope Mode Icon 4-128 38 Time Set Icon 4-157

Camera Menu Group

The Camera Menu Group (1, Figure 4-77) includes the
following camera view function icons:
• Camera View 1 – Rear View (2)
• Camera View 2 – Right Side View (3)
• Camera Views 1/2 – Rear / Right Side Views (4)
1 2 3 4
Camera 1 - Rear View Screen
10254-3
FIGURE 4-77
These camera view function icons are used to select which
camera view is displayed on the Camera View Screen
(Figure 4-79).
Use the Jog Dial or Arrow Buttons on the Navigation Control Camera 2 - Right Side View Screen
Pad to select the desired camera view icon. Press the Jog
Dial or the OK Button to show the Camera View Screen.
To exit the Camera View Screen, press the Main Screen
Button (1, Figure 4-78) or Menu Screen Button (2).
1 1
2 2
FIGURE 4-78
Camera 1/2 - Rear / Right Side View Screen
10254-40a thru 10254-42a FIGURE 4-79

Tele-automation Menu Group The image shown in Figure 4-82 shows the status of the
section and cylinder pins. Green (1) indicates that the pin is
The Tele-automation Menu Group (1, Figure 4-80) includes locked, Yellow (2) shows that it is in an intermediate position
the following boom telescoping function icons: and Red is unlocked. Additionally, if the hazard triangle (3) is
• Semi-automatic Telescope Mode (2) (page 4-95) present, an error exists.
• Boom Configurator (3) (page 4-97)
1 2 3
2
1
10254-13
3
FIGURE 4-82
10254-3
FIGURE 4-80 Telescoping Cylinder Length Display
Semi-automation Telescope Mode Current extended length of the
Display:
telescoping cylinder (1, Figure 4-83)
NOTE: For more information about telescoping with
semi-automation refer to Semi-automatic Unit of Displayed depending on setting, mm
Telescoping, page 4-26. measurement: (millimeters) or ft (feet) and percent (%)
Open Menu
To open: Select symbol (1) and confirm – menu is opened
1
8882-1b 1
FIGURE 4-81
Telescope Diagram Display

Current relation of the telescopic sections to each other – 10254-13
section of top view Figure 4-82. FIGURE 4-83

Main Boom Length Display Current telescope Status Display

Current extended length of the main Extended length of the telescopic sections in percentage
Display:
boom (1, Figure 4-84)
Display of telescopic sections 1 to 6
1-6
Unit of Displayed depending on setting, m (Figure 4-86)
measurement: (meters) or ft (feet)
10254-13
FIGURE 4-86
10254-13 1
FIGURE 4-84 Pre-selection for all Telescopic Sections
Telescopic Sections Display 1 Pre-selection telescoping 0%
Display of telescopic sections 1 to 6 2 Pre-selection telescoping 50%

1-6
(Figure 4-85) 3 Pre-selection telescoping 92%
4 Pre-selection telescoping 100%
10254-13 10254-13
FIGURE 4-87
FIGURE 4-85

Pre-selection for Individual Telescopic Sections Confirm Pre-selection

Display of telescopic sections 1 to 6
1-6 Confirm request to use entered telescoping values
(Figure 4-85) 1
(Figure 4-90)
Once a new set of values are entered for telescoping,
2 the question-mark appears until the OK is confirmed.
Then the check-mark or the red-X is shown
3 Requested telescoping is accepted symbol
4 Requested telescoping not accepted symbol
10254-13
FIGURE 4-88 8854-169
FIGURE 4-90
Tele-automation Direction Display
Boom Configurator Mode
1 Start telescoping with Retract (Figure 4-89)
NOTE: Refer to Boom Configurator, page 4-45 for more
2 Start telescoping with Extend
information on how the Boom Configurator screen
is used in the telescoping operation.
1 2
To open: Select symbol (1, Figure 4-91) and confirm – menu
is opened
4
10254-6a
FIGURE 4-89
10254-3
FIGURE 4-91

1 2 3
4 5 6 7
8 11
13
9 12
10
10254-22a
FIGURE 4-92
Item Description
1 Lift plan radius entry box
2 Lift plan hook load entry box
3 Lift plan boom length entry box
4 Symbol indicating radius for first column of the table.
5 Symbol indicating hook load for second column of the table.
6 Symbol indicating boom length for third column of the table.
Symbol indicating approximate time (in seconds) for boom configuration (“tele pictures”) to be
7
completed.
8 Table of possible boom configurations (“tele pictures”) that meet the lift plan criteria.
9 For the row in the table that is highlighted, this is the boom configuration (“tele picture”).
10 For the row in the table that is highlighted, this is a schematic view of the boom configuration.
11 Up arrow, when selected and select Enter, the highlighted row moves up in the table.
12 Down arrow, when selected and select Enter, the highlighted row moves down in the table.
OK button; when selected and select Enter, the highlighted row's boom configuration is accepted and
13 sent to the Semi-automatic mode screen, and the boom commences to attempt to use this boom
configuration.
Reset option; when selected and select Enter, the lift plan entry values are set to 0 and boom
14
configurations cleared.

Crane Function Menu Group The Outrigger Extend/Retract function screen (Figure 4-94)
allows the operator to set the outriggers and level the crane
The Crane Function Menu Group includes the following using either a manual or semi-automatic mode. The
function icons: Outrigger Extend/Retract function screen is also used to
• Outrigger Extend/Retract (page 4-99) retract and stow the outriggers as well as operate the side
mounted carrier work lights.
• 360° Superstructure Lock/Unlock (page 4-105)
• Boom Extension Deployment/Stowage (page 4-106) centered over the front axle. In this configuration,
the direction the operator is facing is considered
Outrigger Extend/Retract the front of the crane.
Select the Outrigger Extend/Retract icon (1, Figure 4-93) The steering wheel symbol (6, Figure 4-94) shown
under the Crane Function Group to show the Outrigger on the Outrigger Extend/Retract function screen
Extend/Retract function screen. corresponds to the front of the crane. The terms left
and right correspond to the operator’s left and right
sides when looking forward over the front (axle) of
the crane.
NOTE: Refer to Using the Outriggers, page 4-19 for
complete procedures to set the outriggers and level
the crane, and procedures to stow the outriggers.
NOTE: Outrigger controls are only enabled when the
engine is on, the parking brake is applied, the
transmission is shifted to neutral, and four-wheel
1
low is selected.
10254-3
FIGURE 4-93

6
5 5
1 2
7
4 3
13
5 5
10269-1 8 9 10 11 12
FIGURE 4-94

1 Left Front Beam/Jack 8 Menu Screen Icon
2 Right Front Beam/Jack 9 O/R Beams Icon
3 Right Rear Beam/Jack 10 O/R Jacks Icon
4 Left Rear Beam/Jack 11 O/R Jacks x4 Icon
5 Percentage Outrigger Beam is Extended 12 Auto-level Icon
6 Steering Wheel (to indicate front of crane) 13 Side Mounted Carrier Work Lights On/Off Icon
7 Inclination Indicator

Extending/Retracting the Outriggers Beams

To extend or retract the O/R beams, perform the following
5
procedure: 7
1. Using the Jog Dial, or the Arrow Buttons at the
Navigation Control Pad, select the O/R Beam icon
(6, Figure 4-96) (icon will turn orange when selected). 1 2
2. Press the Jog Dial, or the OK Button at the ODM, to 3 4

make the O/R Beam icon active (icon will turn green
when active).
6
3. To extend the O/R beams, position the Outrigger
Extend/Retract Switch (17, Figure 3-9) on the left
armrest to the extend position, then push and hold one
10269-2
or more of the four buttons at the Jog Dial or the
Navigation Control Pad (Figure 4-95).
5
To retract the O/R beams, position the Outrigger
Extend/Retract Switch to the retract position, then push
and hold one or more of the four buttons at the Jog Dial
or the Navigation Control Pad. 1 2
NOTE: The O/R beam positions correspond to the four 3 4

buttons at the Jog Dial and the ODM Navigation
Control Pad (Figure 4-95 and Figure 4-96).
6
1 2 1 2
10269-3
3 4 Item Description
3 4
1 Left-Front Beam
2 Right-Front Beam
Item Description
3 Left-Rear Beam
1 Left-Front Beam
4 Right-Rear Beam 4
2 Right-Front Beam
5 Steering Wheel (indicates front of crane)
3 Left-Rear Beam
6 O/R Beam Icon
4 Right-Rear Beam
7 Percentage Outrigger is Extended
When a button at the Jog Dial or Navigation Control Pad is
If operating the crane with the outrigger beams in the
pushed and held, the corresponding O/R beam image turns
mid-extended position (50%), use the Percentage Outrigger
orange to indicate that it is actively moving. An arrow will
is Extended field (7, Figure 4-96) to achieve the desired
appear to indicate whether the beam is extending or
position. When programming the RCL, if the outrigger beam
retracting. In the following example (Figure 4-96), the top
position does not match the RCL rigging code the outrigger
image shows the Left-Front O/R beam is extending and the
beam over-ride warning screen (Figure 4-185) will show on
bottom image shows the Left-Front O/R beam is retracting.
the RDM. Operator must visually inspect to confirm outrigger
beam position using the markings on each outrigger beam.

Extending/Retracting Individual Outrigger Jacks appear to indicate whether the jack is extending or retracting.
In the following example (Figure 4-98), the top image shows
To extend or retract an individual O/R jack, perform the
the Left-Front O/R jack is extending and the bottom image
following procedure:
shows the Left-Front O/R jack is retracting.
Navigation Control Pad, select the O/R Jack icon
(6, Figure 4-98) (icon will turn orange when selected).
5
2. Press the Jog Dial, or the OK Button at the ODM, to
make the O/R Jack icon active (icon will turn green when
active).
1 2
3. To extend the O/R jacks, position the Outrigger
Extend/Retract Switch (17, Figure 3-9) on the left 3 4
armrest to the extend position, then press and hold one
or more of the four buttons at the Jog Dial or Navigation
Control Pad. 6
To retract the O/R jacks, position the Outrigger

Extend/Retract Switch to the retract position, then press 10269-4
and one or more of the four buttons at the Jog Dial or
Navigation Control Pad.
5
NOTE: The O/R jack positions correspond to the four
Control Pad (Figure 4-97 and Figure 4-98).
1 2
3 4
1 2 1 2
3 4 6
3 4
10269-5
Item Description
Item Description
1 Left-Front Jack
1 Left-Front Jack
2 Right-Front Jack
2 Right-Front Jack
3 Left-Rear Jack
3 Left-Rear Jack
4 Right-Rear Jack
4 Right-Rear Jack
FIGURE 4-97 5 Steering Wheel (indicates front of crane)
When a button at the Jog Dial or Navigation Control Pad is 6 O/R Jack Icon
pressed and held, the corresponding O/R jack image turns
orange to indicate that it is actively moving. An arrow will FIGURE 4-98

Extending/Retracting the Outrigger Jacks - x4 When extending or retracting all four outrigger jacks at the
same time, the four O/R jack images turn orange to indicate
To extend or retract all four O/R jacks at the same time,
that they are active. Arrows appear to indicate whether the
perform the following procedure:
jacks are extending or retracting. In following example
1. Using the Jog Dial, or the Arrow Buttons at the (Figure 4-100), the top image shows all four outrigger jacks
Navigation Control Pad, select the O/R Jack x4 icon are extending and the bottom image shows all four outrigger
(6, Figure 4-100) (icon will turn orange when selected). jacks are retracting:
make the O/R Jack x4 icon active (icon will turn green
when active). 5
3. To extend all four O/R jacks at the same time, position

the Outrigger Extend/Retract Switch (17, Figure 3-9) on
the left armrest to the extend position, then press and 1 2
hold the Jog Dial or OK Button at the Navigation Control
Pad. 3 4
To retract all four O/R jacks at the same time, position

the Outrigger Extend/Retract Switch to the retract 6
position, then press and hold the Jog Dial or OK Button
at the Navigation Control Pad.
NOTE: While the Outrigger Jack Extend/Retract x4 icon is 10269-6
active, individual outrigger jacks can be extended
or retracted by positioning the Outrigger 5
Extend/Retract Switch to the desired direction,
then pressing and holding one of the four buttons at
the Jog Dial or Navigation Control Pad
1 2
(Figure 4-99).
The O/R jack positions correspond to the four 3 4
Control Pad.
6
1 2 1 2
10269-7 4
3 4
3 4
Item Description
1 Left-Front Jack
2 Right-Front Jack
Item Description 3 Left-Rear Jack
1 Left-Front Jack 4 Right-Rear Jack
2 Right-Front Jack 5 Steering Wheel (indicates front of crane)
3 Left-Rear Jack 6 O/R Jack x4 Icon
4 Right-Rear Jack
FIGURE 4-100
FIGURE 4-99

Leveling the Crane Using Auto-level 4. To begin the auto-level function, position the Outrigger
Extend/Retract Switch (17, Figure 3-9) on the left
To level the crane using the auto-level function, perform the
armrest to the extend or retract position, then press and
following procedure:
hold the button (1, Figure 4-102) at the Jog Dial or
1. Fully extend the four outrigger jacks. Navigation Control Pad that corresponds to the
Auto-level Button on the screen.
Navigation Control Pad, select the Auto-level icon
(3, Figure 4-101) (icon will turn orange when selected). 1 2
1 2
make the Auto-level icon active (icon will turn green 3 4
3 4
when active). The Outrigger Extend/Retract function
screen will also change to show the Auto-level indicator
(1, Figure 4-101).
Item Description
1 Left-Front Jack - Auto-level
2
2 Right-Front Jack
3 Left-Rear Jack
1
4 Right-Rear Jack
FIGURE 4-102
With the two buttons pressed, the auto-level system will

adjust the height of the jacks automatically as it levels
the crane. Several adjustments may be necessary.
3
After an adjustment is made, the auto-level system will
10269-9 pause for a short time as it does a levelness check of the
crane. The operator can watch the leveling process by
viewing the inclination indicator (2, Figure 4-101).
2
If crane is still not level, the system will continue to make
1
adjustments, with each adjustment followed by a pause
for a level check.
When crane is level within 0.10°, the Auto-level Indicator
(1, Figure 4-101) flashes. When this occurs, the
auto-level process is complete and no further
adjustments are made.
3
5. Release the Outrigger Extend/Retract Switch and the
button (1, Figure 4-102) at the Jog Dial or Navigation
10269-8 Control Pad.
Item Description
1 Auto-level Indicator
2 Inclination Indicator
3 Auto-level Icon
FIGURE 4-101

Operating the Side Mounted Carrier Work Lights

The carrier has four side lights which can be used to
illuminate the area around the crane (refer to Side Mounted
Carrier Work Lights, page 3-48 for more information).
Switch the carrier side lights on and off by doing the
following:
1. Using the Jog Dial or Arrow Buttons on the Navigation
Control Pad, select the Carrier Side Lights On/Off Icon
(13, Figure 4-94) (icon background will turn orange 1
when selected).
2. Press the Jog Dial or OK Button on the Navigation
Control Pad once to toggle the lights on (icon will turn
green). Press the Jog Dial or OK Button again to toggle 10254-3
FIGURE 4-104
the lights off.
The 360° Superstructure Lock/Unlock function screen
(Figure 4-105) is used to lock the superstructure in position
any where throughout its 360° rotation.
The function screen (Figure 4-105) shows the current swing
angle (1), the Lock and Unlock Icons for operating the lock
function, and the Swing Lock Status Indicator (4)
(locked/unlocked).
In Figure 4-105, the Swing Lock Status Indicator (4) shows
the swing lock is in the unlocked position.
10269-10
Carrier Side Lights Off 2
1
4
4
3
9902-13
Item Description
1 Swing Angle
2 Lock Icon
10269-11 3 Unlock Icon
Carrier Side Lights On
FIGURE 4-103 Swing Lock Status Indicator (shown in the
4
unlocked position)
360° Swing Lock (Optional)
FIGURE 4-105
Select the 360° Swing Lock icon (1, Figure 4-104) under the
Crane Function Group to show the 360° Superstructure In Figure 4-106, the Swing Lock Status Indicator (4) shows
Lock/Unlock function screen. the swing lock is in the locked position.

3. Press the Jog Dial or the OK Button to start the locking

process.
When the lock is disengaged, the Unlock Status
Indicator (4, Figure 4-105) will appear.
Boom Extension Deployment/Stowage

Select the Boom Extension Deployment/Stowage icon
(1, Figure 4-107) under the Crane Function Group to show
4
the Boom Extension Deployment/Stowage function screen.
9902-14
FIGURE 4-106
Locking the Superstructure

1. Swing the superstructure to the desired position.
2. Maintain superstructure position by pressing and
holding the swing brake pedal. 1
3. Using the Jog Dial or the Arrow Buttons on the
Navigation Control Pad, select the Lock icon
(2, Figure 4-105).
10254-3
4. Press the Jog Dial or the OK Button to start the locking FIGURE 4-107
process. The Boom Extension Deployment/Stowage function screen
When the lock is engaged, the Locked Status Indicator is used to extend and retract the front and rear boom
(4, Figure 4-106) will appear. extension pins that secure the boom extension to the boom
base section.
Unlocking the Superstructure
Complete procedures for the deployment and stowage of the
1. Press and hold the swing brake pedal. boom extension, including the use of the Boom Extension
2. Using the Jog Dial or the Arrow Buttons on the Deployment/Stowage function screen, are found in the
Navigation Control Pad, select the Unlock icon section titled Boom Extension, page 5-20.
(3, Figure 4-105).

Working Range Limiter Menu Group

1 2 3 4 5
5
5 5 6
Einführung
The Working Range Limiter (WRL) is a feature of the Crane
Control System, located on the ODM, that allows the
operator to define boundaries or limits for crane operation. 9478 FIGURE 4-108
With obstacles and limits accurately defined, the WRL will WRL Menu Group
aid the operator in identifying when the boom and/or load is
nearing an obstacle by giving both visual and audible alerts.
Item Description
CAUTION 1 WRL Menu Group

The WRL is an operator aid and should not be relied upon 2 WRL Swing Angle Limitation
in place of good operating practice. The crane functions 3 WRL Boom Angle Limitation
can be affected to slow and stop with respect to
limitations. This behavior is referred to as lock-out. A 4 WRL Boom Height Limitation
qualified signal person to observe and direct the lifting 5 WRL Working Radius Limitation
operation should be used when necessary.
6 WRL Virtual Walls Limitation
Refer to Table 4-8 – WRL Alarm Characteristics for alarm The following limitations are available under the WRL Menu
positions. Icon (1, Figure 4-108) as noted below. The number next to
In addition, when the WRL Lock-Out Function is enabled, the limitation indicates the Menu Limitation Icon reflective of
crane functions are expected to be used with the same that group as shown in Figure 4-108.
caution as if the lock-out capability was not present. In • Swing Angle Limitation Icon (2): Swing angle limits for
particular, it must be noted that the swing function has a swing left and swing right directions can be defined.
coasting or free-swing characteristic that will not be affected
by the slow-down and lock-out of the swing function. As • Boom Angle Limitation Icon (3): Boom up/down limits
such, swing speeds are to be no more than 1 degree of can be defined for a minimum and maximum boom
swing per second. Again, refer to Table 4-8 – WRL Alarm angle.
Characteristics for swing position limitations and alarms. • Boom Height Limitation Icon (4): Boom height limit can
be defined for a maximum boom elevation.
• Working Radius Limitation Icon (5): Working radius limits
DANGER
For standard cranes NOT equipped with the WRL
can be defined for minimum and maximum radius
working zones.
4
Lock-Out Function, the WRL System is an audio/visual • Virtual Wall(s) Limitation Icon (6): Up to five virtual walls
indicator only. The system will not stop the movement of can be defined to be jobsite objects or warning zones.
the crane when the limit is reached. The operator must
continue to control and stop the movement of the crane
when alerted by the WRL Indicator.
If the crane’s WRL is configured with the Lock-Out CAUTION
Function, the crane functions can be affected to slow and Turning off the power to the control system disables any
stop with respect to the programmed limits. WRL limitations. While powering OFF the control system
When the Lock-Out feature of the WRL System is will disable all WRL limitations, the limitation values (for
enabled, the operator must continue to operate the crane example, Swing Angles) will be retained across power
functions with caution. cycles.
The WRL Menu Group (1, Figure 4-108) and sub-menu (2 WRL Limitations Overview
thru 6) allows the operator to set limits on the location of the
boom. For each of the limitations, the limitation must first be
ENABLED within the WRL feature of the Crane Control
System software. This is done with particular screens and
buttons on the Operating Display Module (ODM). Once the
limitation is enabled using Item 3 in Figure 4-112, then it can
be DEFINED (in terms of specific angles or locations). This is

also done with the screen and buttons on the ODM, as well the controller may be reduced or suspended depending
as possibly operating the boom to define particular locations. upon the weight of the load and the swing speed.
With the limitation enabled and defined, the control system
can then provide the needed feedback and warnings based
upon the defined limitations. When the crane is in such a WARNING
position to cause warning, then the WRL Limitation is
Due to the free-swing characteristic of the crane’s
considered to be ACTIVE.
superstructure, the boom and load can potentially swing
In summary, to turn on a WRL Limit, the following steps must past the swing angle set point, even if the swing function
be performed: commanded by the controller is reduced or suspended
(locked out) by the WRL. This can happen for several
1. Enable the Limitation
reasons, including how level the crane is and
2. Define the Limitation environmental conditions, such as wind speed.
When a limitation is enabled (but none are active), the ODM
When a limitation is active, and the boom has reached the
shows a green-colored alert indicator icon on it Main Screen
requested limit position, the ODM shows a red-colored alert
(as shown below).
indicator for the limitation, again with a symbol for the
Icon Description particular type of limitation (refer to Figure 4-108 for the WRL
Menu Icons). In this condition, audible alarms, as well as
Working Range Limiter (WRL) Indicator stopping of crane functions (if Lock-Out Function is used) will
(Green): Indicates one or more working also be apparent. For example, for this condition, the
range limiters are defined. following red Icon (shown below) would appear for the swing
limitation:
When a limitation is active, but the boom has not yet reached
the requested limit position, the ODM shows an Icon Description
amber-colored alert indicator for the limitation (as shown Swing Angle Stop Indicator (Red):
below). In this condition, audible alarms, as well as slowing Indicates the swing angle is at a swing angle
of the crane functions (if Lock-Out Function used) will also be limit set point. The warning buzzer is on
apparent. For example, in this condition, the amber-colored (constant).
Warning Indicator Icon shown below would appear for the
For cranes that are equipped with the WRL
swing limitation:
Lock-Out Function, the swing left or swing
Icon Description right crane function is locked out, depending
Swing Angle Warning Indicator (Amber):
Indicates the swing angle is within 10° of a If there are multiple limitations enabled, such as a swing
swing angle limit set point. limitation and a height limitation, the indicators
(15, Figure 4-70) will alternate, showing one after the other
The warning buzzer slowly beeps when the swing angle is in the ODM.
within 10° of the swing angle limit set point and changes to a When a limitation is active, the warning buzzer inside the cab
fast beep when the swing angle is within 5° of the swing will sound. If there is a solid sound, this will signify being at
angle limit set point. the limitation.
For cranes that are equipped with the WRL Lock-Out The Alarm Characteristics are outlined in Table 4-8.
Function, when the swing angle is within 10° of the swing
angle lock-out set point, the swing function commanded by

Table 4-8 – WRL Alarm Characteristics
LIMITATION POSITION ALARM INDICATOR

Swing Angle Limitation 10 deg before limit Slow beeping Amber
5 deg before limit Fast beeping Red
At limit Solid sound
Boom Angle Limitation 10 deg before limit Slow beeping Amber
5 deg before limit Fast beeping Red
Boom Height Limitation 10 ft before limit Slow beeping Amber
5 ft before limit Fast beeping Red
Working Radius Limitation 10 ft before limit Slow beeping Amber
Virtual Walls Limitation 10 ft before limit Slow beeping Amber
NOTE: The audible alarm can be silenced using the Tab To access the WRL Function Icon Screen, the Menu
Button on the Navigation Control Pad Function is used with the display. Once the Main Menu
(2, Figure 4-62). It can be silenced once the boom screen is shown, the WRL limitations are shown as a group,
is no longer being moved. When a boom motion is and one of the limitations can then be selected to work with
sensed again by the control system, the warning that limitation screen. To move to the Icon you wish to select,
buzzer (audible alarm) is sounded again. use the Arrow Keys on the Navigational Control Pad or the
Jog Dial to move to the corresponding Function Icon you
Accessing a WRL Limitation Screen wish to set the limitation on as shown in (Figure 4-108).
The WRL Group is made up of five (5) WRL Function Icons.
To enable and define a limitation, access the related WRL
4
Function Icon in the WRL Group (Figure 4-108).

Table 4-9 – WRL Limitation Screen Symbols
Symbol Description
Symbol represents the Working Range Limitation (WRL) Menu Group.
Symbol represents the Swing Angle Limitation.
Symbol represents the Boom Angle Limitation.
Symbol represents the Boom Height Limitation.
Symbol represents the Working Radius Limitation.
Symbol represents the Virtual Walls Limitation Menu.
This Symbol is an audible alert selection. If this symbol is shown, the audible alert is functioning.
Hitting OK can change this symbol to the Lock-Out Option (shown as the next Symbol below).
This Symbol is a Lock-Out Warning Symbol. If this symbol is shown, the optional Lock-Out is
functioning. Hitting OK will change the function to the audible alert option (as shown above).

Symbol Description
Enable/Disable Switch (ON/OFF) Symbol - The Enable/Disable (ON/OFF) Switch Symbol with the
orange box indicates the Icon is active and can change. The box in orange next to the “I” would
indicate enabled. The orange box next to the “O” indicates disabled. This symbol is used for all of the
WRL Limitation Screens.
The gray Enable/Disable (ON/OFF) Switch Symbol or “O” without the orange highlight means the
switch is not enabled (or not active).This symbol is used for all of the WRL Limitation Screens.
Working Range Limiter (WRL) Swing Angle Enable Indicator (Green) - Indicates Swing Angle
Limitation Enabled (Active).
Working Range Limiter (WRL) Swing Angle Warning Indicator (Amber) - Indicates the swing angle is
within 10° of a swing angle limit set point. (Refer to Table 4-8 – WRL Alarm Characteristics).
The warning buzzer slowly beeps when the swing angle is within 10° of the swing angle limit set point
and changes to a fast beep when the swing angle is within 5° of the swing angle limit set point.
For cranes that are equipped with the WRL Lock-Out Function, when the swing angle is within 10° of
the swing angle lock-out set point, the swing function commanded by the controller may be reduced or
suspended depending upon the weight of the load and the swing speed.
Warning
Due to the free-swing characteristic of the crane’s superstructure, the boom and load can
potentially swing past the swing angle set point, even if the swing function commanded by the
controller is reduced or suspended (locked out) by the WRL. This can happen for several
reasons, including how level the crane is and environmental conditions, such as wind speed.
Working Range Limiter (WRL) Swing Angle Stop Indicator (Red) - Indicates the swing angle is at a
4
swing angle limit set point. The warning buzzer is on (constant). For cranes that are equipped with the
WRL Lock-Out Function, the swing left or swing right crane function is locked out, depending upon
which limit is reached. This symbol is used for all of the WRL Limitation Screens.
Working Range Limiter (WRL) Boom Angle Indicator - Active.
Working Range Limiter (WRL) Boom Angle Indicator - Enabled.

Symbol Description
Working Range Limiter (WRL) Boom Angle Indicator - Stop.
Working Range Limiter (WRL) Boom Height Indicator - Active.
Working Range Limiter (WRL) Boom Height Indicator - Enabled.
Working Range Limiter (WRL) Boom Height Indicator - Stop.
Working Range Limiter (WRL) Radius Icon - Active.
Working Range Limiter (WRL) Radius Icon - Enabled.
Working Range Limiter (WRL) Radius Icon - Stop.
Working Range Limiter (WRL) Wall Icon - Active.
Working Range Limiter (WRL) Wall Icon - Enabled.

Symbol Description
Working Range Limiter (WRL) Wall Icon - Stop.
This is the inner or Minimum Radius Limitation Indicator.
This is the outer or Maximum Radius Limitation Indicator.
Virtual Wall Number - this is used to indicate the virtual wall that is being defined or altered (there can
be up to 5 virtual walls). If the limitation is enabled, and this symbol is highlighted (orange
background), the value can be changed with the Up Arrow and Down Arrow function on the display or
jog dial (using an OK Button to begin and complete the value entry).
Accept Crane Position Point A symbol - If the limitation is enabled, this symbol allows the acceptance
of the current crane position (in terms of hook radius and swing angle) to be the first point (Point A) of
a line that defines the position and orientation of the virtual wall. If this symbol is highlighted (as shown
here with orange background), and the crane position is accepted with an OK Button, then the Point A
is considered defined.
Accept Crane Position Point B symbol - If the limitation is enabled, this symbol allows the acceptance
of the current crane position (in terms of hook radius and swing angle) to be the second point (Point B)
of a line that defines the position and orientation of the virtual wall. If this symbol is highlighted (as
shown here with orange background), and the crane position is accepted with an OK Button, then
Point B is considered defined. Note that if the Point A and Point B are not in allowable positions, the
wall is not defined, and the procedure is to be repeated with different A and B Points. For instance, the
2 points may not be so close to each other that a virtual wall is not clearly defined; the 2 points should
be at least 10 ft apart.
4
Symbol indicates Wall Number.
Remove Virtual Wall Symbol - If the limitation is enabled, and this symbol is highlighted (orange
background), this symbol removes the definition of the current wall by clicking the Enter Key.
Wall Proximity Value - this value is the approximate distance from the boom nose to the nearest wall.
It becomes a negative value when the boom is protruding beyond the boundary of the wall. (The Value
shown is for a typical example only).

Boom Height Limitation (5, Figure 4-63) changes the Icon highlighted on the screen.
As the arrow keys are pressed, the highlight will move
If the Boom Height Limitation is selected from the menu of between the Icons, with the color orange typically meaning
WRL Limitations, then the Boom Height Limitation Screen t ha t th e ob j e c t i s s el e c t ed a nd c a n b e a ff ec t e d b y
will be shown (Figure 4-109). subsequent actions. In Figure 4-109, Item 1 is highlighted in
Using the Left Arrow and Right Arrow Function keys orange.
(4, Figure 4-62) on the display or the Jog Dial
5 1
2 3
6
Boom Height Limitation Screen

FIGURE 4-109
Example Only - Display Values May Vary
10254-43
Setting the Boom Height Limitation NOTE: The Limitation is dependent on the accuracy of the
Tip Height Calculation, which can be ±5%.
The Boom Height Limitation Menu allows the operator to set
a limit for the maximum boom height. Item (6, Figure 4-109) Setting the Boom Height Limitation Using Crane
shows the Boom Height Limitation Icon. Table 4-9 lists the Position
WRL Limitation Screen Symbols.
To set parameters and enable the Boom Height Limitation,
NOTE: The Boom Height can be “typed in” or set by boom the following steps can be used:
position.
1. Set the RDM screen parameters first. Refer to Using the
Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module (RDM), page
Item Description Refer to 4-158.
1 Enable / Disable Switch 2. Using the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63), go to the ODM Main
2 Current Boom Height Menu Screen (Figure 4-76). Go to the Working Range
Limiter (WRL) Group Menu Icon (4, Figure 4-108) by
3 Maximum Boom Height Limit
using the Arrow keys (4, Figure 4-62) or the Jog Dial
4 Current Boom Height (5, Figure 4-63).
Figure 4-109
5 Audible Alert or Lock-out Icon 3. Select the Boom Height Limitation Menu
Icon for WRL Boom Height (4, Figure 4-108). NOTE: The Boom Height Limitation
6 Icon (6, Figure 4-109) is shown on the top left side of the
Limitation
ODM screen.

4. Move the Boom tip to the desired position. This position move to the Enable/Disable Switch (1, Figure 4-109).
will indicate the boom height current value (2 and 4) NOTE: The Switch (1, Figure 4-109) is the
positions. Enable/Disable Switch and is a toggle switch. Click OK
(5, Figure 4-62), or the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63) to
5. Enable the Limitation by using the Jog Dial
toggle the switch. Click OK.
(5, Figure 4-63), or the Arrow Keys (4, Figure 4-62) to
move and select the Enable/Disable Switch Symbol NOTE: The alarm will sound if boom tip is above the limit,
ON/Off (1, Figure 4-109). NOTE: The Switch when enabled.
(1, Figure 4-109) is a toggle switch. Click OK
5. Use the Right Arrow Function key to highlight the
(5, Figure 4-62), or the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63) to
Limitation Value (3, Figure 4-109). Use the OK Button
toggle the switch.
(5, Figure 4-62) to begin entering the value. Use the Up
NOTE: The current value in Limitation (2) will automatically Arrow or the Down Arrow or Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63) to
populate in the value for Limitation (3). change the value (in tenths) to the desired tip height
value.
NOTE: The boom is near the limitation, so alarms will
sound. The boom can now be moved away from 6. Use the OK Button (5, Figure 4-62) to finish entering the
the limit. value.
6. The Boom Height Limitation is now defined and enabled. NOTE: The boom may now be near the limitation
(depending on the value entered), so alarms may
Setting the Boom Height Limitation by Value
be active. The boom can now be moved away from
To set parameters and enable the Boom Height Limits Menu the current tip height to cease the alarm, if needed.
using a “typed in” value as the limitation, the following steps
7. The Overall Boom Height is now defined and enabled.
can be used:
Boom Height Limitation Disable Procedure
Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module (RDM), page To disable an active Overall Height, the following steps can
4-158. be used (note that turning off the power to the control system
also disables the WRL limitations):
2. Using the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63), go to the ODM Main
Menu Screen. Then choose the Working Range Limiter 1. Select the Boom Height Menu (4, Figure 4-108) screen
(WRL) Group Menu Icon (4, Figure 4-108). on the Main Menu Screen.
3. Select the Boom Height Limitation Menu Screen 2. Use the Left Arrow and/or Right Arrow Function keys
(4, Figure 4-108). NOTE: The Boom Height Limitation (4, Figure 4-62) to highlight the Switch Enable/Disable
Icon (6, Figure 4-109) is shown on the top left side of the Symbol (3, Figure 4-109). Enable is “I” and Disable is
4.
ODM screen.
Enable the limitation by using the Jog Dial 3.
“O”.
Use the OK Button (5, Figure 4-62), or the Jog Dial
4
(5, Figure 4-63) or the Arrow Keys (4, Figure 4-62) and (5, Figure 4-63) to toggle to disable the limitation.

Boom Angle Limitation

If the Boom Angle Limitation Menu is selected from the Main
Menu of WRL Limitations (3, Figure 4-108), then the Boom
Angle Limitation Screen will be shown (Figure 4-110).
2 3
8
1
5 6
Boom Angle Limitation Screen

9841-10
FIGURE 4-110
Using the Left Arrow and Right Arrow Function keys on the Setting the Boom Angle Limitation Menu
Navigation Control Pad (4, Figure 4-62) or the Jog Dial
The Boom Angle Limitation Menu allows the operator to set
(5, Figure 4-63) changes the Icon highlighted on the screen.
the upper and/or lower limits for the boom to operate within.
between the Icons, with the color orange typically meaning
that the Icon is selected and can be affected by subsequent Item Description Refer to
actions. In Figure 4-110, you will see that the highlighted Icon Upper A (Maximum Boom
in orange for the Enable/Disable Switch Symbol for the 1
Angle) Limit ON/OFF
maximum boom angle is selected since it has the orange
color highlighting. Table 4-9 lists the WRL Limitation Screen 2 Current Boom Angle
Symbols. 3 Maximum Boom Angle Limit
NOTE: The Boom Angle can be “typed in” or set by a boom Lower B (Minimum Boom
4
position. Angle) Limit ON/OFF Figure 4-110
5 Current Boom Angle
6 Minimum Boom Angle Limit
Audible Alert or Lock-out
7
Symbol
8 Boom Angle Limitation Icon

Setting the Boom Up Angle Limitation by Crane Icon (8, Figure 4-110) is shown on the top left side of the
Position ODM screen.
To set parameters and enable the Boom Up Angle Limitation, 4. Move the Boom to the desired position. This position will
the following steps can be used: indicate the boom angle current value B (5) position.
1. Set the RDM screen parameters first. Refer to Using the 5. Enable the Lower Boom Limitation Angle by using the
Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module (RDM), page Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63), or the Arrow Keys
4-158. (4, Figure 4-62) to move and select the Enable/Disable
Switch Symbol ON/Off (4, Figure 4-110). NOTE: The
2. Using the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63), go to the ODM Main Switch (4, Figure 4-110) is a toggle switch. Click OK
Menu Screen (Figure 4-76). Go to the Working Range (5, Figure 4-62), or the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63) to
Limiter (WRL) Group Menu Icon (3, Figure 4-108) by enable the switch.
using the Arrow keys (4, Figure 4-62) or the Jog Dial (5),
(Figure 4-63). 6. Use the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63), or the Arrow Keys
(4, Figure 4-62) and move to the Limitation Value
3. Select the Boom Angle Limitation Menu Screen (5, Figure 4-110). Click OK to set the current value
(3, Figure 4-108). NOTE: The Boom Up Limitation Lower Boom Angle Limitation B (5, Figure 4-110)
Screen (8, Figure 4-110) Icon is shown on the top left position.
side of the ODM screen.
NOTE: The current lower boom angle Limitation B (5) will
4. Move the Boom to the desired position. This position will automatically populate in the value for Limitation B
indicate the boom angle current value A (2) position. (6).
5. Enable the Limitation by using the Jog Dial 7. The lower boom angle is now at the limitation, so alarms
(5, Figure 4-63), or the Arrow Keys (4, Figure 4-62) to will sound. The boom can now be moved away from the
move and select the Enable/Disable Switch Symbol current boom angle to cease the alarm.
ON/Off (1, Figure 4-110). NOTE: The Switch
(1, Figure 4-110) is a toggle switch. Click OK Setting the Boom Up Limitation by Value
(5, Figure 4-62), or the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63) to To set parameters and enable the Boom Up Elevation Limits
enable the switch. Menu using a “typed in” value as the limitation, the following
6. Use the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63) or the Arrow Keys steps can be used:
(4, Figure 4-62) and move to the Limitation Value 1. Set the RDM screen parameters first. Refer to Using the
(2, Figure 4-110). Click OK to set the current value Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module (RDM), page
Limitation A (2, Figure 4-110) position. 4-158.
NOTE: The current value in Limitation A (2) will
automatically populate in the value for Limitation A
(3).
2. Using the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63), go to the ODM Main
Menu Screen. Then choose the Working Range Limiter 4
(WRL) Group Menu Icon (11, Figure 4-76).
NOTE: The boom is now at the limitation, so alarms will 3. Select the Boom Angle Limitation Menu Screen
sound. The boom can now be moved away from (3, Figure 4-108). NOTE: The Boom Angle Limitation
the current boom angle to cease the alarm. Icon (8, Figure 4-110) is shown on the top left side of the
Setting the Boom Down Limitation by Crane Position ODM screen.
To set parameters and enable the Lower Boom Angle 4. Enable the limitation by using the Jog Dial
Limitation, the following steps can be used: (5, Figure 4-63) or the Arrow Keys (4, Figure 4-62) and
move to the Enable/Disable Switch (1, Figure 4-110).
1. Set the RDM screen parameters first. Refer to Using the NOTE: The Switch (1, Figure 4-110) is the
Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module (RDM), page Enable/Disable Switch and is a toggle switch. Click OK
4-158. (5, Figure 4-62), or the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63) to set
2. Using the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63), go to the ODM Main the switch.
Menu Screen (Figure 4-76). Go to the Working Range 5. Use the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63), or the Right Arrow Key
Limiter (WRL) Group Menu Icon (3, Figure 4-108) by (4, Figure 4-62) to move and select the Maximum Boom
using the Arrow keys (4, Figure 4-62) or the Jog Dial Angle (3, Figure 4-110), Limitation A. Enable the value
(5, Figure 4-63). entry by clicking on OK (5, Figure 4-62). Enter a value
3. Select the Boom Angle Limitation Menu by using the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63) or the upper and
(3, Figure 4-108). NOTE: The Boom Angle Limitation lower arrow keys (4, Figure 4-62) to change the value (in

tenths) to the desired boom angle value (5, Figure 4-62), or the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63) to set
(3, Figure 4-110). the switch.
NOTE: The Limitation is dependent on the accuracy of the 5. Use the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63), or the Right Arrow Key
Boom Angle Sensor, which can be ±1 degrees. (4, Figure 4-62) to move and select the Minimum Boom
Angle Symbol (6, Figure 4-110), Limitation B. Enable the
6. Use the OK Button (5, Figure 4-62) to finish entering the
value entry by clicking on OK (5, Figure 4-62). Enter a
value.
value by using the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63) or the upper
NOTE: The boom may now be near the limitation and lower arrow keys (4, Figure 4-62) to change the
(depending on the value entered), so alarms may value (in tenths) to the desired boom angle value
be active. The boom can now be moved away from (6, Figure 4-110).
the current boom elevation to cease the alarm, if
NOTE: The Limitation is dependent on the accuracy of the
needed.
Boom Angle Sensor, which can be ±1 degrees.
7. The Boom Up Limit is now defined and enabled.
6. Use the OK Button (5, Figure 4-62) to finish entering the
Setting the Boom Down Limits Menu by Value value.
To define and enable the Boom Down Elevation Limits Menu NOTE: The boom may now be near the limitation
using a “typed in” value as the limitation, the following steps (depending on the value entered), so alarms may
can be used: be active. The boom can now be moved away from
the current boom elevation to cease the alarm, if
needed.
Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module (RDM), page
4-158. 7. The Boom Down Limit is now defined and set.
2. Using the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63), go to the ODM Main Boom Up/Down Limitation Disable Procedure
Menu Screen. Then choose the Working Range Limiter
To disable an active Boom Up or Boom Down Limitation, the
following steps are to be used (note that turning off the power
3. Select the Boom Angle Limitation Menu Screen to the control system also disables the WRL limitations):
(3, Figure 4-108). NOTE: The Boom Angle Limitation
1. Select the Boom Up or Boom Down Limitation Menu
Icon (8, Figure 4-110) is shown on the top left side of the
(3, Figure 4-108) Screen.
ODM screen.
2. Use the Left Arrow and/or Right Arrow Function keys (4),
4. Enable the limitation by using the Jog Dial
(Figure 4-62) to highlight the Switch Enable/Disable
(5, Figure 4-63) or the Arrow Keys (4, Figure 4-62) and
Symbol (1, 4, Figure 4-110). Enable is “I” and Disable is
move to the Enable/Disable Switch (4, Figure 4-110).
“O”.
NOTE: The Switch (4, Figure 4-110) is the
Enable/Disable Switch and is a toggle switch. Click OK 3. Use the OK Button (5, Figure 4-62), or the Jog Dial
(5, Figure 4-63) to toggle to disable the limitation.

Radius Limitation
If the Radius Limitation is selected from the Menu of WRL
Limitations, then the Radius Limitation Screen will be shown
(Figure 4-111).
2 3
6 7
8882-9c Working Radius Limitation Screen

FIGURE 4-111
Using the Left Arrow and Right Arrow function on the display
or the jog dial changes the Icon highlighted on the screen. As
WRL - Working Radius Limit Menu 4
The Working Radius Menu allows the operator to set
the Icons, with the color orange typically meaning that the
minimum and maximum working radii limits.
Icon is selected and can be affected by subsequent actions.
Table 4-9 lists the WRL Limitation Screen Symbols.
Item Description Refer to
NOTE: The Working Radius can be “typed in” or set by
boom position. Minimum Radius Enable/Disable
1
Switch
2 Current Working Radius
3 Minimum Working Radius Limit
4 Audible Alert or Lock-out Icon
Maximum Radius Enable/Disable Figure 4-111
5
Switch
6 Current Working Radius
7 Maximum Working Radius Limit
Icon for WRL Working Radius
8
Limitation

Setting the Inner/Outer Working Radius Limitation by 1. Set the RDM screen parameters first. Refer to Using the
Crane Position Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module (RDM), page
4-158.
To define and enable the Inner Radius Limitation using the
crane current hook radius as the limitation, the following 2. Using the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63), go to the ODM Main
steps can be used: Menu Screen. Then choose the Working Range Limiter
Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module (RDM), page 3. Select the Working Radius Limitation Menu Screen
4-158. (5, Figure 4-108). NOTE: The Working Radius Limitation
Icon (8, Figure 4-111) is shown on the top left side of the
2. Using the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63), go to the ODM Main ODM screen.
(WRL) Group Menu Icon (5, Figure 4-108) by using the 4. Enable the limitation by using the Jog Dial
Arrow keys (4, Figure 4-62) or the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63) or the Arrow Keys (4, Figure 4-62) and
(5, Figure 4-63). move to the Enable/Disable Switch (1, Figure 4-111).
NOTE: The Switch (1, Figure 4-111) is the
3. Select the Working Radius Limitation Menu Screen Enable/Disable Switch and is a toggle switch. Toggle to
(5, Figure 4-108). NOTE: The Working Radius Limitation “I” and click OK (5, Figure 4-62), or the Jog Dial
Icon (8, Figure 4-111) is shown on the top left side of the (5, Figure 4-63) to set the switch. Click OK.
ODM screen.
5. Use the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63), to move and select the
4. Move the Boom to the desired position. This position will Limitation (3, Figure 4-111) to set the Inner or Minimum
indicate the inner or minimum radius limitation current Radius Limitation value. Enter a value by using the Jog
value (2, Figure 4-111) position. Dial (5, Figure 4-63) or the upper and lower arrow keys
5. Enable the limitation by using the Jog Dial (4, Figure 4-62) to change the value (in tenths) to the
(5, Figure 4-63) or the Arrow Keys (4, Figure 4-62) and desired radius value. Use the OK Button (5, Figure 4-62)
move to the Enable/Disable Switch (1, Figure 4-111). to finish entering the values.
NOTE: The Switch (1, Figure 4-111) is the NOTE: The Limitation is dependent on the accuracy of the
Enable/Disable Switch and is a toggle switch. Toggle to Hook Radius Calculation, which can be 10%.
“I” and click OK (5, Figure 4-62), or the Jog Dial
(5, Figure 4-63) to enable the switch. 6. Once the value is changed to your desired value, again
click OK to finish entering the value. (Note: The alarm
6. Use the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63) or the Arrow Keys will sound if boom tip is above limit, when enabled).
(4, Figure 4-62) and move to the Limitation Value
(2, Figure 4-111). Click OK to set the current value 7. Repeat Steps 4 thru 6, in a similar manner, to set the
Limitation (2, Figure 4-111) position. Outer or Maximum Radius Limitation (7, Figure 4-111)
value.
NOTE: The current value in Limitation (2) will automatically
populate in the value for Limitation (3). NOTE: The boom may now be at the limitation (depending
on the value entered), so alarms may be active.
7. Repeat Steps 4 thru 6, in a similar manner, to set the The boom can now be moved away from the
Outer or Maximum Radius Limitation (6), (Figure 4-111) current boom elevation to cease the alarm, if
value. needed.
NOTE: The boom is near the limitation so an alarm will Working Radius Limitation Disable Procedure
sound. The boom can now be moved away from
the current angle to cease the alarm. To disable an active Inner or Outer Radius Limitation, the
following steps are to be used (note that turning off the power
8. The Working Radius Limitation is now defined and to the control system also disables the WRL limitations):
enabled.
1. Select the Radius Limitation Screen (Figure 4-111) on
Setting the Inner/Outer Working Radius Limitation by the Main Menu Screen.
Value
2. Use the Left Arrow and/or Right Arrow Function keys
To set parameters and enable the Inner/Outer Working (4, Figure 4-62) to highlight the Switch Enable/Disable
Radius Limitations using a “typed in” value as the limitation, Symbol (3, Figure 4-112). Enable is “I” and Disable is
the following steps can be used: “O”.
3. Use the OK Button (5, Figure 4-62), or the Jog Dial

Swing Angle Limitation highlighting. Table 4-9 lists all of the symbols for the
Limitation Menus that are available on the WRL Limitation
If the Swing Angle Limitation is selected from the menu of Screens.
WRL Limitations, then the Swing Angle Limitation Screen will
be shown (Figure 4-112). Setting the Swing Angle Limitation
Using the Left Arrow and Right Arrow Function keys The Swing Angle Menu allows the operator to set limits for
(4, Figure 4-62) on the Navigation Control Pad or the Jog the swing angles which the crane is expected to operate
Dial (5, Figure 4-63) changes the object highlighted on the within. Refer to Figure 4-108 for the WRL Menu and
screen. As the arrow keys are pressed, the highlight will sub-menu. Table 4-9 lists the WRL Limitation Screen
move between the objects, with the color orange typically Symbols.
meaning that the object is selected and can be affected by The Swing Angle can be “typed in” or set by a boom position.
subsequent actions. In Figure 4-112, the orange Icon (Item
3) symbol is selected since it has the orange color
.
1 2
4 5 5
8882-10
FIGURE 4-112

The Swing Angle Limitation Menu 7. Repeat Steps 4 thru 6 to set the Limitation B
(4, Figure 4-112) Swing (Right) Direction value.
The Swing Angle Limitation Menu allows the operator to set
the limits for the boom to operate within. NOTE: The boom is now at the limitation so an alarm will
sound. The boom can now be moved away from
Item Description Refer to the current swing angle to cease the alarm.
1 Current Swing Angle 8. The Swing Limitation is now defined and enabled.
Swing Angle Limit Left Setting Swing Angle Limitation by Value
2
Direction - A To set parameters and enable the Swing Angle Menu using a
3 Enable / Disable Switch “typed in” value as the limitation, the following steps can be
Figure 4-112 used:
4 Current Swing Angle
Swing Angle Limit Right 1. Set the RDM screen parameters first. Refer to Using the
5 Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module (RDM), page
Direction - B
4-158.
Screen Icon for WRL Swing
6 2. Using the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63), go to the ODM Main
Angle Limitation Menu
Setting Swing Angle Limitation by Crane Position (WRL) Group Menu Icon (11, Figure 4-76).
To set parameters and enable the Swing Angle Limitation, 3. Select the Swing Angle Menu Screen (12, Figure 4-76).
the following steps can be used: NOTE: You know you are on the Swing Angle Screen by
looking at the Icon on the top left side of the ODM
1. Set the RDM screen parameters first. Refer to Using the screen. The Icon (6, Figure 4-112) at the top of the
Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module (RDM), page screen should show the Swing Angle Limitation Icon.
4-158.
4. Enable the limitation by using the Jog Dial
2. Using the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63), go to the ODM Main (5, Figure 4-63) or the Arrow Keys (4, Figure 4-62) and
Menu Screen (Figure 4-76). Then choose the Working move to the Enable/Disable Switch ON/OFF
Range Limiter (WRL) Group Menu Icon (3, Figure 4-112). NOTE: The Switch (3, Figure 4-112) is
(1, Figure 4-108) by using the Arrow keys the Enable/Disable Switch ON/OFF and is a toggle
(4, Figure 4-62) or the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63). switch. Click OK (5, Figure 4-62), or the Jog Dial
3. Select the Swing Angle Menu Screen (2, Figure 4-108). (5, Figure 4-63) to toggle the switch.
NOTE: The Swing Angle Screen (6, Figure 4-112) Icon 5. Use the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63) to move and select the
is shown on the top left side of the ODM screen. Swing Angle Left Limitation A (2, Figure 4-112) to set the
4. Enable the limitation by using the Jog Dial Left Angle Limitation value. Use OK to begin changing
(5, Figure 4-63) or the Arrow Keys (4, Figure 4-62) and the value shown. Enter a value by using the Jog Dial
move to the Enable/Disable Switch ON/OFF (5, Figure 4-63) or the upper and lower arrow keys
(3, Figure 4-112). NOTE: The Switch (3, Figure 4-112) is (4, Figure 4-62) to change the value (in tenths) to the
the Swing Enable/Disable Switch ON/OFF and is a desired swing angle value. Use the OK Button
toggle switch. Click OK (5, Figure 4-62), or the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-62) to finish entering the values.
(5, Figure 4-63) to toggle the switch. NOTE: The Limitation is dependent on the accuracy of the
5. Move the Boom to the desired position. This position will Swing Angle Sensor, which can be ±2 degrees.
indicate the swing angle current value Limitation A (1) NOTE: The current value in Limitation A (1) will
swing (left) position. automatically populate in the value for Limitation A
6. Use the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63) or the Arrow Keys (2).
(4, Figure 4-62) and move to the Limitation Value 6. Repeat Steps 5 to set the Limitation B (5, Figure 4-112)
(1, Figure 4-112). Click OK to set the current value Swing Left Direction value.
Limitation A (1, Figure 4-112) position.
NOTE: The boom may now be near the limitation
NOTE: The Limitation is dependent on the accuracy of the (depending on the value entered), so alarms may
Swing Angle Sensor, which can be ±2 degrees. be active. The boom can now be moved away from
NOTE: The current value in Limitation A (1) will the current boom elevation to cease the alarm, if
automatically populate the value for Limitation A needed.
(2).

Swing Angle Limitation Disable Procedure Swing Angle Limitation with Lock-Out Function
Enabled
To disable an active Swing Angle Limitation, the following
steps are to be used: For cranes that are equipped with the WRL Lock-Out
Function, when the swing angle is within 10° of the swing
NOTE: Turning off the power to the control system also
angle lock-out set point (Value previously defined), the swing
disables the WRL Limitations but it will remember
function commanded by the controller may be reduced or
the set points (2) and (5) as shown in
suspended depending upon the weight of the load and the
(Figure 4-112).
swing speed.
NOTE: If you deactivate controls with the crane function
switch, the WRL is not disabled but it will disable
the functions.
WARNING
1. Select the Swing Angle Menu Screen (2, Figure 4-108).
Due to the free-swing characteristic of the crane’s
NOTE: The Swing Angle Screen (6, Figure 4-112) Icon
superstructure, the boom and load can potentially swing
is shown on the top left side of the ODM screen.
past the swing angle set point (Value), even if the swing
2. Use the Left Arrow and/or Right Arrow Function keys function commanded by the controller is reduced or
(4, Figure 4-62) to highlight the Switch Enable/Disable suspended (locked out) by the WRL. This can happen for
Symbol (3, Figure 4-112). Enable is “I” and Disable is several reasons, including how level the crane is and
“O”. environmental conditions, such as wind speed.
3. Use the OK Button (5, Figure 4-62) or the Jog Dial

Virtual Walls Limitation

If the Virtual Wall Limitation is selected from the menu of
WRL Limitations, then the Virtual Wall Limitation Screen will
be shown (Figure 4-113).
Using the Left Arrow and Right Arrow (4, Figure 4-62)
Function Keys on the Display or the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63)
changes the object highlighted on the screen.
between the objects, with the color orange typically meaning
t ha t th e ob j e c t i s se l e c t ed an d c an b e a ffe c t e d b y
subsequent actions. In Figure 4-113, one can see that the
wall Point “A “Symbol is selected since it has the orange
color highlighting.
6 1 2 3 4 5
8882-11a FIGURE 4-113

Virtual Wall Limitation Screen

The Virtual Walls Limitation Menu allows the operator to should now be shown on the screen with a label of '1a'
define up to five walls or barriers in which the boom is not as indicated in the yellow box in the sample in
expected to operate. Figure 4-114.
Table 4-9 lists the WRL Limitation Screen Symbols. 5. Position the crane so that the hook is located at the
position to define the second point of the Virtual Wall
Item Description Refer to (Point B), or Item 3 (Figure 4-113). NOTE: The two
points may not be so close to each other that a virtual
1 Virtual Wall Number (up to 5) wall is not clearly defined. The two points should be at
2 Virtual Wall Start Point A least 10 ft apart.
3 Virtual Wall End Point B 6. Use the Right Arrow (4, Figure 4-62) Function key to
highlight the Accept Crane Position Point B Symbol
4 Enable / Disable Switch
Figure 4-113 (3, Figure 4-113).
5 Delete Virtual Wall
7. Use an OK Button (5, Figure 4-62) to accept the current
6 Audible Alert or Lock-out Icon crane position to be Point B. The location of the point
Icon for WRL Virtual Walls should now be shown on the screen with a label of '1b'
7 as indicated in the yellow box in the sample
Limitation
Figure 4-114.
Defining the First Virtual Wall NOTE: As each Virtual Wall is defined, you will have a wall
To define and enable the first Virtual Wall (assuming no number and “a” and “b” defined for each wall.
Virtual Walls are already defined), the following steps can be NOTE: The screen should also show a “forbidden zone” for
used: the area beyond the Virtual Wall. Use a visual
1. Select the Virtual Walls Limitation Screen inspection of the screen and the area around the
(6, Figure 4-108) on the Main Menu Screen (and in this crane to verify that the Virtual Wall is providing the
case there would not be any virtual walls shown as desired zone correctly. Also, note that the boom is
defined or active) as noted in the Virtual Walls Number now at the wall limitation, so alarms will sound. The
(1, Figure 4-113). (Note: The number “1” indicates the boom can now be moved away from the wall to
number of virtual walls and can be up to “5” five virtual cease the alarm.
walls defined.) 8. The Virtual Wall #1 is now defined and enabled. Crane
2. Position the crane so that the hook is located at the operations can be resumed with the WRL working with
position to define the first (start) point of the Virtual Wall this specified limitation.
3.
(Point A or Symbol 2).
Use the Right Arrow (4, Figure 4-62) Function key to
NOTE: The Virtual Wall Number 3, as shown in the
EXAMPLE in the orange box in Figure 4-114, 4
highlight the Accept Crane Position Point A Symbol (2), increments if the second wall was just defined, so
Figure 4-113. that it is ready to define a subsequent Virtual Wall,
if so desired.
4. Use an OK Button (5, Figure 4-62) to accept the current
crane position to be Point A (2). The location of the point

8797-37 Virtual Walls Limitation Screen with 2 Virtual Walls already active
FIGURE 4-114
EXAMPLE ONLY- Display Values May Vary
Defining Subsequent Virtual Walls The location of the point should now be shown on the
screen with a label that shows the wall number and the
To define and enable further Virtual Walls (such as Virtual
letter 'a' as shown in the yellow highlight in the sample
Walls 2 through 5), the following steps can be used:
Figure 4-114.
1. Be sure you are on the Virtual Walls Limitation Screen
7. Position the crane so that the hook is located at the
Icon (7, Figure 4-113).
position to define the second point of the Virtual Wall
2. Use the Right Arrow (4, Figure 4-62) function key to (Point B or Item 3), (Figure 4-113).
highlight the Virtual Wall Number Item (1, Figure 4-113).
NOTE: The 2 points may not be so close to each other that
3. If the wall number shown is not the correct number for a virtual wall is not clearly defined; the 2 points
the new wall (note that it increments automatically when should be at least 10 ft apart.
the previous wall was defined). Use an OK Button
8. Use the Right Arrow (4, Figure 4-62) Function key, if
(5, Figure 4-62) to allow modifying the value. Use the
needed, to highlight the Accept Crane Position Point B
Up/Down Arrow Keys (4, Figure 4-62) to alter the Virtual
Item (3, Figure 4-113).
Wall number to the desired value. Use an OK Button
(5, Figure 4-62) to finish entering the value. 9. Use an OK (5, Figure 4-62) Button to accept the current
crane position to be Point B (3, Figure 4-113). The
4. Position the crane so that the hook is located at the
location of the point should now be shown on the screen
position to define the first point of the Virtual Wall (Point
with a label (1b) as shown in yellow highlight in
A or Item 2) as shown in Figure 4-113.
Figure 4-114.
5. Use the Right Arrow (4, Figure 4-62) Function key to
NOTE: The screen should also show another “forbidden
highlight the Accept Crane Position Point A Symbol
zone” for the area beyond the Virtual Wall. Use a
(2, Figure 4-113).
visual inspection of the screen and the area around
6. Use an OK Button (5, Figure 4-62) to accept the current the crane to verify that the Virtual Walls are
crane position to be Point A as shown in Figure 4-113. providing the desired zone correctly. Again, note

that the boom is now at the wall limitation, so 5. Use the Left Arrow and/or Right Arrow (4, Figure 4-62)
alarms will sound. The boom can now be moved keys or the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63) to highlight the
away from the wall to cease the alarm. Enable/Disable Switch Symbol (4, Figure 4-113).
10. Multiple Virtual Walls are now defined and enabled. 6. Use an OK Button (5, Figure 4-62) to toggle the symbol
to the Limitation being disabled.
Virtual Walls Limitation Disable Procedure
Delete Virtual Walls Limitation Procedure
To disable the active Virtual Walls Limitation, the following
steps can be used: To delete a Virtual Wall the following steps can be used:
1. Using the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63) go to the Working 1. Select the Virtual Wall Limitation Screen
Range Limiter (WRL) Group Menu (1), (Figure 4-108). (6, Figure 4-108) on the WRL Menu Group Screen
Then choose the Virtual Walls Limitation Menu (6), (Figure 4-108).
(Figure 4-108).
2. Use the Right Arrow (4, Figure 4-62) Function to
2. Use the Right Arrow (4), (Figure 4-62) key and to highlight the Virtual Wall Number (1, Figure 4-113).
highlight the Virtual Wall Number (1), (Figure 4-113).
3. If the wall number shown is not the correct number for
3. If the wall number shown is not the correct number for wall to be disabled, use an OK Button (5, Figure 4-62) to
wall to be disabled, use an OK Button (5, Figure 4-62) to allow you to modify the value. (In other words, be sure
allow you to modify the value. (In other words, be sure that the number of walls you set matches the Virtual
that the number of walls you set matches the Virtual Walls Number (Item 1), (Figure 4-113).
Walls Number (1), (Figure 4-113).
4. Use the Left Arrow and/or Right Arrow (4, Figure 4-62)
4. Use the Up/Down Arrows (4, Figure 4-62) to alter the key to highlight the “X” or the Remove Virtual Walls
Virtual Walls number to the desired value. Use an OK Symbol (5, Figure 4-113). Use an OK Button
Button (5, Figure 4-62) to finish entering the value. (5, Figure 4-62) or the Jog Dial (5, Figure 4-63) to delete
the wall.

Emergency Program Menu Group Telescoping Cylinder Locked/Released

The Emergency Program Menu Group (1, Figure 4-115) Display Locking pins intermediate position
Yellow:
includes the following boom telescoping function icons: Figure 4-117
• Manual Mode (2) Green: Telescoping cylinder locked
• Emergency Mode (3) Red: Telescoping cylinder unlocked
• Tele Recovery (4)
1 2 3 4
10254-44a
FIGURE 4-117
Locking/releasing the Telescoping Cylinder

1024-4 FIGURE 4-115 Telescopic section locked:
To lock: Select symbol (1, Figure 4-118) and confirm
Manual Telescope Mode
– telescoping section is locked
NOTE: Refer to Boom Configurator, page 4-45 for more
Telescopic section locked:
information on how the Boom Configurator screen
is used in the telescoping operation. To Select symbol (2) and confirm – telescoping
unlock: section is unlocked
To open: Select symbol (1) and confirm – menu is opened
Figure 4-116.
1
8882-2e
FIGURE 4-116 1
10254-44a
FIGURE 4-118

Lock/release Telescopic Section Indication Telescoping Cylinder Length Display

Display Locking pins intermediate position Current extended length of the
Yellow: Display:
(Figure 4-119) telescoping cylinder (Figure 4-121)
Green: Telescopic section locked Unit of Displayed depending on setting, mm
measurement: (millimeters) or ft (feet) and percent (%)
Red: Telescopic section unlocked
10254-44a 10254-45
Locking/releasing the Telescopic Section
Main Boom Length Display
Select symbol (2, Figure 4-120) and confirm Current extended length of the main
To lock: Display:
– telescopic section locked boom (Figure 4-122)
To Select symbol (1) and confirm – telescopic Unit of Displayed depending on setting, m
unlock: section is unlocked measurement: (meters) or ft (feet)
1
4
2
10254-44a
FIGURE 4-120
10254-45
FIGURE 4-122

Telescoping Section in the Telescopic Section If possible, set down the load before starting the emergency
Display program.
Displayed telescopic section, e.g. telescopic section 6 There is a standard control level for the emergency program,
(Figure 4-123). and there is an extended control level for the emergency
program. The standard control level or standard emergency
program is accessed with the password as shown (HELP).
The extended control level or extended emergency program
is accessed with the passcode (a set of numbers provided to
the customer as described below).
The standard emergency program is intended for standard
maintenance, such as bringing the telescoping cylinder to
the access hole. In this case, all boom sections are fully
retracted, the T1 telescoping section can be unlocked, and
then this boom section can be extended to the first locking
position, and then this boom section can be locked there,
and then the telescoping cylinder can be retracted to the
hole. The standard emergency program will only allow
10254-44a extending the telescoping cylinder if the boom length is not
FIGURE 4-123
longer than this particular configuration (i.e. T1 at first locking
Telescoping Direction Display position and all other boom sections fully retracted and
locked). If the boom is completely retracted, then the
1 Start with Retract (1, Figure 4-124) telescoping cylinder can be manipulated between the boom
sections; this can be used to test the operation of the locking
2 Start with Extend (2)
mechanism and the telescoping cylinder.
The extended emergency program has no logical restrictions
for the operation of the locking mechanism or the motion of
the telescoping cylinder. This level of control is expected to
be used when there has been a condition that is not handled
1 2
by the control system (such as difficulties with hardware,
communication loss, or entrapped air in the telescoping
system). It is entirely the responsibility of the operator to be
aware of the location of the boom components and to use the
appropriate commands and motions.
Open Sub-menu Emergency program
• Select and confirm the letters H-E-L-P (1, Figure 4-127)
– the screen to access the standard Telescoping
emergency program is opened.
10254-46
FIGURE 4-124
Emergency Telescope Mode

1
In the event of a malfunction in the telescoping mechanism, 8882-2e
or if maintenance is needed for the tele cylinder mechanism, FIGURE 4-125

you can manipulate the main boom with the Telescoping
• If Manitowoc Crane Care or Local Distributor has
emergency program.
provided a passcode for the extended emergency
The emergency program is not intended for crane operation program, then the passcode can be entered by using the
and is therefore restricted to approximately 1000 seconds (or down-arrow on the display, or the jog-dial rotation, to find
16 minutes). After that allotted time, the password must be the numbers for entry prior to the letter A.
entered again.
• Confirm the entry with the symbol (2, Figure 4-127).

Operator can cancel the entry at any time using the (6 or 7, After the correct entry has been made, the Telescoping
Figure 4-126) buttons. emergency program is started.
The emergency program has a time limit. The display (1,
Figure 4-128) shows the remaining time for operating the
emergency program.
It runs for approx. 1000 seconds (or 16 minutes).
The telescoping mechanism can be operated with the
emergency program within this time.
If the time is not sufficient then you must restart the
emergency program.
8854-254a
FIGURE 4-126

Access Telescoping Emergency Program Menu

Enter a password to open the telescoping emergency
program menu.
8882-21b
FIGURE 4-127
Item Description Refer to

Enter the password HELP
to access the Telescoping
emergency program with
basic controls. To enter the
1 password, highlight a letter,
select Enter to alter the
letter, dial the new letter,
and select Enter again.1)
Select the check-mark after
2
entering the password.
Telescoping emergency
3
program seed value.
Counter for time limit for
4
entering passcode.
1) In order to enter a passcode (numbers), instead of a

password (letters), manipulate the standard letters for the
first position (the H position for H-E-L-P) until a selection is
shown prior to the letter A, then the digits 0 to 9 will appear.

8854-255a
FIGURE 4-128
Determining the Error Type an error on the precision length sensor length indicator of the
CCS. Contact Manitowoc Crane Care or your Local
Distributor to determine if you are permitted to start the
CAUTION telescoping process. Item 1 is the time remaining to correct
Machine Damage Hazard! the error.
Make sure that you always have an overview of the
current status of the telescoping mechanism before you
In the display, items 3 and 4 Figure 4-128 are examples of 4
indicators for proximity switches. Item 3 is switch S2114N,
initiate locking or unlocking. and it is shown in a dimmed fashion. This means the switch
In emergency mode, there maybe no monitoring of has been considered OFF. Item 4 is switch S2118N, and it is
prerequisites – the function is performed immediately shown in active colors; this switch is considered ON.
after pressing the button.
These switches are shown in a logical fashion based on their
function. The top row (S2110N, S2111N, and S2112N) is the
• Check which emergency program procedure is suitable
switches near the hydraulic actuator. S2111N is physically
for the current error:
located between S2110N and S2112N, so these indicators
are arranged in the same manner.
CAUTION The next row (S2117N, S2118N, and S2116N) are indicators
Machine Damage Hazard! for the tele cylinder being aligned with a boom section.
Never telescope the main boom if it is not possible to S2117N is shown to the left; when the tele cylinder is nearly
monitor the length of the tele cylinder by some means. aligned (for instance within 50 mm or 2 inches of the
It wo uld the n n ot b e p oss ible f or y ou to monitor connection), and S2117N is ON, then the cylinder needs to
operations, and components in the main boom could be extend slightly (moving the right controller to the right, if
damaged, or a situation could arise in which the main using the standard joystick arrangement). If S2116N is ON in
boom can no longer be extended or retracted. this near connection condition, then the cylinder needs to
retract slightly (moving the controller to the left). These
If the display (2, Figure 4-128) shows an obviously motions are logical with respect to what is shown on the
unrealistic value, such as -1100 mm or -3.61 ft, then there is screen.

8854-256a
FIGURE 4-129
The remaining proximity switches, S2114N and S2115N, are same double-acting hydraulic actuation cylinder, so it can
for the cylinder pins being retracted, so they are shown in a only release the pins that had been previously retracted
column format to be logical with respect to their location on (whichever they were). The arrow buttons on the display or
the tele cylinder. the jog dial can be used to highlight this, and hitting the
OK/Enter button will then attempt to execute the command.
Figure 4-129 has further explanation for the telescoping
The lock/unlock symbol on the button does not change
emergency program screen. Item 1 is the graphical
based on the cylinder operations (refer to Items 1 and 2).
representation of the tele cylinder pins that connect to a
telescoping boom section. When these cylinder pins are Item 5 is the indicator for a command to attempt to retract the
considered retracted, an unlock symbol will appear in this section pins. The arrow buttons on the display or the jog dial
location. can be used to highlight this, and hitting the OK/Enter button
will then attempt to execute the command. The lock/unlock
Item 2 is the graphical representation of the boom section
symbol on the button does not change based on the cylinder
and its pins that connect to the next telescoping boom
operations (refer to Items 1 and 2).
section. Note that in the telescoping emergency program;
the actual boom section is no longer able to be determined;
the crane operator must determine this. When these section CAUTION
pins are considered retracted (at least the actuator has
Machine Damage Hazard!
moved to attempt this), an unlock symbol will appear in this
location. Telescoping the main boom when there is an error on the
precision length indication and malfunctioning proximity
Item 3 is the indicator for a command to attempt to retract the switches can result in damage to the main boom, contact
cylinder pins. The arrow buttons on the display or the jog dial Manitowoc Crane Care or your Local Distributor to
can be used to highlight this, and hitting the OK/Enter button determine if you are permitted to start the telescoping
will then attempt to execute the command. The lock/unlock process. They can provide the passcode to use in the
symbol on the button does not change based on the cylinder telescoping emergency program with extended
operations (refer to Items 1 and 2). capabilities.
Item 4 is the indicator for a command to release or re-extend A situation could arise in which the main boom can no
pins. This command works for both the cylinder pin retracting longer be extended or retracted.
and the section pin retracting; they are connected to the

capabilities is intended to be able to get the tele

cylinder to the configuration where the tele cylinder
CAUTION pinning head can be serviced from the access hole
Machine Damage Hazard! in the base section, not to fully retract the boom
When a override switch is used there is no monitoring of after failures of sensors or mechanical
boom up and down, swing, telescoping, or hoist components.
operation.
NOTE: The speed is restricted to approx. 30% of the
maximum speed.
NOTE: In the Telescoping emergency program, all
functions for retracting the main boom remain Error on Length Indicator
enabled as long as there are no other errors • If the precision length sensor for the tele cylinder does
(hydraulic or mechanical). However, extending not show a reasonable value, then the second length
boom sections may require use of a override sensing can be referred to (6, Figure 4-130). This is
switch, and only the telescoping emergency typically from a length potentiometer from the power
program with extended capabilities can be cable reel in the boom (it is separate from the precision
expected to extend any boom section at any time. length sensor).
The telescoping emergency program with basic
8854-257a
FIGURE 4-130

Checks Before Telescoping representation of the tele cylinder - refer to Item 1 in

Figure 4-129.
Before telescoping, the following conditions are expected to
be met (but depending on what components may have failed The telescoping boom section is unlocked (the unlock
the conditions may not be met): symbol is shown near the graphical representation of the
section pins - refer to Item 2 in Figure 4-129.
The telescoping emergency program screen should appear
as in Figure 4-131. In the top row of the proximity switches, S2110N is on, the
others in the row are off. In the middle row of the proximity
The telescoping cylinder is locked to a telescoping boom
switches, S2118N is on, and the others in the row are OFF.
section (no unlock symbol shown near the graphical
8854-258 FIGURE 4-131

Retracting and Locking a Telescopic Section

During telescoping motion you are not to select Lock. Under CAUTION
no circumstances, while the tele cylinder is moving, should Machine Damage Hazard!
you select and press the symbol (4, Figure 4-129).
If you select Lock during telescoping, the locking pins on
the telescopic section are slid out immediately and they
can damage or tear the electrical or hydraulic components
in the main boom.
• Retract the telescopic section slowly and as far as

possible, refer to Table 4-1 for the expected value for the
precision length sensor (Item 2 in Figure 4-128) when
the boom sections are fully retracted.
• Now select and confirm the symbol (1, Figure 4-129).
1 The telescopic section can be locked (if the actuator is able
to release the section pins, and the telescoping boom
section is actually aligned with a pinning hole). The screen
should appear as shown in Figure 4-132. In particular,
S2111N should be ON.
8854-259a
FIGURE 4-132
Table 4-1 Locking point distances for telescopic boom sections (Millimeter)
T1 (mm) T2 (mm) T3 (mm) T4 (mm) T5 (mm) T6 (mm)
0% 0 269 531 794 1057 1277
50% 4140 4444 4699 4923 5063 5172
92% 7591 7927 8174 8366 8403 8418
100% 8249 8590 8836 9022 9039 9036
Table 4-2 Locking point distances for telescopic boom sections (Feet)
T1 (ft) T2 (ft) T3 (ft) T4 (ft) T5 (ft) T6 (ft)
4
0% 0.00 0.88 1.74 2.60 3.47 4.19
50% 13.58 14.58 15.42 16.15 16.61 16.97
92% 24.90 26.01 26.82 27.45 27.57 27.62
100% 27.06 28.18 28.99 29.60 29.66 29.65

Unlocking the Telescoping Cylinder

If the telescopic section is locked (typically indicated by
Figure 4-132, you can now attempt to unlock the telescoping
cylinder.
WARNING
Risk of Damage to Main Boom!
You can select and confirm the symbol for unlocking the
telescopic section. If this does not start the unlocking
procedure, contact your local distributor or Manitowoc
Crane Care.
• Select and confirm the symbol (3, Figure 4-129). 8854-260a

FIGURE 4-133
The telescoping cylinder is unlocked. In the unlocked
position, the screen should appear as indicated by The telescoping boom section is locked (the unlock symbol
Figure 4-133. The telescoping cylinder is unlocked from any is not shown near the graphical representation of the section
telescoping boom section (unlock symbol shown near the pins - refer to Item 2 in Figure 4-129.
graphical representation of the tele cylinder - refer to Item 1
in Figure 4-129. In the top row of the proximity switches, S2112N is on, the
others in the row are off. In the middle row of the proximity
switches, S2118N is on, but the others are on or off
depending on the location of the tele cylinder with respect to
telescoping boom sections.
You can now move the telescoping cylinder into the next
telescopic section, refer to Table 4-3 for the expected value
for the precision length sensor (Item 2 in Figure 4-128) when
the tele cylinder is near a connection to a boom section
Table 4-3 Locking point distances for telescoping cylinder (Millimeters)

T1 (mm) T2 (mm) T3 (mm) T4 (mm) T5 (mm) T6 (mm)
0% 0 269 531 794 1057 1277
50% 4110 4414 4669 4893 5033 5142
92% 7561 7897 8144 8336 8373 8388
100% 8219 8560 8806 8992 9009 9006
Table 4-4 Locking point distances for telescoping cylinder (Feet)

T1 (ft) T2 (ft) T3 (ft) T4 (ft) T5 (ft) T6 (ft)
0% 0.00 0.88 1.74 2.60 3.47 4.19
50% 13.48 14.48 15.32 16.05 16.51 16.87
92% 24.81 25.91 26.72 27.35 27.47 27.52
100% 26.97 28.08 28.89 29.50 29.56 29.55

Extending and Locking the Telescoping Cylinder • a telescopic section.

Under no circumstances should you select and press the Locking Points for the Telescoping Cylinder
lock symbol (1, Figure 4-132) while the tele cylinder is in
Table 4-3 shows the extended length for locking the
motion.
telescoping cylinder.
Locking Points for the Telescopic Sections
CAUTION Table 4-1 shows the extended length for locking the
Machine Damage Hazard! telescopic boom sections. The telescopic section should not
be set down for locking or unlocking it.
If you select Lock while the telescoping cylinder is
moving, the locking pins on the telescopic section are slid The cutout (1, Figure 4-134 must be clear. That is why you
out immediately and they can damage or tear the have to extend the telescoping cylinder further than with a
electrical or hydraulic components in the main boom. return run.
Slowly move the telescoping cylinder into the next extended

telescopic section.
At the locking point:
• The display (2, Figure 4-128) shows the length for the
current locking point, refer to Table 4-3
• The proximity switch indicators for S2117N, S2118N,
and S2116N are used to align the tele cylinder to the
hole in the boom section. S2118N is on whenever the 8854-265
tele cylinder pins are in the “foot section” or the near end 8854-265
FIGURE 4-134
of the boom section weldment where the hole is located.
S2116N goes on when the tele cylinder has extended Telescoping Cylinder Boom Nose Switch
beyond the hole. S2117N goes on when the tele cylinder
is not extended enough to reach the hole. Therefore, A whisker-style trigger switch is installed at the boom nose to
one would operate the tele cylinder until S2118N is on, detect the tele cylinder barrel being too close to the boom
and S2116N and S2117N are off. This is what is shown nose. This switch is shown as triggered in Figure 4-135.
in Figure 4-133.
• Select and confirm the symbol shown as Item 4 in
Figure 4-129. 4
The telescoping cylinder is locked, if the actuator is able to
release the cylinder pins, and the tele cylinder is actually
aligned with a pinning location hole in the boom section. The
screen should appear as shown in Figure 4-132.
• You can now operate this telescopic section, refer to
Retracting and Locking a Telescopic Section, page
4-137.
Tables for Approaching the Locking Points
The extent to which the telescoping cylinder has to be
extended in order to reach a locking point depends on
whether you want to lock:
• the telescoping cylinder or 9204
FIGURE 4-135

When this switch is triggered, the symbol shown in emergency program is being used, then it is still possible to
Figure 4-136 should appear on the left side of the ODM still extend the cylinder (such as when the switch is
display or in the middle of the Emergency Mode screen malfunctioning or disconnected), but this should only be
Figure 4-137. done with physical verification of the location of the
telescoping cylinder with respect to the boom nose. If the
telescoping cylinder impacts the boom nose, the boom
system will be damaged.
With the telescoping cylinder not moving, and with the
controller not being used, then the bypass switch
(Figure 4-138) can be used. The telescoping cylinder will
now extend, but when the telescoping cylinder stops moving,
or if the controller is no longer used, then the same steps
9205 FIGURE 4-136 must be repeated to use the bypass switch.
9205-1 FIGURE 4-137

9206 FIGURE 4-138
In this triggered condition, the telescoping cylinder is no
longer expected to be able to extend. If the telescoping

Faults Menu Group red circle with strike-through cannot be cleared without first
correcting the malfunction, then cycling the ignition key to the
The Fault Menu Group includes the following function icons: Off position and back to the On position.
• Crane Faults (page 4-141) Additional information about the fault can be accessed by
• Engine Faults (page 4-141) first highlighting a fault code, then pressing the Additional
Information Button (1, Figure 4-141) at the ODM Navigation
Crane Faults Control Pad.
Select the Crane Faults icon (1, Figure 4-139) under the
Faults Menu Group to view active crane fault codes.
1
1
FIGURE 4-141
The Additional Information screen (Figure 4-142) gives the
operator details about the location of the system that is at
fault, along with an explanation.
A list of all fault codes and their definitions are available
through Manitowoc Diagnostic Code application. For more
information, see About the Manitowoc Diagnostic Code
Mobile Application, page 4-141.
10254-4
FIGURE 4-139
The Crane Fault Code function screen (Figure 4-140)
displays active crane fault codes.
If several fault codes are active, use the Jog Dial or Arrow
Buttons on the Navigation Control Pad to select the arrow at
the top or bottom of the screen to scroll through the codes
4
10296-2
FIGURE 4-142
About the Manitowoc Diagnostic Code Mobile

Application
The Manitowoc Diagnostic Code Mobile Application is a free
mobile application that enables the user to enter and retrieve
information about specific crane fault codes on a mobile
device. The application is available from the Google and
10296-1 Apple stores and compatible with most Android and Apple
FIGURE 4-140 mobile devices.
Crane fault codes with an “X” beside them can be cleared by To look up a fault code with the Manitowoc Diagnostic Code
the operator. Crane fault codes with an “X” surrounded by a mobile application:

1. Find the fault code you want to research in the Fault 3. Click CCS.
Code function screen of the Operator Display Module
The CCS screen appears.
(ODM).
2. Open the Manitowoc Diagnostics Code Application on
your mobile device.
The Diagnostic Code Application splash screen
appears.
10157 FIGURE 4-144
4. Complete the following using information from the error

code displayed on the ODM:
• Select Crane Type—Select the crane model from
the dropdown list.
• Component—Enter the component information from
the fault code.
• Condition—Enter the condition information from the
fault code.
• Device—Enter the device number from the fault
code.
• Index—Enter the index number information from the
10156
FIGURE 4-143 fault code.

5. Click Continue.
The Fault code information is displayed.
10158
FIGURE 4-145
6. Click OK to return to the main screen.

Engine Faults If several fault codes are active, use the Jog Dial or Arrow
Buttons on the Navigation Control Pad to select the arrow at
Select the Engine Faults icon (1, Figure 4-146) under the the top or bottom of the screen to scroll through the codes
Faults Menu Group to view active engine fault codes.
Engine fault codes cannot be cleared by the operator without
first correcting the malfunction, then cycling the ignition key
1
to the Off position and back to the On position.
Information Menu Group

The Information Menu Group includes the following function
icons:
• Operating Hours (page 4-144)
• Software Versions (page 4-146)
Operating Hours
Select the Operating Hours icon (1, Figure 4-148) under the
Information Menu Group to show the Operating Hours
function screen.
10254-4
FIGURE 4-146
The Engine Fault Code function screen (Figure 4-147) 1
displays active engine fault codes.
10254-4 FIGURE 4-148
9902-34 The Operating Hours function screen (Figure 4-149) shows

FIGURE 4-147 the total accumulated operating hours for the different crane
functions as well as offers a resettable trip meter for each
crane function.

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9902-21

1 Swing Operating Hours 6 Engine Operating Hours
2 Boom Telescope Operating Hours 7 Transmission Operating Hours
3 Boom Lift Operating Hours 8 Boom Pinning Count
4 Main Hoist Operating Hours 9 Reset All Icon
5 Auxiliary Operating Hours 4
FIGURE 4-149

The top number for each crane function shows the total To reset all crane function operating hours and counts to
accumulated hours (1, Figure 4-150). The bottom number is zero (0), select the Reset All icon (9, Figure 4-149) (icon will
a trip meter and shows total hours since the last reset (2). turn orange) on the Operating Hours function screen and
then press the Jog Dial or the OK Button.
Software Versions
Select the Software Versions icon (1, Figure 4-151) under
the Information Menu Group to view the Software Versions
function screen.
1
9902-22
FIGURE 4-150
The Boom Pinning Count (8, Figure 4-149) shows how many
times the boom has been pinned. All others are in hours.
Reset the trip meter for a crane function by doing the
following:
Control Pad, select the hours under the crane function
icon that is to be reset (hours will turn to an orange 10254-4
hour-glass). FIGURE 4-151
2. Press the Jog Dial or OK Button on the Navigation The Software Versions function screen shows the current
Control Pad to reset the hours to zero (0). software versions for all of the software installed on the
crane.
NOTE: Allow up to 8 seconds for the trip meter to reset to
0.0 hours.

User Settings Menu Group Controller Curve

The User Settings Menu Group includes the following Select the Controller Curve icon (1, Figure 4-152) under the
function icons: User Settings Menu Group to show the Controller Sensitivity
function screen.
• Controller Curve (page 4-147)
• Controller Speed (page 4-149)
• ECO Mode (page 4-151)
• Exhaust System Cleaning (page 4-153)
• Service Menu (page 4-155)
1
10254-4 FIGURE 4-152
The Controller Sensitivity function screen (Figure 4-153)

allows the operator to adjust the sensitivity of the controllers.
1 2
4
3 4
9902-24

1 Swing Curve 4 Auxiliary Hoist Curve
2 Boom Lift Curve 5 Reset All Icon
3 Main Hoist Curve
FIGURE 4-153

Five different sensitivity curves are available to select from Sensitivity curve 1 (default) is the most sensitive and
(curves 1 through 5). Sensitivity curve 1 is the default curve sensitivity curve 5 is the least sensitive (Figure 4-156).
and causes the function speed to increase or decrease
equally with an equal amount of movement of the controller
(Figure 4-154).
Max
Sensitivity
Speed
Curve 1
1 2 3 4 5
Most sensitive Least sensitive
Function
Speed
Sensitivity Curves 1 through 5
FIGURE 4-156
Adjust the sensitivity of a controller function by doing the
following:
Neutral Full Control Pad, select the controller function icon that is to
Controller Position
Travel be adjusted (icon will turn orange).
FIGURE 4-154 Control Pad to make the controller function icon active
(icon background will turn gray).
Selecting a sensitivity curve of 2 through 5 causes the
function speed to be reduced, from the default sensitivity 3. Using the Jog Dial or the Up/Down Arrow Buttons, select
curve 1, relative to the same controller position over the full one of the five possible sensitivity curves (Figure 4-156).
travel of the controller (Figure 4-155).
4. Press the Jog Dial or OK Button to accept the new
setting.
Max Select the Reset All icon (5, Figure 4-153) on the Controller
Speed Sensitivity function screen and press the Jog Dial or the OK
Button to set the sensitivity of all functions to the factory
default setting (default setting = Curve 1).
Sensitivity
Curve 1
Function
Speed
Sensitivity
Curve 3
Neutral Full
Controller Position
Travel
FIGURE 4-155

Controller Speed
Select the Controller Speed icon (1, Figure 4-157) under the
User Settings Menu Group to show the Controller Speed
function screen.
1
10254-4
FIGURE 4-157
The Controller Speed function screen (Figure 4-158) allows
the operator to adjust the crane function speeds relative to
the position of the controllers. Adjustment is made as a
percentage of full rated speed.

1 2
3 4
10254-59

1 Swing Speed 4 Auxiliary Hoist Speed
2 Boom Lift Speed 5 Reset All Icon
3 Main Hoist Speed
FIGURE 4-158
A setting of 100% results in the crane function moving at full 4. Press the Jog Dial or OK Button to accept the new
rated speed relative to the position of the controller. A setting setting.
of 75% results in the crane function moving at 75% of full
Select the Reset All icon (5, Figure 4-158) on the Controller
rated speeds throughout the range of the controller.
Speed function screen and press the Jog Dial or the OK
Adjust the speed of a controller function by doing the Button to set all function speeds to the factory default setting
following: of 100%.
1. Using the Jog Dial or Arrow Buttons on the Navigation NOTE: A crane function speed can be set to 0 (zero) to
Control Pad, select the controller function icon that is to prevent movement of that function. Crane functions
be adjusted (icon will turn orange). set to a speed of 0 cannot be enabled by way of the
related Enable/Disable Switch.
2. Press the Jog Dial or OK Button to make the controller
function icon active (icon background will turn gray). This is useful in a situation where, for example, a
hoist is wound with rope and the rope is tied-off at
3. Using the Jog Dial or the Up/Down Arrow Buttons, adjust
the hoist. The operator can prevent that hoist from
the percentage to the desired setting.
operating by setting its speed to 0.
Adjustments are made in 1% increments/decrements.
To quickly make large adjustments, hold down the Jog
Dial while rotating it.

ECO Mode
Select the ECO Mode icon (1, Figure 4-159) under the User
1
Settings Menu Group to show the ECO Mode function
screen. 4 5
2
9741-4
FIGURE 4-160
Item Description
1 1 ON/OFF icon
10254-4 2 Idle Speed 1 Time Delay Setting
FIGURE 4-159 3 Idle Speed 2 Time Delay Setting
The Economy (ECO) Mode function offers the operator a 4 Current Engine Speed icon
convenient way to reduce noise and fuel consumption during 5 Fuel Usage Rate graph
craning operation. ECO Mode does this by automatically
increasing the engine speed to an operator specified engine The ON/OFF icon (1, Figure 4-160) is used to set the ECO
working speed when craning functions are operated and Mode function to on or off.
then decreasing the engine speed to idle speeds when no
The Idle Speed 1 Time Delay Setting (2) is used to specify
craning functions are operated.
the period of time the craning functions must be inactive
The ECO Mode function screen (Figure 4-160) allows the (controllers in neutral position) before the engine speed is
operator to set the ECO Mode function to on or off. The reduced from the operator specified working engine speed to
function screen also allows the operator to specify the the idle speed of 950 rpm.
lengths of time of crane function inactivity before the crane’s
The Idle Speed 2 Time Delay Setting (3) is used to specify
engine speed is reduced from the working engine speed to
the two idle speeds.
the period of time the craning functions must be inactive
(controllers in neutral position) before the engine speed is
4
reduced from the operator specified working engine speed to
the idle speed of 800 rpm. If the hydraulic oil cooling fan is
operating, the crane will reduce the fan speed when the Time
De lay Set ting (3) has been me t. This redu ces fuel
consumption and does not affect cooling performance.
The Current Engine Speed icon (4) indicates the current
engine speed in revolutions per minute.
The Fuel Usage Rate graphic (5) indicates fuel usage rate in
the selected unit of measure.

The following terms are related to the ECO Mode function: - Working Engine Speed is set using the
Increment/Decrement Switch.
Term Definition - Engine speed will automatically increase from idle
ECO Mode is disabled and will to the Working Engine Speed when a craning
ECO Mode OFF function is operated (controller is moved out of
not control engine speed.
neutral position).
ECO Mode is enabled and will
automatically control (increase - Engine speed will stay at the Working Engine Speed
ECO Mode ON
and decrease) engine speed while craning functions are operated.
based on the operator’s inputs.
- Engine speed will automatically decrease to the idle
Engine speed set by the operator speed of 950 rpm after all craning functions have
Engine Working
using the Increment/Decrement stopped (controllers in neutral position) and the time
Speed
Switch period that was specified in the Idle Speed 1 Time
Delay Setting (2, Figure 4-160) has past.
By default, ECO Mode is set to off from the factory. Once set
- Engine speed will automatically decrease to the idle
to on by the operator, ECO Mode remains on until the
speed of 800 rpm after all craning functions are
operator sets it to off. The crane software maintains the ECO
disabled and the time period that was specified in
Mode setting of on or off regardless of whether the engine is
t h e I d l e S p e e d 2 Ti m e D e l a y S e t t i n g ( 3 ,
shut off or if the battery disconnect switch is set to the off
Figure 4-160) has past.
position.
- Engine speed can be increased above current
If the crane’s transmission is shifted to forward or reverse, or
engine speed using the Foot Throttle Pedal.
if all crane functions are enabled, ECO Mode will stay on, but
the Engine Working Speed setting will decrease and reset to Set ECO Mode to ON and specify the two ECO Mode time
idle. When this occurs, the operator must again set the delays using the ECO Mode function screen:
Engine Working Speed using the Increment/Decrement
1. Press the Screen Toggle Button (1, Figure 4-161) at the
Switch (refer to Increment/Decrement – Start/Stop Switch,
Jog Dial to select the ODM screen control. Using the Jog
page 3-8).
Dial (2, Figure 4-161), select one of the time delay
Whether ECO Mode is on or off, the operator can always number fields (box around number will turn orange,
increase the engine speed above the current engine speed Figure 4-160), then press the Jog Dial (2) (number will
by using the Foot Throttle Pedal. turn white with orange background).
NOTE: ECO Mode only operates when operating craning - or -
functions and does not operate when operating the
Using the Arrow Buttons (3, Figure 4-161) on the
outriggers.
Navigation Control Pad at the ODM, select one of the
When ECO Mode is set to OFF, the crane operates in the time delay number fields (box around number will turn
following manner: orange, Figure 4-160), then press the OK Button (4)
(number will turn white with orange background).
- Engine will idle at 800 rpm when no craning
functions are enabled.
3
- Engine speed will increase and idle at 950 rpm
when a craning function is enabled. 2
1
- Engine speed will return to 800 rpm when all crane 3
functions are disabled. 4
FIGURE 4-161
- Foot Throttle Pedal and Increment/Decrement
2. Using the Jog Dial or the Up/Down Arrow Buttons, set
Switch can be used to set the engine speed
the time delay.
between the system specified minimum and
maximum engine speeds. 3. Press the Jog Dial or OK Button on the Navigation
Control Pad to accept the time delay setting.
When ECO Mode is set to ON and the two time delays have
been specified in the ECO Mode function screen, the crane 4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 until the minutes and seconds
operates in the following manner: are set for the time delay.
- Engine will idle at 800 rpm when no craning 5. Using the Jog Dial or the Arrow Buttons, select the OFF
functions are operated. icon (icon will turn orange), then press the Jog Dial or
the OK Button to set ECO Mode to ON.

Boom Position Indicator Light

Select the Boom Position Indicator Light icon
(1, Figure 4-162) under the User Settings Menu Group to
show the Boom Position Indicator Light function screen.
1
1
10254-4
FIGURE 4-162
The Boom Position Indicator Light function screen
(Figure 4-163) allows the operator to switch the boom
Position indicator light on and off. 2
Switching on: Select symbol (1), (Figure 4-163) and confirm.

Switching off: Select symbol (2) and confirm.
9060-1
FIGURE 4-163
Exhaust System Cleaning (If Equipped)

Select the Exhaust System Cleaning icon (1, Figure 4-164)
under the User Settings Menu Group to show the Exhaust
System Cleaning function screen.
1
10254-4
FIGURE 4-164

The Exhaust System Cleaning function screen 7. Press the Jog Dial or OK Button on the Navigation
(Figure 4-165) allows the operator to initiate or inhibit the Control Pad to start the cleaning process.
exhaust system cleaning process.
Within 5 seconds the engine speed will increase to 1000
to 1400 rpm. The engine will continue to run at this
speed for up to 45 minutes.
As a warning, the strobe light (1, Figure 4-166) near the
exhaust pipe (2) will flash during exhaust system
1 cleaning.
Pressing the service brake pedal or throttle pedal during
cleaning or selecting the Inhibit Cleaning Process Icon
(2, Figure 4-165) will interrupt the manual cleaning
2 process.
Make sure the crane and surrounding area are
monitored during manual cleaning. If any unsafe
condition occurs, stop engine immediately.
9902-27
FIGURE 4-165
Engine will return to normal idle speed when the manual
cleaning process is complete.
Item Description
1 Initiate Manual Cleaning Process Icon
2 Inhibit Cleaning Process Icon
Manual Exhaust System Cleaning
If the Engine Exhaust Cleaning Required Indicator comes on
in the Alerts Area of the ODM, perform the following manual
exhaust cleaning process as soon as possible.
2
1
WARNING
Burn/Fire Hazard!
During the cleaning process, the exhaust and tailpipe
become very hot. Keep personnel and flammable objects
away from the exhaust. Do not park vehicle near
flammable objects.
1. Make sure crane is not parked near flammable objects. 10252

FIGURE 4-166
2. Set up a safe area around the crane’s exhaust. Remove Inhibit Exhaust System Cleaning
tools, rags, grease, or any debris from engine exhaust
area. CAUTION
3. Place transmission in to neutral. Crane Damage!
4. Engage the crane parking brake, Exhaust system damage can occur if crane is operated
for long periods of time with the exhaust cleaning system
5. Release the service brake pedal and throttle pedal. set to inhibit.
6. Using the Jog Dial or the Up/Down Arrow Buttons on the During normal operation of the crane, do not set the
Navigation Control Pad, select the Initiate Manual exhaust system cleaning to inhibit.
Cleaning Process Icon (1, Figure 4-165) (icon turns
orange). NOTE: Refer to section Exhaust System Cleaning, page
4-9 for information on the manual and automatic
exhaust cleaning modes.

To inhibit, or prevent, the exhaust system from entering the Service Menu
active cleaning mode or to stop the exhaust cleaning
process that was manually initiated, do the following: Select the Service Menu icon (1, Figure 4-168) under the
User Settings Menu Group to show the Service Menu
1. Using the Jog Dial or the Up/Down Arrow Buttons on the function screen.
Navigation Control Pad, select the Inhibit Cleaning
Process Icon (1, Figure 4-167) (icon changes to
orange).
Control Pad to set the cleaning process to inhibit (Inhibit
Cleaning Process Icon changes to green).
The Inhibit Exhaust System Cleaning Indicator comes
on in the Alerts Area of the ODM, and the active and
manual modes of ex haust sys tem cleanin g are
prevented.
1
10254-4
FIGURE 4-168
The Service Menu function screen is accessible to those

service technicians who have attended the Grove New
Technology training course.
1
9902-28
FIGURE 4-167

Display Settings Menu Group Display Screen Brightness

The Display Settings Menu Group includes the following Select the Display Screen Brightness icon (1, Figure 4-171)
function icons: under the Display Settings Menu Group to show the Display
Screen Brightness function screen.
• Units of Measure (page 4-156)
• Display Screen Brightness (page 4-156)
• Time Set (page 4-157)
Units of Measure
Select the Units of Measure icon (1, Figure 4-169) under the
Display Settings Menu Group to show the Units of Measure
function screen.
1
10254-4
FIGURE 4-171
The Display Screen Brightness function screen
(Figure 4-172) allows the operator to adjust the brightness of
the ODM and RDM display screens.
1
10254-4
FIGURE 4-169
The Units of Measure function screen (Figure 4-170) allows
the operator to change the units of measure (metric/imperial)
that are used throughout the ODM and RDM.
9902-31
FIGURE 4-172
Press the Jog Dial or OK Button on the Navigation Control
Pad, then use the Jog Dial or Arrow Buttons to increase or
decrease the screen brightness. Once the desired value is
selected, press the Jog Dial or OK Button to accept the
value.
9902-28
FIGURE 4-170
Use the Jog Dial or Arrow Buttons on the Navigation Control

Pad to select the desired unit of measure, then press the Jog
Dial or the OK Button to accept the new setting.

Time Set Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) is used as the basis for
setting the time. The usage of UTC is based upon a twenty
Select the Set Time icon (1, Figure 4-173) under the Display four hour clock and the 0 degrees longitude meridian,
Settings Menu Group to show the Time Set function screen. referred to as the Greenwich meridian in Greenwich,
England. Thus, to set the time the operator must know what
time zone he or she is in relative to the UTC.
The following is a list of the United States GMT/UTC Offsets:
UTC Offset
US Time UTC Offset
Daylight
Zone Standard Time
Savings Time
Atlantic UTC - 4h
Eastern UTC - 5h UTC - 4h
Central UTC - 6h UTC - 5h
Mountain UTC - 7h UTC - 6h
1
Pacific UTC - 8h UTC - 7h
10254-4
FIGURE 4-173 Alaska UTC - 9h UTC - 8h
Hawaii -
The Time Set function screen (Figure 4-174) allows the UTC - 10h UTC - 9h
Aleutian
operator to set the time and the time format that is displayed
on the ODM and RDM screens. To set the time and time format, do the following:
Control Pad, select the UTC Offset field
(1, Figure 4-174).
2. Press the Jog Dial or the OK Button.
3. Turn the Jog Dial or press the Up/Down Arrow Buttons
until the correct UTC Offset is shown.
4. Press the Jog Dial or OK Button to accept the value.
1 2
5. Using the Jog Dial or Arrow Buttons, select the Time
Format field (2, Figure 4-174).
4
6. Press the Jog Dial or the OK Button.
9219
FIGURE 4-174 7. Using the Jog Dial or Arrow Buttons, select the desired
time format, either 24 hour or AM/PM.
Item Description 8. Press the Jog Dial or OK Button to accept the value.
1 UTC Offset
2 Time Format

USING THE RATED CAPACITY LIMITER “auxiliary boom nose installed” in the RCL. The
DISPLAY MODULE (RDM) predicted radius will be that of the main boom nose
and the mass of the auxiliary boom nose will be
NOTE: Refer to Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module considered part of the load.
(RDM), page 3-18 for additional information.
Enter Rigging Code
The Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) is an electro-mechanical
sensing system designed to alert the crane operator of For a complete rigging code input, operator must enter,
impending capacity when the system has been accurately confirm and accept the rigging code and the reeving.
programmed. When an overload condition is sensed, the
There are two ways of entering the current rigging mode.
system provides the operator with a visual and audible
warning, and locks out the controller functions to prevent • Either enter the individual components (1, Figure 4-176)
raising and lowering the boom, extending the boom, or to (8) one after the other.
raising the main or auxiliary (optional) hoist ropes.
• Or enter the RCL code (9) and the reeving (8).
DANGER
Electronic equipment on this crane is intended as an aid 3 2 4 1 5
to the operator. Under no condition should it be relied on
to replace the use of Load Charts and operating 9
instructions. 8
Sole reliance on these electronic aids in place of good

operating practices can cause an accident. 7
The RCL Setup Screen (Figure 4-175) appears on the RDM 6

when the ignition key is set to the On position.
10
10254-47a
FIGURE 4-176
The newly entered rigging mode must then be confirmed
• with (10)
The following section describes the input procedure based
on the individual components. If you want to enter the rigging
mode based on the RCL code, refer to Entering the RCL
Code, page 4-163.
Entering Individual Components

With this type of input, select all the components of the
10254-47a FIGURE 4-175 rigging mode one after the other.
From the RCL Setup Screen, the operator can program the
RCL either by entering a rigging code number from the Load
Chart Manual or by entering the crane configuration using
the setup wizard.
DANGER
Overload/Tipover hazard!
NOTE: When performing a lift over the auxiliary boom
Th e RCL is an op er ato r aid. If it is pro gra mme d
nose, select “auxiliary boom nose installed” in the
incorrectly, the system may not warn the operator of
RCL (7, .Figure 4-176). The predicted radius in the
impending overload and may not activate function
RCL will include the added length of the auxiliary
lockouts.
boom nose.
Ensure the RCL is properly programmed to correspond to
When performing a lift over the main boom nose the actual crane configuration being used.
and the auxiliary boom nose is installed, de-select

When re-entering the rigging mode completely, you can • Confirm the selection.
prevent already entered components from changing by
Direction arrows appear on the display.
making entries in the following order:
Input mode is switched on.
- Counterweight (2, Figure 4-177)
Selecting Values
- Boom system (1)
With the input mode switched on, you can select values that
- Outrigger span (3)
are permissible according to the Lifting Capacity Table.
The selection process is described using reeving as an
3 2 1 1
example.
• Select and confirm the symbol (1, Figure 4-179) –
arrows on the left and right are displayed.
4 • Select using the left or right buttons on the control panel
6 until the display shows the rigged reeving.
5
10254-47a 7 2 1
FIGURE 4-177
In this order, the values that can be selected for the current
entry are always restricted by the previous entry. As a result,
already entered values do not change.
When entering the components, the corresponding RCL
code (6) is displayed at the same time. 10254-48a
FIGURE 4-179
Then you must enter the current hoist selection (4) and
reeving (5) and confirm the indicated rigging mode (7). • Confirm the selection.
The display shows the corresponding RCL code
Switching on Input Mode
• Select one of the desired components (1, Figure 4-177)
(2, Figure 4-179). 4
to (4). You can cancel the input at any time. Press button
(1, Figure 4-180) or (2).
The corresponding symbol goes orange.
4 3 1
8849-31
1
FIGURE 4-180
10254-47a
FIGURE 4-178

After the selection procedure, there are three options: Enter the other components of the current rigging mode in
the same way.
• Cancel input mode:
Counterweight
- Press the button (3, Figure 4-181) or (4) once – the
config menu is opened. • Select and confirm the symbol (1, Figure 4-182).
2 10254-49a
10254-48a
8849-32a
FIGURE 4-181
8849-33a
• Switching over the input mode: FIGURE 4-182
- Select and confirm a symbol (1) for the next • Use the buttons (2) or (3) to select the required
component – symbol orange. counterweight combination, e.g. 0.0 klb.
• Accept the displayed rigging mode: • Confirm the selection.
- Select and confirm the symbol (2), refer to

Accepting the Rigging Code, page 4-163.

Boom System Outrigger Span

• Select and confirm the symbol (1, Figure 4-183). • Select and confirm the symbol (1, Figure 4-184).
• Use the buttons (2) or (3) to select the rigged outrigger
1 5 4 span.
• Confirm the selection.
1
3
10254-50a
FIGURE 4-183
• Use symbol (1, Figure 4-183) to select the rigged boom

system. 10254-51a
2 Main boom
3 Main boom with boom extension
4 Angle of the manual boom extension
5 Length of boom extension
8849-36a
• Confirm each selection.
FIGURE 4-184

Overriding the Outrigger Monitoring System Swing Range

The outrigger span is monitored when the Outrigger • Select and confirm the symbol (1, Figure 4-186).
Monitoring System (OMS) is installed. You must check the
• Use the buttons (2) or (3) to select the required swing
outrigger span when entering the rigging code.
range, e.g. 360°.
If the OMS does not match the selected positions an
outrigger beam over-ride warning screen (Figure 4-185)
opens after selecting the check mark at the bottom right
corner of the screen. The detected beam positions and 1
selected positions are shown side by side. The operator has
the choice of 1) Returning to the setup screen to change the
selection –OR– 2) Verifying that the chosen outrigger beam
position is the one to use even though it doesn't match the
OMS, in which case the screen transitions to the main
viewing screen.
10254-51a
9905-7 8849-38a
DANGER
When the OMS system is overridden, the RCL will not
provide protection from overload. Death or serious injury
will result if the crane tips overs.
The operator is responsible for ensuring that the crane is
not overloaded or operated in excess of the allowable
published capacities for the actual outrigger configuration.
A qualified person shall be consulted to determine if any
capacity reductions, special operating procedures, or
limitation are required.

Entering the RCL Code Selecting the Hoist and Entering the Reeving
You may enter the RCL code for the rigging mode according Entering the reeving does not have an effect on any other
to the Lifting capacity table. component that has already been entered.
Refer to the Lifting capacity table for the current rigging
mode. The corresponding RCL code is specified at the top of
the table (e.g. 1).
• Select and confirm the symbol (1, Figure 4-187).
3
• Use the buttons (2) or (3) to select the required RCL
code. 1
2
10254-48a
8882-28a
1
5
4
5
8849-41a
FIGURE 4-188
10254-51a
• Position the slider bar (3, Figure 4-188) over the top of
the hoist that is to be used. Example screen shot in
Figure 4-188 shows the Main Hoist is selected.
I Symbol for main hoist

II Symbol for auxiliary hoist
FIGURE 4-187
8849-40a • Confirm the selection. 4
• Use the buttons (4, Figure 4-188) or (5) to select the
The other displays will show the corresponding rigging rigged reeving.
mode.
Now you can enter the reeving and accept the rigging mode.
Accepting the Rigging Code
Prior to crane operation, you must confirm and accept the
newly entered rigging code.

Confirming and Applying the Rigging Code Entering the Telescoping Mode Number
• Select the symbol (1, Figure 4-189). After the RCL has been initialized, and the rigging mode
screen is re-entered, and the telescoping function has been
enabled, and the boom is fully retracted and locked, then a
Te l e s c o p i n g M o d e N u m b e r m a y b e s e l e c t e d ( 1 ,
Figure 4-190). Entering this option allows the up/down or jog
dial to be used to select from an available list of these mode
numbers. After this selection and using the check-mark
again on the rigging screen, the telescoping function will
commence for the requested telescoping status based on
the mode number.
10254-52a 1
FIGURE 4-189
The Monitoring menu is opened and the rigging code is
applied.
1
If the rigging code is not permissible, symbol 1 cannot be
selected.
10254-53a
FIGURE 4-190
WARNING
Overload/Tipover Hazard!
T he R C L is a n op era to r a id . If i t is p r o gr a m m e d
impending overload and may not activate function
lockouts.
Ensure the RCL is properly programmed to correspond to
the actual crane configuration being used.

Checks Before Operating the Crane Hoists Display

Open the Menu The symbol bar symbol (1, Figure 4-192) must appear over
top of the hoist with which the load is to be lifted.
Crane operation is only enabled when the Monitoring menu
is open. The Monitoring menu opens automatically after the
rigging code is configured and confirmed.
Checks
• Check whether the current rigging mode of the crane
1
corresponds to the displayed rigging mode.
WARNING
Overload/Tipover Hazard!
T he R C L is a n op era to r a id . If i t is p r o gr a m m e d
impending overload and may not activate function 10254-48a
lockouts. FIGURE 4-192
Ensure the RCL is properly programmed to correspond to To switch between main hoist and auxiliary hoist, refer to
the actual crane configuration being used. Example of how to Switch over the Hoists, page 4-165.
• Check Figure 4-191: If you need to c orrect valu es, press the butto n (1,
Figure 4-193) or (2) and open the Enter rigging mode (3)
1 Lattice extension angle where necessary menu.
2 Boom length You can start working with the crane if the correct rigging
3 Boom tip/boom extension tip height mode of the crane is displayed.
4 Rigged counterweight
5 Hoist that is switched on
6 Number of reeved hoist rope lines
7 Rigged outrigger span
8 Rigging Code 4
8 6
3
1
7 3 8849-50
FIGURE 4-193
2
Example of how to Switch over the Hoists
5 The load is planned to be raised with the auxiliary hoist, for
example. However, the hoist indicator (2, Figure 4-194) for
the main hoist is on and the indicator (2) for the auxiliary
4 hoist is off.
10254-55a
FIGURE 4-191

Switch over the hoists as follows:

• Switch off both hoists by selecting no hoist indicator.
Switch on the auxiliary hoist indicator.
1 2
The hoist indicator will now be displayed above the auxiliary
hoist icon (1, Figure 4-194).
WARNING
Overload Hazard!
When operating the crane with two hoists reeved, ensure
that the hoist in use is identified in the RCL configuration.
10254-48a
FIGURE 4-194 Failure to do so may result in overload of the hoist line or
crane. Death or Serious Injury could occur.

Displays During Crane Operation If the displayed RCL code does not apply to a lattice
extension, nothing will be displayed.
The following information is constantly displayed in addition
to the displays of the rigging mode:
Current Overall Height
Overall height is the approximate vertical distance between
the lower edge of the outrigger pad and the highest point of 1
the main boom or lattice extension. The displayed value
(1, Figure 4-195) applies to fully extended outrigger
cylinders on the largest outrigger span.
The value is displayed either in meters (m) or in feet (ft),
depending on the setting.
10254-55a
FIGURE 4-196
1
Counterweight Installed
Shows the counterweight (1, Figure 4-197) in tons (t).
10254-54a
FIGURE 4-195
Current Lattice Extension Angle
- Lifting/lowering lattice extension: Shows the
current lattice extension angle (1, Figure 4-196) in
relation to the main boom in degrees. 1
4
- Lattice extension, can be angled: Shows the 10254-54a FIGURE 4-197
angle of the lattice extension corresponding to the
RCL code in degrees (1, Figure 4-196).

The Current Swing Angle Currently Raised Load

Shows the swing angle (1, Figure 4-198) of the current The display (Figure 4-200) shows the sum of the payload +
superstructure position. lifting gear + hook block.
0° means that the superstructure is positioned over the front.
1 1.75
9082-2a
FIGURE 4-200
Maximum Load
The display (Figure 4-201) shows the maximum load that
can be lifted in the current rigging mode with the current
working radius.
10254-54a FIGURE 4-198

A full turn from this working position is divided into two
semi-circles (Figure 4-199).
Angles in the left semi-circle are displayed as negative
values (0° to -179.9°), 1.75
Angles in the right semicircle will be shown as positive (0° to
180°).
9082-2a
FIGURE 4-201
Degree of Utilization
The degree of utilization shows the weight of the current load
as a percentage of the maximum possible load. Display (2,
Figure 4-202) shows the percentage value. Display (1)
shows the ranges in different colors:
Green: 0 – 90%
Yellow: approx. 90 – 100%
Red: greater than 100%
2
1
1.75
10083
FIGURE 4-199 9082-2
FIGURE 4-202

RCL Early Warning - Display (3) shows the current degree of utilization,
e.g. 100%; the bar is red.
If approximately 90% of the maximum permissible load is
exceeded, an RCL early warning will be issued. - The value on display (1) is equal to or greater than
the value on display (2).
- An intermittent buzzer tone will sound.
After five seconds, you can switch off the buzzer
tone using button (2, Figure 4-203). 3
- The lamp (3) lights up. 2

- Display (1) shows the current degree of utilization, 1
e.g. 80%; the bar is green.
1.75
10254-54a
9082-2a
8849-68a
FIGURE 4-204
8849-67a
FIGURE 4-203 Canceling a Shutdown
NOTE: If the capacity continues to increase, the RCL will • Turn off the buzzer tone if necessary.
reach an overload state and a RCL shutdown will • Leave the shutdown range by moving the crane
occur. according to the following table.
RCL Shutdown Switched off crane Permitted crane 4
movements movements
There are different types of RCL shutdowns:
Lift loads Lower loads
- shutdown due to overload,
- shutdown due to an error.
Lower the main boom Raising the main boom1)
Extend the main boom Retracting the main boom
Shutdown due to Overload
Swing to the left Swing to the right
If the maximum permissible load is exceeded, shutdown will
occur due to overload. Swing to the right Swing to the left
- All crane movements which increase the load Lower the lattice extension Raise the lattice extension
moment will be switched off.
1)
In some cases, the RCL will also switch off these
- A continuous buzzer tone will sound. movements. In this case, leave the shutdown range through
- After five seconds, you can switch off the buzzer other enabled movements. If this is not possible, set down
tone using button (4, Figure 4-204). the load.
- Greater than 100%, indicator 5 will illuminate solid When booming down the load limit decreases and can
eventually lock out crane motions including boom up. Using
- Lamp (6) will illuminate. the boom up bypass key to boom up then causes the load
limit to increase again, and quickly eliminates the lockout
condition.

The crane movements are reactivated when you have 1. Momentary Limit Bypass Switch (Non-CE Certified
returned to a normal operating state below the maximum Cranes), page 3-10
permissible load capacity – lamps (1, Figure 4-205) and (2)
2. Limit Bypass Set-Up Switch (CE Certified Cranes), page
go out.
3-10
A Limit Bypass Switch is also located in the cab behind the
operator’s seat on non-CE certified cranes and on the
outside rear of the cab on CE certified cranes:
3. Maintained Limit Bypass Switch (Non-CE Certified
Cranes), page 3-37
4. Bridging Switch (CE Certified Cranes), page 3-42
8849-69
When a Limit Bypass Switch is actuated, the following
FIGURE 4-205 indicators on the Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module
(RDM) come on to confirm that the limiters are bypassed (1
Limit Bypass Alert Indicators and 2, Figure 4-206).
In an emergency situation only, the Limit Bypass Switch Load Chart and Miscellaneous Alerts
located in the cab on the right overhead control panel can be
used to bypass the different limiter systems on the crane. Refer to Figure 4-206 for a list of alerts and their definitions
Refer to the following pages for information regarding the that can appear at the bottom of the Main Screen of the
switch’s operation: RDM.

10254-56a
1 2
3 4 5 6 4
7 8 9 10
11 12 13
FIGURE 4-206

Item Description Graphic Explanation
RCL Bypass Active

1 Alert (Red - Constant Indicates the RCL system is bypassed
On)
Indicates that limiter systems have been bypassed by way of the

Limit Bypass Switch located on the right overhead control panel.
Bypass 1 Pressed Alert
(Constant On) Refer to Momentary Limit Bypass Switch (Non-CE Certified Cranes),
page 3-10 or Limit Bypass Set-Up Switch (CE Certified Cranes),
page 3-10 for more information on the switch’s operation.
Indicates that the limiter systems have been bypassed by way of the
Bypass 2 Pressed Alert Boom Up Bypass Switch located on the right armrest.
(Constant On) Refer to Boom Up Bypass Switch, page 3-11 for more information on
2 the switch’s operation.
Indicates that limiter systems have been bypassed by way of the

Limit Bypass Switch located behind the operator’s seat on non-CE
certified cranes or inside a key-locked single-door enclosure
Bypass 3 Pressed Alert attached to the outside rear of the operator's cab on CE certified
(Constant On) cranes.
Refer to Maintained Limit Bypass Switch (Non-CE Certified Cranes),
page 3-37 or Bridging Switch (CE Certified Cranes), page 3-42 for
more information on the switch’s operation.
Indicates the boom angle is greater than the maximum angle limit
Boom Angle Too High
3 allowed by the selected load chart or the boom angle is greater than
Alert
78°.
Boom Angle Too Low Indicates the boom angle is less than the minimum angle limit
4
Alert allowed by the selected load chart or the boom angle is less than -1°.
Boom Length Too Long Indicates the boom length is longer than the last length of the
5
Alert selected load chart.
Boom Length Too Short Indicates the boom length is shorter than the first length of the
6
Alert selected load chart.
Indicates the radius is greater than the maximum radius in the

7 Radius Too Long Alert
selected load chart.

Item Description Graphic Explanation
Indicates the radius is smaller than the minimum radius in the

8 Radius Too Short Alert
selected load chart.
Indicates the load is smaller than the minimum load in the selected
9 Load Too Small Alert
load chart
Boom - No Load Chart Indicates the main boom load chart is not available for the given
10
Alert crane configuration.
Boom Extension - No Indicates there is no load chart available for the boom extension, but
11
Load Chart Alert the boom extension has been chosen in the RCL.
Curve Chart Point Error Indicates there is no load chart found for the given crane
12
Alert configuration (off chart).
Indicates the system setting for CE cranes is disabled but the

system setting for the outside light bar is enabled.
Status Light Bar Alert Accessing the system requires the CAN-link service software and
13
(CE cranes) connection cable, which are available through Crane Care to those
service technicians who have attended the Grove New Technology
training course.
4

Hoist Camera The Hoist Camera View can also be set to show continuously
in full screen on the RDM (Figure 4-209).
The Hoist Camera View can be set to show on the Main
Screen of the Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module (RDM). The full screen view of the hoist camera is enabled in the
Menu Screen of the RDM. The operator can access the
When enabled, the Hoist Camera View (1, Figure 4-207) will Menu Screen from the Main Screen by selecting and
automatically show in place of the Outrigger Position confirming the Menu Icon (1 Figure 4-208), or by pressing
View (2) when the main or optional auxiliary hoist is the Menu Button at the Jog Dial (2) or the RDM Navigation
operating (reeling in or out). When the hoists are not Control Pad (3).
operating, the Outrigger Position View will show on the Main
Screen.
Select and confirm the Hoist Camera View Icon
(3, Figure 4-207) to enable or disable the hoist camera view.
10254-57a
1
10254-57a
3
2 3
2 FIGURE 4-208
10254-54a
3
FIGURE 4-207

From the Menu Screen, select and confirm the Hoist Camera
Icon (1, Figure 4-209) to open the full screen view of the
hoist camera (2).
10254-58a
FIGURE 4-209
4

PRELOAD CHECK 5. With a load applied, fully retract the boom while keeping
the hook block/overhaul ball at near ground level.
After crane has been readied for service, an operational
check of all crane functions (with no load applied) should be Once boom is fully retracted, raise block/ball up to boom
performed. Refer to Craning Functions, page 4-19 for details tip.
as to how to operate the different crane functions. If block/ball rotates more than 90° during this procedure,
Preload check is as follows: turn dead-end becket one revolution opposite the
direction that the block/ball rotates as the fall length
increases. Repeat as necessary until block/ball rotates
CAUTION no more than 90°.
Run engine at or near governed RPM during operation of Using the Load Chart
all crane functions.
NOTE: One of the most important tools of every Grove
1. Extend and set outriggers and level crane. crane is the Load Chart Manual in the crane
operator's cab.
2. Raise, lower, and swing boom right and left at least 45°.
NOTE: Refer to Figure 4-210 for terms to know in
3. Fully telescope boom out and back in at a 75° boom
determining lifting capacities.
angle, ensuring all sections extend and retract properly.
The Load Chart Manual contains crane lifting capacities in all
4. With boom fully retracted and at maximum boom angle,
allowable lifting configurations and must be thoroughly
lower the hook block/overhaul ball to near ground level.
understood by the operator.
Fully extend the boom while keeping the block/ball at
The left column is the load radius, which is the distance from
near ground level.
axis of crane rotation to load center of gravity. The top row
lists various boom lengths from fully retracted to fully
extended (with swingaway boom extension). The number at
the intersection of the left column and top row is the total load
CAUTION limit for that load radius and boom length.
Hoist Rope Damage Hazard!
Another important section is the range diagram. The range
Hoist rope that is not properly tensioned can cause rope diagram shows operating radius and tip height that can be
diving, which could result in rope damage. achieved at a given boom length and angle. If the operator
Always properly tension the hoist rope by spooling as knows radius and tip height required for a specific lift, the
much of the rope onto the hoist with as much load angle and boom length can quickly be determined from the
available and allowable as indicated by the Load Chart. range diagram. Or, if an operator knows boom length and
angle, they can quickly determine tip height and operating
radius.

MA
IN
BO
OM
LE
NG AXIS OF ROTATION
TH
BOOM ANGLE
HORIZONTAL
4605
OPERATING RADIUS
TERMS TO KNOW
FIGURE 4-210
A lifting diagram is included for over-side, over-rear, and boom must be extended to 18.9 m (62 ft) to reach a height of
over-front lifting areas. The lifting area diagram shows 9.1 m (30 ft) at a radius of 15.2 m (50 ft).
locations of the outrigger jack cylinders in full extended
First check the crane for load handling devices. In our
position are used to mark lifting area boundaries.
example, the crane is equipped with a auxiliary boom nose
Another section contains notes for lifting capacities. Be sure (rooster sheave) and a five ton overhaul ball. The rooster
to read and understand all notes concerning lifting sheave is 50 kg (110 lb), and the overhaul ball is 78 kg
capacities. (172 lb) for a total of 128 kg (282 lb). The lift requires slings
and spreader bars weighing 159 kg (350 lb) which makes
Capacity reductions for wind speed are also included in the
4
the total weight for the load handling devices 286 kg (632 lb).
Load Chart Manual.
A check of the load chart for a 15.2 m (50 ft) radius and
The load chart also gives weight reductions for Grove load
19.5 m (64 ft) of boom length shows a capacity of 3601 kg
handling devices such as hook blocks, overhaul balls, boom
(7940 lb) on outriggers over-front and 2254 kg (4970 lb) on
extension sections, etc., which must be considered as part of
outriggers 360 degrees.
the load. Weight of any other load handling devices such as
chains, slings, or spreader bars must also be added to the Subtract load handling weight of 632 lb from load capacity of
weight of the load. 3601 kg (7940 lb) and 2254 kg (4970 lb). The result is a
weight capacity of 3315 kg (7308 lb) over-the-front and
NOTE: Information in the following paragraph is an
1968 kg (4338 lb) for 360 degrees.
example only of how to compute a lift. Numbers
may not match load chart in the crane cab. We are restricted in making the lift over-front only, with a
boom angle of about 29 degrees.
Example: A concrete beam weighing 2268 kg (5000 lb)
needs to be lifted to a height of 9.1 m (30 ft) at a radius of
15.2 m (50 ft) (maximum). The range diagram indicates the

STOWING AND PARKING 12. Set battery disconnect switch (1, Figure 4-211) to the
OFF position if machine will be inactive for over 24
hours.
DANGER
Tipping Hazard!
Never park crane near holes, on rocky surfaces, or on soft
spots. This may cause crane to overturn, resulting in
injury or death to personnel.
When parking crane, do the following:

1. Remove load from hook.
2. Fully retract all boom sections.
1
3. Lower boom to normal travel position.
4. Engage swing brake and swing lock pin.
5. Retract all jack cylinders and outrigger beams.
6. Park crane on a stable surface.
CAUTION 9838-36
FIGURE 4-211
Avoid Crane Damage!
Do not engage the parking brake while the vehicle is LEAVING CRANE UNATTENDED
moving. Damage to the crane can occur.
Disengage the parking brake before driving. Damage to
the crane can occur.
WARNING
7. Apply parking brakes and if necessary, chock wheels. Tipping Hazard!
8. Make sure all operating controls are in neutral position. Changing weather conditions including, but not limited to,
9. Shut down engine following proper procedures specified wind, ice accumulation, precipitation, flooding, lightning,
in this Operator Manual and applicable engine manual. etc. should be considered when determining the location
and configuration of a crane when it is to be left
10. Remove keys. unattended.
11. Close and lock, if applicable, all windows, covers, and Failure to comply with these instructions may cause death
doors. or serious injury.
To avoid possible engine fault codes and undesirable The configuration in which the crane should be left while
operation, make sure that the Ignition Switch has been unattended shall be determined by a qualified, designated
in the OFF (0) position for 2 minutes before individual familiar with the job site, configuration, conditions,
disconnecting the batteries from the crane. and limitations.
LONG-TERM STORAGE
Guidelines for tires on cranes parked for long periods:
1. If possible, set crane up on outrigger jacks that are not
fully extended to allow for thermal expansion and
remove the load from the tires.
If the crane cannot be placed on outriggers, move the
crane at least once a month to prevent permanent
distortion of tires.
2. Keep the inflation pressure as recommended.

GRT8120 OPERATOR MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION
SECTION 5
SET-UP AND INSTALLATION
SECTION CONTENTS
Setup of Crane Before and After Transporting . . 5-2 Removing the Folding Boom Extension. . . . . . . . 5-34
Hoist Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Erecting the 17.6 m (57.6 ft) Boom Extension . . . 5-35
Hoist Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Erecting the Fly Section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Beacon Lights (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Stowing the Fly Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Cab Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Stowing the 17.6 m (57.6 ft) Boom Extension . . . 5-42
RCL Light Tower (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Erecting the 10.5 m (34.5 ft) Boom Extension
Access Ladders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Base Section Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Outrigger Floats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Stowing the 10.5 m (34.5 ft) Boom Extension
Hydraulic Hose Drum (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Base Section Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
Boom Position Indicator Light and Boom Extension Electrical Connections . . . . . . . 5-51
Anemometer (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Hydraulic Boom Extension Connections . . . . . . . 5-52
Auxiliary Single-Sheave Boom Nose . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Reeving the Hoist Rope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
Installing Cable On The Hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Offsetting the Mechanical Boom Extension . . . . . 5-56
Offsetting the (Optional) Hydraulic Boom
Anti-Two Block (A2B) Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Anti-Two Block Switch on the Boom Extension . . 5-58
Unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Folding Mast Sheave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
Checking Before Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Auxiliary Single Sheave Boom Nose . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
Hoist Rope Reeving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 Identification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
Possible Reeving Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Installing/Removing Auxiliary Single-Sheave
Quick Reeving the Hook Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Boom Nose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
Reeving Hoist Rope Over the Boom. . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Rigging the Auxiliary Single-Sheave
Reeving/Unreeving the Hoist Rope. . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Boom Nose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
Dead-End Rigging/Wedge Sockets . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 Rigging in Transport Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Rigging in Working Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
General Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Attaching and Removing Hoist Cable . . . . . . . . . 5-62
Boom Extension Pin Interlock Mechanism . . . . . 5-21 Anemometer/Boom Position Light (Optional) . . 5-63
Boom Extension Mounting Brackets . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Counterweight Removal and Installation . . . . . . 5-66
Boom Extension Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Counterweight Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67
Lifting Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Removing the Counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
About the Boom Extension Group in the ODM . . 5-26
Installing the Counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69
Installing the Folding Boom Extension . . . . . . . . 5-30

SET-UP AND INSTALLATION GRT8120 OPERATOR MANUAL
9 8 5 1
4 3
7 7
6
6
10086-1

1 Hoist Camera page 5-3
2 Hoist Platform page 5-4
3 Beacon Lights (Optional) page 5-5
4 Cab Mirrors page 5-6
5 RCL Light Tower (Optional) page 5-7
6 Access Ladders page 5-8
7 Outrigger Floats page 5-9
8994 10
8 Hydraulic Hose Drum (Optional) page 5-9
Boom Position Indicator Light
9 page 5-9
and Anemometer (Optional)
10 Auxiliary Boom Nose page 5-9
FIGURE 5-1
SETUP OF CRANE BEFORE AND AFTER Securing all valve cover latches with tie-straps is
TRANSPORTING recommended to prevent accidental opening during
transportation. After transporting the crane, place these
Figure 5-1 shows the components that must be placed in to components into their working positions.
their transport positions before transporting the crane.

Hoist Camera 3. Lower the rear and side hoist platform railings. For more
information, see Hoist Platform, page 5-4.
The hoist camera (1, Figure 5-2) is located at the rear of the
superstructure. The camera should be raised for operation Raising the Hoist Camera for Operation
and lowered for transport.
1. Raise the side and rear hoist platform railings. For more
Lowering the Hoist Camera for Transport information, see Hoist Platform, page 5-4.
1. Pull the retractable lock (2). Lower the hoist camera (1). 2. Pull the retractable lock (2). Raise the hoist camera (1).
2. Push the retractable lock (2) in the locked position to 3. Push the retractable lock (2) in to the locked position to
secure the hoist camera in the transport position. secure the hoist camera (2) in the working position.
9937
ROTATE
9938
9936
Working Position 2
Locked Position
FIGURE 5-2

Hoist Platform The hoist platform is located at the rear of the superstructure
near the main and auxiliary hoists. Raise the hoist platform
railings (1 and 2, Figure 5-3) when maintaining the hoists.
The platform railings must be lowered prior to transport.
Lowering the Hoist Platform Railings for Transport
4. Lower the hoist camera. For more information, see Hoist
Camera, page 5-3.
5. Remove pins (3) and lower the rear railing (1). Use pins
(3) to secure the railing in the lowered position.
6. Remove pins (4) and lower the side railing (2). Use pins
to secure the railing in the lowered position.
Raising the Hoist Access Railings for Operation
1. Remove pins (4) and raise the side railing (2). Use pins
(4) to secure the railing in the raised position.
2. Remove pins (3) and raise the rear railing (1). Use pins
DANGER (3) to secure the railing in the working position.
Do not use platform for hauling passengers. Death or 3. Raise the hoist camera. For more information, see Hoist
serious injury could occur. Camera, page 5-3.
No storage of components is allowed on the platform.
Only one person at a time is allowed on the platform.
1
2
3
2 Places
Working Position
4
2 Places FIGURE 5-3
9935

Beacon Lights (Optional) Lowering the Beacon Light for Transport

The optional beacon lights (1, Figure 5-4) can be installed as 1. Loosen the wing nut (2). Lower the beacon light (1).
part of the optional Auxiliary Lighting and Convenience 2. Tighten the wing nut (2) to secure the beacon light (1) in
Package. When installed, the beacons are located on the the transport position.
rear of the superstructure. The beacons must be lowered for
transport and raised for operation. Raising the Beacon Light for Operation
1. Loosen the wing nut (2). Raise the beacon light (1).
2. Tighten the wing nut (2) to secure the beacon light (1) in
the working position.
1
2
2
Working Position 9934 9933
Transport Position
FIGURE 5-4

Cab Mirrors behind the left side of the cab. The cab mirrors must be
retracted for stowed and moved to working position for
Figure 5-5 shows the working and transport positions for the operation.
top (1) and side (2) cab mirrors. The operator can use the top
cab mirror to view the hoists and the side mirror to view
9932 9931
Working Position Transport Position
Working Position 9930 9929

Transport Position
FIGURE 5-5

RCL Light Tower (Optional) 3. Install the pin (3) in the mounting bracket (4) and tower
post. Secure the pin with the retaining clip (2).
The RCL Light Tower (1, Figure 5-6) is an optional feature
located on the front right of the crane cab. It must be Extending the RCL Light Tower for Operation
retracted for transport and extended for operation.
1. Remove the retaining clip (2) and pin (3) from the
Retracting the RCL Light Tower for Transport mounting bracket (4).
1. Remove retaining clip (2) and pin (3) from the mounting 2. Slide the RCL light tower (1) up to the extended position.
bracket (4). Align the extend position hole (6) in the tower post with
the hole in the mounting bracket (4).
2. Slide the RCL light tower down to the retracted position.
Align the retract position hole (5) in the tower post with 3. Install the pin (3) in the mounting bracket (4) and tower
the hole in the mounting bracket. post. Secure the pin (3) with the retaining clip (2).
1 9939
4
2
3 6
5
Working Position 9940 Transport Position 9941
FIGURE 5-6

Access Ladders 3. Install pins (2). Install retaining clips (3) to secure the
pins.
The access ladders (1, Figure 5-7) are located on the front
and rear outrigger boxes. The access ladders must be raised Lowering the Access Ladder
for transport and must be lowered during operation.
1. Remove retaining clips (3) and pins (2).
Raising the Access Ladder for Transport 2. Lower the ladder (1).
1. Remove retaining clips (3) and pins (2). 3. Install pins (2). Install retaining clips (3) to secure the
2. Raise the ladder (1) in to transport position. pins.
9944
2
1
3
9943
2
9942
Working Position 3 Transport Position
FIGURE 5-7

Outrigger Floats Stowing an Outrigger Float for Transport

The outrigger floats (1, Figure 5-8) are stowed on the NOTE: An outrigger float weighs approximately 30 kg
outrigger boxes. The outrigger floats must be stowed prior to (65.0 lbs).
transport. 1. Remove pins (3) from stowage posts (2).
2. Lift outrigger float into position using handles (4).
3. Install outrigger float (1) on stowage posts (2) on the
outrigger box.
4. Install pins (3) in posts (2) to secure the outrigger float.
Removing an Outrigger Float from Stowage
NOTE: An outrigger float weighs approximately 30 kg
(65.0 lbs).
1. Hold the handle (4) and remove pins (3) from posts (2).
2. Remove the outrigger float (1) from stowage posts (2) on
the outrigger box.
3. Install pins (3) in stowage posts (2).
Hydraulic Hose Drum (Optional)

9230
Transport Position If installed on the boom, the hydraulic hose drum must be
secured before transport. For more information, see
Checking the Locking Device on the Hose Drum, page 5-52.
2 Boom Position Indicator Light and
3 Anemometer (Optional)
2 Places The boom position light and anemometer assembly must be
removed and stowed for transport. For more information, see
Anemometer/Boom Position Light (Optional), page 5-63.
1
Auxiliary Single-Sheave Boom Nose
The auxiliary single-sheave boom nose must be secured for
4 transport. For more information, see Rigging in Transport
Position, page 5-62.
FIGURE 5-8

INSTALLING CABLE ON THE HOIST

Refer to Figure 5-9.
2
3
DANGER 4
Do not use platform for hauling passengers. Death or 1
serious injury could occur. 5
No storage of components is allowed on the platform.
Only one person at a time is allowed on the platform.
8627
CAUTION
If cable is wound from storage drum, rotate reel in same
direction as hoist. 1
1 4
NOTE: Straighten cable before installing on hoist drum.
1. Place cable (1) over boom nose sheave and route to
hoist drum (2). 4
2. Rotate hoist drum so cable slot located on left side of 7
8627-1 6
drum is easily accessible.
FIGURE 5-9
3. Insert cable through slot (3) and wedge block (4). Loop
around anchor wedge (6) and route back through wedge
block to clamp (5). Ensure the cable is routed over the
guide inside of drum. End of cable should extend
approximately 50 mm (2 in) beyond clamp. Tighten
clamp.
4. Adjust cable so clamp side is snug against guide.
Position anchor wedge in wedge block. Pull firmly on
inside hoist side of cable to secure the wedge.
7196
5. If wedge does not seat securely in slot, carefully tap 6. Slowly rotate drum and evenly wind first layer of cable.
cable and top of wedge (7) with a mallet.
7. Install remainder of cable as required.
ANTI-TWO BLOCK (A2B) SWITCH

Two anti-block switches must be installed to allow crane
operation. If a single hoist rope has been reeved and two
A2B switches are installed, the unused A2B switch must be
locked (disabled) with A2B weight removed to allow all crane
operations.

Locking
DANGER
Two-Block Hazard!
when extending the boom and when hoisting up.
If the A2B switch is locked (disabled), the hook block
could hit the main boom head or extension. Never lock an
A2B switch when a hoist rope is installed to that
attachment.
1. Remove A2B weight.

2. (A) Remove cap (1) from switch.
3. Pull lanyard (2) down.
4. (B) Secure lanyard (2) in this position using cap (1). A2B
switch is locked (disabled).
8684-2
FIGURE 5-11
Checking Before Operation

Check the following electrical connections before operating
the crane to make sure the RCL system is properly
connected for the crane configuration.
Cranes With Main Hoist Only
If the crane is operated only with the boom and without boom
extension or lattice insert, no additional connections are
necessary. It must however be ensured that the A2B switch
weight is correctly mounted on the main boom hoist rope.
With even numbers of rope lines, the lifting limit switch
weight shall be attached to the “dead end” of the hoist rope.
With odd numbers of rope lines, the lifting limit switch weight
shall be attached to the rope line with the lowest operating
speed.
If the crane is operated with a main boom extension or lattice
8684-1 insert, the connecting cable must be mounted between the
FIGURE 5-10
connector on the boom extension or lattice insert and the
connector on the main boom. The main boom A2B switch
Unlocking weight must be disconnected and mounted on the extension
NOTE: Always remove the switch lock (enable) before
installing an A2B weight around the hoist rope.
or fly section A2B switch.
5
1. (A) Pull down lanyard (2) and remove cap (1). Switch is WARNING
unlocked (enabled). Failure to reposition the A2B weight will prevent the A2B
system from functioning properly. No weight shall be
2. (B) Install cap (1) on A2B switch. mounted on the A2B switch of the main boom when
working with the boom extension/lattice insert.
Cranes with Main and Auxiliary Hoists

If the main boom extension or fly section is not used, the A2B
switch must be plugged into the connector on the main boom

and the A2B switch weight must be mounted on the main 3. Using the main hoist, pull hook block slowly against the
boom. A2B switch weight. As soon as the hook block raises the
weight, the acoustic alarm should be triggered, the A2B
If the crane is operated with a main boom extension and the
indicator should display, and the main hoist should
main boom is equipped with a hoist rope, then the
switch off. Lower the hook block slightly to eliminate this
connecting cable must be mounted between the connector
condition.
on the extension or lattice insert and the connector on the
main boom. In addition, weights must be fitted to both the 4. Slowly lower the boom to bring about a potential two
A2B switch of the main boom and the extension or fly block situation. As soon as the hook block raises the
section. weight, the acoustic alarm should sound, the A2B
indicator should display, and boom lower should switch
If the boom extension is in working position and if the main
off. Lower the hook block slightly to eliminate this
boom is not equipped with a hoist rope, then the A2B switch
condition.
on the main boom must be placed into its locked position.
5. Slowly extend (telescope out) the boom to bring about a
After electrical connections have been checked to make sure
potential two block situation. As soon as the hook block
the system is properly connected for the respective crane
raises the weight, the acoustic alarm should sound, the
configuration, the following checks must be made:
A2B indicator should display, and the telescoping
1. Check electrical wiring connecting various parts of the function should switch off. Lower the hook block slightly
system for physical damage. to eliminate this condition.
2. Check A2B switches and weights for free movement.
3. Inspect RCL cable drum for smooth running, initial drum
tension, and correct cable winding.
WARNING
If warning indicators and audible alarm do not function as
described and crane movements are not switched off, the
system is not working properly. The malfunction must be
corrected before starting work.
WARNING
The following tests must be performed with care to
6. If crane is equipped with a boom extension, the
prevent personnel injury or crane damage. Proper
inspection procedure must be repeated for the A2B
functioning of the ODM requires successful completion of
switch of the extension.
these tests before starting work.
If the operator cannot see the hook block approaching the 7. Verify display of main boom length agrees with actual
boom nose, this task must be assigned to an assistant. boom length.
The crane operator must be prepared to stop the crane 8. Verify display of main boom angle agrees with actual
immediately if the ODM is not working correctly, that is boom angles.
when the warning indicators do not display, the acoustic
9. Verify display of the crane operating radius agrees with
alarm does not sound, and the crane movements such as
the actual radius.
raising, extending and luffing are not disabled.
10. Verify load display by lifting a load of known weight.
Check A2B warning light and acoustic alarm for both A2B Load display accuracy must be within the tolerance
switches as follows: range.
1. Position boom over front of crane.
2. Manually raise weight fitted on the A2B switch. As soon
as weight is raised, the acoustic alarm should sound and
the A2B indicator should display.

HOIST ROPE REEVING 5-sheave hook block

NOTE: 35 x 7 (rotation resistant) hoist rope is used on this
crane.
Within load and range chart limits and permissible line pull,
multi-part line reeving allows the operator to raise a greater
load than can be raised with a single line part. A qualified
rigger should do the reeving using standard rigging
procedures. The load lifted must be within the limits
contained in the load chart.
Possible Reeving Combinations

NOTE: The maximum load bearing capacity of individual
hook blocks does not correspond to the maximum
load bearing capacity of the TMS9000-2 together
with this hook block. The load bearing capacity of
the TMS9000-2 depends on the rope pull, the
reeving and friction force. It is lower than the load
bearing capacity of the hook block.
NOTE: Please note that the maximum load bearing
capacities already include the weight of the hook
block and the lifting gear. You must subtract these
weights in order to obtain the actual payload.
NOTE: The recommended hook-blocks are designed to be
of sufficient weight to overhaul the rope properly
when using the parts of line required for the allowed
load at the chosen boom length. Operating with a
higher number of parts of line than is necessary for FIGURE 5-12
a particular boom length may result in poor rope
spooling behavior and loosely stored rope, which
can result in future rope damage. If operation in
these extended ranges is desired, extra weight Reeving
should be carried by the hookblock or a heavier A 10-parts line
hookblock should be used.
B 9-parts line
C 8-parts line

3-sheave hook block 1-sheave hook block

Reeving Reeving
A 7-parts line A 3-parts line
B 6-parts line B 2-parts line
C 5-parts line C 1-parts line
D 4-parts line

Hook tackle
9137-1
FIGURE 5-17
FIGURE 5-15
Reeving C
A 1-part line
Auxiliary Boom Nose
9137-2
FIGURE 5-18
Reeving 5
A 1-part line
9137 B 2-part line
FIGURE 5-16 C 12-part line

8996-3
Boom Extension Shown at 20° 8996-4 Boom Extension Shown at 45°

Offset Offset
FIGURE 5-19

Quick Reeving the Hook Block

1 Aux Hoist Rope
To quick reeve the hook block without removing the wedge
socket on end of hoist rope, remove the retaining clips from Main
the two pins (1, Figure 5-20), then lower the two rope guards Hoist
(2) to their lowered positions. Rope
9963
FIGURE 5-21
2
9956 Reeving/Unreeving the Hoist Rope

Item Description Use the following procedures to reeve and unreeve the hoist
1 Pin rope.
2 Rope Guard Reeving Hoist Rope

FIGURE 5-20
Reeving Hoist Rope Over the Boom CAUTION

Falling Objects Hazard!
CAUTION Always make sure sheaves and pins that secure the hoist
Reeve only the main hoist rope through the rope guide. rope are secured with clips. This prevents components
Do not reeve the auxiliary rope through the rope guide. from coming loose, falling and causing injury.
Never reeve multiple ropes through the rope guide at the
same time. Rope damage can occur. 1. Make sure the main hoist rope is in the rope guide. If
necessary, make sure the auxiliary hoist rope is over the
Always reeve main hoist rope through rope guide rope guide. For more information, see Reeving Hoist
(1, Figure 5-21). Always reeve auxiliary hoist rope outside of Rope Over the Boom, page 5-17.
the rope guide. 2. Remove the retaining rods (1, Figure 5-22).
3. Guide the rope over the upper boom nose sheave (2).
4. Guide the rope over the lower boom nose sheave (3).
5. Install the hook tackle or the hook block.
5
6. Reinstall all the retaining rods (1) and secure with
retaining clips.

Other hoist ropes and rigging accessories are available from

1 2 various vendors. Different hoist rope manufacturers have
differing requirements for construction, handling, cutting,
seizing, installation, termination, inspection, and
replacement of hoist ropes they produce. Their advice
should be sought for each specific type of hoist rope a crane
user intends to install on a mobile crane.
When assembly is complete, raise boom to a working
position with a load suspended to firmly seat wedge and rope
in socket before crane is used operationally.
1 CAUTION
If socket is not positioned with flat face toward boom
sections, structural damage will occur.
1
When anchoring socket to the boom, make sure flat face of

socket is toward boom sections.
3
FIGURE 5-22 Installing Wedge and Socket
9962
1. Inspect wedge and socket. Remove rough edges and
Unreeving Hoist Cable
burrs.
1. Remove the retaining rods (1, Figure 5-22).
2. Seize hoist rope end using soft or annealed wire or
2. Unreeve the hook block. strand. If end of rope is welded, welded end should be
cut off unless otherwise stated by the rope manufacturer.
3. Take the hoist rope off of the upper boom nose sheave
This allows distortion of the rope strands, caused by the
(2) and place it on the ground on the left side. Spool the
bend around the wedge, to adjust themselves at the end
hoist rope on the hoist drum.
of the line.
4. Replace all retaining rods and secure them with
3. Make sure live end side (Figure 5-23) of rope is directly
retaining clips.
in line with ears of socket and direction of pull to which
the rope will be subjected. If rope is loaded into socket
Dead-End Rigging/Wedge Sockets incorrectly, under a load the rope will bend as it leaves
Wedge socket assemblies are popular rigging accessories the socket. The edge of the socket will wear into the rope
used for decades to terminate hoist ropes on mobile cranes. causing damage and eventual failure.
A wedge socket assembly is easily installed and dismantled,
but must be installed and used correctly. Use only a wedge Live End
and socket of the correct size for the rope fitted. Failure to do
so may result in rope pulling through fitting.
Dead End
Since state and local laws may vary, alternate attachment
methods may be necessary depending upon work
conditions. If alternate methods are selected, the user is
responsible and should proceed in compliance with the
regulations in force. If there are any questions, contact your
local Grove distributor or Manitowoc Crane Care
5337
Do not mix components from different manufacturers. The
Incorrect
selection, installation, and use of a wedge socket assembly Correct
must be in accordance with requirements of the wedge FIGURE 5-23
socket manufacturer and hoist rope manufacturer upon
4. Insert hoist rope end in socket, form a loop in the rope,
whose hoist rope the wedge socket assembly will be used.
and route rope back through socket allowing the “dead”
Grove specifies size, type, class, and line pulls for hoist rope; end to protrude from the socket. Make sure dead end of
predominately rotation resistant hoist rope, and rigging the rope is long enough to apply end treatment after
accessories such as overhaul balls and hook blocks for use wedge is seated.
with each new crane it manufactures.

5. Insert wedge in loop. Pull live end of rope until wedge dead end. DO NOT CLAMP LIVE END. U-bolt should bear
and rope are snug inside socket. It is recommended against the dead end. Clip saddle should bear against the
wedge be seated inside socket to properly secure the short extra piece. Torque U-bolts to values listed in .
hoist rope using the crane’s hoist to first apply a light
NOTE: Use of swivels is not allowed with non-rotation
load to the live line.
resistant hoist ropes.
6. After final pin connections are made, increase loads
Other sources for information with which crane users should
gradually until wedge is properly seated.
be familiar and follow is provided by the American Society of
7. Wire rope and wedge must be properly secured inside Mechanical Engineers, American National Standard, ASME
socket before placing crane into lifting service. It is the B30.5, latest revised. ASME (formerly ANSI) B30 applies to
wedge that secures the hoist rope inside the socket. The cableways, cranes, derricks, hoists, hooks, jacks, and slings.
dead-end treatment is used to keep wedge from
It states, in section 5-1.7.3, “(c) Swaged, compressed, or
becoming dislodged from socket should the rope
wedge socket fittings shall be applied as recommended by
suddenly become unloaded from the overhaul ball or
the rope, crane or fitting manufacturer.” Wire ropes are
hook block striking the ground, etc.
addressed in ASME B30.5, section 5-1.7.2, ROPES, It
Figure 5-24 shows methods for securing dead-ends of hoist states, in pertinent part, “(a) The ropes shall be of a
ropes in a wedge socket assembly. While the loop-back construction recommended by the rope or crane
method (C, D, E) is acceptable, take care to prevent the loop manufacturer, or person qualified for that service.” Additional
b ec o m in g e nt a n gl e d w it h t r e e b r an c h e s a n d o t h er information is published by the Wire Rope Technical Board in
components during crane transport, or the anti two-block Wire Rope Users Manual, latest revision.
system and other components during crane operation. .
Table 5-1 Wire Rope Clip Torque Values
1 2 Clip Size Torque*

mm In N-m ft-lb
3.18 1/8 6 4.5
4.76 3/16 10 7.5
6.35 1/4 20 15
7.94 5/16 40 30
13.28 3/8 60 45
11.11 7/16 90 65
12.70 1/2 90 65
A B C D E F 14.29 9/16 130 95
15.88 5/8 130 95
FIGURE 5-24
19.05 3/4 175 130
Of the methods shown, Grove prefers method A or F be used 22.23 7/8 300 225
on Grove cranes, i.e., clipping a short piece of hoist rope to 25.40 1 300 225
the dead-end or using a commercially available specialty clip 28.58 1-1/8 300 225
(1) or wedge (2). It is recommended the dead-end tail length 31.75 1-1/4 490 360
be a minimum of 6 rope diameters, but not less than 15.2 cm 38.68 1-3/8 490 360
(6 in) for standard 6 to 8 strand ropes. For rotation resistant 38.10 1-1/2 490 360
rope, the dead-end tail length must be a minimum of 20 rope *Torque values are based on threads being clean, dry,
diameters, but not less than 15.2 cm (6 in). and free of lubrication.
When using method A, place a hoist rope clip around the
dead end by clamping a short extra piece of rope to the rope
5

BOOM EXTENSION • 10.5 m to 17.6 m (34.5 ft to 57.6 ft) hydraulic offsettable

bi-fold swingaway boom extension (folding hydraulic
Fully read and understand the information under this section luffing extension), with hydraulic offset mechanism for
before erecting and stowing the boom extension. offsets of 0 to 45 degrees
All boom extensions are built specifically for the crane with
which they were sold. Each extension is stamped with the
crane’s serial number.
DANGER
To prevent serious injury or death, always wear personal
protective equipment; i.e., a hard hat, eye protection, CAUTION
gloves and metatarsal boots. Equipment Damage Hazard!
Operate the crane only with extensions which have the
Refer to (Figure 5-25) for a diagram of the boom extensions same serial number as the crane, to prevent malfunctions
available for this crane. and damage to the equipment.
The GRT8120 can be used with the following boom
extensions: To use a single boom extension on several Grove cranes,
contact Manitowoc Crane Care or your authorized Grove
• 10.5 m to 17.6 m (34.5 ft to 57.6 ft) manual offsettable Distributor.
bi-fold swingaway boom extension (folding manual
luffing extension), with mechanical offset mechanism for
offsets of 0, 20, and 45 degrees
Boom Extension Base Section

10.5 m (34.5 ft)
Fly Section Stowed on Main
Boom
Boom Extension Base Section Fly Section

10.5 m (34.5 ft) 7.1 m (23.1 ft)

Fly Section Deployed
17.6 m (57.6 ft)
10089-1 and 10089-2 FIGURE 5-25

General Warnings Boom Extension Pin Interlock Mechanism

The boom extension pin interlock mechanism
(1, Figure 5-26) interlocks the front mounting pin (3) and
DANGER boom installation pins (4) to ensure that the boom extension
is erected and stowed properly. The front mounting pin (3) is
Make sure the boom is fully retracted during erection and
extended and retracted electrically from the ODM in the
stowage of the boom extension.
operator cab. Push/pull cables (2) connect the front
If the boom is extended during this process, the pins may mounting bracket pin (3) and boom nose installation pins (4).
not engage properly and/or the boom extension could When the front mounting pin (3) is extended, the cables (2)
move in an uncontrolled manner resulting in death or retract the interlock pins (6) from the boom installation pins
serious injury. (4), unlocking them. When the front mounting pin (3) is
retracted, the cables (2) insert the interlock pins (6) in the
boom installation pins (4), locking them in the extended
position. If the boom installation pins (4) are unlocked, the
front mounting pin cannot be retracted.
Front Boom Extension Mounting Pin
The front boom extension mounting pin (3, Figure 5-26) is
electrically operated from the ODM in the operator cab or
from the Remote Control Unit. When the front mounting pin
is extended, the boom nose installation pins (4) are
unlocked, allowing the installation pins to be extended or
retracted. When the mounting pin (3) is extended, the
proximity sensor in the front mounting bracket signals the
control system that the front mounting pin is properly
installed. The boom nose installation pins can only be
retracted when the mounting pin (3) is extended. When the
front mounting pin is retracted, no signal is sent to the control
system.
Boom Nose Installation Pins
The boom nose installation pins (4, Figure 5-26) are used as
a pivot to erect the boom extension on to the boom nose and
stow the boom extension on the side of the boom base
section. Mechanical interlock pins (6) lock and unlock the
installation pins (4) based on the position of the front
mounting pin (3). When the front mounting pin (3) is
retracted, the front mounting pin (3) is removed from the front
mounting bracket and the boom nose installation pins (4) are
locked in the extended position. When the front mounting pin
(3) is extended, the installation pins (4) are unlocked,
DANGER allowing the installation pins (4) to be extended or retracted.
An impact drill is required to extend and retract the boom
pr ot e ct i v e eq u ip m e n t, in c l ud i ng a ha r d h a t, ey e
protection, gloves, and metatarsal boots.
nose installation pins (4).
5
Before attempting to erect or stow the boom extension,
read and strictly adhere to all danger decals installed on
the boom/boom nose, boom extension, and stowage
brackets to prevent serious injury or death.
Controlling the boom extension during erecting and
stowing procedures is accomplished by use of a tag line
and by raising or lowering the boom. Failure to control the
boom extension could cause serious injury or death.

Front Mounting Pin Handle • Handle up—The front mounting pin (3) is extended in
th e fro nt mou nt in g b rac ke t an d t he bo om no se
The front mounting pin handle (5, Figure 5-26) moves in
installation pins (4) are unlocked.
unison with the front mounting pin (3), providing a visual cue
for operators outside of the operator cab to know the status • Handle down—The front mounting pin (3) is retracted
of the front boom extension mounting pin (3): and the installation pins (4) are locked.
The handle is also used to manually release the front boom
extension mounting pin interlock so that the boom extension
can be removed from the crane.
3 1
2
4 4
4
4
Installation Pins (4) Locked Installation Pins (4) Unlocked

Front Mounting Pin (3) Unlocked Front Mounting Pin (3) Locked
FIGURE 5-26

Boom Extension Mounting Brackets fly section is secured to the side of the main boom with
the electrically actuated pin (2).
NOTE: The fly section and boom extension base section
must be connected together in the stowed position • Front Boom Extension Mounting Bracket—Located
to secure the boom extension to the side of the nearest the boom nose is the front boom extension
boom. mounting bracket (6, Figure 5-27). The boom extension
base section is secured to the side of the main boom
The main boom base section features the following mounting with the electrically actuated pin (3, Figure 5-26), which
brackets for stowing the fly section and boom extension base is part of the Boom Extension Pin Interlock Mechanism.
section: For more information, see Boom Extension Pin Interlock
• Rear Boom Extension Mounting Bracket—Located Mechanism, page 5-21.
nearest to the superstructure cab is the rear boom • Middle Fly Section Mounting Bracket—Located near the
extension mounting bracket (1, Figure 5-27). The boom lift cylinder pin. The middle fly section bracket
extension base section is pinned to the fly section. The (9, Figure 5-27) secures the fly section to the main
boom.

4
2
5
10088-2a 10088-5b
10088-1
Rear Front
Item Description 7
Rear Boom Extension Mounting
1 9
Bracket
2 Rear Boom Extension Pin
3 Rear Mounting Pin Sensor
8
Rear Boom Extension Side 10088-3a
4
Sensor
5 Boom Nose Sensor
Front Boom Extension Mounting
6
Bracket
7 Front Mounting Pin Sensor
Front Boom Extension Side
8 6
Sensor
Middle Fly Section Mounting
9
Bracket
10088-4b
FIGURE 5-27

Boom Extension Sensors • Front Side Sensor (8, Figure 5-27)—Sends a signal to
the crane control system when the boom extension base
The front and rear boom extension mounting brackets section is against the front stowage bracket.
feature the following sensors:
• Boom Nose Sensor (5, Figure 5-27)—Sends a signal to
• Rear Mounting Pin Sensor (3, Figure 5-27)—Sends a the crane control system when the boom extension or
signal to the crane control system when the rear boom auxiliary boom nose is in the erected position.
extension pin is extended in the rear boom extension
mounting bracket. The rear mounting pin is electrically Signals from the sensors appear in the ODM in the operator
actuated from the ODM in the operator cab. cab to inform the operator about the status of the boom
extension.
• Rear Side Sensor (4, Figure 5-27)—Sends a signal to
the crane control system when the boom extension fly Lifting Points
section is in the stowed position next to the boom base.
The following section describes the sling attaching points for
• Front Mounting Pin Sensor (7, Figure 5-27)—Sends a lifting the boom extension.
signal to the crane control system when the front boom
extension pin is extended in the front boom extension The boom extension base section features five attaching
mounting bracket. The front mounting pin is electrically points on each side (10 total) (1, Figure 5-28). The
actuated from the ODM in the operator cab. For more Transportation and Lifting decal (2) shows the center of
information, see Boom Extension Pin Interlock gravity information for the boom extension assembly and the
Mechanism, page 5-21. boom extension weight. Use the Transportation and Lifting
decal to determine which attaching points to use.
10089-2
2 2
Hydraulic Offset Boom Extension Assembly Mechanical Offset Boom Extension Assembly
2
5
Boom Extension Fly Section FIGURE 5-28

About the Boom Extension Group in the

ODM
Figure 5-29 shows the Boom Extension screen in the ODM.
Table 5-2 describes the icons on the Boom Extension
screen. For more information about the Alerts Area, Active
Screen Indicator Area, and Status Bar, see Using the
Operator Display Module (ODM), page 4-68.
1 2
Alerts Area 3
(REF) Status Bar
4 (REF)
Active 5
Screen
Indicator
Area (REF)
FIGURE 5-29
Table 5-2 Boom Extension Group Icons

Item(s) Icon Description
1 and 2 Boom Extension Rear or Front Mounting Pin Locked (Selected).
1 and 2 Boom Extension Rear or Front Mounting Pin Unlocked (Selected)
1 and 2 Boom Extension Rear or Front Mounting Pin Unlocked (Unselected)

Table 5-2 Boom Extension Group Icons (Continued)

Item(s) Icon Description
1 and 2 Boom Extension Rear or Front Mounting Pin Locked (Unselected)
1 Rear Boom Extension Mounting Pin (pin #1).
2 Front Boom Extension Mounting Pin (pin #2).
3 and 4 Boom Extension Rear or Front Mounting Pin Status: Locked
3 and 4 Boom Extension Rear or Front Mounting Pin Status: Unlocked.
Boom Extension status indicator. This icon changes depending on the location of
5
the boom extension.
Accessing the Boom Extension Deployment/Stowage

Function Screen in the ODM 1
Use the following procedure to access the boom extension
deployment/stowage function screen in the ODM. For more
information about the ODM navigation control pad or jog dial,
see Navigating the Operator Display Module and Rated
Capacity Limiter Display Module, page 4-67.
1. Access the Menu Screen.
2. Use the ODM navigation pad or jog dial to highlight the
Boom Extension Deployment/Stowage icon
(1, Figure 5-30).
5
10254-3 FIGURE 5-30
3. Press the OK button on the ODM navigation pad or

press down on the jog dial to select the Boom Extension
Deployment/Stowage icon.
The Boom Extension Deployment/Stowage function
screen (Figure 5-29).

Boom Extension Alert and Warning Screens place. This can result in damage to the boom extension or
boom extension stowage system.
During the deployment and stowage of the boom extension,
the Crane Control System (CCS) uses five proximity
sensors, in addition to the Boom Extension Pin Interlock CAUTION
Mechanism, to help ensure that the boom extension is
Possible Crane Damage
supported and secure during deployment and stowage. The
CCS can use these same systems to help identify when a If Pin 1 or Pin 2 is not in the proper locked/unlocked
sensor has malfunctioned. (Refer to the section titled Boom condition for the activity taking place, the boom extension
Extension Sensors, page 5-25 for information on these or boom extension stowage system can be damaged
proximity sensors. Refer to the section titled Boom Extension during stowage.
Pin Interlock Mechanism, page 5-21 for information on the Always make sure Pin 1 and Pin 2 are unlocked before
interlock system.) swinging the boom extension into the front and rear
stowage brackets.
DANGER
Boom Extension Hazard
Using the override feature of the controls to operate pin 1
or pin 2 could result in the boom extension becoming
unsecured and falling. Death or Serious Injury could
occur.
If the sensors identify an inconsistency relative to normal

operation, one of two possible warning screens will appear.
If a screen shows with three question marks (Figure 5-31),
the system has identified that either Pin 1 or Pin 2 is not in
the proper locked/unlocked condition for the activity taking
10254-32
FIGURE 5-31

If a screen shows with an exclamation point in the middle of

the screen (Figure 5-32), the system has identified that the
boom extension fly section is in the stowed position but not
secured by Pin 1 while the base section is either in the
intermediate or fully deployed position. If the boom extension
fly section is not properly secured, it can fall from the crane
resulting in Death or Serious Injury.
DANGER
Falling Boom Extension Hazard!
If the fly section remains stowed on the side of the main
boom when erecting or stowing the boom extension base
10254-24
section, the fly section must be secured by Pin 1. If the fly FIGURE 5-32
section is not secured properly, it can fall from the crane
resulting in Death or Serious Injury. If either of these screens show, do the following:
Always make sure the fly section is secured by Pin when 1. Immediately STOP all activities.
fly section remains stowed on the side of the main boom.
2. Alert anyone near the crane to move away from the
boom extension.
3. Determine if the extension is properly secured and
supported at all required locations, and then determine if
the issue causing the error can be resolved safely before
continuing.
If additional assistance is needed, contact your Grove
Distributor or Manitowoc Crane Care for help.

Installing the Folding Boom Extension 3. Fully retract and lower the boom to horizontal.
4. Attach a tag line to the end of the boom extension base
section with the nose sheave.
DANGER 5. Make sure the connecting link (1, Figure 5-33) is in
Boom Extension Hazard! place that connects the fly section to the boom extension
base section.
To avoid death or serious injury, follow procedures and
cautions in the Operator and Safety Manuals and decals
during erection, stowage and use of boom extension.
Install and secure all pins properly and control boom
extension movement at all times.
1
DANGER
protective equipment; i.e., a hard hat, eye protection,
gloves and metatarsal boots.
Use this procedure to install the boom extension base

section with or without the fly section that are separate from
the crane on to the boom nose. 10088-11a
FIGURE 5-33
• 1/2 in Impact Wrench 6. Make sure the attachment pin (1, Figure 5-34) and
retaining clip are in place that connects the ends of the
• 24 in — 1/2 in Drive
fly section and the boom extension base section
Impact Extension
together.
Required Tools
• 1/2 in Square Drive
Socket — 14mm
impact rated hex
socket
NOTE: This procedure assumes the boom extension is
completely removed from the boom nose and the
fly section is stowed on the boom extension base.
NOTE: This procedure applies to manual and hydraulic
boom extensions unless otherwise noted.
NOTE: An auxiliary crane with sling is required to install
the boom extension on to the boom nose.
1. Make sure the counterweight is installed. For more 1
information about installing the counterweight, see
Counterweight Removal and Installation, page 5-66. 8969-23
FIGURE 5-34
2. Make sure the crane is set up on fully-extended
outriggers. For more information, see Using the

7. If necessary, raise the front mounting pin handle 11. Lower the front mounting pin handle (1, Figure 5-36) to
(1, Figure 5-35) to unlock the boom extension lock the boom extension installation pins.
installation pins.
9967
FIGURE 5-35
8. If necessary, turn the jack screw (3, Figure 5-39)

clockwise to fully retract the boom extension installation
pins (4) using an impact wrench, extension, and 14 mm
socket.
10088-13a
FIGURE 5-36
DANGER
When installing the boom extension, make sure that all 12. Remove pins (5, Figure 5-39) and retaining clips (6)
personnel and equipment are kept clear of the swing path. from the stowage bracket. Secure the boom extension to
the boom nose using four pins (5) inserted through the
9. Using a sling attached to an auxiliary crane, lift the boom boom extension anchor fitting holes (1) and the boom
extension in front of the boom. For more information nose attachment lug holes (2). Secure the pins (5) with
about attaching points for the sling, see Lifting Points, retaining clips (6). Use the jack (1, Figure 5-37) as
page 5-25. necessary to install the fourth pin as follows:
10. Raise and lower the boom extension as necessary to 2

align the boom extension anchor fitting holes
(1, Figure 5-39) with the boom nose attachment lug
holes (2). Align and secure the boom extension
installation pins (4) in the holes in the boom nose using
an impact driver, turning the jack screw (3)
counterclockwise.
5
1
9914 3
FIGURE 5-37
a. Install three pins to attach the boom extension to the
boom nose.
b. Operate the jack handle (2, Figure 5-37) to align the
holes on the boom extension with the hole in the
boom nose.

c. Install the fourth pin. Secure the fourth pin with 15. If installing the hydraulic boom extension, connect
retaining clip. hydraulic hoses. For more information, see Hydraulic
Boom Extension Connections, page 5-52.
16. Remove the slings from the boom extension.
CAUTION
After installing the fourth pin, turn the pressure relief nob 17. Raise the mast sheave assembly. For more information,
(3) to retract the jack so the jack does not contact the see Folding Mast Sheave, page 5-59.
boom nose. Failure to retract the jack could result in
18. Reeve the hoist rope. For more information, see
damage to the boom extension jack.
Reeving the Hoist Rope, page 5-55.
d. Turn the nob (3) to relieve the pressure to retract the 19. Remove the anti-two block switch from the auxiliary
jack pin. boom nose. For more information, see Anti-Two Block
(A2B) Switch, page 5-10. Install the anti-two block switch
13. Connect the boom extension electrical connector to the
on the boom extension. For more information, see
main boom electrical connector. For more information,
Anti-Two Block Switch on the Boom Extension, page
see Boom Extension Electrical Connections, page 5-51.
5-58.
14. Make sure the boom extension is shown as erected in
the ODM (Figure 5-38).
10035-2
FIGURE 5-38

1 4
2
2
3
5
6
1 2
1 2
4
10088-7b
FIGURE 5-39

Removing the Folding Boom Extension 6. Using a sling attached to an auxiliary crane, attach the
auxiliary crane to the boom extension attaching points.
For more information about attaching points for the sling,
see Lifting Points, page 5-25.
DANGER
Boom Extension Hazard! 7. Attach a tag line to the end of the boom extension base
section with the nose sheave.
cautions in the Operator and Safety Manuals and decals 8. Lower the mast sheave assembly. For more information,
during erection, stowage and use of boom extension. see Folding Mast Sheave, page 5-59.
Install and secure all pins properly and control boom 9. Disconnect and stow the boom extension electrical
extension movement at all times. connections from the main boom. For more information,
see Boom Extension Electrical Connections, page 5-51
Use the following procedure to remove the boom extension
from the boom nose. 10. If removing a hydraulic boom extension, disconnect and
stow hydraulic connections. For more information, see
NOTE: This procedure assumes the boom extension is Hydraulic Boom Extension Connections, page 5-52.
erected on the boom nose and the fly section is
stowed on the boom extension base section. If the 11. Make sure that the boom extension installation pins
fly section is erected, stow the fly section. For more (4, Figure 5-39) are fully extended in to the holes in the
information, see Stowing the Fly Section, page boom nose and that the front mounting pin handle
5-41. (1 Figure 5-40) is in the down position (locking the
installation pins).
This procedure would also be used to remove only
the boom extension base section. In this case the
fly section must be left stowed on the boom base
section.
• 1/2 in Impact Wrench

1
• 24 in — 1/2 in Drive
Impact Extension
Required Tools
• 1/2 in Square Drive
Socket — 14 mm drive
6-point Socket
1. Make sure the crane is set up on fully extended
NOTE: An auxiliary crane with sling is required to remove
the boom extension from the main boom.
2. Fully retract and lower the boom to horizontal.
3. If necessary, remove the anemometer and boom 10088-13a FIGURE 5-40
position light. For more information, see Anemometer/
Boom Position Light (Optional), page 5-63.
12. Remove four retaining clips (6, Figure 5-39) and pins (5)
4. Remove the anti-two block switch from the end of the from the boom extension anchor fitting holes (1) and
boom extension. For more information, see Anti-Two main boom attachment fitting holes (2). Secure the pins
Block Switch on the Boom Extension, page 5-58. Install (5) and retaining clips (6) in the holder on the boom
the anti-two block switch on the auxiliary boom nose. For extension.
more information, see Anti-Two Block (A2B) Switch,
13. Raise the front mounting pin handle (1, Figure 5-40) to
page 5-10.
unlock the boom extension installation pins.
5. Unreeve the hoist rope from the boom extension
sheaves. For more information, see Reeving the Hoist
Rope, page 5-55.

4. Connect boom extension electrical connectors. For

more information, see Boom Extension Electrical
Connections, page 5-51.
DANGER 5. If erecting a hydraulic boom extension, connect
When removing the boom extension, make sure the boom hydraulic hoses. For more information, see Hydraulic
extension is properly supported by the auxiliary crane and Boom Extension Connections, page 5-52.
the movement of the boom extension is controlled at all
6. If erecting an optional hydraulic boom extension, make
times.
sure the angle indicator (1, Figure 5-41) is aligned. If the
arrows are not aligned, adjust the boom extension offset
14. Using an impact drill and 24-inch 1/2-inch impact drill
as needed to align the arrows. For more information, see
extension, retract the boom extension installation pins.
Offsetting the (Optional) Hydraulic Boom Extension,
15. Using the auxiliary crane and the tag line, remove the page 5-57.
boom extension from the boom nose. Move the boom
extension to a suitable location.
Erecting the 17.6 m (57.6 ft) Boom Extension
DANGER
Boom Extension Hazard!
extension movement at all times. 1
10033 FIGURE 5-41
7. In the ODM, verify that the front and rear mounting pins
are securely installed (Figure 5-42). Visually confirm that
DANGER the pins are installed.
To prevent serious injury or death, do not stand on crane
decking unless boom extension is secure.
Use the following procedure to erect the boom extension.

NOTE: This procedure assumes the boom extension base
and fly sections are stowed on the side of the main
boom.
1. Make sure the counterweight is installed. For more
information, see Counterweight Removal and
Installation, page 5-66.
2. Make sure the crane is set up on fully-extended
outriggers. For more information, see Using the 10035-3
FIGURE 5-42
5

8. Make sure the connecting link (1, Figure 5-43) is in

place that connects the fly section to the boom extension
base section.
1
8969-23
FIGURE 5-44
10. Tie a tag line to the end of the boom extension base
section. The tag line will assist when swinging the boom
10088-11a extension to the boom nose.
FIGURE 5-43
11. Retract the retaining pin (1, Figure 5-45) from the
9. Make sure the attachment pin (1, Figure 5-44) and bracket (2) to release the rear boom extension ramp (3)
retaining clip are in place that connects the ends of the from the stowed position. Fully swing the rear boom
fly section and the boom extension base section extension ramp (3) into the erected position. Make sure
together. the pin (4) locks into position on the rear boom extension
bracket (5).
10088-9a Stowed
10088-8a
Deployed
FIGURE 5-45

12. Detach fly section from main boom base by doing the a. Use the ODM control pad arrow buttons or jog dial
following: to highlight the unlock icon.
a. Remove retaining clip (1, Figure 5-46) from pin (2) The unlock icon is highlighted (orange)
at fly section stowage bracket (3). (Figure 5-48).
b. Pull pin (2) downward and turn counterclockwise to
lock in place.
c. Reinstall the retaining clip into the pin.
10035-4
FIGURE 5-48
b. Press and hold the OK on the ODM control pad or

press down on the jog dial.
The lock status icon turns yellow, indicating the pin
3 is retracted (Figure 5-49).
1
2
10088-10a
FIGURE 5-46
13. In the ODM (Figure 5-47), highlight the unlock icon and
retract the rear boom extension pin (Pin #1) as follows:
10035-5
FIGURE 5-49
14. Visually confirm that the rear mounting pin is unlocked.

To be provided 15. Using the tag line, swing the boom extension out on the
rear ramp so the boom extension installation pins
(4, Figure 5-39) align with the holes in the boom nose
attachment fittings.
16. With an impact wrench and 14 mm socket extension,
5
turn the jack screw (3, Figure 5-39) counterclockwise to
extend the boom extension installation pins (4) into the
boom nose attachment fittings. Extend jack screw until
10035-3 the bolts and washers are at the end of the slots. Verify
FIGURE 5-47 that the pins (4) are fully engaged.


The lock status icon turns yellow, indicating the pin
DANGER
is retracted. The boom extension is displayed as
Crush Hazard detached from the side of the main boom
To avoid death or serious injury, ensure boom extension (Figure 5-52).
installation pins (4, Figure 5-39) are installed prior to
retracting the front mounting pin (Pin #2).
17. In the ODM (Figure 5-50), retract the front mounting pin
(Pin #2) as follows:
10035-8
FIGURE 5-52
18. Visually confirm that the front mounting pin is unlocked.

The handle should be in the down position. When the
handle is in the down position, the front mounting pin is
10035-6
FIGURE 5-50 retracted and the boom installation pins are locked.
a. Use the ODM control pad arrow buttons or jog dial NOTE: The front mounting pin (Pin #2) will not unlock
to highlight unlock icon. unless the right side boom extension installation
pins are fully engaged. If the front boom extension
The unlock icon is highlighted (orange) pin (Pin #2) does not unlock, make sure the right
(Figure 5-51). side boom extension installation pins are fully
engaged and the interlock pins are inserted
through the pins.
DANGER
When erecting the boom extension, make sure that all
personnel and equipment are kept clear of the swing path.
19. Slightly raise and/or lower the boom to help control the
boom extension. Using the tag line, swing the boom
extension to the front of the boom nose. Align the boom
10035-7 extension anchor fittings with the main boom attachment
FIGURE 5-51 fittings.

20. Install four pins (5, Figure 5-39) and retaining clips (6) to
secure the boom extension to the boom nose. If
necessary, use the jack (1, Figure 5-53) to install the
fourth pin:
10035-9
FIGURE 5-54
22. Remove the tag line.

23. Raise the mast sheave assembly. For more information,
1
see Folding Mast Sheave, page 5-59.
24. Erect the boom extension fly section following the
3 procedures under Erecting the Fly Section, page 5-39
9914
FIGURE 5-53 Erecting the Fly Section
Use this procedure to erect the boom extension fly section.
a. Install three pins to attach the boom extension to the
boom nose. NOTE: This procedure assumes the boom extension is
erected and fly extension is folded on the boom
b. Operate the jack handle (2) to align the holes on the extension base section.
boom extension with the hole in the boom nose.
1. Make sure the connecting link (1, Figure 5-55) is in
c. Install the fourth pin. place that connects the fly section to the boom extension
d. Secure all pins with retaining clips. base section together.
CAUTION
After installing the fourth pin, turn the pressure relief nob
(3) to retract the jack so the jack does not contact the
1
boom nose. Failure to retract the jack could result in
damage to the boom extension jack.
4
e. Turn the nob (3) to relieve the pressure to retract the
jack pin. 2 3
21. In the ODM display (Figure 5-54), make sure that ODM
shows that the boom extension is erected.
5
10088-11a
FIGURE 5-55
2. Make sure the attachment pin (1, Figure 5-56) and

retaining clip are in place that connects the ends of the

fly section and the boom extension base section

together. 1
1
8969-23
FIGURE 5-56
8969-22 FIGURE 5-58
3. Tie a tag line to the end of the fly section.
4. Detach the fly section from the boom extension base
section by removing the retaining clip (2, Figure 5-55)
and pin (3) securing the connecting link (1) to the boom DANGER
extension fly section (4). When erecting the fly section, make sure that all
With connecting link (1) detached, reinstall the pin (3)
and secure with the retaining clip (2). 6. Slightly raise and/or lower the boom to help control the
5. Connect the electrical connections between the boom boom extension. Using the tag line, swing the fly section
extension base section and the fly section: around and engage the fly section attachment fittings
(1, Figure 5-59) with the base section anchor fittings (2).
a. Remove the wires (1, Figure 5-57) from their
stowed location.
1
8969-23 FIGURE 5-57 10088-14a
FIGURE 5-59
b. Connect the plugs (1, Figure 5-58) to the sockets
making sure the plug wire number corresponds to 7. Remove the pin (3, Figure 5-59) from its holder on the
the socket number. boom extension and insert it into the left side fittings
(1, 2). Secure the pin with the retaining clip.
8. (Optional) Install and connect the wind speed indicator
(anemometer) and boom position light assembly on the

end of the fly section. For more information, see 6. Remove the retaining clip and pin (3, Figure 5-60) that is
Anemometer/Boom Position Light (Optional), page 5-63. inserted in to the left side fittings (1, 2). Place the pin in
its holder on the boom extension base section and
9. Remove the tag line from the end of the fly section.
secure with retaining clip.
10. Reeve the hoist rope. For more information, see Hoist
Rope Reeving, page 5-13.
11. Remove the anti-two block switch from the auxiliary
boom nose. For more information, see Anti-Two Block 2
(A2B) Switch, page 5-10. Install the anti-two block switch
on the nose of the fly section. For more information, see 1
5-58.
3
Stowing the Fly Section
Use the following procedure to stow the fly section on the
boom extension base section. 2
NOTE: This procedure assumes the boom extension base
section and fly section are fully erected. 1
1. Remove the anti-two block switch from the end of the fly
section. For more information, see Anti-Two Block
10088-14a
Switch on the Boom Extension, page 5-58. FIGURE 5-60
2. Unreeve the hoist rope from the fly section sheave 7. Slightly raise and/or lower the boom to help control the
assembly and boom extension mast sheave boom extension. Swing and stow the fly section on the
assemblies. For more information, see Reeving the boom extension base section.
Hoist Rope, page 5-55
8. Attach the fly section (4, Figure 5-61) to the boom
3. Install the anti-two block switch on the end of the boom extension base section (5) using the connecting link (1).
extension base section. For more information, see Secure connecting link with pin (3) and retaining clip (2).
5-58.
4. If installed, disconnect and remove wind speed indicator
and boom position light assembly from the end of the fly
section. For more information, see Anemometer/Boom
Position Light (Optional), page 5-63. 1
5. Attach a tag line to the end of the fly section. This tag line 4
will aid in swinging the fly section into position.
2 3 5
DANGER
5
When stowing the fly section, make sure that all
10088-11a
FIGURE 5-61

9. Disconnect the electrical connections between the boom Use this procedure to stow the boom extension to the side of
extension base section and the fly section: the main boom.
NOTE: This procedure assumes the fly section is stowed
on the boom extension base section. For more
information about stowing the fly section, see
Stowing the Fly Section, page 5-41.
1
Counterweight Removal and Installation, page 5-66.
3 4. If necessary, adjust the boom extension offset to 0°
depending on the type of boom extension:
• If stowing a mechanical boom extension, make sure
the offset is set to 0°. For more information, see
Offsetting the Mechanical Boom Extension, page
5-56.
or
2 FIGURE 5-62
8969-24 • If stowing an optional hydraulic boom extension,
a. Remove the plugs (1, Figure 5-62) from the sockets make sure the angle indicator (1, Figure 5-63) is
and seal the plugs with their caps (2). Seal the aligned. If the arrows are not aligned, adjust the
sockets with their caps (3). boom extension offset as needed to align the
arrows. For more information, see Offsetting the
b. Remove the bridging plug from the dummy socket (Optional) Hydraulic Boom Extension, page 5-57.
and plug it into the socket.
10. Remove the tag line from the end of the fly section.
Stowing the 17.6 m (57.6 ft) Boom Extension
DANGER
extension movement at all times. 1
10033 FIGURE 5-63
DANGER
To prevent serious injury or death, do not stand on crane
decking unless boom extension is secure.

10088-9a Stowed
10088-8a
Deployed
FIGURE 5-64
5. Make sure rear boom extension ramp (3, Figure 5-64) is

in erected position.
If the ramp is not erected, retract the retaining pin (1) DANGER
from the bracket (2) to release the rear boom extension
ramp (3) from the stowed position. Fully swing the rear
boom extension ramp (3) into the erected position. Make The boom extension installation pins (4, Figure 5-39)
sure the pin (4) locks into position on the rear boom must be extended and engaged before removing the four
extension bracket (5). pins (5, Figure 5-39). If the boom extension installation
pins (4, Figure 5-39) are not extended and fully engaged,
6. Unreeve the hoist rope as necessary from the boom the boom extension will fall when pins (5, Figure 5-39) are
extension base section mast sheaves. For more removed, resulting in possible injury or death.
information, see Unreeving Hoist Rope, page 5-55.
7. If necessary, stow the fly section. For more information, 11. Make sure the boom extension installation pins
see Stowing the Fly Section, page 5-41. (4, Figure 5-39) are engaged.
8. Remove the anti-two block switch from the end of the

boom extension. For more information, see Anti-Two
Block Switch on the Boom Extension, page 5-58. Install CAUTION 5
the anti-two block switch on the auxiliary boom nose. For After removing the four retaining clips and pins, the boom
more information, see Anti-Two Block (A2B) Switch, extension is free to swing to the side of the main boom.
page 5-10.
9. Stow the mast sheave assembly. For more information, 12. Remove the four pins (5, Figure 5-39) and retaining clips
see Folding Mast Sheave, page 5-59. (6) that attach the boom extension base section to the
boom nose. Store the pins (5) and retaining clips (6) on
10. Attach a tag line to the end of the boom extension base the boom extension stowage bracket.
section.


Pin #2 is extended. The pin status indicator icon
DANGER
turns green when the pin is fully extended and the
When stowing the boom extension, make sure that all boom extension is displayed in the intermediate
personnel and equipment are kept clear of the swing path. installation position.
extension to the intermediate position on the side of the
base section of the boom. Make sure the wheels engage
the ramps of the front (6, Figure 5-27) and rear (1) boom
extension mounting brackets.
14. Raise the boom as needed to move the boom extension
in against the main boom so the front boom extension
pin (Pin #2) can be secured.
15. From the operator cab or with the remote control, lock
the front boom extension pin (Pin #2) as follows:
10035-11
16. Make sure the ODM shows that the front mounting pin
(Pin #2) is extended. Visually confirm that the front
mounting pin is securely installed and the handle is in
the up position before continuing.
DANGER
Crush Hazard
To avoid death or serious injury, make sure the front
mounting pin (Pin #2) is installed and the handle
(1, Figure 5-40) is in the up (locked) position prior to
10035-8 retracting the boom extension installation pins
(4, Figure 5-39).
a. Use the ODM control pad arrow buttons or jog dial
to highlight the Pin #2 lock icon.
17. Lower the boom to a horizontal position.
The lock icon highlights (orange).
18. Turn the jack screw (3, Figure 5-39) clockwise with the
impact wrench, extension, and 14 mm impact socket to
retract the boom extension installation pins (4) from the
boom nose.
19. Using the tag line, swing the boom extension towards
the boom until the boom extension engages the rear
stowage bracket. Raise the boom as necessary to help
the boom extension engage the rear stowage bracket.
20. In the ODM, highlight the lock icon and the extend the
rear boom extension pin (Pin #1) as follows:
10035-10

10035-12
a. Use the ODM control pad arrow buttons or jog dial 3

to highlight lock icon.
The lock icon highlights (orange).
1
press down on the jog dial. 2
The lock status indicator icon turns green, indicating
the pin is extended. The boom extension is
10088-10a
displayed as secured to the main boom. FIGURE 5-65
23. Remove tag line.

24. Disconnect boom extension electrical connections. For
25. If stowing a hydraulic boom extension, disconnect
hydraulic hoses. For more information, see Hydraulic
Boom Extension Connections, page 5-52.
Erecting the 10.5 m (34.5 ft) Boom Extension

Base Section Only
10035-3
21. Visually verify that the rear mounting pin is securely

installed.
DANGER
22. Attach fly section to boom base by doing the following:
a. Remove retaining clip (1, Figure 5-65) from pin (2) cautions in the Operator and Safety Manuals and decals
5
at fly section stowage bracket (3). during erection, stowage and use of boom extension.
b. Turn pin (2) clockwise, allowing the spring-action pin
extension movement at all times.
to lock into the fly section.
c. Reinstall the retaining clip (1) into the pin (2). Use the following procedure to erect the boom extension
base section. During this procedure, the boom extension
base section is detached from the fly section and attached to
the boom nose. The fly section remains attached to the side
of the main boom. In the ODM, Pin #1 will be shown as
locked.

NOTE: This procedure assumes the boom extension and 6. In the ODM, verify that the front (Pin #2) and rear (Pin
fly section are installed on the side of the main #1) boom extension pins are securely installed. Visually
boom. confirm that the pins are installed.
3. Connect boom extension electrical connectors. For
4. If erecting a hydraulic boom extension, connect 10035-13
hydraulic hoses. For more information, see Hydraulic
Boom Extension Connections, page 5-52. 7. Attach a tag line to the tip of the boom extension base
section near the sheave. The tag line will assist when
5. If erecting an optional hydraulic boom extension, make swinging the boom extension to the boom nose.
sure the angle indicator (1, Figure 5-66) is aligned. If the
arrows are not aligned, adjust the boom extension offset 8. Detach the fly section from the boom extension base
as needed to align the arrows. For more information, see section by removing the retaining clip (2, Figure 5-61)
Offsetting the (Optional) Hydraulic Boom Extension, and pin (3) securing the connecting link (1) to the boom
page 5-57. extension fly section (4).
9. Retract the retaining pin (1, Figure 5-45) from the
bracket (2) to release the rear boom extension ramp (3)
from the stowed position. Fully swing the rear boom
extension ramp (3) into the erected position. Make sure
the pin (4) locks into position on the rear boom extension
bracket (5).
10. Visually confirm the rear boom extension pin (Pin #1 in
the ODM) (2, Figure 5-27) properly secures the fly
section to the main boom. Visually confirm the pin at the
middle fly section mounting bracket (9, Figure 5-27)
properly secures the fly section to the main boom.
1
10033 FIGURE 5-66
CAUTION
After removing the retaining clip and pin that secures the
boom extension base section to the fly section, the boom
extension is free to swing away from the side of the main
boom.

11. Remove retaining clip (1, Figure 5-67) and pin (2) to a. Use the ODM control pad arrow buttons or jog dial
detach the boom extension base section from the fly to highlight unlock icon.
section. Place the pin in its holder on the boom
The unlock icon is highlighted (orange).
extension base section and secure with retaining clip.
The lock status indic ator ic on turns yellow,
indicating Pin #2 is retracted.
To be provided
1
2
10088-15a 10035-14
FIGURE 5-67
15. Visually confirm that the front boom extension pin (Pin
12. Using the tag line, swing the boom extension on to the #2 in the ODM) is unlocked. The boom extension
rear ramp so the boom extension installation pins interlock handle should be in the down position. When
(4, Figure 5-39) align with the holes in the boom nose the handle is in the down position, the front mounting pin
attachment fittings. is retracted and the boom installation pins are locked.
13. With an impact wrench and 14 mm socket extension, NOTE: The front mounting pin (Pin #2) will not unlock
turn the jack screw (3, Figure 5-39) counterclockwise to unless the right side boom extension installation
extend the boom extension installation pins (4) into the pins are fully engaged. If the front mounting pin
boom nose attachment fittings. Extend jack screw until does not unlock, make sure the right side boom
the bolts and washers are at the end of the slots. Verify extension pins are fully engaged and the cable
that the pins (4) are fully engaged. ends are inserted through the pins.
DANGER DANGER
Crush Hazard When erecting the boom extension, make sure that all
To avoid death or serious injury, make sure boom personnel and equipment are kept clear of the swing path.
extension installation pins (4, Figure 5-39) are installed
prior to retracting the front mounting pin (Pin #2). 16. Slightly raise and/or lower the boom to help control the
14. In the ODM, highlight the front boom extension pin (Pin
#2) unlock icon and retract Pin #2 as follows:
extension to the front of the main boom. Align the boom
extension anchor fitting holes (1, Figure 5-39) with the 5
main boom attachment fitting holes (2).

17. Install four pins (5, Figure 5-39) and retaining clips (6) to 22. Remove the anti-two block switch from the main boom
secure the boom extension to the boom nose. If nose. For more information, see Anti-Two Block (A2B)
necessary, use the jack (1, Figure 5-68) to install the Switch, page 5-10. Install anti-two block switch on the
fourth pin: end of the boom extension. For more information, see
5-58.
2 23. (Optional) Install the anemometer and boom position

light assembly. For more information, see Anemometer/
Boom Position Light (Optional), page 5-63.
Stowing the 10.5 m (34.5 ft) Boom Extension

Base Section Only
DANGER
1 To avoid death or serious injury, follow procedures and
3 Install and secure all pins properly and control boom
9914 extension movement at all times.
FIGURE 5-68
Use the following procedure to stow the boom extension
a. Install three pins to attach the boom extension to the base section to the side of the main boom.
boom nose.
NOTE: This procedure assumes only the boom extension
b. Operate the jack handle (2) to align the holes on the base section is erected and the fly section is
boom extension with the hole in the boom nose. secured to the side of the main boom.
c. Install the fourth pin. Secure the fourth pin with NOTE: The boom extension base section cannot be
retaining clip. stowed if the fly section is not first stowed on the
side of the main boom.
CAUTION outriggers. For more information, see Using the
After installing the fourth pin, turn the pressure relief nob Outriggers, page 4-19.
(3) to retract the jack so the jack does not contact the
boom nose. Failure to retract the jack could result in 2. Make sure the counterweight is installed. For more
damage to the boom extension jack. information about installing the counterweight, see
d. Turn the nob (3) to relieve the pressure to retract the 3. Fully retract and lower the boom to horizontal.
jack pin.
4. (Optional) Remove the anemometer and boom position
18. Connect boom extension electrical connectors. For light assembly. For more information, see Anemometer/
more information, see Boom Extension Electrical Boom Position Light (Optional), page 5-63.
5. Remove the anti-two block switch from the end of the
19. If erecting a hydraulic boom extension, connect boom extension. For more information, see Anti-Two
hydraulic hoses. For more information, see Hydraulic Block Switch on the Boom Extension, page 5-58. Install
Boom Extension Connections, page 5-52. the anti-two block switch on the auxiliary boom nose. For
20. Raise the mast sheave assembly. For more information, more information, see Anti-Two Block (A2B) Switch,
see Folding Mast Sheave, page 5-59. page 5-10.
21. Reeve the hoist rope. For more information, see 6. Remove the hoist rope from the boom extension base
Reeving the Hoist Rope, page 5-55. section sheaves. For more information, see Reeving the
Hoist Rope, page 5-55.

7. If necessary, adjust the boom extension offset to 0°

depending on the type of boom extension:
• If stowing a mechanical boom extension, make sure
the offset is set to 0°. For more information, see CAUTION
Offsetting the Mechanical Boom Extension, page After removing the four retaining clips and pins, the boom
5-56. extension is free to swing to the side of the main boom.
or 11. Detach the boom extension base section from the boom
• If stowing an optional hydraulic boom extension, nose by removing the four retaining clips (6) and pins
make sure the angle indicator (1, Figure 5-69) is (5, Figure 5-39) from the boom extension anchor fitting
aligned. If the arrows are not aligned, adjust the holes (1) and the boom nose attachment lug holes (2).
boom extension offset as needed to align the Store the pins (5) and retaining clips (6) on the boom
arrows. For more information, see Offsetting the extension stowage bracket.
(Optional) Hydraulic Boom Extension, page 5-57.
DANGER
When stowing the boom extension, make sure that all
extension to the intermediate position on the side of the
base section of the boom. Make sure the wheels engage
on the front and rear boom extension ramps.
13. Raise and lower the boom as needed to move the boom
1 extension in against the main boom so the front boom
extension pin (Pin #2) can be secured.
10033 FIGURE 5-69
14. From the operator cab, lock the front mounting pin (Pin
8. Stow the mast sheave assembly. For more information, #2 in the ODM) as follows:
see Folding Mast Sheave, page 5-59.
a. Use the ODM navigation pad arrow buttons or jog
9. Attach a tag line to the tip of the boom extension base dial to highlight the Pin #2 lock icon.
section near the sheave.
The lock icon is highlighted (orange).
DANGER
The boom extension installation pins (4, Figure 5-39)
must be extended and engaged before removing the four
pins (5) from the boom extension anchor fitting holes (1)
and the boom nose attachment lug holes (2). If the boom
extension installation pins (4) are not extended and fully
engaged, the boom extension will fall when pins (5) are 5
removed, resulting in possible injury or death.
10. Make sure the boom extension installation pins

(4, Figure 5-39) are engaged. 10035-15

b. Press and hold the OK on the ODM navigation pad

or press down on the jog dial.
When front extension pin is locked, the status
indicator show a green lock icon.
1
2
10035-13
10088-15a
15. Visually confirm that the front boom extension pin (Pin FIGURE 5-70
#2 in the ODM) is locked. The handle should be in the up
19. Attach the fly section to the boom extension base
position. When the handle is in the up position, the front
section using the connecting link (1, Figure 5-71).
mounting pin is extended and the boom installation pins
Secure connecting link with pin (3) and retaining clip (2).
are unlocked.
DANGER
Crush Hazard
To avoid death or serious injury, make sure the front 1
mounting pin (Pin #2) is installed and the handle
(1, Figure 5-35) is locked prior to retracting the boom 4
extension installation pins (4, Figure 5-39).
16. Turn the jack screw (3, Figure 5-39) counterclockwise 2 3

with the impact wrench and extension to retract the
boom extension installation pins (4) from the boom
nose.
17. Move the boom extension to the fully stowed position.
18. Remove the pin from its holder on the boom extension
base section. Attach boom extension base section to fly 10088-11a
FIGURE 5-71
section by installing the pin (2, Figure 5-70) and
securing it with the retaining clip (1). 20. Disconnect electrical connections. For more information,
see Boom Extension Electrical Connections, page 5-51.
21. If stowing a hydraulic boom extension, disconnect
hydraulic connections. For more information, see
Hydraulic Boom Extension Connections, page 5-52.

Boom Extension Electrical Connections 2. Wind the cable around the storage location (3) such that
it will not be damaged during crane operation.
Use the following procedures to disconnect and connect the
boom extension electrical connections at the boom nose. Disconnecting Electrical Connection at Boom Nose
Connecting Electrical Connection at Boom Nose Use the following procedure to disconnect the boom
extension electrical connector (1, Figure 5-72) from the
Use the following procedure to connect the boom extension electrical connector on the boom nose. Be sure to stow the
electrical connector to the boom nose: boom extension electrical connector on the stowage bracket
1. Remove the plug (1, Figure 5-72) from the storage to prevent water damage to the connector.
socket (2) and unwind the cable from the storage 1. Disconnect the plug (1, Figure 5-72) from the socket (4).
location (3). Connect the plug (1) to the socket (4).
2. Wind excess cable around the storage location (3), then
connect plug (1) to storage socket (2).
44 1
1 33 2
2
3. Install protective cap on boom nose electrical socket (4).
8969-21 FIGURE 5-72

This connects the extension to the main boom circuit.

Hydraulic Boom Extension Connections Locking the Drum

Use the following procedures to connect and disconnect the 1. Turn the hose drum until a hole is aligned with the latch
optional hydraulic boom extension to the main boom. (2, Figure 5-73).
Disconnect and retract the hydraulic lines from the boom 2. Rotate the latch (2) counterclockwise to position (B),
nose whenever the operation of the crane does not require until the latch fully engages the hole.
hydraulic power. This will extend the life of the hose drum,
hoses, and associated hardware. For more information, see
Retracting Hydraulic Hoses for Main Boom Operation, page A
2
5-53. 1
Checking the Locking Device on the Hose Drum

The hose drum on the side of the main boom provides the B
hydraulic supply to the boom nose/luffing boom extension.
The hose drum is equipped with a locking device. The drum
must be unlocked before operation.
If the hose drum has to be removed, the drum must be
locked.
1
CAUTION 7567-34 FIGURE 5-73

Equipment Damage Hazard!
Always verify the drum is unlocked before using
extensions or other equipment that require hydraulic
power. Damage to hydraulic hoses or the boom may
CAUTION
occur. Spring Loaded Equipment Hazard!
If the strain relief is detached after the locking device has
been released, do not under any circumstances let go of
the strain relief before it has been re-attached. If you let go
CAUTION of the strain relief, the hydraulic hoses will spring back
Spring Loaded Equipment Hazard! uncontrollably due to the spring force in the hose drum
and may injure persons or damage parts of the crane.
The drum must be locked before removal. The drum is
spring loaded and must be locked to prevent damage or
Hydraulic Hose Installation
injury.
1. Unlock the hose drum.
Holes (1, Figure 5-73) are distributed on the inner wheel of
the hose drum. Rotating the latch (2) engages one of the 2. Remove the hinged pins (1, Figure 5-74) and fold up the
holes to lock the drum, preventing it from turning. guide sheaves (2).
Unlocking the Drum 3. Remove the strain relief (3) from its main boom
mounting bracket (4) and pull the hydraulic hoses (5)
Rotate the latch (2, Figure 5-73) clockwise (A), to disengage towards the boom nose.
it from the hole.
4. Hook the strain relief onto the boom nose mounting
bracket (6).

5. Fold down the guide sheaves (2) and secure them with Establishing the Hydraulic Connection
the hinged pins (1).
1. If necessary, bring the connections (1, Figure 5-76) into
the position for boom extension operations.
2
2. Remove the hose line (2) from the clamp (4).
3 2 5 3. Feed the hose lines towards the left hand side through
1
the lower opening (3) in the boom extension base
section under the boom head.
4. Remove the protective caps to the connections (1) and
attach the hose lines (observe color code).
6
FIGURE 5-74
1
Retracting Hydraulic Hoses for Main Boom Operation 2
The locking device on the hose drum must be undone: 3
1. Loosen the hinged pins (5, Figure 5-75) and fold up the 7567-37
guide sheaves (4). FIGURE 5-76
2. Detach the strain relief from the holder (3) and attach it
to the holder (2).
CAUTION!
3. Fold down the guide sheaves (4) and secure them with Machine Damage!
the hinged pins (5).
Feed the hydraulic hoses under the main boom head in
such a way that they hang freely. Take care that the hoses
4
4 are not torn off when folding the boom extension base
section. This prevents damage to the hydraulic hoses.
5
3 1
2
7567-36
FIGURE 5-75

Disconnecting the Hydraulic Connection 1. Remove the hose lines (2, Figure 5-77) from the
connections (1).
2. Close off the hose lines and the connections (1) with the
protective caps.
2 3. Secure hoses in holder (3) on the boom extension base
section.
3
7567-38
FIGURE 5-77

Reeving the Hoist Rope 1. Remove the retaining clips and rope retaining pins
(1, Figure 5-78).
Use the following to reeve the hoist rope on the mast sheave
assembly. 2. Guide the rope over the mast sheave (3), and over the
nose sheave (2) of the extension.
Reeving the Hoist Rope
3. Reinstall all rope retaining pins (1) and secure with
retaining clips.
4. Install the overhaul ball or the hook block.
CAUTION
Unreeving Hoist Rope
Falling Objects Hazard!
Always make sure sheaves and pins that secure the hoist 1. Unreeve the hook block or unpin the overhaul ball.
cable are secured with clips. This prevents components 2. Remove the retaining clips and rope retaining pins
from coming loose, falling and causing injury. (1, Figure 5-78).
3. Take the hoist rope off the nose sheave (2) and mast
sheave (3) and place it on the ground on the left side.
4. Replace all rope retaining pins (1). Secure with retaining
clips.
1
3
1
2
10089-2
10.5 m (34.5 ft) Boom Extension
1
3
1
2
10089-1
17.6 m (57.6 ft) Boom Extension
FIGURE 5-78

Offsetting the Mechanical Boom Extension Refer to Figure 5-79.
The GRT8120 boom extension features manual offset or

hydraulic offset. The standard boom extension can be offset - 0°
manually to 0°, 20°, or 45°. The hydraulic boom extension
can be offset from 0° to 45° and controlled from the operator
cab.
1
- 20°
WARNING
Crushing Hazard!
Always secure the adjustable boom extension with an 1
auxiliary crane or set the nose of the extension on the - 45°
ground before you remove the adjusting pins when
adjusting the angle of the boom extension.
This prevents the extension from suddenly unfolding and
causing serious injury or death.
CAUTION W7231
FIGURE 5-79
Risk of Equipment Damage!
The boom extension angle is determined by the position of
Always stow the mast sheave assemblies before
the adjusting pin. There are three positions:
adjusting the boom extension offset angle.
This will prevent any interference between the mast • 0° angle: (A) – For a 0° angle, the pin (1) is installed in
sheave assemblies and boom extension. the front location and is secured with the retaining clip.
• 20° angle: (B) – For a 20° angle, the pin (1) is installed in
the rear location and is secured with the retaining clip.
• 45° angle: (C) – For a 45° angle, the pin (1) is removed
DANGER and stored in the operator cab.
Crushing Hazard! Setting the Offset Angle with an Auxiliary Crane
During installation and removal, always use the proper
NOTE: The information in this section only applies to the
equipment with sufficient load bearing capacities.
mechanical luffing boom extension.
Mechanical Extension Angle Adjusting Mechanism 1. Lift the extension with the auxiliary crane until the pin
(1, Figure 5-79) is relieved of load.
2. Lift or lower the extension with the auxiliary crane until
the adjusting pin can be installed into the hole for the
WARNING required angle (refer to Figure 5-79).
Crushing Hazard!
3. Install the pin into the 0° or 20° offset hole, and then
Uncontrolled movement of the boom extension can result secure with the retaining clip. If offset is to be 45°,
in death or serious injury. The Boom extension must be remove pin and store in the operator cab.
supported before removing the adjusting pins.
4. Lower the boom extension with the auxiliary crane and
Support the extension with an assist crane or set the tip of
remove the lifting gear.
the extension on the ground before adjusting the angle.
When setting a 45° offset, if the boom extension now
touches the ground at the current angle, the angle will
CAUTION set itself when the main boom is raised.
Machine Damage!
The mast sheave must be stowed before adjusting the
offset angle of the extension. Failure to stow the deflection
sheave may result in damage to the extension or sheave.

Setting the Offset Angle without an Auxiliary Crane The superstructure must be in a working position permitted
by the Load Chart for the RCL rigging code that was entered.
If an auxiliary crane is not available, the extension head must
rest on the ground before the angle is changed. Inclining the Crane
In order to set the offset angle of the adjustable extension,
you must set it down on the ground by extending and
CAUTION lowering the main boom over the rear.
Rope Damage!
Depending on the space available, the condition of the
The hoist cable can be damaged if it is reeved while the terrain or a limitation on the telescoping due to the current
extension nose is on the ground. Unreeve the hoist cable rigging mode, it may be that the nose of the boom extension
from the extension nose before adjusting the offset angle. cannot be set on the ground by telescoping and lowering the
main boom.
1. Extend and set the outriggers.
In this case, you can use the outriggers to incline the crane.
2. Program the Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) with the
correct rigging code for the chosen boom extension 1. Fully extend the front outriggers and jack cylinders.
offset angle (refer to Entering the RCL Code, page
2. Fully extend the rear outriggers.
5-57).
3. Extend the rear jack cylinders until the rear wheels are
3. Swing boom over rear of crane.
just off the ground.
4. Lower and extend the boom until boom extension nose
touches the ground and pressure is relieved from the
adjusting pin (1, Figure 5-79).
If unable to touch the ground due to the limitations of the
WARNING
rigging code, incline the crane (refer to Inclining the Tipping Hazard!
Crane, page 5-57). Make sure that the wheels do not touch the ground when
5. Remove the adjusting pin. the crane has been inclined. This prevents a reduction in
the stability of the crane, which could lead to it tipping over
6. Raise or lower the boom until the adjusting pin can be when setting the angle of the lattice extension or
installed into the hole for the required angle (refer to overloading the axles, causing serious injury or death.
Figure 5-79).
7. Install the pin into the 0° or 20° offset hole, and then Offsetting the (Optional) Hydraulic Boom
secure with the retaining clip. If offset is to be 45°, Extension
remove pin and store in the operator cab.
Use the following procedure to set the offset for the hydraulic
Entering the RCL Code boom extension. The hydraulic boom extension offset range
is 0° to 45°.
Enter the RCL rigging code for the boom extension offset
angle in accordance with the current rigging mode of the 1. In the operator cab, enable the Luffing Jib Enable/
crane, refer to the Load Chart, Chapter Remarks. Disable Switch. For more information about the Luffing
Jib Enable/Disable Switch, see Operator Seat and
When adjusting the angle without an auxiliary crane, you Armrest Controls (Dual Axis), page 3-20.
must enter an RCL rigging code. The RCL rigging code
depends on: 2. Using the right joystick, raise or lower the hydraulic
(luffing) boom extension. For more information about the
•
•
the rigged outrigger span
the rigged counterweight
Boom Lift – Main Hoist – Telescope – Luffing Jib
Controller (Dual Axis), see Operator Seat and Armrest
5
Controls (Dual Axis), page 3-20.
• the working position.

Anti-Two Block Switch on the Boom 3. Remove the retaining clip from the mounting pin and
Extension remove the anti-two block switch assembly.
The anti-two block switch can now be moved to another
Use the following procedures to install and remove the
location and connected.
anti-two block (A2B) switch from the boom extension base
and fly sections. 17.6 m (57.6 ft) Extension Anti-Two Block Installation
10.5 m (34.5 ft) Extension Anti-Two Block Installation To electrically connect the anti-two block switch the electrical
connections to this extension must be completed, refer to
To electrically connect the anti-two block switch the electrical
Boom Extension Electrical Connections, page 5-51.
connections to this extension must be completed, refer to
Boom Extension Electrical Connections, page 5-51.
1 2 3 4
8969-25 FIGURE 5-81
9000
FIGURE 5-80 1. Install the anti-two block switch (1, Figure 5-81) on to the
pin (2) and secure it with a retaining clip.
1. Install the anti-two block switch assembly on to the pin
(1, Figure 5-80) and secure it with a retaining clip. 2. Route the anti-two block cable (3) such that it will not be
damaged during crane operation, and connect the
2. Route the cable so that it will not be damaged during
anti-two block switch to socket (4).
crane operation, and connect the anti-two block
connector to the socket, with the same number. 17.6 m (57.6 ft) Extension Anti-Two Block Removal
10.5 m (35 ft) Extension Anti-Two Block Removal 1. Remove the plug from the socket (4, Figure 5-81).
When the extension is no longer needed or if installing the 2. Remove the anti-two block switch assembly (1) from the
boom extension fly section for 17.6 m (57.6 ft) extension pin (2).
operation, the anti-two block switch must be removed.
3. Fasten the retaining clip to the anti-two block switch.
1. Remove the anti-two block connector from the socket.
2. Install the cap on the storage socket.

Folding Mast Sheave 2. Hold the mast sheave by the handle (2, Figure 5-82) and
pull out the pin (1).
Use the following procedures to erect and stow the mast
sheave on the boom extension base section.
Erecting the Mast Sheave 1
The mast sheave shall be erected when the boom extension

is used. The sheave must be lowered for travel.
CAUTION
Pinch Hazard!
Keep hands clear of the moving mast sheave during
erecting and stowing. Always use the handle provided to
control the movement.
1. Remove the retaining clip from the pin (1, Figure 5-82).
8969-27
3 2
FIGURE 5-83
3. Fold the mast sheave (1) up and fasten it in this position

with the pin (2, Figure 5-83).
4. Secure the pin (2) using the retaining clip.
Stowing Mast Sheave
1. Remove the retaining clip from the pin (2, Figure 5-83).
2. Hold the mast sheave by the handle (3) and pull out the
pin (2).
2
3. Fold the mast sheave (1) down and fasten it in position
with the pin (2).
4. Secure the pin (2) using the retaining clip.
1 8969-26
FIGURE 5-82

AUXILIARY SINGLE SHEAVE BOOM NOSE The serial number (1) is on a plate, on the right side on the
auxiliary single-sheave boom nose (Figure 5-84).
Identification
Installing/Removing Auxiliary Single-Sheave
The auxiliary single-sheave boom nose is designed for the Boom Nose
crane it was delivered with.
CAUTION DANGER
Operate the crane only with the auxiliary single-sheave
Crushing Hazard!
boom nose that has the identical serial number.
During installation and removal, always use the proper
If you wish to use the auxiliary single-sheave boom nose on equipment with sufficient load bearing capacities.
several Grove cranes, contact Manitowoc Crane Care.
Installing Auxiliary Single-Sheave Boom Nose
1. Remove the retaining clips from the pins (2) and remove
CAUTION the pins from the attachment lugs (Figure 5-84).
The auxiliary single-sheave boom nose should only be
2. Use an auxiliary crane attached to the lifting eye (3) on
adjusted by your Grove distributor or Manitowoc Crane
the auxiliary boom nose and lift it to the front of the main
Care.
boom head.
3. Align the auxiliary single-sheave boom nose so that the
attachment lugs (1, Figure 5-85) line up to the boom
2
nose attachment lugs (2).
4. Secure the auxiliary single-sheave boom nose to the
main boom nose using pins (3).
3
5. Secure the pins (3) with retaining clips (4).
2 1 6. Depending on the application, bring the auxiliary
single-sheave boom nose into transport position or
working position.
2
8994
FIGURE 5-84

9
3
1 5
2
4
3
5
9 2
4 1
Working Position Intermediate Position Transport Position

3
7 8
8994-1 FIGURE 5-85
Removing the Auxiliary Single-Sheave Boom Nose 1. Attach an auxiliary crane to the lifting eye of the boom
nose.
In the working position, the auxiliary single-sheave boom
nose is positioned in front of the main boom head and is 2. Remove the retaining clips and remove all the pins out of
fastened with three pins (3, Figure 5-85). the bores and lugs.
In the transport position, the auxiliary single-sheave boom 3. Lift the auxiliary single-sheave boom nose from the head
nose is positioned to the side of the main boom head and is of the main boom.
fastened with two pins.

RIGGING THE AUXILIARY SINGLE-SHEAVE 3. Remove the retaining clip and take out the pin (6).
BOOM NOSE 4. Swing the auxiliary boom nose into position in front of
the main boom head. Insert pins (3) into the lugs and
Rigging in Transport Position secure with the retaining clips.
1. Remove the retaining clips and take pins (5) out of the The auxiliary single-sheave boom nose is now in working
lugs at the front of the main boom head (Figure 5-85). position.
2. Rotate the auxiliary boom nose to the side of the main
boom head.
Attaching and Removing Hoist Cable
1. Remove the cable holding rods from the head of the
3. Insert pin (6) into lugs and secure with retaining clip.
main boom and from the auxiliary single-sheave boom
4. Remove the retaining clip from the pin (7) and remove nose (9, Figure 5-85).
the pin.
2. When reeving, guide the hoist cable over the left hand
5. Rotate the auxiliary boom nose further to the side of the upper sheave of the main boom.
main boom nose. Insert pin (8) into the lugs and secure
3. Insert the rope holding rods into the appropriate bore
with the retaining clip.
holes and secure them with the corresponding retaining
Rigging in Working Position clips.
4. Fasten the cable end clamp on the overhaul ball or the
1. Remove the retaining clip from the pin (8) and remove
hook block.
the pin from the lugs.
Reverse the sequence of operations to remove the hoist
2. Swing the auxiliary single-sheave boom nose to the front
cable before rotating the auxiliary boom nose into transport
of the main boom head so the pin (7) can be inserted
position.
and secured with a retaining clip.

ANEMOMETER/BOOM POSITION LIGHT Switching the boom position indicator light on and
(OPTIONAL) off
Select symbol (1, Figure 5-87) and
To switch on:
confirm – symbol ON is displayed
CAUTION
Select symbol (2) and confirm – symbol
Machine Damage! To switch off:
OFF is displayed
Always remove the anemometer and boom position
indicator light before on-road driving.
This prevents the specified overall height being exceeded
at on-road level, and the anemometer from getting
damaged by being rotated too fast.
1
Installing
The anemometer and the boom position indicator light – if
provided – are located on the same rod.
• Insert the rod (1, Figure 5-86) into the holder (3) and
secure it with the retaining pins
• Remove the cable from the holders (2) and connect
- the anemometer to socket (4),
- the boom position indicator light to the socket (5).
• Lay the cables in such a way that they will not be
damaged during crane operation.
• Check that the anemometer is able to swing so that it
hangs vertically even when the main boom is raised.
9060-1
FIGURE 5-87
8851-44
FIGURE 5-86

Removing
Remove the rod with the anemometer/boom position
indicator light before driving on the road.
• Switch off the boom position indicator light.
• Remove the plug and close the sockets (4, Figure 5-88)
and (5) with the protective caps.
• Wind the cables on to the holders (2).
• Remove the rod (1) from the holder (3).
• For transportation, fasten the retaining pins to the rod
(1).
8851-46
FIGURE 5-88

1
Item Description
1 Mounting Arm
2 Holder
3 Clamps
3 4 Anemometer Connector
2
5 A2B Switch Connector
Boom Position Light
6
10023 Connector
65 5 2
4
10012
10013
FIGURE 5-89
5

COUNTERWEIGHT REMOVAL AND Counterweight is installed and removed using hydraulic

INSTALLATION cylinders controlled by a counterweight control panel located
on each side of the superstructure. The counterweight
assembly is held in place by a hydraulic cylinder and locking
pins with pin clips.
DANGER Counterweight is lowered or lifted from two centering pins
Falling counterweight can crush and cause death or located on the rear deck.
serious injury.
Ensure all mounting pins are properly installed and
locked, during and after operating the counterweight DANGER
removal system.
Travel is not permitted with removable counterweight on
carrier deck.
1 2
10271
8658-1
6

1 Control Panel 5 Leveling Bolts
2 Lift Cylinder 6 Centering Pins
3 Leveling Bolt (4 ea) 7 Lock Cylinder
4 Counterweight 8 Lock Cylinder Pin
FIGURE 5-90

Counterweight Control Panel Flashing green LED (1) indicates main power is on. Enable
and Horn buttons are illuminated and active.
Counterweight control panels are located on each side of the
superstructure between the boom pivot and main hoist. Only Three LED’s above each button indicate:
one control panel can be used at a time. The crane engine Green - Function enabled.
must be running with parking brake ON and no other
functions enabled for system to be fully operational. Yellow - Error condition.
Red - Function not available or system not enabled.
9 8 4 2 NOTE: The horn button (3) is always active. Enable does
not have to be pressed before using the horn.
The Enable button (2) must be pressed and released before
selecting a function. The function must be selected within
five seconds after pressing the Enable button or the system
will time out and the Enable button must be pressed again.
If the Enable button is pressed and held for more than
1
2 seconds, the red LED will illuminate. No other functions are
available until the button is released and pressed again.
8658-2
7 6 5 3
FIGURE 5-91
Item Description
1 Main Power Indicator
2 Keypad Enable
3 Horn
4 Lock Cylinder Retract
5 Lock Cylinder Extend
6 Left Counterweight Cylinder Lower
7 Right Counterweight Cylinder Lower
8 Left Counterweight Cylinder Raise
9 Right Counterweight Cylinder Raise

Removing the Counterweight

Refer to Figure 5-91. CAUTION
To prevent machine damage, make sure that the Lock
Cylinder Pins are fully retracted and the counterweight is
CAUTION hanging freely from the lifting cylinders before lowering
When raising or lowering the counterweight, make sure the counterweight
that the weight remains level by using the left and right
cylinder control buttons
1. Position crane on a firm level surface. Fully extend and CAUTION

set outriggers. When lowering the counterweight, make sure that the
weight remains level to avoid crane damage.
2. Place superstructure in normal travel position with
counterweight centered at rear of vehicle. Engage 7. Press and release Enable button (2). Press and hold
turntable lock. Left (6) and Right (7) Counterweight Cylinder Lower
3. Make sure counterweight support (1, Figure 5-92) is buttons until counterweight is completely lowered on
securely attached at rear of carrier. centering pins and rear deck.
8. Remove lock pins and retaining pins from lift cylinders
and counterweight.
1
NOTE: Operate left or right cylinder as needed to remove
pins.
9. Press and release Enable button (2). Press and hold
Left (8) and Right (9) Counterweight Cylinder Lift buttons
until cylinder rods are completely retracted. Reinstall
retaining pins and lock pins.
NOTE: Do not leave cylinder rods extended. Corrosion or
other damage may occur.
DANGER
Travel is not permitted with removable counterweight on
10082
carrier deck.
FIGURE 5-92
4. Remove pin clips from lock cylinder pin (8, Figure 5-90) 10. Release turntable lock. Rotate superstructure 90° for
on each side of superstructure. clear access to rear deck.
5. Press and release Enable button (2). Press and hold NOTE: Counterweight weighs 13,245 kg (29,200 lb).
Lock Cylinder Retract button (4) until lock cylinder pins
are completely retracted. 11. Lift counterweight from carrier deck to transport vehicle.
6. Check area is clear around counterweight and carrier 12. Select proper “Without Counterweight” operating code
rear deck. Press horn button (3). on the RCL.
Removing the counterweight increases loading on the
front axle. Refer to the Load Chart Manual and the
section Driving the Crane, page 4-12 in this manual for
details about travel with counterweight removed.

Installing the Counterweight

Refer to Figure 5-91.
DANGER
Hand Crushing Hazard!
CAUTION
Do not place hand between counterweight cylinders and
When raising or lowering the counterweight, make sure the top of the counterweight while cylinders are in motion.
that the weight remains level by using the left and right
cylinder control buttons
Left (6) and Right (7) Counterweight Cylinder Lower
1. Position crane on a firm level surface. Fully extend and buttons until cylinder rod ends engage counterweight.
set outriggers.
8. Install lock pins and retaining pins in lift cylinders and
2. Make sure counterweight support (1, Figure 5-93) is counterweight.
securely attached at rear of carrier.
NOTE: Operate left or right cylinder as needed to install
pins.
1
CAUTION
When raising the counterweight, make sure that the
weight remains level to avoid crane damage.

Left (8) and Right (9) Counterweight Cylinder Lift buttons
until counterweight engages superstructure and lock
cylinder holes are aligned with lock cylinder rods on both
sides.
NOTE: Operate left or right cylinder as needed to align lock
cylinder holes with lock cylinder pins.
10082 10. Press and release Enable button (2). Press and hold
FIGURE 5-93 Lock Cylinder Extend button (5) until lock cylinder pins
3. Rotate superstructure 90° for clear access to rear deck. (8, Figure 5-90) are completely extended.
NOTE: Counterweight weighs 13,245 kg (29,200 lb). 11. Install pin clips in counterweight lock cylinder pins on
each side of superstructure.
4. Lift counterweight from transport vehicle and position on
rear deck centering pins. 12. Adjust four counterweight bolts and jam nuts to provide a
consistent stop and proper alignment with the pinning
5. Place superstructure in normal travel position with boom holes.
centered over front of vehicle. Engage turntable lock.
13. Select proper counterweight operating code on the RCL.
6. Remove lock pins and retaining pins from counterweight
lift cylinders. 14. Crane is now ready for operation with counterweight
installed.

THIS PAGE BLANK

GRT8120 OPERATOR MANUAL MAINTENANCE AND LUBRICATION
SECTION 6
MAINTENANCE AND LUBRICATION
SECTION CONTENTS
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Steering and Suspension – Fifth Wheel Pivots . . . . .6-20
Environmental Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Axle Lubrication – Meritor Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-22
Lubricants and Lubrication Intervals. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Axle Lubrication – Kessler Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-24
Standard Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Turntable (Swing Drive) and Cab Tilt Lubrication . . .6-26
Outrigger Lubrication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-30
Arctic Lubricants and Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Arctic Conditions Below -9°C (+15°F) . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Lift Cylinder Lubrication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-32
Boom Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-33
Cylinder Rod Surface Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Hoist Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-42
Wire Rope Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 Hydraulics Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-44
Lubrication Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 Rust Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-46
CraneLUBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 Protecting Cranes From Rusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-46
Cummins Oil Registration List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 Cleaning Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-47
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 Inspection and Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-47
Drive Train . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-48
Steering and Suspension – Meritor Axles . . . . . . . . 6-18 Areas of Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-48
Steering and Suspension – Kessler Axles. . . . . . . . 6-18
6
MAINTENANCE AND LUBRICATION GRT8120 OPERATOR MANUAL
GENERAL LUBRICANTS AND LUBRICATION

Following the designated lubrication procedures is important INTERVALS
to ensure maximum crane lifetime and utilization. Use lubricants as listed in this section of the Operator
Procedures and lubrication charts in this section include Manual. See also your GRT8120 Service Manual for
information on types of lubricants used, location of the maintenance and lubrication instructions.
lubrication points, frequency of lubrication, and other
information.
Refer to your Inspection and Lubrication Service Log for CAUTION
routine checks which will help maintain the safety,
Possible Equipment Damage!
dependability, and productivity designed into your crane.
The multipurpose grease installed during manufacture of
One copy of the Inspection and Lubrication Service Log is this crane contains a lithium base.
provided in the original package of manuals shipped with the
Do not apply chassis grease lubricants with air pressure
crane. Additional copies are available through the Grove
devices, as chassis contains sealed fittings.
distributor network or Manitowoc Crane Care.
Use of non-approved lubricant may damage components
Refer to your Service Manual for specific maintenance and and/or invalidate published lubricant intervals.
adjustment procedures.
Failure to follow this instruction may cause damage to
equipment.
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
Dispose of waste properly! Improperly disposing of waste Grove recommends the use of Standard lubricants for Grove
can threaten the environment. cranes operating in regions where moderate ambient
temperature, humidity, and atmospheric conditions prevail.
Potentially harmful waste used in Grove cranes includes— These Standard lubricants are effective in ambient
but is not limited to—oil, fuel, grease, coolant, filters, air temperatures down to -9°C (+15°F).
conditioning refrigerant, batteries, and cloths which have
come into contact with these environmentally harmful Cold weather temperatures below -9°C (+15°F) are con-
substances. sidered arctic. Grove recommends the use of Cold Weather
lubricants for Grove cranes operating in arctic conditions.
Handle and dispose of waste according to local, state, and
federal environmental regulations. In regions where Grove cranes are operating with arctic
conditions down to -29°C (-20°F), Grove recommends the
When filling and draining crane components, observe the use of the Cold Weather lubricants found in Table 6-2.
following:
In regions where Grove cranes are operating with arctic
• Do not pour waste fluids onto the ground, down any conditions down to -40°C (-40°F), Grove recommends the
drain, or into any source of water. use of the Cold Weather lubricants found in Table 6-3.
• Always drain waste fluids into leak-proof containers that NOTE: All fluids and lubricants may be purchased by
are clearly marked with what they contain. contacting an authorized Grove distributor or
• Always fill or add fluids with a funnel or filling pump. Manitowoc Crane Care Parts Department.
• Immediately clean up any spills.

Standard Lubricants
Standard lubricants are used on all Grove cranes. Cranes can also be ordered with Cold Weather lubricants. The Standard
lubricants listed in Table 6-1 are effective in ambient temperatures down to -9°C (+15°F).
Table 6-1 : Standard Lubricants [Down to -9°C (+15°F)]

Recommended Lubricant
Lubricant/Fluid Grove Spec.
Type Grade Classification
CITGO Synthetic Gear Lube

Eaton Roadranger EP
Mobil Mobilube SHC
OEM Meritor
Hoist Gear Oil Mobil Delvac Synthetic Gear 076N
6829014058 75W-90
Swing Drive Gear Oil Shell Spirax S6 (GL-5)
Sunoco Duragear EP
Petro-Canada Traxon E
Synthetic
Phillips 66 Triton Syngear FE
Conoco Fleet Supreme EC
Engine Oil (SAE)
6829104182 Mobil Delvac 1300 Super 15W-40 CJ-4
(EO 15W-40)
Mobil Delvac MX ESP
Phillip 66 PowerTran XP Must meet John

Hydraulic/Transmission Oil 6829006444 ISO 46/68 Deere Standard
Exxon Mobil 424 JDM J20C
Mobil Mobilgear 600XP
Extreme Pressure 150 Gear Oil
Swing Drive Gearbox 6829100213 AGMA EP-4 AGMA No. 4 EP
Texaco Meropa 150
Brake Assembly Oil
Phillips 66 Extra Duty Gear Oil
Citgo Lithoplex MP# 2 (red)
Extreme Pressure Chevron Starplex EP-2 (red)
Multipurpose Grease 6829003477 Phillips 66 Multiplex Red (red) NLGI 2 GC-LB Certified
(EP-MPG) Mobil Mobilgrease XHP 222
(dark blue)
Open Gear Lube
6829102971 Fuchs Ceplattyn 300 Spray NLGI 1-2
(EP-OGL)
Old World Industries, Inc. Fleet
Charge SCA (red)
AFC - 50/50
Antifreeze Coolant 6829101130 Caterpillar DEAC (magenta)
Mix 50/50
Fleetguard ES Compleat EG
(blue)
Fleetguard DCA4
Liquid Coolant
6829012858 Fleetguard DCA2 LCC
Conditioner (LCC)
Penray Pencool 3000
6
Table 6-1 : Standard Lubricants [Down to -9°C (+15°F)]

Fleetguard StableGuard™ Urea
32 Premix
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) 80019225 DEF
AdBlue®
TerraCair Ultrapure® DEF
Citgo Lithoplex CM2 NLGI 2
Extreme Pressure 3% Moly Mobil Mobilgrease CM-P NLGI 2
Grease 6829015304 Phillips 66 Megaplex XD3 NLGI 1 GC-LB Certified
(EM-3MG) Ipiranga IPIFLEX LI-COMP NLGI 2 GC-LB Certified
MOLY 2 (Gray)
BECHEM PAL1 01373458
BECHEM RHUS SW-2 03325216 NLGI 1-2

ARCTIC LUBRICANTS AND CONDITIONS adequate lubrication during system warm-up and proper
operation of all crane functions.
Arctic Conditions Below -9°C (+15°F)
Cold Weather Package and Lubricants
Regions with ambient temperatures below -9°C (+15°F) are
Grove recommends specific Cold Weather lubricants for use
considered arctic. In general, petroleum based fluids
in ambient temperatures down to -29°C (-20°F). Refer to
developed especially for low temperature service may be
Table 6-2 for a list of these recommended Cold Weather
used with satisfactory results. However, certain fluids, such
lubricants.
as halogenated hydrocarbons, nitro hydrocarbons, and
phosphate ester hydraulic fluids, might not be compatible Additionally, Grove recommends specific Cold Weather
with hydraulic system seals and wear bands. If you are in lubricants for use in ambient temperatures down to
doubt about the suitability of a specific fluid or lubricant, -40°C (-40°F). Refer to Table 6-3 for a list of these
check with an authorized Grove distributor or Manitowoc recommended Cold Weather lubricants.
Crane Care.
These recommended Cold Weather lubricants alone are not
NOTE: All fluids and lubricants may be purchased by sufficient to operate the crane in extreme low temperatures
contacting your local Grove distributor or (arctic conditions). Therefore, Grove recommends that the
Manitowoc Crane Care. crane be equipped with specific cold weather accessories,
as listed under the section Crane Warm-up Procedures,
Regardless of temperature and oil viscosity, always follow
page 4-11.
the cold weather start-up and operating procedures, as
described in Section 4 - Operating Procedures, to ensure
6
Table 6-2 : Cold Weather Lubricants in Arctic Conditions [Down to -29°C (-20°F)]

Eaton Roadranger EP
Mobil Mobilube SHC
OEM Meritor
Mobil Delvac Synthetic Gear 076N
Synthetic Axle Gear Oil 6829014058 75W-90
Shell Spirax S6 (GL-5)
Sunoco Duragear EP
Synthetic
Phillips 66 Triton Syngear FE
Shell Rotella® T6
Mobil Delvac 1 ESP
Engine Oil (SAE) 80056036 0W-40 CJ-4
Caterpillar Cat DE0-ULS Cold
Weather
Petro-Canada Duratran
Synthetic THF Must Meet John
Hydraulic Oil 6829101559 Deere Std. JDM
Chevron All Weather THF
J20C & J20D
Texaco TDH Oil SS
Transmission Oil 6829006993 Exxon/Mobil UNIVIS HVI 26 ISO 26
Petro-Canada ENDURATEX
Hoist Gear Oil Synthetic EP 150
Swing Drive Gearbox Brake 6829103636 ISO 150 AGMA No. 4 EP
Mobil SHC629
Assembly Oil
Phillips 66 Syncon EP Plus
Extreme Pressure Mobil Mobilith SHC 220 (red)
Multipurpose Grease (Cold Petro-Canada Precision
Weather) 6829104275 NLGI 2 GC-LB Certified
Synthetic EP1
(EP-MPG) Multiplex FS 220 (purple)
Open Gear Lube 6829102971 Fuchs: Ceplattyn 300 Spray NLGI 1-2
Charge SCA
Antifreeze Coolant 6829101130 Mix 50/50
Caterpillar DEAC
Fleetguard Compleat EG
Fleetguard DCA4
Liquid Coolant Conditioner 6829012858 Fleetguard DCA2
Penray Pencool 3000
32 Premix
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) 80019225
AdBlue®

Mobil Mobilith SHC 220
Extreme Pressure 3% Moly
6829104275 Petro-Canada Precision NLGI 2
Grease
Synthetic EP1
Windshield Washer fluid 90037773 Splash De-icer
NOCO Kerosene, 3, UN1223, III
Diesel Fuel 80069407 #1 NLOCK08
Product #1
BECHEM RHUS SW-2 03325216 NLGI 1-2
Synthetic
Axle Gear Oil
Hoist Gear Oil 6829014058 75W-90 GL-5
Eaton Roadranger EP
Swing Drive Gear Oil
Mobil Mobilube SCH
Shell Spirax S
Sunoco Duragear EP
Shell Rotella® T6
Mobil Delvac 1 ESP
Engine Oil (SAE) 80056036 0W-40 CJ-4
Caterpillar Cat DE0-ULS Cold
Weather
Petro-Canada Duratran
Synthetic THF Must Meet John
Hydraulic Oil 6829101559 Deere Std. JDM
Chevron All Weather THF
J20C & J20D
Texaco TDH Oil SS
Transmission Oil 6829006993 Exxon/Mobil UNIVIS HVI 26 ISO 26
Petro-Canada ENDURATEX
Swing Drive Gearbox Synthetic EP 150
6829103636 AGMA No. 4 EP
Brake Assembly Oil
Mobil SHC629
Petro-Canada Precision
Grease, Extreme Pressure Synthetic EP1
6829104275 NLGI 2
Multipurpose
Mobil, Mobilith SHC 220
Open Gear Lube 6829102971 Fuchs Ceplattyn 300 Spray NLGI 1-2
Charge SCA Pre-charged
Antifreeze Coolant 6829104212 Mix 60/40
Fleetguard Compleat EG
Petro-Canada
6
Fleetguard DCA4
Liquid Coolant Conditioner 6829012858 Fleetguard DCA2
Penray Pencool 3000
32 Premix
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) 80019225
AdBlue®
Mobil Mobilith SHC 220
Extreme Pressure 3% Moly
6829104275 Petro-Canada Precision NLGI 2
Grease
Synthetic EP1
Windshield Washer fluid 90037773 Splash De-icer
Diesel Fuel 80069407 NOCO Kerosene, 3, UN1223, III #1 NLOCK08
BECHEM RHUS SW-2 03313195 NLGI 2

CYLINDER ROD SURFACE PROTECTION LUBRICATION POINTS

Steel cylinder rods include a thin layer of chrome plating on A regular frequency of lubrication must be established for all
their surfaces to protect them from corroding. However, lubrication points. Normally, this is based on component
chrome plating inherently has cracks in its structure which operating time. The most efficient method of keeping track of
can allow moisture to corrode the underlying steel. At typical lube requirements is to maintain a job log indicating crane
ambient temperatures, hydraulic oil is too thick to penetrate usage. The log must use the engine hourmeter to ensure
these cracks. Normal crane operating temperatures will coverage of lube points that will receive attention based on
allow hydraulic oil to warm sufficiently to penetrate these their readings. Other lubrication requirements must be made
cracks and if cranes are operated daily, protect the rods. on a time basis, for example, weekly, monthly, etc.
Cranes that are stored, transported, or used in a corrosive
Check all oil levels with crane parked on a level surface in
environment (high moisture, rain, snow, or coastline
transport position, while oil is cold, unless otherwise
conditions) need to have the exposed rods protected more
specified.
frequently by applying a protectant. Unless the crane is
operated daily, exposed rod surfaces will corrode. Some On plug type check points, oil levels are to be at the bottom
cylinders will have rods exposed even when completely edge of the check port.
retracted. Assume all cylinders have exposed rods, as
All grease fittings are SAE STANDARD unless otherwise
corrosion on the end of the rod can ruin the cylinder.
indicated. Grease non-sealed fittings until grease is seen
It is recommended that all exposed cylinder rods be extruding from the fitting. One pump on a standard 0.45 kg
protected using Boeshield® T-9 Premium Metal Protectant. (1 lb) grease gun equals 28 grams (1 oz) of EP-MPG.
Manitowoc Crane Care has Boeshield® T-9 Premium Metal
Over-lubrication on non-sealed fittings will not harm fittings
Protectant available in 12 oz. aerosol cans by ordering part
or components, but under-lubrication will definitely lead to a
number 9999101803 through the Parts Department.
shorter lifetime.
Cylinder operation and inclement weather will remove the
Unless otherwise indicated, items not equipped with grease
Boeshield® protectant; therefore, inspect crane once a week
fittings, such as linkages, pins, levers, etc., should be
and reapply Boeshield® to unprotected rods.
lubricated with oil once a week. Motor oil, applied sparingly,
will provide the necessary lubrication and help prevent the
WIRE ROPE LUBRICATION formation of rust. An Anti-Seize compound may be used if
Wire rope is lubricated during manufacturing so that the rust has not formed, otherwise the component must be
strands, and individual wires in strands, may move as the cleaned first.
rope moves and bends. A wire rope cannot be lubricated Grease fittings that are worn and will not hold the grease
sufficiently during manufacture to last its entire life. gun, or those that have a stuck check ball, must be replaced.
Therefore, new lubricant must be added periodically
throughout the life of a rope to replace factory lubricant which Where wear pads are used, cycle the components and
is used or lost. For more detailed information concerning the lubricate again to make sure that the entire wear area is fully
lubrication and inspection of wire rope, refer to Wire Rope in lubricated.
Section 1 - Introduction of the Service Manual.
6
CraneLUBE Safety
Grove highly recommends use of Manitowoc CraneLUBE
lubricants to increase crane reliability and performance.
Contact your Grove distributor for information about the WARNING
Manitowoc CraneLUBE lubrication program.
Crushing Hazard!
Cummins Oil Registration List Movement of the superstructure the boom, and outriggers
may create a crushing and/or pinching hazard.
Cummins has a program that lists engine oils that have been
tested and meet the requirements of Cummins Engineering Make sure that personnel maintain an adequate
Specifications. A listing of recommended oils is on clearance from moving parts when these parts are
QuickServe® Online. Log on to quickserve.cummins.com operated during lubrication of the crane.
and login with a current username and password. Or create Failure to follow this instruction may cause serious injury
a new account by selecting “Create an Account” under or death to personnel.
information, then choose Limited Owners Plan, and register.
Once logged in, click on the “Service” Tab in the top red bar, To lubricate many of the locations on the crane, the engine
“Service Tools” mini-tab and “Oil Registration Lists” link must be started. Parts of the crane, to include the boom,
within the Service Tools list. This will load a list of the superstructure, outriggers, and the like, must be retracted or
different Cummins Engineering Specification numbers. extended, or swung left or right, which movement may cause
Select the one that applies to your engine, and view the pinching and crushing hazards.
registered oils.
After positioning areas of the crane for lubrication, turn off the
engine and make sure that the moving parts of the crane are
stopped before approaching.

Table 6-4 : Approved Lubricant Reference Table

Lube Specification Lube Specification Lube Specification
Ref. Approved Lubricant Down To -9˚C Down To -29˚C Down To -40˚C
(+15˚F) (-20˚F) (-40˚F)
A Extreme Pressure Multipurpose Grease 6829003477 6829104275 6829104275
B Gear Lube (GL-5) 6829014058 6829014058 6829014058
C Fully Formulated Anti-Freeze Coolant 6829101130 6829101130 6829104212
D Liquid Coolant Conditioner (LCC) 6829012858 6829012858 6829012858
E Tractor Hydraulic Fluid 6829006444 6829101559 6829101559
F Engine Oil (SAE) 6829104182 (15W-40) 80056036 (0W-40) 80056036 (0W-40)
G Open Gear Lube 6829102971 6829102971 6829102971
H Extreme Pressure Gear Lube 6829100213 6829103636 6829103636
J Hydraulic Oil 6829006444 6829006993 6829006993
K Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) 80019225 80019225 80019225
L Extreme Pressure 3% MOLY Grease 6829015304 6829104275 6829104275
M BECHEM PAL1 01373458 01373458 01373458
N BECHEM RHUS SW-2 03325216 03325216 03313195
6
Lube Point Approved Approximate Service

Item Figure No. Service Interval
Description Lubricant Capacity Application
Drive Train
Engine Air When engine fault REPLACE air
Cleaner Filter for shows in ODM cleaner filter
QSBT4F-275 HP See NOTE 3. See NOTE 1.
1 Figure 6-1 — —
Engine Air When indicator REPLACE air
Cleaner Filter for shows red (25” H2O) cleaner filter
QSBT3-275 HP See NOTE 2. See NOTE 1.
Every 10 hours, CHECK level using
or daily, whichever sight gauge (2A)
Engine Cooling 52.7 L(14 gal)
System Figure 6-1 C interval comes first See NOTE 5.
(Cummins) See NOTE 4.
2 LIFETIME DRAIN and FILL
See Service Manual. See NOTE 6.
Liquid Cooling TEST and ADD
Figure 6-1 D As necessary See Service Manual
Conditioner (LCC) See NOTE 7.
Every 10 hours of CHECK oil level

service, or daily, ADD oil to FULL on
Engine whichever interval DIPSTICK (3A)
Crankcase comes first See NOTE 8.
CUMMINS F 20 L (5.3 gal)
DRAIN crankcase
QSBT4F-275 HP,
with Filter Every 500 hours of REPLACE filter (3B)
service FILL oil to FULL (3C)
See NOTE 8.
3 Figure 6-1 Every 10 hours CHECK oil level
of service, or daily,
ADD oil to FULL
whichever interval
Engine comes first See NOTE 8.
Crankcase
Every 500 hours of DRAIN crankcase
CUMMINS F 20 L (5.3 gal)
service REPLACE filter
QSBT3-275 HP,
with Filter See NOTE 9 when See NOTE 9.
using sulfur fuel that
is >5000 ppm (it is FILL oil to FULL
not recommended) See NOTE 8.
NOTE 1: REMOVE decking side cover to access Engine Air Cleaner Filter element.
NOTE 2: CUMMINS QSBT3-275 HP – REPLACE Air Cleaner Primary Element when Indicator shows Red (25” H2O).
NOTE 3: CUMMINS QSBT4F-275 HP – REPLACE Air Cleaner Primary Element when engine fault comes on in the
Crane Vitals Area of the Operator Display Module (ODM).
NOTE 4: Anti-Freeze Coolant (AFC) capacities indicated are for a fully formulated mixture of 50% AFC and 50% water.
NOTE 5: CHECK Coolant level using sight gauge (2A) visible through radiator grille at rear of crane. FILL Surge Tank to
bottom of filler neck. OPERATE engine through two (2) thermal cycles. CHECK coolant level and FILL as
necessary.
NOTE 6: See your GRT8120 Service Manual for specified coolant fill instructions.
NOTE 7: See your GRT8120 Service Manual for information about Liquid Cooling Conditioner (LCC) levels and testing.


NOTE 8: Engine Oil Fill (3C) is on top of the valve cover. Engine Oil Filter (3B) is located on inside left side of the frame,
adjacent to the engine. Engine Oil Dipstick (3A) is on the top right side of the crankcase near Engine Oil Fill.
NOTE 9: Frequency for Engine Oil Filter (3B) service intervals will increase in special circumstance when using sulfur fuel
that is >500 ppm. To keep your crane running smoothly, without causing engine damage, it is important to drain
the engine crankcase and replace your engine oil filter (3B), using the following time line as your guide:
• If using 500–5000 ppm sulfur fuel in the engine, then drain the crankcase and replace your engine oil filter
every 400 hours of service.
• If using >5000 ppm sulfur fuel in the engine, then drain the crankcase and replace your engine oil filter
every 250 hours of service. Grove does not recommend using >5000 ppm sulfur fuel in the engine.
FRONT
3A 2
3C
3B
10024-01
TOP VIEW OF CARRIER
2A
6
10024-01a
REAR VIEW OF CARRIER (COOLANT SITE GAUGE)
FIGURE 6-1


Drive Train (Continued)
PERFORM every
500 hours of service, REPLACE fuel filter
4 Fuel Filter Figure 6-2 — —
or 6 months, which- See NOTE 10.
ever interval is first
CHECK fluid level
See NOTE 11.
PERFORM every See NOTE 12.
10 hours of service,
or daily, whichever FILL transmission
interval comes first sump to FULL on
DIPSTICK
See NOTE 15.
DRAIN transmission
sump
See NOTE 13.
REPLACE trans-
PERFORM after first mission and torque
50 hours of service, converter filter
and
See NOTE 14.
CLEAN magnetic
Transmission and REPEAT after drain plug
5 Figure 6-2 E 41.6 L (11 gal)
Torque Converter another 50 hours for
a total of 100 hours of INSTALL magnetic
service plug in drain port
FILL transmission
sump to FULL on
DIPSTICK
See NOTE 15.
Thereafter DRAIN transmission

PERFORM DRAIN sump
procedure, to include See NOTE 13.
REPLACING REPLACE filter
transmission and
torque converter See NOTE 14.
filter, every 500 hours FILL transmission
of service, or sump to FULL on
3 months, whichever DIPSTICK
interval comes first See NOTE 15.
NOTE 10: The Fuel Filter is located on the inside right side of the frame adjacent to the engine.
NOTE 11: Check Transmission Fluid level using the dipstick (6A) that is located on the right side of the carrier, behind the
steps, adjacent to the hydraulic tank. Check fluid level with boom fully retracted and lowered, and all outrigger
cylinders retracted.
NOTE 12: Level should be checked with engine running at 850 rpm idle and torque converter fluid temp at 65°C to 93°C
(150°F to 200°F). To bring fluid temperature to this range, it is necessary to work the crane or stall the converter.


CAUTION
Do not operate torque converter at stall condition for longer than 30 seconds at one time.
Shift to neutral for 15 seconds, and repeat procedure until desired fluid temperature
is reached.
Excessive fluid temperature [120°C (250°F) maximum] will damage transmission clutches,
transmission fluid, torque converter, and seals.
Failure to follow this instruction may cause damage to equipment.
NOTE 13: Follow these specified Transmission and Torque Converter Fluid DRAIN instructions:
a. DRAIN Transmission and Torque Converter Fluid at a temperature of 65°C to 93°C (150°F to 200°F).
b. CLEAN magnetic drain plug when changing lubricant.
NOTE 14: Transmission and Torque Converter filter is located on the outside left side of the frame adjacent to the fuel tank
and behind the battery box.
NOTE 15: Follow these specified Transmission and Torque Converter Sump Fluid FILL instructions:
a. Dipstick (6A) is used to FILL the Transmission and Torque Converter Sump, and is located on the right side of the
carrier, behind the steps, adjacent to the hydraulic tank. Open cap on the DIPSTICK for the Transmission and
Torque Converter sump, and FILL with transmission fluid through the DIPSTICK opening. FILL to FULL on
DIPSTICK.
b. OPERATE engine at 850 rpm to prime torque converter and lines.
c. CHECK fluid LEVEL with engine running at 850 rpm and torque converter fluid at 65°C to 93°C (150°F to 200°F).
d. ADD transmission fluid, as necessary. FILL to FULL on DIPSTICK.
FRONT
5 4
10024-01
TOP VIEW OF CARRIER

FIGURE 6-2 6

Drive Train (Continued)
PERFORM after first REPLACE filter
50 hours of service See NOTE 14.
REPEAT after
another 50 hours of REPLACE filter
Transmission and service for a total of See NOTE 14.
6 Torque Converter Figure 6-3 — — 100 hours of service
Filter
REPEAT every
500 hours of service REPLACE filter
or 3 months
thereafter, whichever See NOTE 14.
interval comes first
FILL transmission
Transmission and As necessary, in sump to FULL on
6A Torque Converter Figure 6-3 E 41.6 L (11 gal) DRAIN and FILL DIPSTICK
Dipstick Location routines See NOTE 15.
See NOTE 16.
PERFORM after first
Engine Cooling CLEAN strainer
100 hours of service
System – Coolant
7 Figure 6-3 — — Then, every
Strainer for Cab
Heater 2000 hours of service REPLACE strainer
or 1 year thereafter
Every 500 hours of
BRUSH ON grease
service, or 3 months,
8A Driveline – Slip Figure 6-3 A Brush on to coat the driveline
whichever interval
slip surface
comes first
Every 500 hours of
BRUSH ON grease
service, or 3 months,
8B Driveline – Slip Figure 6-3 A Brush on to coat the driveline
whichever interval
slip surface
comes first
Fuel/Water
9 Figure 6-3 — — Every 10 hours/daily DRAIN water trap
Separator
DEF Supply Every 4500 hours or
CHECK DEF
10 Module Filter Figure 6-4 — — 3 years, whichever
Supply Module filter
(Tier4) interval comes first
CHECK DEF Tank
37.9 L Level and FILL
11 DEF Tank (Tier 4) Figure 6-4 K Every 10 hours/daily
(10 gal)
See NOTE 17.
Every 2000 hours or
CHECK DEF
12 DEF Tank Filter Figure 6-4 — — 1 year, whichever
Tank filter
NOTE 16: The Transmission Fluid FILL and DIPSTICK is located on the right side of the carrier, behind the steps, adjacent
to the hydraulic tank for ease in servicing the transmission and torque converter.
NOTE 17: The Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Level Indicator in the Crane Vitals Area of the Operator Display Module (ODM)
comes on YELLOW when the DEF tank is 4%–10% FULL, and RED when the tank is <5% FULL.

FRONT
9
8B 8A
10024-02
SIDE VIEW OF CARRIER
6A
10024-02c
RIGHT SIDE OF CARRIER (TRANSMISSION DIPSTICK) FIGURE 6-3
10 12
11
10024-02b 10024-02a
LEFT UNDERSIDE OF CARRIER LEFT REAR SIDE OF CARRIER

FIGURE 6-4 6

Steering and Suspension – Meritor Axles
Lockout Cylinder Every 500 hours, or LUBRICATE
Pivot Pins Until grease
20 Figure 6-5 A 3 months, whichever 2 fittings per axle,
extrudes
See NOTE 18. interval comes first 4 service points
Steering Cylinder Every 500 hours, or LUBRICATE
extrudes
Tie Rod Every 500 hours, or LUBRICATE
extrudes
King Pins Every 500 hours, or LUBRICATE
(upper and lower) Until grease
extrudes
Steering and Suspension – Kessler Axles

Lockout Cylinder Every 500 hours, or LUBRICATE
extrudes
Steering Cylinder Every 50 hours, or LUBRICATE
25 Figure 6-6 A weekly, whichever 4 fittings per axle,
extrudes
Tie Rod
26 Figure 6-6 — — Maintenance Free NO SERVICE
Pivot Pins
LUBRICATE
Until grease PERFORM after first
4 fittings per axle,
extrudes 100 hours of service
8 service points
King Pins
27 (upper and lower) Figure 6-6 A REPEAT every
500 hours of service, LUBRICATE
See NOTE 18. Until grease
or 3 months, 4 fittings per axle,
extrudes
thereafter, whichever 8 service points
CAUTION
Use specified semi-synthetic or synthetic lubricants as listed in this section of your GRT8120
Operator Manual. See also your GRT8120 Service Manual for maintenance and lubrication
instructions.
Use of non-approved, non semi-synthetic lubricant may damage components and/or
invalidate published lubricant intervals.
NOTE 18: Use grease fittings provided. DO NOT USE non semi-synthetic lubricant. Use of non-approved lubricant may
damage components.

20
21
23
22
10024-03
MERITOR AXLE
FIGURE 6-5
24
25
27
10024-04 26
KESSLER AXLE
FIGURE 6-6 6

Steering and Suspension – Fifth Wheel Pivots
Every 500 hours, or LUBRICATE
Fifth Wheel Until grease 2 service points
28 Figure 6-7 A 3 months, whichever
Pivot Pins extrudes
NOTE 19: Use grease fittings provided.
CAUTION
instructions.
DO NOT USE non semi-synthetic lubricant. Use of non-approved lubricant may damage components.

28
10024-05
FIFTH WHEEL PIVOTS

FIGURE 6-7
6

Axle Lubrication – Meritor Axles
Every 250 hours, or
CHECK and FILL
1 month, whichever
40L 2 service points
(10.6 gal) ea
DRAIN and FILL
30 Differentials Figure 6-8 B NOTE 20. 2 service points
NOTE 21. Every 3000 hours, or
CLEAN magnetic
NOTE 22. 2 years, whichever
drain plug
NOTE 23. interval comes first
INSTALL magnetic
plug in drain port
9.8 L Every 250 hours, or CHECK and FILL

Planetary Hubs & 4 service points
Figure 6-9 (10.4 qt) ea 1 month, whichever
Wheel Bearings
Wheel End interval comes first See NOTE 23.
31 B
Side View, NOTE 20. Every 3000 hours, or DRAIN and FILL
Planetary DRAIN Figure 6-9 NOTE 21. 2 years, whichever 4 service points
and FILL ports NOTE 22. interval comes first See NOTE 23.
NOTE 20: Planetary Hubs and Wheel Bearings must be filled to oil fill level indicated on axle hub. To provide sufficient
lubrication, final fluid level MUST BE LEVEL with the filler plug hole at the Wheel End, with fluid even slightly
dripping from the hole. CLEAN magnetic plug, then INSTALL magnetic plug in drain port.
NOTE 21: Before operating crane in cold weather (arctic) ambient temperatures below -9°C (+15°F), Standard bearing
lubricant must be fully purged and replaced with Cold Weather lubricant meeting Grove U.S. L.L.C.
specifications as shown in Table 6-4: Approved Lubricant Reference Table, page 6-11 in this Operator Manual.
See also your GRT8120 Service Manual for maintenance and lubrication instructions.
NOTE 22: If the makeup amount of fluid is substantially more than 0.23 L (0.5 pt), CHECK for leaks.
CAUTION
instructions.
NOTE 23: DO NOT USE non semi-synthetic lubricant. Use of non-approved lubricant may damage components.

30
31 31
10024-06
MERITOR DRIVE AXLE – FRONT VIEW

FIGURE 6-8
31A
LEGEND
31A - OIL FILL
31B - OIL DRAIN 31B
10024-06a
MERITOR AXLE SIDE VIEW – AXLE HUB – PLANETARY DRAIN AND FILL PORTS
FIGURE 6-9
6

Axle Lubrication – Kessler Axles
Every 100 hours, or
CHECK and FILL
1 month, whichever
2 service points
37L
(9.8 gal) ea PERFORM after first DRAIN and FILL
100 hours of service 2 service points
32 Differentials Figure 6-10 B NOTE 25.
NOTE 26. REPEAT every CLEAN magnetic
NOTE 27. 1000 hours of drain plug
service, or 1 year,
thereafter, whichever INSTALL magnetic
interval comes first plug in drain port
2.8 L Every 250 hours, or CHECK and FILL

Planetary Hubs & 4 service points
Figure 6-10 (2.9 qt) ea 1 month, whichever
Wheel Bearings
Wheel End interval comes first See NOTE 24.
33 B
Detail View, NOTE 25. Every 3000 hours, or DRAIN and FILL
Planetary DRAIN Figure 6-10 NOTE 26. 2 years, whichever 4 service points
and FILL ports NOTE 27. interval comes first See NOTE 24.
NOTE 24: Planetary Hubs and Wheel Bearings must be filled to oil fill level indicated on axle hub. To provide sufficient
lubrication, final fluid level MUST BE LEVEL with the filler plug hole at the Wheel End, with fluid even slightly
dripping from the hole. CLEAN magnetic plug, then INSTALL magnetic plug in drain port.
lubricant must be fully purged and replaced with Cold Weather lubricant meeting Grove U.S. L.L.C.
NOTE 26: If the makeup amount of fluid is substantially more than 0.23 L (0.5 pt), CHECK for leaks.
CAUTION
instructions.

32
33 33
10024-07
KESSLER DRIVE AXLE – FRONT VIEW
10024-07a
KESSLER DRIVE AXLE DETAIL VIEW
FIGURE 6-10
6

Turntable (Swing Drive) and Cab Tilt Lubrication
CHECK oil level
After first 50 hours
of service FILL swing drive
gearbox brake
Thereafter, every assembly to
50 hours of service, TOP of ELBOW
or 1 week, whichever 1 service point
Turntable (Swing See NOTE 28.
0.3 L (0.63 pt)
40 Drive) Gearbox – Figure 6-11 H DRAIN swing drive
each gearbox After first 50 hours
Brake Assembly gearbox
of service
FILL swing drive
Thereafter, every gearbox brake
1000 hours, or assembly to
12 months, TOP of ELBOW
whichever interval 1 service point
comes first
See NOTE 28.
CHECK oil level
After first 50 hours
FILL swing drive
of service
gearbox to
Thereafter, every BOTTOM of
50 hours of service, FILL HOLE
or 1 week, whichever
1 service point
Turntable (Swing interval comes first
41 Figure 6-11 B 4.14 L (4.4 qt) See NOTE 29.
Drive) Gearbox
After first 50 hours DRAIN swing drive
of service gearbox
Thereafter, every FILL to BOTTOM of
1000 hours, or FILL HOLE
12 months, which- 1 service point
ever comes first See NOTE 29.
ROTATE the LUBRICATE
S/S 90° then 6 grease fittings
grease again Every 500 hours, or at front of super-
42 Turntable Bearing Figure 6-11 A REPEAT until 6 months, whichever structure (S/S)
the S/S has interval comes first 6 service points
made one full See NOTE 30.
rotation See NOTE 31.
SPRAY ON
LUBRICATION
Every 500 hours, or swing drive gear
Turntable (Swing
6 months of service, and drive pinions
43 Drive) Gear and Figure 6-11 G SPRAY ON
whichever interval
Drive Pinion COAT ALL TEETH
comes first
2 service points
See NOTE 32.
NOTE 28: Check level in Swing Drive Gearbox Brake Assembly, and FILL to TOP of ELBOW.
NOTE 29: Check level in Swing Drive Gearbox, and FILL to BOTTOM of FILL HOLE.


Turntable (Swing Drive) and Cab Tilt Lubrication – Continued
NOTE 30: Apply grease to six (6) fittings at front of superstructure. Then rotate superstructure 90° and apply grease to
fittings once more. Repeat rotating the superstructure in 90° increments and applying grease to the fittings until
the entire superstructure has made a full rotation.
NOTE 31: The turntable bearing in this crane is lubricated with Cold Weather (arctic) bearing grease capable of ambient
temperatures between -40°C and +49°C (-40°F to +120°F). If operating the crane in regions expecting
sustained winter/cold season temperatures below 15°F, top off bearing grease using Table 6-2, Cold Weather
Lubricants in Arctic Conditions [Down to -29°C (-20°F)]. If temperatures below -9°C (15°F) are rare and
intermittent, then greases from Table 6-1, Standard Lubricants [Down to -9°C (+15°F)], are acceptable.
CAUTION
instructions.
41
40
42
43
10024-08
SIDE VIEW – SUPERSTRUCTURE

FIGURE 6-11
6

Turntable (Swing Drive) and Cab Tilt Lubrication – Continued
Every 500 hours, or SPRAY ON
Turntable Swivel 6 months of service, LUBRICATION
44 Figure 6-12 G SPRAY ON 1 service point
Lock Pin whichever interval
comes first See NOTE 34.
Cab Tilt Cylinder 4 service points
50 Figure 6-12 A 3 months, whichever
Pivot Pins
51 Pillow Block Figure 6-12 A 3 months, whichever 4 service points
LUBRICATE top
Cab Door Track and bottom door
52 Figure 6-13 Light Oil Every 6 months
and Rollers track and rollers
2 service points
Every 1000 hours, or CHECK and CLEAN
Air Conditioner
53 Figure 6-14 – 6 months, whichever condenser filter
Condenser Filter
interval comes first 1 service point
NOTE 33: USE grease fittings provided.
CAUTION
Operator Manual. See also your Service Manual for maintenance and lubrication
instructions.
51
44
50
10024-09
SIDE VIEW – SUPERSTRUCTURE

FIGURE 6-12

52
10024-10
UNDERSIDE OPERATOR CAB DOOR TRACK AND ROLLERS

FIGURE 6-13
53
10024-09
REAR OF OPERATOR CAB – AIR CONDITIONER CONDENSER FILTER

FIGURE 6-14
6

Outrigger Lubrication
BRUSH ON beam
top plate as beam
Every 50 hours, or is fully extended.
Outrigger Beams 1 week of service,
Figure 6-15 L Brush on See NOTE 35.
–Top Plates whichever interval
See NOTE 38.
See NOTE 39.
60
Outrigger Beams BRUSH ON 3 TOP,
–Bump-outs and 3 BOTTOM
Every 50 hours, or
bump-outs on each
See NOTE 35. 1 week of service,
Figure 6-15 L Brush on side of outrigger
See NOTE 37. whichever interval
beam
See NOTE 38. comes first
12 service points
See NOTE 39. each beam
BRUSH ON
2 TOP wear pads
(rectangular–rear),
Wear Pads Every 50 hours, or and 2 BOTTOM
1 week of service, wear pads
61 See NOTE 35. Figure 6-15 L Brush on
whichever interval (circular–front) of ea
See NOTE 37. comes first outrigger beam
4 service points
each beam
Brush on I.D.
of each Every 50 hours, or BRUSH ON I.D. of
Jack Cylinder cylinder 1 week of service, 4 service points
62 Figure 6-15 L
Support Tubes support tube whichever interval See NOTE 35.
and wear comes first See NOTE 36.
bands
Every 50 hours, or BRUSH ON
Jack Cylinder 1 week of service, 4 service points
63 Figure 6-15 L Brush on
Barrels whichever interval See NOTE 35.
BRUSH ON
Every 50 hours, or 8 service points
Extend Cylinder 1 week of service,
64 Figure 6-15 L Brush on See NOTE 35.
Supports whichever interval
See NOTE 38.
NOTE 36: Brush lubricant in I.D. of Jack Cylinder Support Tubes and Wear Bands before installing Jack Cylinders.
NOTE 37: Brush lubricant on TOP wear pads (rectangular–rear), and BOTTOM wear pads (circular–front) of Outrigger
Beams and Extend Cylinder Supports.
NOTE 38: Brush lubricant on three (3) TOP and three (3) BOTTOM bump-outs found on each side of the outrigger beam
where top and bottom plates contact the sides of the outrigger box. Lubricate 6 points each side, per outrigger,
when the beam is fully extended.
NOTE 39: Perform same service for each of four (4) Outrigger Beams, for a total of 48 service points.

60
61
61
62 60
10024-13
63 OUTRIGGER BOX
64
61 REF
10024-13a
62 REF
OUTRIGGER BOX INTERIOR

FIGURE 6-15
6

Lift Cylinder Lubrication
LUBRICATE
Every 500 hours, or 1 grease fitting,
Lower Lift Until grease 1 service point
70 Figure 6-16 L 3 months, whichever
Cylinder Pivot Pin extrudes
See NOTE 41.
CAUTION
instructions.
NOTE 41: Before operating crane in cold weather (arctic) ambient temperatures below -9°C (+15°F), Standard grease
must be fully purged and replaced with Cold Weather grease meeting Grove U.S. L.L.C. specifications as
shown in Table 6-4: Approved Lubricant Reference Table, page 6-11 in this Operator Manual. See also your
GRT8120 Service Manual for specified maintenance and lubrication instructions.
70
10024-14
LIFT CYLINDER
FIGURE 6-16

Boom Lubrication
READ FIRST! IMPORTANT CRANE SET-UP INFORMATION!
1. With crane set on a firm level surface and a minimum 29,200-lb counterweight installed, fully extend the outriggers, and
level the crane.
2. Center the boom over the front of the crane, engage the turntable swing lock pin, and disable the swing function.
3. Fully retract the boom and set boom angle to 70°.
4. Limit rigging to an overhaul ball or a hook block of no more than 2000 lb.
5. Program the RCL to Rigging Code 0001. Do Not Override the RCL with the Limit Bypass Switch to service the boom.
6. Use the Manual Telescope Mode in the ODM to extend and retract the Telescope Sections in the sequences given.
7. To grease rear upper wear pads, front wear pads, and locking pins on each Tele Section, extend boom to the
sequences given in the following chart.
8. Start with Tele Section 6 (Tele 6).
To Grease To Grease To Grease To Grease To Grease To Grease

Tele 6 Tele 5 Tele 4 Tele 3 Tele 2 Tele 1
Tele 1 0 0 0 0 50 100
Tele 2 0 0 0 50 100 0
Tele 3 0 0 50 100 0 0
Tele 4 0 50 100 0 0 0
Tele5 50 100 0 0 0 0
Tele 6 100 0 0 0 0 0
If necessary, refer to the following detailed procedures to lubricate the boom in Manual Telescope Mode.
Telescope Section 6 (Tele 6)

1. Select the Manual Telescope Mode function icon in
the Operator Display Module (ODM) to enter Manual
Telescope Mode.
2. Make sure that the tele cylinder is locked to Tele 6.
3. Extend and lock Tele 6 to the 100% pinning location. 1
4. Extend and lock Tele 5 to the 50% pinning location. 2
5. Lower the boom to 0° and perform the following greasing
in this position:
9900-33
a. Grease outer sides of Tele 6 in the areas that touch BOOM SERVICE LOCATIONS –
the front wear pads of Tele 5. REAR UPPER WEAR PADS AND LOCKING PINS
b. Grease the rear upper wear pads of Tele 6 on both FIGURE 6-17
sides, at the grease fittings (1, Figure 6-17), through
the openings in Tele 5. 6. While in the horizontal position, first retract Tele 5, and
then retract and extend Tele 6 several times to make
c. Grease locking pins on both sides (2, Figure 6-17).
sure that grease is properly distributed.
NOTE: To grease the rear upper wear pads of Tele 56 at
7. When Tele 6 greasing is complete, retract and lock
the 50% or 89% pinning locations, extend and lock
Tele 6 to the 0% pinning location.
Tele 6 to these pinning locations and repeat
Step 5b greasing. 8. Raise boom to 70°. 6
Telescope Section 5 (Tele 5) Telescope Section 3 (Tele 3)

1. Make sure that the tele cylinder is locked to Tele 5. 1. Make sure that the tele cylinder is locked to Tele 3.
2. Extend and lock Tele 5 to the 100% pinning location. 2. Extend and lock Tele 3 to the 100% pinning location.
4. Lower the boom to 0° and perform the following greasing 4. Lower the boom to 0° and perform the following greasing
in this position: in this position:
a. Grease outer sides of Tele 5 in the areas that touch a. Grease outer sides of Tele 3 in the areas that touch
the front wear pads of Tele 4. the front wear pads of Tele 2.
b. Grease the rear upper wear pads of Tele 5 on both b. Grease the rear upper wear pads of Tele 3 on both
sides, at the grease fittings (1, Figure 6-17), through sides, at the grease fittings (1, Figure 6-17), through
the openings in Tele 4. the openings in Tele 2.
c. Grease locking pins on both sides (2, Figure 6-17). c. Grease locking pins on both sides (2, Figure 6-17).
NOTE: To grease the rear upper wear pads of Tele 5 at the NOTE: To grease the rear upper wear pads of Tele 3 at the
50% or 89% pinning locations, extend and lock 50% or 89% pinning locations, extend and lock
Tele 5 to these pinning locations and repeat Tele 3 to these pinning locations and repeat
Step 5b greasing. Step 4b greasing.
5. While in the horizontal position, first retract Tele 4, and 5. While in the horizontal position, first retract Tele 2, and
then retract and extend Tele 5 several times to make then retract and extend Tele 3 several times to make
sure that grease is properly distributed. sure that grease is properly distributed.
6. When Tele 5 greasing is complete, retract and lock 6. When Tele 3 greasing is complete, retract and lock
Tele 5 to the 0% pinning location. Tele 3 to the 0% pinning locations.
7. Raise boom to 70°. 7. Raise boom to 70°.
Telescope Section 4 (Tele 4) Telescope Section 2 (Tele 2)

1. Make sure that the tele cylinder is locked to Tele 4. 1. Make sure that the tele cylinder is locked to Tele 2.
4. Lower the boom to 0° and perform the following greasing 4. Lower the boom to 0° and perform the following greasing
in this position: in this position:
a. Grease outer sides of Tele 4 in the areas that touch a. Grease outer sides of Tele 2 in the areas that touch
the front wear pads of Tele 3. the front wear pads of Tele 1.
b. Grease the rear upper wear pads of Tele 4 on both b. Grease the rear upper wear pads of Tele 2 on both
sides, at the grease fittings (1, Figure 6-17), through sides, at the grease fittings (1, Figure 6-17), through
the openings in Tele 3. the openings in Tele 1.
c. Grease locking pins on both sides (2, Figure 6-17). c. Grease locking pins on both sides (2, Figure 6-17).
NOTE: To grease the rear upper wear pads of Tele 4 at the NOTE: To grease the rear upper wear pads of Tele 2 at the
50% or 89% pinning locations, extend and lock 50% or 89% pinning locations, extend and lock
Tele 4 to these pinning locations and repeat Tele 2 to these pinning locations and repeat
Step 4b greasing. Step 4b greasing.
5. While in the horizontal position, first retract Tele 3, and 5. While in the horizontal position, first retract Tele 1, and
then retract and extend Tele 4 several times to make then retract and extend Tele 2 several times to make
sure that grease is properly distributed. sure that grease is properly distributed.
6. When Tele 4 greasing is complete, retract and lock 6. When Tele 2 greasing is complete, retract and lock
Tele 4 to the 0% pinning location. Tele 2 to the 0% pinning location.
7. Raise boom to 70°. 7. Raise boom to 70°.

Telescope Section 1 (Tele 1) c. Grease locking pins on both sides (2, Figure 6-17).
1. Make sure that the tele cylinder is locked to Tele 1. NOTE: To grease the rear upper wear pads of Tele 1 at the
or 89% pinning locations, extend and lock Tele 1 to
2. Extend and lock Tele 1 to the 100% pinning location. these pinning locations and repeat Step 3b
3. Lower the boom to 0° and perform the following greasing greasing.
in this position: 4. While in the horizontal position, extend and retract
a. Grease outer sides of Tele 1 in the areas that touch Tele 1 several times to make sure that grease is
the front wear pads of the base section. properly distributed.
b. Grease the rear upper wear pads of Tele 1 on both 5. When Tele 1 greasing is complete, retract and lock
sides, at the grease fittings (1, Figure 6-17), through Tele 1 to the 0% pinning location.
the openings in the base section.
Boom Tele Section Lubrication procedures are complete.
6

Boom Lubrication (Continued)
Hook Block, CHECK sheaves on
80 1 Sheave, Swivel each of four (4)
Bearing – 26MT hook blocks listed
Hook Block, CHECK sheaves
81 3 Sheave, Swivel for dry points of
Bearing – 45MT operation
Hook Block, Use grease CHECK sheaves
82 5 Sheave, Swivel fittings Every 250 hours, or for grease leaks
Bearing – 75MT provided 3 months of service, GREASE swivel
Figure 6-18 A
Hook Block, Apply until whichever interval bearing(s) at service
83 7 Sheave, Swivel grease comes first points, as shown
Bearing – 100MT extrudes Each hook block
has 3 service points
The overhaul ball
Overhaul and cylinder each
84 have 1 service point
Ball/Cylinder
See NOTE 42.
See NOTE 44.
BRUSH ON front
Every 500 hours, or faces in a thin line
Telescopic 12 service points
85 Figure 6-19 M Brush on 6 months, whichever
Slide Faces
See NOTE 43.
CAUTION
instructions.
NOTE 43: Extend boom for access to telescopic slide front faces that contact wear pads inside the boom. Follow the
Tele Section positioning and lubrication instruction given in the section titled READ FIRST! IMPORTANT
CRANE SET-UP INFORMATION!, page 6-33. If the weather is very bad or operating conditions are poor, then
more frequent intervals are necessary. Monitor the service points and adjust lubrication intervals, as necessary.
NOTE 44: Slowly turn the sheave, and examine it for rough or dry points of operation and grease leaks. If rough or dry
points of operation are found, then replace the sheave. If grease leaks are found, then replace the sheave.

81 82
80
10024-15 10024-16 10024-17
84
84
83
10024-18 10024-19 10024-20
HOOK BLOCKS, OVERHAUL BALL, OVERHAUL CYLINDER

FIGURE 6-18
10024-21
85
TELESCOPIC SECTION SLIDE FRONT FACES

FIGURE 6-19 6

Only until Every 500 hours, or LUBRICATE
Tele 6 Rear Upper
86 Figure 6-20 M resistance 6 months, whichever 2 service points
Wear Pad
is felt interval comes first See NOTE 45.
Tele 5 Rear Upper
Wear Pad
Tele 4 Rear Upper
Wear Pad
Tele 3 Rear Upper
Wear Pad
Tele 2 Rear Upper
Wear Pad
Tele 1 Rear Upper
Wear Pad
1 or 2 pumps
92 Tele 1 Lock Pin Figure 6-20 N 3 months, whichever 2 service points
each fitting
1 or 2 pumps
each fitting
1 or 2 pumps
each fitting
1 or 2 pumps
each fitting
1 or 2 pumps
each fitting
1 or 2 pumps
each fitting
NOTE 45: DO NOT apply excessive pressure or force when greasing wear pads. Applying excessive pressure or force
can cause grease fitting to separate from wear pad. Apply grease only until resistance is felt.
NOTE 46: To grease rear upper-wear pads, front wear pads, and locking pins on each Tele Section, follow the Tele Section
positioning and lubrication instruction given in the section titled READ FIRST! IMPORTANT CRANE SET-UP
INFORMATION!, page 6-33 of this GRT8120 Operator Manual. Start with Tele Section 6 (Tele 6). See also your
GRT8120 Service Manual for detailed service interval and specified boom lubrication instructions.

86 87 88 89 90 91
97 96 95 94 93 92
10024-22
LEFT SIDE BOOM – REAR UPPER WEAR PADS AND LOCK PINS
FIGURE 6-20
6

Every 500 hours, or
Coat areas
Tele Cylinder Sled 6 months of service, BRUSH ON
98 Figure 6-21 M that the wear
Wear Pad whichever interval 5 service points
pads move on
comes first
Every 100 hours, or
Derricking Pivot Until grease 1 month of service, LUBRICATE
99 Figure 6-21 A
Pin extrudes whichever interval 2 service points
comes first
CHECK
2 service points
Every 250 hours, or
CHECK sheaves
Boom Extension 3 months of service,
100 Figure 6-21 A — for dry points of
Sheave whichever interval
operation and
comes first
grease leaks
See NOTE 47.
CHECK
2 service point
Every 250 hours, or
CHECK sheave
3 months of service,
101 Mast Sheave Figure 6-21 A — for dry points of
whichever interval
operation and
comes first
grease leaks
See NOTE 47.
CHECK
7 service points
Every 250 hours, or
CHECK sheave
Boom Nose 3 months of service,
Sheaves whichever interval
operation and
comes first
grease leaks
See NOTE 47.
CHECK
1 service point
Every 250 hours, or
CHECK sheave
Auxiliary Boom 3 months of service,
Nose Sheave whichever interval
operation and
comes first
grease leaks
See NOTE 47.
Boom Extension Brush on BRUSH ON, as BRUSH ON
104 Figure 6-21 A
Screw entire screw necessary 1 service point
Every 250 hours, or
Boom Extension Until grease 3 months of service, LUBRICATE
105 Figure 6-21 A
Pivot Pins extrudes whichever interval 2 service points
comes first
NOTE 47: Slowly turn the sheave, and examine it for rough or dry points of operation and grease leaks. If rough or dry
points of operation are found, then replace the sheave. If grease leaks are found, then replace the sheave.

104
10024-23 10024-24
98
TELE CYLINDER WEAR PAD BOOM EXTENSION SCREW
101
102
10024-25
99 105 99
100
102
103
BOOM EXTENSION
FIGURE 6-21
6
Lube Point Approved Approximate Service Interval Service

Item Figure No.
Description Lubricants Capacity Application
Every 250 hours, or
3 months of service, LUBRICATE
Boom Extension whichever interval 2 service points
106 Figure 6-22 A Brush on
Attachment Pins comes first
Every 250 hours, or

107 Interlock Pins Figure 6-22 A Brush on whichever interval 2 service points
comes first
Every 250 hours, or

Boom Extension whichever interval 1 service point
108 Figure 6-22 A Brush on
Swing Pin comes first
Every 250 hours, or

Rear Boom 3 months of service, LUBRICATE
Until grease whichever interval 1 service point
109 Extension Ramp Figure 6-22 A
extrudes comes first
Pin

107 108
106
106
107
10024-24a
109
10299
FIGURE 6-22
6

Hoist Lubrication
CHECK oil level
2 service points
REMOVE vent or
hose from top of the
sight glass to FILL
Every 50 hours of FILL hoist drums
service, or weekly, to LEVEL visible
whichever interval in sight glass
comes first 2 service points
See NOTE 48.
See NOTE 49.
See NOTE 51.
CHECK and CLEAN
breather, as needed
Hoist Drums
110 Figure 6-23 H 4 L (1.05 gal)
(Main & Auxiliary) REMOVE plug or
hose from bottom of
sight glass to
DRAIN oil
DRAIN hoist drums
2 service points
Every 1000 hours,
or 12 months of FILL hoist drums to
service, whichever LEVEL visible in
interval comes first sight glass
See NOTE 48.
See NOTE 49.
See NOTE 51.
CHECK and CLEAN
breather, as needed
Every 250 hours, or BRUSH ON
Brush on 2 service points
Hoist Rope 3 months of service,
111 Figure 6-23 A outer surface
Rollers whichever interval See NOTE 48.
of roller
Until grease Every 250 hours, or LUBRICATE
extrudes from 3 months of service, 2 service points
112 Hoist Bearings Figure 6-23 A
entire bearing whichever interval See NOTE 48.
circumference comes first See NOTE 51.
NOTE 49: Check oil level in hoist drum sight glass. Hoist oil level MUST be between the high and low marks on sight
glass. If oil is not visible, hoist may be underfilled. If oil is escaping from the vent plug, hoist may be overfilled.
NOTE 50: If the weather is very bad or operating conditions are poor, then more frequent intervals are necessary. Monitor
the service points and adjust lubrication intervals, as necessary.
grease must be fully purged and replaced with Cold Weather bearing grease meeting Grove U.S. L.L.C.

111
110
HOIST DRUM – RIGHT SIDE
112
HOIST DRUM – LEFT SIDE
HOIST DRUMS – (MAIN and AUXILIARY)

FIGURE 6-23
6
Lube Point Approved Lube

Item Figure No. Lube Interval Application
Description Lubricant Capacity
Hydraulics Lubrication
REPLACE hydraulic REPLACE hydraulic
filter when restriction filter element
114 Hydraulic Filter Figure 6-24 — —
indicator gauge on the See NOTE 53.
filter head shows red See NOTE 56.
Every 10 hours of CHECK oil level
Hydraulic Tank
SIGHT GLASS service, or daily, FILL hydraulic tank to
115
whichever interval LEVEL in SIGHT
See NOTE 52. comes first GLASS
926.5 L PERFORM SERVICE
PERFORM SERVICE
Figure 6-24 J (192.6 gal) INSPECTION of oil,
INSPECTION every
Tank only filters, and breathers
Hydraulic Tank 3 to 6 months
116 See NOTE 54.
BREATHER See NOTE 56.
See NOTE 55.
SAMPLE hydraulic oil
SAMPLE hydraulic oil
every 3 to 6 months
NOTE 52: Check Hydraulic oil level using sight glass on tank with boom fully retracted and lowered, and all outrigger
cylinders retracted.
NOTE 53 REPLACE hydraulic filter element when the restriction indicator gauge on the filter head is in the red and oil is
at operating temperature.
NOTE 54: REPLACE hydraulic filter at first 50-hours of service and repeat after another 50-hours, for a total of
100 hours of service, thereafter, at normal intervals.
NOTE 55: Hydraulic oil MUST BE at operating temperature at hydraulic filter and tank inspection and service. Hydraulic oil
MUST be drained at a temperature of 65°C to 90°C (150°F to 200°F).
NOTE 56: Hydraulic oil SHALL MEET or EXCEED ISO 4406 class 17/14 cleanliness level (reference SAE J1165).
• Working in harsh environmental conditions can dramatically affect the performance and condition of hydraulic
oil, filters, and breathers. Therefore, specific intervals for servicing/changing hydraulic oil, filters, and
hydraulic tank breathers cannot be set. Thus, it is imperative for the continued satisfactory performance of
Grove cranes, that service inspections be performed on the basis of how and where each crane is used.
• Under normal operating conditions, Grove recommends that hydraulic oil, filters, and breathers be
serviced, and hydraulic oil sampled at least every 3 to 6 months. Service inspections should be for airborne
or ingested particles and water that deteriorates and contaminates the hydraulic oil. Contaminated hydraulic
oil appears “milky” or no longer has a transparent clear to amber color. The return filter by-pass indicator
should be observed daily to determine if the contaminant content is high. If the filter by-pass indicator reaches
the red zone or indicates a by-pass condition, the hydraulic oil must be sampled. Perform service to make
sure that the hydraulic oil tank breather does not restrict air flow IN, or air flow OUT of the reservoir.
• FILL procedure for Hydraulic Tank operation below -9°C (+15°F):
a. DRAIN existing oil.
b. FILL tank with oil per 6829101559 and cycle all cylinders.
c. DRAIN oil.
d. FILL tank with oil per 6829101559.
• See also your GRT8120 Service Manual for further details on Hydraulic Oil Sampling Test. Should you have
any questions, please contact your local authorized Grove distributor.

114
115
116
9900-26a
HYDRAULIC TANK
FIGURE 6-24
6
RUST PROTECTION In addition to the factory-applied treatment, Grove crane

owners must provide proper maintenance and care to help
Protecting Cranes From Rusting ensure long-term protection of their crane against corrosion.
This procedure provides information and guidelines to help
Grove cranes are manufactured to high quality standards, maintain the paint finish on Grove cranes.
including the type of paint finish demanded by today's
industry. In partnership with our paint supplier, we are also The most common causes of corrosion include the following:
doing our part to help prevent premature corrosion of cranes.
• Road salts, chemicals, dirt, and moisture trapped in the
® hard-to-reach areas;
Grove cranes are treated with Carwell T32 (CP-90) rust
inhibitor. While a rust inhibitor cannot guarantee that a crane • Chipping or wear of paint, caused by minor incidents or
will never rust, this product helps protect against corrosion moving components;
on Grove cranes.
• Damage caused by personal abuse, such as using the
® decks to transport rigging gear, tools, or cribbing; and
Carwell is a treatment, not a coating. It contains no
silicones, solvents, chlorofluorocarbons (CFC), or anything
• Exposure to harsh environmental hazards such as
that would be classified as hazardous under OSHA
alkaline, acids, or other chemicals that can attack the
Regulation 29CRF 1910.1200. The product is a liquid blend
crane's paint finish.
of petroleum derivatives, rust inhibitors, and
water-repelling/water-displacing agents. While crane surfaces that are easily seen have the biggest
impact on appearance, particular attention should be given
Special equipment is used to spray a light film on the entire to the undercarriage to minimize harmful effects of corrosion.
undercarriage and various other areas of each new crane
before shipment. When applied, the product has a red tint to Exercise special care and increase frequency of cleaning if
allow applicators to view coverage. This red tint turns clear crane is operated:
within approximately 24 hours after application. • on roads where large quantities of salt or calcium are
Once applied, treatment can appear to leave a slightly “oily” applied to treat icy and snowy road surfaces;
residue on painted surfaces and until the red tinting fades, • in areas that use dust control chemicals;
could be mistaken for a hydraulic oil leak. While the product • anywhere there are increased levels of wetness,
is not harmful to painted surfaces, glass, plastic or rubber, it especially near salt water;
must be removed using standard steam-cleaning
techniques. • during prolonged periods of exposure to damp
conditions (for example, moisture held in mud), where
This treatment works in various ways: (1) it eliminates the certain crane parts may become corroded even though
moisture containing salt, dirt and other pollutants by lifting other parts remain dry; or
and removing them from the metal surface; (2) the film
• in high humidity, or when temperatures are just above
creates a barrier to repel further moisture from coming in
the freezing point.
contact with the metal; and (3) it penetrates crevices.

Cleaning Procedures chips or minor mishaps. A minor scratch (one that has
not penetrated to the substrate surface) can be buffed
To help protect against corrosion of Grove cranes, w i t h a n a u t o m o t i v e - t y p e s c r a t c h r e m o v e r. I t i s
Manitowoc Crane Care recommends washing the crane at recommended that a good coat of automotive wax be
least monthly to remove all foreign matter. More frequent applied to this area afterwards.
cleaning may be needed when operating in harsh
environmental conditions. To clean the crane, follow these • Any area scratched through to bare metal should be
guidelines: touched up and repaired as soon as possible to prevent
flash rusting. To repair a major scratch (down to bare
• High pressure water or steam is effective for cleaning
metal) or minor damage, follow these procedures:
the crane undercarriage and wheel housings. Keeping
these areas clean will decrease the rate of corrosion and NOTE: Manitowoc Crane Care recommends a qualified
improve the ability to identify possible issues before they body repair technician prepare, prime, and paint
grow into larger problems. any major scratch(es) or minor damage.
CAUTION
High pressure water can be forced into spaces and CAUTION
infiltrate beyond seals. Avoid pressure washing near To the extent any damage is structural in nature, Grove
electrical controls, panels, wiring, sensors, hydraulic crane must be contacted and consulted as to what repairs
hoses and fittings, or anything that can be damaged by may be required.
high pressure cleaning/spraying.
For scratches and marks in highly visible areas:
• Rinse dirt and dust off before washing the crane. Dirt
can scratch the crane's finish during washing/cleaning. 1. Sand to remove scratch. Feather outward from the mark
to blend repair into the original surface. Apply body putty
• Hard to clean spots caused by road tar or bugs should as necessary to hide the defect; then sand smooth.
be treated and cleaned after rinsing and before washing.
Do not use solvents or gasoline. 2. Cover all bare metal with a primer compatible with the
original paint finish and allow to dry thoroughly.
• Wash the crane only with soaps and detergents
recommended for automotive paint finishes. 3. Prepare surface before applying finish coat of paint.
• Rinse all surfaces thoroughly to prevent streaking 4. Apply a finish coat using accepted blending techniques.
caused by soap residue. Use of original paint colors is recommended to ensure
• Allow crane to dry thoroughly. You can increase the the best color match possible.
speed of evaporation by using compressed air to For scratches and marks in areas of low visibility:
remove excess water.
• Consider touching up the spots with a brush technique
NOTE: Polishing and waxing (using automotive-type wax) to cover the bare metal. This will decrease the rate of
is recommended to maintain original paint finish. corrosion, and enable you to do the repair later during a
normal maintenance interval.
Inspection and Repair
Spots should be touched up with quality paint. Primers tend
• Immediately following cleaning of the Grove crane, to be porous; using a single coat of primer only will allow air
Manitowoc Crane Care recommends an inspection to and water to penetrate the repair over time.
detect areas that may have become damaged by stone
6
Application • After treatment application is complete, wash or clean

film residue from lights, windshield, grab handles,
Depending on the environment in which a crane is used ladders/steps and all crane access areas, as necessary.
®
and/or stored, initial factory application of Carwell T32 Contact your local Grove distributor or Manitowoc Crane
(CP-90) should help inhibit corrosion for approximately Care should you have any questions.
12 months.
It is recommended the treatment be periodically reapplied by Areas of Application
the crane owner, after that time, to help continue protection Refer to Figure 6-25 and Figure 6-26 for location of crane
against corrosion of the crane and its components. ®
components that need periodic application of Carwell T32
However, if a crane is used and/or stored in harsh (CP-90) for continued protection against corrosion.
environments (such as islands, coastal regions, industrial
areas, areas where winter road salt is regularly used, etc.), • Underside of crane will have full coverage of the rust
reapplication of treatment is recommended sooner than inhibitor. These are the only areas that a full coat of rust
12 months, for example, repeat treatment in 6 to 9 months. inhibitor is acceptable on painted surfaces. Areas
include; Valves, hose end and fittings, Swivel, pumps,
• Do not apply to recently primered and painted areas for axles, drive lines, transmission, slew ring fasteners and
at least 48 hours after paint is properly dried and cured. all interior surfaces of the frame.
For minor touch up areas a 24-hour period is needed for
cure time before applying treatment. • Frame application areas are; hose ends and fittings, all
unpainted fasteners and hardware, all bare metal
NOTE: The crane must be completely dry before applying surfaces, outrigger pads, and back up alarm hardware.
treatment.
• Superstructure applications are; hose end and fittings,
• Do not allow product to puddle or build-up on weather wire rope on hoist roller tensioning springs on hoists, all
stripping, rubber gaskets, etc. The crane should not unpainted fasteners and hardware, valves, slew ring
have puddles or runs evident anywhere. fasteners and all bare metal surfaces.
• To ensure proper coverage, product needs to be fogged • Boom applications areas are; pivot pins, hose end and
on the crane. fittings, jib pins and shafts, all bare metal surfaces,
• Use of pressure pots to apply treatment is overhaul ball pins/ hook block pins and fasteners.
recommended. • All hardware, clips, pins, hose connections not painted
® will have treatment applied.
• Carwell treatment is available in 16-ounce spray
bottles from Manitowoc Crane Care (order part number
8898904099).

4
5
1
2
18
1 5
17 6
7
16
1
15 9
14 10
9
8
13 12 11
7650-75
Picture may not be same model as your crane, it is

for reference only. Figure 6-25
6
19
7
22
20
9
9
21
12 11
Picture may not be same model as your crane, it is

for reference only.
Figure 6-26
Table 6-1 Rust Inhibitor Application Locations
1 Boom Extension Pins, Clips 12 Entire underside of crane

2 Boom Nose Pins, Clips 13 Turntable Bearing Fasteners
3 Hook Block/Overhaul Ball 14 Powertrain Hardware Inside Compartment
4 Boom Extension Hanger Hardware 15 Valve Bank
5 Pivot Shaft 16 Hoist Hose Connections
6 Hose Connections Inside Turntable 17 Tension Spring
All Hardware, Clips, Pins, Hose Connections
7 18 Wire Rope
not painted Outrigger Pins, Clips
8 Outrigger Hose Connections 19 Counterweight Mounting Hardware
9 Hook Block Tiedown Cable 20 Counterweight Pins
10 Outrigger Pins, Clips 21 Hose Connections
11 O/R Beam Wear Pad Adjustment Hardware 22 Mirror Mounting Hardware

GRT8120 OPERATOR MANUAL
APPENDIX 1
DECALS
Figure A-1 shows the locations of the decals on the
GRT8120.
Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02 A-1

A-2
133
10087-1
147
DANGER 150 401

CAUTION
Open during
initial fill.
COOLANT FILL
Open petcock located at Upper Radiator
Tube, prior to following fill procedure
BURN HAZARD SPECIAL FILL REQUIREMENTS documented in manual. Fill the system
Hot pressurized fluid can See service manual for initial fill at 3 gpm or less. Ensure that petcocks
requirements after servicing cooling are closed after fluid starts flowing out
cause serious injury or death. and before running the engine. Refer to
Do not open radiator while hot. system. service manual for complete instructions.
7376102517 7376102424
G7 80127030
ON TOP OF FAN
SHROUD UNDER HOOD
CAUTION
ENGINE DAMAGE
Improper filling of engine coolant
system can result in engine damage.
138 •Shut down engine 134
• Fill slowly. Flows exceeding 12 139 131
l/min (3 gpm) can give false level. 130
• Wait 1 min and recheck.
12 L/min See service manual.
7376102516
Attention
Special lubricant has been installed in
this component. For more information
402 please refer to lubrication decal on DANGER
Hydraulic Reservoir or lubrication chart ANTI-SKID MATERAL
in Operator's Manual.
G7 80025216
DANGER
ELECTROCUTION HAZARD 30
TO AVOID DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY
Keep ALL parts of the crane, rigging and load at least 20 feet
(6 meters) away from any energized power line. You MUST
follow the OSHA requirements set forth in 29CFR 1926.1407
through 1926.1411.
This crane is not designed or equipped for use within 10 feet

(3 meters) of energized power lines [Refer to 29CFR1926.1410
Table A]. If operation within 10 feet (3 meters) of any power
lines cannot be avoided, the power utility MUST be notified
and the power lines MUST be de-energized and grounded
BEFORE performing any work.
If contact is ever accidentally made with a power line and any

HYD R AU L I C part of this crane, its rigging or load, NEVER touch the crane
ROTATING FAN BLADES KEEP or even approach or come near the crane.
THIS CRANE IS NOT INSULATED.
HANDS CLEAR. Electrocution CAN OCCUR even without direct contact with
7376011364 G7
OIL 7376011335 the crane. 80037260
AIR DIVERTER
PLATE LOCATION FOR STANDARD

TEMPERATURE OPERATION
$%29(Û&Û)
407
PLATE LOCATION FOR
COLD TEMPERATURE
OPERATION
%(/2:Û&Û)
G7 80127015
DANGER
CRUSHING HAZARD
• Death or serious injury could result
from being crushed by moving machinery
or by improper set-up on outriggers.
132
• Ensure all pins and floats are
properly installed and the outrigger
beams are properly extended before
lifting on outriggers.
• Stand clear while outriggers are being
extended or retracted. 7376011087
DANGER
BURN HAZARD
145 TO AVOID DEATH OR SERIOUS
INJURY:
Do Not Use Ether. Engine
equipped with electric heater
starting aid. Use of ether may
cause explosion. 7376101881
DANGER
ELECTROCUTION HAZARD
205 TO AVOID DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY
through 1926.1411.

(3 meters) of energized power lines [Refer to 29CFR1926.1410 130

part of this crane, its rigging or load, NEVER touch the crane
or even approach or come near the crane.
Electrocution CAN OCCUR even without direct contact with
the crane. 80037260

401
Attention
please refer to lubrication decal on 402
Hydraulic Reservoir or lubrication chart
G7
in Operator's Manual. 80025216
TRANSPORTATION AND LIFTING DATA GRT8120

F G TOTAL LIFT T/T BOOM CWT FITTING CAPACITY (TONS)
UNIT CARRIER CYL
TIE DOWN
LIFT LIFT LIFT LIFT LIFT TOW FORE
LIFT
LIFT
NO./UNIT
TOW
TOW
FITTINGS
& SIDE DOWN
TIE DOWN
TIE DOWN
563.1 cm AFT 2 ON EACH OUTRIGGER PAD
(221.7 in) A 2 X X X X X X 43 81 24 18 49 141
12550 kg C
L BOOM B 2 X X X X X X 43 81 24 18 49
(27670 lb) BOOM (W/O BOOM EXTENSION) PIVOT
C 4 X X N/A N/A 156 48 90
D 2 X N/A
J H
(Sling Point) E 2 X 9.2
CL BARREL F 2 X 18
PIVOT
80113724 B1 G 2 X
H - X N/A
Attention
69 cm 215.9 cm
(27.2 in) (85 in) J 4 X 9.2 Special lubricant has been installed in
13250 kg 1165 kg
(29211 lb) (2570 lb) K 4 X NOTE 5
1. Lifting of entire crane or major crane assemblies must be accomplished by
XWLOL]LQJVSHFL¿F¿WWLQJVLQGLFDWHGRQDERYHFKDUW8VHRI¿WWLQJVIRU please refer to lubrication decal on
COUNTERWEIGHT (CWT) LIFT CYLINDER purposes other than those designated on chart is prohibited. Fitting
FDSDFLWLHVDUHPD[LPXPDOORZDEOHORDGVSHULQGLYLGXDO¿WWLQJ
2. Rigging personnel shall be responsible for proper selection and placement
in Operator's Manual. HOIST LOWER USE MAIN HOIST
USE WHIP LINE
(Auxiliary Hoist)
DANGER
C
L ROTATION D G7 80025216
(Sling Point) of all slings and load handling devices.
'LPHQVLRQVDQGZHLJKWVVKRZQDUHIRUKHDYLHVWFRQ¿JXUDWLRQDYDLODEOH.
CRUSHING HAZARD
E 4. Rigging personnel shall verify dimensions as required for clearance. • Death or serious injury could result
5. Extend outrigger beams 45.7 cm (18.0 in) and sling around beams. from being crushed by moving machinery
6. Reference T & L decal on jib for weights C.G. or by improper set-up on outriggers.
7029 kg 178.8 cm
(15497 lb) (70.4 in) 1389.9 cm (547 in)
REAR AXLE C
L RAISE THE BOOM AND • Ensure all pins and floats are
TURNTABLE (T/T) RAISE BOOM LOWER BOOM MOVE SLOWLY LOWER THE LOAD properly installed and the outrigger
C
L REAR AXLE
374.8 cm
(147 in) • Stand clear while outriggers are being
A B
A B extended or retracted. 7376011087
58917 kg
21747 kg 187.7 cm LOWER THE BOOM AND
(47944 lb)
CARRIER
(73.9 in)
(129889 lb) SEE NOTE #5 K C 191.8 cm
(75.5 in)
C K SEE
NOTE #5 401 402 RAISE THE LOAD SWING STOP EMERGENCY STOP
TOTAL UNIT (W/ BOOM EXTENSION, COUNTERWEIGHT,HOOKBLOCK,OVERHAUL WEIGHT)
G7 80126988
EXTEND BOOM DOG EVERYTHING TRAVEL RETRACT BOOM

101492
132
HAND SIGNALS
EXTEND BOOM Reprinted by permission of
RETRACT BOOM
11 (ONE HAND) The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ONE HAND)
205
146
FIGURE A-1
10087-2
131
DANGER
CRUSHING HAZARD
132 from being crushed by moving machinery
or by improper set-up on outriggers.
• Stand clear while outriggers are being
extended or retracted. 7376011087
205
DANGER
ELECTROCUTION HAZARD
through 1926.1411.

Table A]. If operation within 10 feet (3 meters) of any power 130

the crane. 80037260
401
Attention
please refer to lubrication decal on 402
G7
in Operator's Manual. 80025216
DANGER
CRUSHING HAZARD
from being crushed by moving machinery
or by improper set-up on outriggers. 132
22 • Stand clear while outriggers are being

D CAUTION extended or retracted. 7376011087
DIESEL
G7 7376011062
CAUTION
DANGER ELECTRONICS DAMAGE
135 Hot surface and
Welding can cause electronic
component damage. gases can cause
Obtain Manufacturer's
approval before any welding. serious injury.
See service manual.
OUTSIDE HINDGED
7376102349 Keep clear while
red light is flashing
21
148 Fire from flammable fuel
FUSE BOX COVER and allow to cool
can cause serious injury NO
or death. before touching.
No smoking, sparks or PRESSURE G7 80030034
open flame during fueling. 140
7376102532
SPRAY
G7 80127154
DANGER BATTERY BOX FUSE AND RELAY

KS2 CCM11 KS1 KS1 IOL31 KS2
To avoid death or serious injury:
Never mix gasoline, alcohol, or gasohol CAN-B J1939 1412/2321 8.5VDC
GND 2095 1358 RESISTOR SPLICE SPLICE SPLICE
with diesel fuel. This mixture can cause
F1 - Fused Battery Power
F2 - UE+ Carrier CCM11/IOL31
23 an explosion.
Use only ultra low sulfur fuel. Failure to
F3 - Engine ECM Power
F4 - Diagnostic Tool Power K301
INSIDE HINDGED
F5 - Cold Weather Power
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 AIR HEATER
F6 - Cold Weather Power
do so may cause damage to the catalyst. F7 - UB+ Carrier CCM11/IOL31 RELAY
G7 7376102946 F8 - UB+ Carrier CCM11/IOL31
5A
15A
15A
15A
20A
15A
30A
15A
F101 - DEF Lines Heater Fuse Relay Power

F102 - DEF Lines Heater Fuse Relay Coil
F103 - DEF Supply Module Fused Power
151 FUSE BOX COVER
F104 - Aftertreatment Sensor Relay Power
15A F105 F105 - Starter Lockout Relay Power
K111 K108 K112
F106 - Outrigger light Relay Power
10A F104 D1 - Pressure Line Heater K302
D1 D2 D3
F106
15A
10A F103
D2 - Teturn Line Heater
D3 - Suction Line Heater
K108 - Starter Lockout Relay
ENGINE
START
RELAY
205
5A F102 K109 - Def Lines Heater Relay
K109 K110 K113 K110 - Def Supply Module
15A F101 K111 - Aftertreatment Sensors Power Relay
K112 - Outrigger Lighting
G7 K113 - Ignition Power Relay 80129231
401
Attention
INSIDE BATTERY BOX DOOR
this component. For more information CAUTION USE ISO 22241-1
402 please refer to lubrication decal on
Hydraulic Reservoir or lubrication chart BATTERY CONNECTION
in Operator's Manual. TO FRAME
QUALITY DIESEL
G7 80025216 GROUND
DISTRIBUTION
BOX
WIRE 1358 WIRE 2351
EXHAUST FLUID 28
TO BATTERY TO STARTER (-)
DISCONNECT G7
(DEF) ONLY 80021918
SWITCH
TO ENGINE
BLOCK GROUND
136
STUD
403 To prevent damage to electronics, consult Service Manual before

disconnecting cables. In order: Ensure key switch has been off 2
minutes, Battery disconnect is in the off position, Remove ECM
G7
power fuse, Remove negative cables, Remove positive cables. 80127100
7 POSITION FUSE BOX
80A 80A 80A 100A 125A 125A
FROM WIRE WIRE WIRE WIRE WIRE WIRE

BATT #5 #6 #1274 #2095 #1292 #151
152
DISC
G7 WIRES IN 80127149
DANGER
DANGER CAUTION Explosive gases can

149
ELECTROCUTION HAZARD CUTOUT cause serious injury or
death.
follow the OSHA requirements set forth in 29CFR 1926.1407 Keep sparks, open flame,
through 1926.1411. 2X R11.5
and lighted material away
7376102554
80113724 B2 This crane is not designed or equipped for use within 10 feet
To avoid possible engine fault
codes and undesirable
2XR 36

and the power lines MUST be de-energized and grounded operation, ensure the keyswitch
has been off 2 minutes before G7 80116980
If contact is ever accidentally made with a power line and any disconnecting batteries.
THIS CRANE IS NOT INSULATED. Disconnect batteries, if machine
Electrocution CAN OCCUR even without direct contact with will be inactive for over 24
the crane. 80037260
hours. 7376102819 17
30
142
130 137
A-3
FIGURE A-1 continued
MANUAL POWER
FOLDING LUFFING
10087-3
A-4
188
BOTH SIDES
18 15
BOOM EXTENSION
WIRING CONNECTIONS
X127-WIND SPEED INDICATOR BOOM EXTENSION DATA BOOM EXTENSION DATA

CENTER OF WEIGHT CENTER OF
WEIGHT GRAVITY GRAVITY
X126-AUX LIMIT SWITCH MANUAL FOLDING 1450 kg 453.2 cm POWER LUFFING 1506 kg 445.5 cm
14 X130-AIRCRAFT WARNING LIGHT
BOOM EXTENSION (3197 lb) (178.4 in) CL OF
PINS
BOOM EXTENSION (3320 lb) (175.4 in) CL OF
PINS
(TOP VIEW) (TOP VIEW)

CENTER OF CENTER OF
GRAVITY GRAVITY
G7 80127019 G7 80127021
G7 80125573
186 BOTH SIDES
19 DANGER
BOOM
STINGER
13
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTIONS
BOOM EXTENSION
FLY SECTION DATA
CL OF
CENTER OF BOOM EXTENSION HAZARD
GRAVITY PINS
TO AVOID DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY:
Follow procedures in load chart, safety, and
operation manuals during erection, stowage and
X130-AIRCRAFT WARNING LIGHT

X126-AUX LIMIT SWITCH
X127-WIND SPEED INDICATOR
340 kg 325 cm use of boom extension. Install and secure all
(750 lb) (128 in) pins properly and control boom extension
movement at all times.
G7 80127027 7376101873
G7 80125575
14
BOTH SIDES BOTH SIDES
168
DANGER
164 180
207 BOOM EXTENSION HAZARD

DANGER TO AVOID DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY:
DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY COULD RESULT operation manuals during erection, stowage and
FROM SLIPPING OR FALLING use of boom extension. Install and secure all
pins properly and control boom extension
DO NOT USE TOP OF BOOM AS A WALKWAY. movement at all times.
7376007250 7376102910 7376101873
G7
DANGER
14
BOOM EXTENSION HAZARD
operation manuals during erection, stowage and BOTH SIDES
use of boom extension. Install and secure all
7376101873
CAUTION
Dead end lug not to be
used as tie down point
for boom during
transportation. Failure
to comply may result in
machine damage. When
the boom is secured for
transport, boom shall
183
not be constrained. All
securement must allow
for reasonable freedom
of movement.
UNDER COVER, ON T/T AT G7 80061893
BOTH SIDES
EACH HOIST BOOM EXTENSION WIRING CONNECTIONS
NOT USED
X121-BOOM EXTENSION
401 CONNECTION
187
G7 80125567
Attention
please refer to lubrication decal on

402 Hydraulic Reservoir or lubrication chart
in Operator's Manual.
G7 80025216
163
ON TOP OF COVER
406
BOTH SIDES
DANGER DANGER DANGER

CRUSHING HAZARD Before removal or installation of counterweight,
DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY COULD
SUPERSTRUCTURE ROTATION RESULT FROM BEING CRUSHED BY read and understand instructions in the Operator’s
MOVING MACHINERY. and Safety Handbook to avoid serious injury or death.
CLEAR ALL PERSONNEL FROM THE
COUNTERWEIGHT AND Outriggers must be properly extended and set and crane
SUPERSTRUCTURE AREA BEFORE level before installation or removal of counterweight.
REMOVING THE COUNTERWEIGHT OR
ROTATING THE SUPERSTRUCTURE. Lifting operations are not permitted with any
FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS IN counterweight on the carrier deck except for the removal
OPERATOR’S AND SAFETY HANDBOOK. or installation of the counterweight.
COUNTERWEIGHT REMOVAL 7376008180
Pressurized hydraulic oil leaks can cause
Boom is not permitted over carrier deck when the boom
DQJOHLVOHVVWKDQÛDQGDQ\FRXQWHUZHLJKWLVSRVLWLRQHG death or serious injury.
on deck. Stay clear of all hydraulic oil leaks. Relieve
Hookblock is not permitted to come in contact with system pressure and use a piece of
counterweight during removal or installation.
207 cardboard or paper to check for leaks. Do
not use your hand.
201 HOOK BLOCK
Travel is not permitted with any counterweight on carrier
deck. Fluid injected into skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours by a doctor
200 G7 80127824
163 familiar with this type of injury or gangrene
80113724 B3
will result.
7376102552
BOTH SIDES
160
BOTH SIDES 169
167
BOTH SIDES

BOOM EXTENSION
WIRING CONNECTIONS
XPG-CABLE REEL
CONNECTION
X120-WIND SPEED
10087-4
INDICATOR
189 X130-AIRCRAFT
WARNING LIGHT
X118-MAIN LIMIT
SWITCH
X119-AUX LIMIT
SWITCH
G7 80127670
DANGER
181 DO NOT REEVE AUXILIARY
BOOM NOSE WHEN OFFSETTABLE
BOOM EXTENSION IS ERECTED.
AUXILIARY BOOM NOSE IS INTENDED FOR SINGLE-LINE

OPERATION. IF ADDITIONAL PART-OF-LINE IS REQUIRED TO
OBTAIN MAXIMUM REEVING WITH ODD NUMBER PARTS, HOIST
LINE MUST FIRST ENGAGE AUXILIARY BOOM NOSE SHEAVE.
7376007239
182
184
DANGER
ANTI-TWO-BLOCK HAZARD
Do not use auxiliary boom
nose anti-two-block switch
for boom extension.
6\VWHPIDLOXUHQRWL¿FDWLRQ
185 feature will not function.
7376102014
DANGER
14 BOOM EXTENSION HAZARD

operation manuals during erection, stowage and
use of boom extension. Install and secure all
7376101873
BOTH SIDES CAUTION

Dead end lug not to be
used as tie down point
for boom during
transportation. Failure
to comply may result in
machine damage. When
the boom is secured for
202 183 transport, boom shall
not be constrained. All
AUX NOSE
securement must allow
for reasonable freedom
of movement.
G7 80061893
162
168
DANGER
DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT
IF PROPER OPERATING AND SETUP
PROCEDURES ARE NOT FOLLOWED.
When attaching wire rope to hoist

drum. Make sure the proper cable
wedge is used for that particular
cable size.
G7 7376102910 7376100079
BOTH SIDES
(LOCATE WITHIN
PAINTED AREA)
DANGER
37.00 ENTANGLEMENT HAZARD
Death or serious injury may result
204 if entanglement occurs during hoist
operation.
166
Keep all body parts and loose clothing
clear while hoist is running.
G7 80000511
DANGER
DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY MAY
RESULT WITH IMPROPER USE.
Lug for counterweight lifting and 161
installation only.
Not to be used for machine lifting
or tie down. 7376100089

BOOM FLY SECTION
203
DANGER
TIPPING HAZARD TO AVOID DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY: California Proposition 65
To avoid death or serious injury, NEVER handle personnel with this machine
ensure load and crane’s unless the requirements of the applicable Breathing diesel engine exhaust exposes you to chemicals
FRQ¿JXUDWLRQDUHZLWKLQFDSDFLW\ national, state and local regulations and known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth
as shown on crane’s load rating safety codes are met.
defects or other reproductive harm.
chart and notes. NEVER use this crane for bungee jumping
or any form of amusement or sport.
This crane should have a
functional load moment indicator NEVER permit anyone to ride loads, hooks, Always start and operate the engine in a well ventilated area.
and control lock-out system. slings or other rigging for any reason.
Test daily for proper operation. NEVER get on or off a moving crane. If in an enclosed area, vent the exhaust to the outside.
POSITION CRANE ON FIRM SURFACE. NEVER allow anyone other than the
operator to be on this crane while it is Do not modify or tamper with the exhaust system.
EXTEND OUTRIGGERS AND LEVEL CRANE. operating or traveling.
TWO-BLOCKING HAZARD ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT on this Do not idle the engine except as necessary.
To avoid death or serious injury, crane is intended as an aid to the operator.
keep load handling devices away Under no condition should it be relied upon For more information, go to www.P65warnings.ca.gov/diesel
from boom/jib tip when extending to replace the use of capacity charts and
or lowering the boom and when operating instructions. Sole reliance upon
hoisting up. these electronic aids in place of good Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain
operating practices can cause an accident. chemical lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the
This crane should have a
functional anti-two-block and State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, and other
control lock-out system. Do not remove any decal, the load chart, or
the Operator’s and Safety Handbook from reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.
Test daily for proper operation.
this crane.
DO NOT PASS LOADS OR BOOM OVER
108 206 GROUND PERSONNEL. California Spark Arrestor
Operation of this equipment may create sparks that can start
FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS IN OPERATOR’S AND SAFETY HANDBOOK. 7376100175 fires around dry vegetation. A spark arrestor may be required.
The owner/ operator should contact local fire agencies for
laws or regulations relating to fire prevention requirements.
81007557 REV C
165 172 200
20
BOTH SIDES
80113724 B4 100 114
MUST BE CLEARLY VISIBLE THROUGH

DOOR WHEN IT’S COMPLETELY OPEN
A-5
ON TOP
SURFACE 107
104 INSIDE GLASS 117
IN CLEAR VIEW
10087-5
109 CAB FUSE AND RELAY BOARD
F1 - 10A - CAB WORK LIGHTS
OF OPERATOR
F2 - 5A - E-STOP SWITCH SIGNAL F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
116 REAR STEER F3 - 5A - BOOM MOTORIZED WORK LIGHTS
5
5
5
5
3
3
10
10
X4 D1 D2 D3
A-6
ENGINE WARNING LOW FUEL LEVEL 1 MAIN HOIST UP F4 - 5A - ACCESSORY LIGHTS
TURNING RIGHT
F5 - 5A - MAP LIGHT & USB POWER
F6 - 10A - RADIO IGNITION POWER
REAR STEER MAIN HOIST DOWN F7 - 3A - SYSTEM WAKE-UP
ENGINE RPM LOW BOOM INDICATOR 1 19 25 9 1
TURNING LEFT F8 - 3A - KEY SWITCH SIGNAL
5 F9
A 18 10
ENGINE TEMPERATURE
REAR WHEELS
NOT CENTERED WORKING RANGE LIMITER LUFFING EXTENSION
F9 - 5A - CIRCULATION FAN
F10 - 15A - HEATER / AC SWITCH POWER
F11 - 5A - DOME LIGHT
10
1
18
9
15
5
F10
F11
K1 D4
25
C
19
105 103
F12 - 5A - WINDSHIELD WASHER RELAY FUSE POWER
F13 - 10A - HEATED SEAT POWER
STOP
ENGINE DECREASE/
PUSH TO STOP
2 WHEEL DRIVE
TELESCOPE CYLINDER AT
BOOM NOSE INDICATOR
TELESCOPE BOOM OUT F14 - 10A - UE+ T/T CCM10/IOL45/IOS20 MODULE BATTERY
POWER
F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F17 F18 F19 F20 F21 F22
DANGER
5
5
5
3
10
10
20
20
15
15
10
F15 - 5A - RADIO / CRANESTAR BATTERY POWER K2 K3 K4
ENGINE INCREASE/ HYDRAULIC
4 WHEEL DRIVE TELESCOPE BOOM IN F16 - 5A - UE+ CAB SCMO/IOL32 MODULE BATTERY POWER ELECTROCUTION HAZARD
PUSH TO START OIL HIGH TEMP F17 - 20A - OIL COOLER POWER FAN 1
PULL UNLOCK F18 - 20A - OIL COOLER POWER FAN 2 10 F23
STOP ENGINE STOP 3 3 WRAPS ON HOIST

LOW BRAKE
BOOM UP F19 - 15A - UB+ T/T IOL45 POWER 10 F24
118 TO AVOID DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY
PRESSURE F20 - 15A - UB+ T/T IOL45 POWER
406 404 WAIT TO START DISABLE REGENERATION P PARK BRAKE RELEASE BOOM DOWN
F21 - 10A - UB+ IOL32
F22 - 3A - B+ TO KEY SWITCH
K5 K6 K7
5 F25
K8 K9
112 Keep ALL parts of the crane, rigging and load at
least 20 feet (6 meters) away from any energized
F23 - 10A - SKY LIGHT WIPER
HORN HAZARD LIGHTS P PARK BRAKE ENGAGED

2 AUXILIARY HOIST UP
F24 - 10A - WINDSHIELD WIPER POWER
F25 - 5A - SKY LIGHT WASHER RELAY FUSE POWER
F26 - 15A - UB+ T/T CCM10
power line. You MUST follow the OSHA require-
24
F27 - 15A - UB+ T/T CCM10 ments set forth in 29CFR 1926.1407 through
F28 - 20A - 24V SUPPLY 12V-DC CONVERTER F26 F27 F28 F29
CRANE FUNCTION K10 1926.1411.
CAB POSITION INDICATOR DISENGAGED/OFF AUXILIARY HOIST DOWN F29 - 15A - UB+ IOS20 / UE/UB+ IOS21
POWER ON/OFF 2
15
15
20
15
F30 - 5A - DIAGNOSTIC CONN POWER K11 K12 K13
F31 - 10A - UB+ IOL32 This crane is not designed or equipped for use
HIGH EXHAUST F32 - 20A - ACTUATOR 1, 2, & 3 RELAY FUSE POWER
SWING BRAKE RELEASE SKYLIGHT WIPER CAB TILT UP
PIN TEMPERATURE F33 - 5A - DISPLAY / JOGDIAL RELAY FUSE POWER
F34 - 5A - FUSED B+ 19 25
K17 within 10 feet (3 meters) of energized power lines
DANGER
LOW STEER K1 - WINDSHIELD WASHER RELAY [Refer to 29CFR1926.1410 Table A]. If operation
DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID WINDSHIELD WASHER CAB TILT DOWN K2 - SKY LIGHT WIPER RELAY B
SWING PRESSURE 10 18
K3 - SKY LIGHT WIPER LOW K14 K15 K16 within 10 feet (3 meters) or any power lines cannot CRUSHING HAZARD
K4 - WINDSHIELD WIPER HIGH 1 9
LOCK Be sure outriggers are properly extended and set and STOP EMERGENCY STOP TELESCOPE SEMI-AUTO DRIVE LIGHTS SWING BOOM RIGHT K5 - WINDSHIELD WIPER RELAY be avoided, the power utility MUST be notified and
crane is level for operation on outriggers. K6 - SKY LIGHT WIPER HIGH
K7 - WINDSHIELD WIPER LOW K18 EMERGENCY EXIT the power lines MUST be de-energized and DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY COULD RESULT
PUSH CRANE FAULTS PARK LIGHTS SWING BOOM LEFT K8 - ACCESSORY RELAY
TELESCOPE MANUAL P
All four outrigger beams must be equally extended to K9 - OIL COOLER RELAY F33 F34
grounded BEFORE performing any work.
F30 F31 F32 FROM BEING CRUSHED BY MOVING
the appropriate vertical stripe before beginning K10 - SKY LIGHT WASHER RELAY
IGNITION "ON" AND/ K11 - ACTUATOR 2 (IN) RELAY
LOCK IN EMERGENCY,
5
5
5
D5
10
20
operation. TELESCOPE EMERGENCY WORK LIGHTS OUTRIGGER JACK K19
OR VOLTMETER K12 - ACTUATOR 1 (OUT) RELAY If contact is ever accidentally made with a power CAUTION MACHINERY.
K13 - ACTUATOR 3 (IN) RELAY
TRANSMISSION K14 - ACTUATOR 2 (OUT) RELAY PUSH OUT WINDOW line and any part of this crane, its rigging or load,
All four outrigger beam lock pins must be engaged TELESCOPE UNKNOWN BOOM LIGHTS OUTRIGGER BEAM K15 - ACTUATOR 1 (IN) RELAY
TEMPERATURE WARNING Before actuating swing or any other function,
before operating from the mid-extend position. K16 - ACTUATOR 3 (OUT) RELAY NEVER touch the crane or even approach or come
K17 - DISPLAY / JOGDIAL RELAY 360Û SWING LOCK
TRANSMISSION
WARNING
AIR CONDITION LAMP MALFUNCTION OUTRIGGER EXTEND K18 - HORN RELAY
AND ESCAPE near the crane. sound horn and verify that all personnel are
Operator must select proper load chart and RCL K19 - ACTUATOR ENABLE RELAY DO NOT ENGAGE 360Û SWING LOCK WHILE SUPER-
X1 - BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH POWER WIRE 1274 X1 X2 X3
program for the outrigger position selected. X2 - BATTERY DISCONNECT SW POWER WIRE 6
THROUGH OPENING. Electrocution CAN OCCUR even without direct clear of rotating and moving parts.
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER CAB HEATER ON DIFFERENTIAL LOCKED OUTRIGGER RETRACT STRUCTURE IS IN MOTION.
G7 80026772 X3 - BATTERY DISCONNECT SW POWER WIRE 5
7376007441 G7 80127103 7376009502 contact with the crane. 80117046
X4 - GROUND G7 7376100080
G7 80125248 G7 80041097
CAUTION NO STEP 7376007370

CAUTION DANGER CAB SECTION VIEW
TRANSMISSION DAMAGE
PIN SWING LOCK To prevent transmission damage: shift To avoid death or serious injury:
Do not engage Pin Swing Lock while between 2-wheel and 4-wheel drive only
superstructure is in motion. Center boom over Never mix gasoline, alcohol, or gasohol
with crane stopped and transmission in
front and engage Pin Swing Lock to prevent with diesel fuel. This mixture can cause
rotation during travel. neutral and service brake applied.
7376011340 an explosion.
G7 80034750
Use only ultra low sulfur fuel. Failure to

do so may cause damage to the catalyst.
G7 7376102946
110
111 101
115 23 12
CAB WITH STEERING COLUMN AND SEAT REMOVED 29 102

KEEP DECALS AT LEAST 2” ABOVE CAB FLOOR
8
9 8
G7 80117002
80117009
7
7 10 G7 80077416
PATENT INFORMATION:
https://ir.manitowoc.com/investor-
MODEL MFG. DATE
relations/resources/Intellectual-
CAUTION BEHIND CAB SEAT CAB OUTSIDE REAR VIEW
SERIAL MODEL YR. Property SEAT BACK MUST BE IN FULL UPRIGHT
POSITION AND LEFT ARMREST MUST BE
Grove U.S. L.L.C. ROTATED BACK TO NON-OPERATIONAL
EN 80064053
SEAT CONTROL P.O. BOX 21, SHADY GROVE, PA 17256, U.S.A. 7679100089 POSITION BEFORE ENTERING OR
SEAT CONTROL LEAVING CAB.
7376009507
G7 80125592 G7 80125592

SINGLE AXIS DUAL AXIS 5 6
20 106 80113724 B5
120 120
FACING OPERATOR FACING OPERATOR KEEP DECALS AT LEAST 2”
ABOVE CAB FLOOR
10087-6
FILL SLEW DRIVE BRAKE FILL SLEW DRIVE GEARBOX
G7 TO TOP OF ELBOW 80126943 G7
TO BOTTOM OF FILL HOLE 80126944
170 171
145
80113724 B6
DANGER
BURN HAZARD
TO AVOID DEATH OR SERIOUS
INJURY:
Do Not Use Ether. Engine
equipped with electric heater
starting aid. Use of ether may
cause explosion. 7376101881

MID-EXTEND CAUTION DANGER MID-EXTEND
7376009372 DO NOT USE FOR LIFTING ELECTROCUTION HAZARD 7376009373
G7 7376007249 TO AVOID DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY

through 1926.1411.


143 27 the crane. 80037260
144
3 3
FRONT & REAR FRONT & REAR 141
141 O/R BEAMS 2” WIDE WHITE 2” WIDE WHITE O/R BEAMS
REFLECTIVE 130 REFLECTIVE
EACH SIDE OF TAPE TAPE EACH SIDE OF
ALL O/R BEAMS ALL O/R BEAMS
A-7
Table A-1 — Legend for Figure A-1 Table A-1 — Legend for Figure A-1 (Continued)
3 Reflector Striping 101 CAUTION–Trans Damage

5 Nameplate, Crane 102 No Step
6 Patent 103 DANGER–Super Structure Swing Hazard
7 Swing (Single Axis) 104 Symbol ID
7 Swing/Aux Hoist (Dual Axis) 105 Armrest Adjustment
8 Main Hoist (Single Axis) 106 CAUTION–Armrest Position
8 Boom/Main Hoist (Dual Axis) 107 Cab Fuse and Relay Board
9 Boom Lift (Single Axis) 108 CraneStar Logo
10 Aux Hoist (Single Axis) 109 Pin Swing Lock
10 Boom Telescope (Single Axis) 110 No Step
11 Transportation and Lift, GRT8120 111 CAUTION–Pin Swing Lock
12 CAUTION–4wd/Diff Lock 112 Emergency Exit
13 Grove–7’’ White 113 CAUTION–4-Wheel Drive/Differential Lock
14 DANGER–Boom Extension Hazard 114 WARNING–California Proposition 65
Transportation and Lift, Power Luff Boom 115 DANGER–Untrained Operator
15
Extension 116 DANGER–Outrigger Mid-Extend
16 DANGER–Cable Wedge 117 DANGER–Electrocution Hazard
17 Engine Block Heater, 120V 118 CAUTION–Transmission Damage
17 Engine Block Heater, 240V 119 CAUTION–Travel Speed
18 Transportation and Lift, Folding Boom Extension 120 Seat Control
19 Transportation and Lift, Fly Section 130 DANGER–Electrocution Hazard
20 CraneStar Monitoring 131 DANGER–Revolving Tires
21 CAUTION–Hot Surface and Gases 132 DANGER–Outrigger Crush Hazard
22 Diesel 133 DANGER–Pressurized Fluid
22 Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel 134 Rotating Blades
23 DANGER–Ultra Low Sulfur 135 CAUTION–Electronics Damage
23 DANGER–Mixing Fuel 136 Battery Connection
24 CAUTION–360 Swing Lock 137 CAUTION–Battery Disconnect
25 DANGER–Hoist Entanglement 138 CAUTION–Engine Coolant Fill
26 GRT8120–29°C 139 Hydraulic Oil
26 GRT8120–40°C 140 No Pressure Spray
27 CAUTION–Lifting 141 No Step
28 Qty Diesel Fluid 142 Battery Disconnect
29 DANGER–RCL Override Switch 143 Mid Extend Outrigger
30 E-Stop 144 Mid Extend Outrigger
31 Serial Number 145 DANGER–Ether Hazard
32 Window Cling, Serial Number 146 Hand Signals
100 DANGER–Tip/2-Blocking Hazard 147 CAUTION–Special Fill
A-8 Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02

Table A-1 — Legend for Figure A-1 (Continued) Table A-1 — Legend for Figure A-1 (Continued)
148 DANGER–Fire Hazard 405 CAUTION–Cold Weather

149 DANGER–Battery Explosion 406 ATTENTION–Hook Block
150 Coolant Fill Instruction 407 ATTENTION–Hook Block
151 Battery Box Fuse and Relay 408 Air Diverter
152 7-Position Fuse 409 Coolant Fill Instructions
160 DANGER–Counterweight Crushing Hazard 410 DANGER–Super Capacitor Explode
161 DANGER–Counterweight Lift Hazard 411 CAUTION–Capacitor Connector
162 DANGER–Cable Wedge 412 CAUTION–Cold Weather Aid
163 No Step 413 Coolant Fill Instruction
164 Wear Body Harness
165 DANGER–Falling Hazard
166 DANGER–Hoist Entanglement
167 DANGER–Press Oil Leak
168 Tie Down Or Lift Point Prohibited
169 DANGER–Counterweight Removal Instructions
170 Slew Drive Brake Fill
171 Slew Drive Gearbox Fill
180 DANGER–Boom Not Walkway
181 DANGER–Auxiliary Boom Nose
182 Auxiliary Boom Nose
183 CAUTION–Dead End Lug
184 CAUTION–Disconnect Anti-2-Block
185 DANGER–Auxiliary Nose Anti-2-Block
186 Boom Extension Stinger Electrical Connect
187 Boom Extension Wiring Connect 2
188 Boom Extension Wiring Connect 3
189 Boom Extension Wiring Connect
200 GRT8120 ID
201 GRT8120
202 Grove 6.5’’ Gray
204 Grove 5’’ White
205 Chevron, Outrigger Jack
206 Manitowoc Gray/Red-3’’
401 CAUTION–Fluids
402 Special Lube
404 Fuel
Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02 A-9

THIS PAGE BLANK
A-10 Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02

WORD INDEX
Numerics 17.6m, Stowing .......................................................5-42

10.5m Boom Extension About the ODM .......................................................5-26
Erecting .................................................................. 5-45 Accessing ODM Screen ..........................................5-27
Stowing .................................................................. 5-48 Anti-Two Block Switch ............................................5-58
120V/220V Engine Block Heater and Outlet ................. 3-44 Electrical Connections ............................................5-51
12-Volt Outlet .......................................................3-15, 3-16 Fly Section, Erecting ...............................................5-39
17.6m Boom Extension Fly Section, Stowing ...............................................5-41
Erecting .................................................................. 5-35 Hydraulic Connections (Optional) ...........................5-52
Stowing .................................................................. 5-42 Installing ..................................................................5-30
360 Degree Swing Lock Indicator Jack .....................................................5-31, 5-39, 5-48
(On Remote Control Unit) .......................................... 3-56 Lifting Points ...........................................................5-25
Mast Sheave
Assembly ............. 5-32, 5-34, 5-39, 5-43, 5-48, 5-49
A Mounting Brackets ..................................................5-23
Access Ladders .............................................................. 5-8 Offsetting Hydraulic ................................................5-57
Lowering for Operation ............................................ 5-8 Offsetting Manual ....................................................5-56
Raising for Transport ............................................... 5-8 Pin Interlock Mechanism .........................................5-21
Alarm, Backup ............................................................... 3-43 Boom Nose Installation Pins ............................5-21
Anemometer ................................................................... 5-9 Front Mounting Pin ...........................................5-21
Anti Two-Block (A2B) Indicator ............................3-17, 3-19 Front Mounting Pin Handle ..............................5-22
Anti-Two Block Switch .................................................. 5-10 Removing ................................................................5-34
Boom Extension ..................................................... 5-58 Sensors ...................................................................5-25
Checking Before Operation .................................... 5-11 Warnings .................................................................5-21
Locking ................................................................... 5-11 Boom Lift Button .................................................. 3-53, 3-54
Unlocking ............................................................... 5-11 Boom Lift Controller (Dual Axis) .......................... 3-21, 3-22
Armrest Adjustment Button ..................................3-21, 3-26 Boom Lift Controller (Single Axis) ........................ 3-27, 3-28
Armrest Controls ........................................................... 3-20 Boom Lift Enable/Disable Switch ......................... 3-21, 3-23
Auxiliary Boom Nose ..............................................5-9, 5-60 Boom Mounted Lights Motor Switch (Optional) ....... 3-7, 3-8
Auxiliary Hoist Controller (Dual Axis) ...................3-21, 3-25 Boom Mounted Lights Switch (Optional) ................. 3-7, 3-8
Auxiliary Hoist Controller (Single Axis) ................3-27, 3-28 Boom Nose, Auxiliary ............................................ 5-9, 5-60
Auxiliary Hoist Enable/Disable Switch .................3-21, 3-23 Boom Position Indicator Light ..........................................5-9
Auxiliary Hoist Rope, Lowering and Raising ................. 4-48 Boom Telescope Enable/Disable Switch ............. 3-21, 3-23
Auxiliary Light and Switch ....................................3-13, 3-14 Boom Up Bypass Switch ....................................... 3-7, 3-11
Axle Warm-Up Procedure ............................................. 4-12 Brake Indicator, Parking (On Remote Control Unit) ......3-56
Brake Pedal
B Service .......................................................... 3-29, 3-30
Backrest Adjustment Lever, Seat .........................3-21, 3-25 Swing ............................................................ 3-29, 3-30
Backup Alarm ................................................................ 3-43 Brake Release Button, Swing .............................. 3-21, 3-25
Batteries, Charging the ................................................... 4-8 Bridging Switch (CE Certified Cranes) ..........................3-42
Battery (For Remote Control Unit) ................................ 3-53 Brightness Sensor ............................................... 3-17, 3-19
Battery Charger, Remote Control Unit .......................... 3-50 Button
Battery Disconnect Switch ............................................ 3-45 Armrest Adjustment ...................................... 3-21, 3-26
Battery Pack (For Remote Control Unit) ....................... 3-55 Boom Lift ....................................................... 3-53, 3-54
Battery Pack Power Indicator ........................................ 3-56 Emergency Stop (In Cab) ............................... 3-7, 3-12
Beacon .......................................................................... 3-43 Emergency Stop (On Carrier) .................................3-44
Beacon Lights ................................................................. 5-5 Emergency Stop (On Remote Control Unit) ...........3-53
Lowering for Transport ............................................. 5-5 Enable .....................................................................3-53
Raising for Operation ............................................... 5-5 Engine ........................................................... 3-53, 3-54
Block Heater and Outlet, 120V/240V Engine ................ 3-44 Escape .......................................................... 3-53, 3-55
Boom Configurator ........................................................ 4-45 Hoist .............................................................. 3-53, 3-54
Boom Extension Horn (On Controller) ..................................... 3-21, 3-22
10.5m Base Section, Erecting ................................ 5-45 Horn (On Remote Control Unit) ..............................3-53
10.5m Base Section, Stowing ................................ 5-48 Horn (On Turn Signal Lever) ............................ 3-4, 3-5
17.6m, Erecting ...................................................... 5-35 Information .................................................... 3-53, 3-54
Grove Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02 B-1

Left Side Motion ..................................................... 3-53 D

Option ........................................................... 3-53, 3-54 Dead-End Rigging .........................................................5-18
Outrigger Beam ............................................. 3-53, 3-54 Deadman Switches (Dual Axis) ........................... 3-21, 3-22
Outrigger Jack ............................................... 3-53, 3-54 Decals ............................................................................ A-1
Power ..................................................................... 3-53 Degree Indicator ............................................................3-56
Right Side Motion ................................................... 3-53 Diagnostics
Swing ............................................................ 3-53, 3-54 Manitowoc Mobile Application ..............................4-141
Swing Brake Release .................................... 3-21, 3-25 Diagrams, Reeving ........................................................5-13
Buzzer .................................................................. 3-34, 3-37 Dial, Jog .............................................................. 3-21, 3-22
Differential Lock Operation ............................................4-18
C Differential Lock Switch (Optional) ...................... 3-21, 3-24
Cab Dome Light ..................................................... 3-7, 3-12 Disconnect Switch, Battery ............................................3-45
Cab Mirrors ..................................................................... 5-6 Display, Remote Control Unit ........................................3-53
Cab Mounted Lights Switch ..................................... 3-7, 3-8 Dome Light, Cab ................................................... 3-7, 3-12
Cab Tilt Switch ..................................................... 3-21, 3-23 Drive Axle Selector Switch ...................................... 3-4, 3-5
Camera, Hoist ................................................................. 5-3 Driving the Crane ..........................................................4-12
Charger, Remote Control Unit Battery .......................... 3-50
Charging Ports, USB ........................................... 3-13, 3-14 E
Charging the Batteries .................................................... 4-8 ECO Mode ...................................................................4-151
Cleaning the Exhaust System ......................................... 4-9 Electrical Connections, Boom Extension .......................5-51
Coat Hook ............................................................ 3-13, 3-14 Emergency Exit/Front Windshield ....................... 3-32, 3-33
Cold Weather Operation ................................................. 4-5 Emergency Stop Button
Connections .................................................................. 5-51 In Cab ............................................................. 3-7, 3-12
Connector, Engine On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) . 3-15, 3-16 On Carrier ...............................................................3-44
Connector, USB Diagnostic ................................. 3-17, 3-19 On Remote Control Unit .........................................3-53
Control Pad, Counterweight Removal .......................... 3-40 Emergency Stop Indicator (On Remote Control Unit) ...3-56
Control Pad, Navigation ....................................... 3-17, 3-18 Enable Buttons ..............................................................3-53
Control Panel Enable Indicator ............................................................3-56
Counterweight ........................................................ 5-67 Engine Block Heater and Outlet, 120V/240V ................3-44
Right Lower ............................................................ 3-15 Engine Button ...................................................... 3-53, 3-54
Right Overhead ........................................................ 3-7 Engine High Idle ..............................................................4-9
Controller (Dual Axis) Engine On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) Connector .. 3-15, 3-16
Boom Lift - Main Hoist - Telescope - Luffing Jib 3-21, 3- Engine Operation ............................................................4-8
22 Engine Wait-To-Start Indicator ................................ 3-7, 3-9
Swing - Telescope - Auxiliary Hoist ....................... 3-25 Engine Warm-Up Procedure .........................................4-11
Swing/Telescope or Swing/Auxiliary Hoist ............. 3-21 Escape Button ..................................................... 3-53, 3-55
Controller (Single Axis) Examples, Reeving Combinations ................................5-13
Auxiliary Hoist ........................................................ 3-27 Exhaust System Cleaning ................................... 4-9, 4-153
Boom Lift - Telescope - Luffing Boom Extension .. 3-27, Extended Travel ............................................................4-16
3-28 External RCL Light Tower (Optional) ............................3-43
Main Hoist ..................................................... 3-27, 3-28
Swing ............................................................ 3-27, 3-28
Telescope or Auxiliary Hoist .................................. 3-28
F
Controller Operation ..................................................... 4-19 Fan ...................................................................... 3-34, 3-35
Counterweight Fault Indicator, Crane (On Remote Control Unit) ..........3-56
Control Panel ......................................................... 5-67 Fire Extinguisher ................................................. 3-34, 3-35
Removal and Installation ........................................ 5-66 Floats, Outriggers ............................................................5-9
Counterweight Removal Control Pad ........................... 3-40 Floor Mat ............................................................. 3-29, 3-30
Crab Steering ................................................................ 4-17 Fly Section
Crane Fault Indicator (On Remote Control Unit) .......... 3-56 Erecting ..................................................................5-39
Crane Function Enable/Disable Switch ................... 3-7, 3-9 Stowing ...................................................................5-41
Crane Leveling, Proper ................................................. 4-19 Foot Rest ............................................................. 3-32, 3-33
Crane Warm-Up Procedures ........................................ 4-11 Four Wheel Steering .....................................................4-17
Cup Holder ........................................................... 3-21, 3-22 Four-Wheel Drive Operation .........................................4-18
Fresh Air/Recirculation Air Switch ........................... 3-7, 3-8
Front Wheel Steering ....................................................4-17
Front Window Wiper and Washer Switch ................ 3-7, 3-8
B-2 Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02

Fuse and Relay Panel (In Cab) ............................3-34, 3-36 Emergency Stop (On Remote Control Unit) ...........3-56
Enable .....................................................................3-56
G Engine Wait-To-Start ........................................ 3-7, 3-9
Internal Temperature Warning ...................... 3-17, 3-19
Grab Handles ............................................. 3-32, 3-33, 3-49
Left Motion Command ............................................3-56
Parking Brake (On Remote Control Unit) ...............3-56
H RCL Early Warning ....................................... 3-17, 3-19
Handles, Grab ............................................ 3-32, 3-33, 3-49 RCL Shutdown Warning (CE
Hazard Lights Switch ...............................................3-4, 3-6 Certified Cranes) ........................................ 3-17, 3-19
Headlights Switch ....................................................3-4, 3-5 RCL Shutdown Warning (Non-CE
Headrest, Seat .....................................................3-21, 3-26 Certified Cranes) ........................................ 3-17, 3-19
Heater/Air Conditioner Fan Speed Switch ...............3-7, 3-8 Right Motion Command ..........................................3-56
Heater/Air Conditioner Temperature Control Switch 3-7, 3-8 Status (On Remote Control Unit) .................. 3-53, 3-55
Heater/Air Conditioner Vents ............ 3-13, 3-14, 3-21, 3-22 Swing Brake Engaged .................................. 3-17, 3-19
Hoist Button .........................................................3-53, 3-54 Transmission (On Remote Control Unit) .................3-56
Hoist Camera Transmission Strength ............................................3-56
Enabling/Disabling ............................................... 4-174 Information Button ............................................... 3-53, 3-54
Lowering for Transport ............................................. 5-3 Internal Temperature Warning Indicator .............. 3-17, 3-19
Raising for Operation ............................................... 5-3
Hoist Enable/Disable Switch
Auxiliary ........................................................3-21, 3-23
J
Jack, Boom Extension ................................5-31, 5-39, 5-48
Main ..............................................................3-21, 3-22
Jib Enable/Disable Switch, Luffing ...................... 3-21, 3-23
Hoist Platform ................................................................. 5-4
Jog Dial ................................................................ 3-21, 3-22
Lowering for Transport ............................................. 5-4
Jump Starting Hazard ......................................................4-8
Raising Access Railings ........................................... 5-4
Hoist Rope .................................................................... 5-55
Installing ................................................................. 5-10 L
Reeving .................................................................. 5-13 Ladders ..........................................................................3-49
Reeving over Boom ............................................... 5-17 Latch, Right Side Window ................................... 3-38, 3-39
Reeving/Unreeving ................................................ 5-17 Latch, Window Skylight ....................................... 3-38, 3-39
Hoist Rotation Indicators Lever
Dual Axis Controllers ....................................3-21, 3-26 Seat Backrest Adjustment ............................ 3-21, 3-25
Single Axis Controllers ..................................3-27, 3-28 Seat Slide ..................................................... 3-21, 3-23
Hoist Speed Range, Selecting ...................................... 4-49 Steering Column Tilt and Telescope Lock ........ 3-4, 3-6
Hoist Speed Toggle Switches ..............................3-21, 3-22 Transmission Shift ............................................ 3-4, 3-6
Hoist Warm-Up Procedure ............................................ 4-11 Turn Signal ....................................................... 3-4, 3-5
Hook Block, Quick Reeving .......................................... 5-17 Lift Enable/Disable Switch ................................... 3-21, 3-23
Hook, Coat ...........................................................3-13, 3-14 Lifting Points, Boom Extension ......................................5-25
Horn Button Light Tower (Optional), External RCL ............................3-43
on Controller .................................................3-21, 3-22 Light, Auxiliary ...............................................................3-14
on Remote Control Unit ................................3-53, 3-54 Light, Cab Dome .................................................... 3-7, 3-12
on Turn Signal Lever .........................................3-4, 3-5 Light, Strobe ..................................................................3-43
Hydraulic Connections, Boom Extension ...................... 5-52 Lights, Work
Hydraulic Hose Drum ...................................................... 5-9 Boom Mounted .......................................................3-48
Hydraulic Oil System Warm-Up Procedure ................... 4-12 Cab Mounted ..........................................................3-48
Side Mounted Carrier ..............................................3-48
I Limit Bypass Set-up Switch (CE Certified Cranes) 3-7, 3-10
Limit Bypass Switch (Non-CE Certified Cranes),
Idling the Engine ............................................................. 4-9
Maintained ........................................................ 3-34, 3-37
Ignition Switch ..........................................................3-4, 3-6
Limit Bypass Switch (Non-CE Certified Cranes),
Increment/Decrement - Start/Stop Switch ................3-7, 3-8
Momentary .......................................................... 3-7, 3-10
Indicator
Load Chart, Using the ..................................................4-176
360 Degree Swing Lock (On Remote Control Unit) 3-56
Lowering and Raising the Auxiliary Hoist Rope .............4-48
Anti Two-Block (A2B) ....................................3-17, 3-19
Lowering and Raising the Main Hoist Rope ..................4-47
Battery Pack Power ............................................... 3-56
Lubricants and Lubrication Intervals ................................6-2
Crane Fault (On Remote Control Unit) ................... 3-56
Luffing Boom Extension Controller (Dual Axis) ... 3-21, 3-22
Degree or RPM ...................................................... 3-56
Luffing Boom Extension Controller (Single Axis) . 3-27, 3-28

Luffing Boom Extension Enable/Disable Switch .. 3-21, 3-23 Fuse and Relay (In Cab) .............................. 3-34, 3-36
Lumbar Support Adjustment Knob ....................... 3-21, 3-23 Left Overhead and Side ..........................................3-13
Right Overhead Control ............................................3-7
M Parking Brake Indicator (On Remote Control Unit) .......3-56
Parking Brake Switch .............................................. 3-4, 3-5
Main Hoist Controller (Dual Axis) ......................... 3-21, 3-22
Parking the Crane .......................................................4-178
Main Hoist Controller (Single Axis) ...................... 3-27, 3-28
Pedal
Main Hoist Enable/Disable Switch ....................... 3-21, 3-22
Service Brake ............................................... 3-29, 3-30
Main Hoist Rope, Lowering and Raising ....................... 4-47
Swing Brake ................................................. 3-29, 3-30
Manitowoc
Throttle ......................................................... 3-29, 3-30
Mobile Application, Diagnostics Codes ................ 4-141
Pin Interlock Mechanism, Boom Extension ...................5-21
Manual Holder, User ............................................ 3-34, 3-35
Boom Nose Installation Pins ...................................5-21
Mast Sheave Assembly, Boom
Front Mounting Pin .................................................5-21
Extension .................... 5-32, 5-34, 5-39, 5-43, 5-48, 5-49
Front Mounting Pin Handle .....................................5-22
Mat, Floor ............................................................. 3-29, 3-30
Platform, Hoist .................................................................5-4
Mobile Phone Holder ........................................... 3-13, 3-14
Port, Programming ........................................................3-53
Momentary Limit Bypass Switch (Non-CE
Power Button .................................................................3-53
Certified Cranes) ................................................. 3-7, 3-10
Power Indicator, Battery Pack .......................................3-56
Motion Button, Left Side ............................................... 3-53
Preload Checks ...........................................................4-176
Motion Button, Right Side ............................................. 3-53
Pre-Starting Checks ........................................................4-4
Motion Command Indicator, Left ................................... 3-56
Programming Port .........................................................3-53
Motion Command Indicator, Right ................................ 3-56
N R
Racing the Engine ...........................................................4-9
Navigating the ODM and RDM ..................................... 4-67
Radio ................................................................... 3-34, 3-35
Navigation Control Pad ........................................ 3-17, 3-18
Raising and Lowering the Auxiliary Hoist Rope ............4-48
Raising and Lowering the Boom ...................................4-22
O Raising and Lowering the Main Hoist Rope ..................4-47
OBD Connector ................................................... 3-15, 3-16 Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module .............. 3-17, 3-18
ODM .................................................................... 3-17, 3-18 Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module
Accessing Boom Extension Group ........................ 5-27 (RDM) Operation ......................................................4-158
Boom Extension Group .......................................... 5-26 RCL Early Warning Indicator ............................... 3-17, 3-19
Offsetting RCL Light Tower .............................................................5-7
Hydraulic Boom Extension ..................................... 5-57 Extending for Operation ............................................5-7
Manual Boom Extension ........................................ 5-56 Retracting for Transport ............................................5-7
Operator Display Module ..................................... 3-17, 3-18 RCL Light Tower (Optional), External ...........................3-43
Operator Display Module (ODM) Operation ................. 4-68 RCL Shutdown Warning Indicator (CE
Operator Seat ............................................................... 3-20 Certified Cranes) .............................................. 3-17, 3-19
Option Button ....................................................... 3-53, 3-54 RCL Shutdown Warning Indicator (Non-CE
Outlet, 12-Volt ...................................................... 3-15, 3-16 Certified Cranes) .............................................. 3-17, 3-19
Outlet,120V/240V Engine Block Heater ........................ 3-44 RDM .................................................................... 3-17, 3-18
Outrigger Beam Button ........................................ 3-53, 3-54 Rear Steer Switch ............................................... 3-21, 3-24
Outrigger Extend/Retract Switch ......................... 3-21, 3-24 Rear Wheel Steering .....................................................4-17
Outrigger Floats .............................................................. 5-9 Rear Window ....................................................... 3-34, 3-35
Removing from Storage ........................................... 5-9 Reeving
Stowing for Transport ............................................... 5-9 Diagrams ................................................................5-13
Outrigger Jack Button .......................................... 3-53, 3-54 Examples ................................................................5-13
Outrigger Monitoring System (OMS) ............................ 4-21 Hoist Rope .................................................... 5-13, 5-17
Outriggers Hoist Rope over Boom ...........................................5-17
Manually Setting the Outriggers ............................. 4-19 Hook Block, Quick ..................................................5-17
Setting the Outriggers Using Auto-Level ................ 4-20 Relay and Fuse Panel (In Cab) ........................... 3-34, 3-36
Stowing the Outriggers .......................................... 4-21 Remote Control Enable/Disable Switch .................. 3-7, 3-9
Using the Outriggers .............................................. 4-19 Remote Control Unit
Operation ................................................................4-50
P Overview, Storage, and Charging ..........................3-50
Panel Rigging, Dead-End ........................................................5-18

Rope, Hoist ................................................................... 5-55 Auxiliary Light ............................................... 3-13, 3-14

RPM Indicator ............................................................... 3-56 Battery Disconnect ..................................................3-45
Boom Lift Enable/Disable ............................. 3-21, 3-23
S Boom Mounted Lights (Optional) ...................... 3-7, 3-8
Boom Mounted Lights Motor (Optional) ............ 3-7, 3-8
Seat Adjustment Control Panel ............................3-21, 3-25
Boom Telescope Enable/Disable .................. 3-21, 3-23
Seat Backrest Adjustment Lever ..........................3-21, 3-25
Boom Up Bypass ............................................ 3-7, 3-11
Seat Belts ...................................................................... 4-12
Bridging (CE Certified Cranes) ...............................3-42
Seat Headrest ......................................................3-21, 3-26
Cab Mounted Lights .......................................... 3-7, 3-8
Seat Heat Switch .................................................3-21, 3-26
Cab Tilt ......................................................... 3-21, 3-23
Seat Lumbar Support Adjustment Knob ..............3-21, 3-23
Crane Function Enable/Disable ........................ 3-7, 3-9
Seat Slide Lever ...................................................3-21, 3-23
Deadman (Dual Axis) .................................... 3-21, 3-22
Seat Switch ..........................................................3-21, 3-26
Differential Lock (Optional) ........................... 3-21, 3-24
Seat, Operator .............................................................. 3-20
Drive Axle Selector ........................................... 3-4, 3-5
Selecting the Hoist Speed Range ................................. 4-49
Fresh Air/Recirculation Air ................................ 3-7, 3-8
Semi-Automatic Telescoping Mode .............................. 4-38
Front Window Wiper and Washer ..................... 3-7, 3-8
Sensor, Brightness ...............................................3-17, 3-19
Hazard Lights .................................................... 3-4, 3-6
Sensors, Boom Extension ............................................. 5-25
Headlights ......................................................... 3-4, 3-5
Service Brake Pedal ............................................3-29, 3-30
Heater/Air Conditioner Fan Speed .................... 3-7, 3-8
Shutdown Procedure, Crane ......................................... 4-10
Heater/Air Conditioner Temperature Control .... 3-7, 3-8
Skylight Sun Shade ....................................................... 3-39
Hoist Speed Toggle ...................................... 3-21, 3-22
Skylight Sunscreen ....................................................... 3-38
Ignition .............................................................. 3-4, 3-6
Skylight Window Latch .........................................3-38, 3-39
Increment/Decrement - Start/Stop .................... 3-7, 3-8
Skylight Wiper and Washer Switch ..........................3-7, 3-8
Limit Bypass Set-up (CE Certified Cranes) .... 3-7, 3-10
Slope Limitations
Luffing Jib Enable/Disable ............................ 3-21, 3-23
Fore/Aft .................................................................. 4-14
Main Hoist Enable/Disable ............................ 3-21, 3-22
Side Slope .............................................................. 4-15
Maintained Limit Bypass Switch (Non-CE
Sockets, Wedge ............................................................ 5-18
Certified Cranes) ........................................ 3-34, 3-37
Speakers ..............................................................3-34, 3-35
Momentary Limit Bypass (Non-CE
Start/Stop - Increment/Decrement Switch ................3-7, 3-8
Certified Cranes) .......................................... 3-7, 3-10
Start-up Procedure .......................................................... 4-8
Outrigger Extend/Retract .............................. 3-21, 3-24
Status Indicator (On Remote Control Unit) ..........3-53, 3-55
Parking Brake ................................................... 3-4, 3-5
Steer Switch, Rear ...............................................3-21, 3-24
Rear Steer .................................................... 3-21, 3-24
Steering ......................................................................... 4-17
Remote Control Enable/Disable ....................... 3-7, 3-9
Steering Column Tilt and Telescope Lock Lever .....3-4, 3-6
Seat .............................................................. 3-21, 3-26
Steering Wheel ........................................................3-4, 3-5
Seat Heat ...................................................... 3-21, 3-26
Steering Wheel Column Controls .................................... 3-4
Skylight Wiper and Washer .............................. 3-7, 3-8
Stowing and Parking the Crane .................................. 4-178
Swing Enable/Disable ................................... 3-21, 3-24
Strength Indicator, Transmission .................................. 3-56
Strobe Light ................................................................... 3-43
Sun Visor .............................................................3-32, 3-33 T
Swing Brake Engaged Indicator ...........................3-17, 3-19 Telescope Controller (Dual Axis)
Swing Brake Pedal ...............................................3-29, 3-30 with Auxiliary Hoist ........................................ 3-21, 3-22
Swing Brake Release Button ...............................3-21, 3-25 without Auxiliary Hoist ................................... 3-21, 3-25
Swing Button ........................................................3-53, 3-54 Telescope Controller (Single Axis) ................................3-27
Swing Controller ............................................................ 3-25 with Auxiliary Hoist ..................................................3-28
Swing Controller (Dual Axis) ......................................... 3-21 without Auxiliary Hoist .............................................3-28
Swing Controller (Single Axis) .............................3-27, 3-28 Telescope Enable/Disable Switch ....................... 3-21, 3-23
Swing Drive and Turntable Bearing Telescoping the Boom ...................................................4-23
Warm-Up Procedure .................................................. 4-11 Throttle Pedal ...................................................... 3-29, 3-30
Swing Enable/Disable Switch ..............................3-21, 3-24 Tilt Switch, Cab .................................................... 3-21, 3-23
Swing Lock Indicator, 360 Degree (On Remote Transmission Indicator (On Remote Control Unit) .........3-56
Control Unit) ............................................................... 3-56 Transmission Shift Lever ......................................... 3-4, 3-6
Swing Lock Pin Control Handle, Turntable ..........3-15, 3-16 Transmission Strength Indicator ....................................3-56
Swinging the Boom and Superstructure ....................... 4-22 Transmission Warm-Up Procedure ...............................4-11
Switch Transporting, Setup of Crane ..........................................5-2
Auxiliary Hoist Enable/Disable ......................3-21, 3-23 Traveling

Extended ................................................................ 4-16 V

Forward .................................................................. 4-16 Vents, Heater/Air Conditioner ........... 3-13, 3-14, 3-21, 3-22
General Information ............................................... 4-12 Visor, Sun ............................................................ 3-32, 3-33
on Slopes ............................................................... 4-14
Reverse .................................................................. 4-17
Towing/Pulling ........................................................ 4-13
W
with Boom Extension Erected ................................ 4-15 Wait-To-Start Indicator, Engine ............................... 3-7, 3-9
with Elevated Boom ............................................... 4-15 Warm-Up Procedures, Crane ........................................4-11
Turn Signal Lever .................................................... 3-4, 3-5 Wedge Sockets .............................................................5-18
Turntable Bearing and Swing Drive Warm-Up Window Latch, Right Side ................................... 3-38, 3-39
Procedure .................................................................. 4-11 Window Latch, Skylight ....................................... 3-38, 3-39
Turntable Swing Lock Pin Control Handle ........... 3-15, 3-16 Window Wiper and Washer Switch, Front ............... 3-7, 3-8
Window, Rear ...................................................... 3-34, 3-35
Windshield/Emergency Exit ................................. 3-32, 3-33
U Wiper and Washer Switch
Unreeving, Hoist Rope .................................................. 5-17 Front Window ................................................... 3-7, 3-8
USB Charging Ports ............................................ 3-13, 3-14 Skylight ............................................................. 3-7, 3-8
USB Diagnostic Connectors ................................ 3-17, 3-19 Work Lights
User Manual Holder ............................................. 3-34, 3-35 Boom Mounted .......................................................3-48
Using the Load Chart .................................................. 4-176 Cab Mounted ..........................................................3-48
Using the Operator Display Module (ODM) .................. 4-68 Side Mounted Carrier .............................................3-48
Using the Rated Capacity Limiter Display Module Working Range Limiter (WRL) - Operation .................4-107
(RDM) ...................................................................... 4-158
Using the Remote Control Unit ..................................... 4-50

GRT8120 OM CTRL702 02 Light

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GRT8120 OM CTRL702 02 Light

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

GRT8120 OM CTRL702 02 Light

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Grove GRT8120

The original language of this publication is English.

SECTION 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety Information

Example and Sample Calculations (Non-metric) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

SECTION 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating Controls and Features

Horn Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22

Counterweight Removal Control Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40

SECTION 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating Procedures

Hook Block and Overhaul Ball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Four Wheel Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

Raising the Auxiliary Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49

Boom Position Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153

SECTION 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set-Up and Installation

Possible Reeving Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

Installing Auxiliary Single-Sheave Boom Nose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60

SECTION 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance and Lubrication

APPENDIX 1 – DECALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-1

WORD INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W-1

THIS PAGE BLANK

Grove Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02 1-1

1-2 Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02

NOISE/VIBRATION TEST RESULTS Assessment of Human Exposure to Hand Transmitted

SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS FIGURE 1-1

Grove Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02 1-3

GRT8120 CRANE COMPONENTS

1-4 Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02

Grove Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02 1-5

LIST OF SPECIFICATIONS Transmission

1-6 Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02

Wheels and Tires Swing Gearbox

Grove Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02 1-7

THIS PAGE BLANK

1-8 Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02

Grove Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02 2-1

2-2 Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02

Grove Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02 2-3

OPERATIONAL AIDS • When a Boom Length Indicator is inoperative or

2-4 Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02

Grove Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02 2-5

2-6 Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02

Grove Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02 2-7

Table 2-1 Beaufort Wind Scale

Maximum Wind Speed

Wind Speeds capacity multiplied by the Capacity Reduction Factor

2-8 Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02

Simplified Method to Determine Maximum Permissible Wind Speed

Determine 3-Second Gust

Lifting is not permitted.

Allowable Load = Published Rated Capacity

From Table 2-2

Determine Maximum Permissible Wind

Lifting is not permitted.

Grove Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02 2-9

2-10 Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02

Calculation of Projected Wind Area (Ap):

Ap = 75 ft2 Ap = 250 ft2

Determining Wind Drag Coefficient (Cd)

Grove Published 3-22-2021, Control # 702-02 2-11

Table 2-2 Wind Drag Coefficient